21_GMC_Yukon_XL_Denali_COV_en_US_84266976A_2020FEB02.ai 1 1/14/2020 11:10:39 AM 2021 /YukonXL/

C

M

Y

CM

MY United States: :

CY Customer Assistance: Customer Assistance: Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali CMY 1-800-462-8782 1-800-263-3777

K Roadside Assistance: Roadside Assistance: Canada Owner’s Manual 1-888-881-3302 1-800-268-6800 Connected Services and OnStar: 1-888-4-ONSTAR

gmc.com (U.S.) 84266976 A gmccanada.ca (Canada) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Introduction This manual describes features that may or Contents may not be on the vehicle because of optional equipment that was not purchased Introduction ...... 1 on the vehicle, model variants, country specifications, features/applications that may Keys, Doors, and Windows ...... 7 not be available in your , or changes Seats and Restraints ...... 37 subsequent to the printing of this owner’s manual. Storage ...... 88 If the vehicle has the Duramax diesel Instruments and Controls ...... 94 The names, logos, emblems, slogans, vehicle model names, and vehicle body designs engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement Lighting ...... 133 appearing in this manual including, but not for additional and specific information on this engine. Infotainment System ...... 141 limited to, GM, the GM logo, GMC, the GMC Truck Emblem, YUKON, and DENALI are Refer to the purchase documentation Climate Controls ...... 204 trademarks and/or service marks of General relating to your specific vehicle to confirm Driving and Operating ...... 212 Motors LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, the features. or licensors. Vehicle Care ...... 307 Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick For vehicles first sold in Canada, substitute reference. Service and Maintenance ...... 382 the name “General Motors of Canada Technical Data ...... 395 Company” for GMC wherever it appears in Customer Information ...... 398 this manual. Reporting Safety Defects ...... 406 OnStar ...... 410 Connected Services ...... 415 Index...... 418

Litho in U.S.A. Part No. 84266976 A First Printing © 2020 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

2 Introduction Canadian Vehicle Owners Danger, Warning, and Caution A manual can be obtained Warning messages found on vehicle labels from your dealer, at www.helminc.com, and in this manual describe hazards and or from: what to do to avoid or reduce them. Propriétaires Canadiens { Danger On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ce guide A circle with a slash through it is a safety Danger indicates a hazard with a high en français auprès du concessionnaire ou à symbol which means “Do not,”“Do not do l'adresse suivante: level of risk which will result in serious this,” or “Do not let this happen.” injury or death. Helm, Incorporated Symbols Attention: Customer Service The vehicle has components and labels that 47911 Halyard Drive { Warning use symbols instead of text. Symbols are Plymouth, MI 48170 shown along with the text describing the USA Warning indicates a hazard that could result in injury or death. operation or information relating to a Using this Manual specific component, control, message, gauge, or indicator. To quickly locate information about the Caution vehicle, use the Index in the back of the M : Shown when the owner’s manual has Caution indicates a hazard that could manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is additional instructions or information. result in property or vehicle damage. in the manual and the page number where * : Shown when the service manual has it can be found. additional instructions or information. 0 : Shown when there is more information on another page —“see page.” GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Introduction 3 Vehicle Symbol Chart + : Fuses I : Side Blind Zone Alert Here are some additional symbols that may j : ISOFIX/LATCH System Child Restraints h : Stop/Start be found on the vehicle and what they mean. See the features in this manual for Q : Keep Fuse Block Covers Properly 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor information. Installed d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/Electronic u : Air Conditioning System | : Lane Change Alert Stability Control (ESC) G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil @ : Lane Departure Warning a : Under Pressure 9 : Airbag Readiness Light A : Lane Keep Assist V : Vehicle Ahead Indicator ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp $ : Brake System Warning Light : : Oil Pressure 9 : Dispose of Used Components Properly X : Park Assist P : Do Not Apply High Pressure Water ~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator B : Engine Coolant Temperature O : Power _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited 7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert H : Flammable I : Registered Technician [ : Forward Collision Alert / : Remote Vehicle Start R : Fuse Block Cover Lock Location > : Seat Belt Reminders GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

4 Introduction Instrument Panel Overview

Yukon Shown, Denali Similar GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Introduction 5 1. Electric Parking Brake 0 240. 6. Favorite Switches (Out of View). See 16. Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 44 0 2. g Traction Control/Electronic Stability Steering Wheel Controls 143. (If Equipped). Control 0 242. Volume Switches (Out of View). See 17. Power Outlet (12V Direct Current) (If 0 0 h Steering Wheel Controls 143. Equipped). See Power Outlets 99. Stop/Start Button (If Equipped). See 0 Stop/Start System 0 229 7. Instrument Cluster 103. 18. Rear Climate Control Buttons. See Rear 0 Climate Control System 0 207. X 8. Hazard Warning Flashers 136 Park Assist Button (If Equipped). See (Denali Only). 19. USB Port 0 150. Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing 0 0 262. 9. Shift Buttons. See Automatic 20. Wireless Charging 100. 0 Transmission 232. 21. ENGINE START/STOP. See Ignition A Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 274 (If Electronic Range Select (ERS). See Manual Positions 0 226. Equipped). 0 Mode 235. 22. Steering Wheel Controls 0 143. 5 Hill Descent Control (HDC) 0 244 (If 10. Light Sensor. See Automatic Headlamp 23. Horn 0 96. Equipped). System 0 135. 24. Hood Release. See Hood 0 309. - 110V Power Outlet Enable Button 11. Infotainment. See Introduction 0 141. 25. Steering Wheel Adjustment 0 95. (If Equipped). See Power Outlets 0 99. 0 12. Instrument Panel Storage 88 (If 0 3. Air Vents 0 208 Equipped). 26. Cruise Control 251. 0 4. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn and 13. Hazard Warning Flashers 0 136. Adaptive Cruise Control (Advanced) 252 0 (If Equipped). Lane-Change Signals 137. 14. Infotainment Controls. See Overview 0 0 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System Windshield Wiper/Washer 96. 142. 0 0 267 (If Equipped). Rear Window Wiper/Washer 97. 15. Dual Automatic Climate Control System 0 0 0 204. Heated Steering Wheel 95 (If 5. Head-Up Display (HUD) 121 (If Equipped). Equipped). GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

6 Introduction 27. Trailer Brake Control Panel (If Equipped). See Towing Equipment 0 286. 28. Data Link Connector (DLC) (Out of View). See Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 110. 29. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 133. Fog Lamps 0 137 (If Equipped). Instrument Panel Illumination Control 0 138. 30. Driver Mode Control 0 245. Automatic Transfer Case Knob (If Equipped). See Four-Wheel Drive 0 236. Four Corner Air Suspension System 0 248 (If Equipped). GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 7 Folding Mirrors ...... 29 Keys and Locks Keys, Doors, and Heated Mirrors ...... 30 Windows Automatic Dimming Mirror ...... 30 Keys Reverse Tilt Mirrors ...... 30 Keys and Locks Interior Mirrors { Warning Keys...... 7 Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 30 Leaving children in a vehicle with a Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . . . 8 Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 30 remote key is dangerous and children or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror . . . 30 others could be seriously injured or killed. Operation ...... 8 Rear Camera Mirror ...... 30 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 14 They could operate the power windows Door Locks ...... 15 Windows or other controls or make the vehicle Power Door Locks ...... 16 Windows ...... 33 move. The windows will function with Delayed Locking ...... 17 Power Windows ...... 33 the remote key in the vehicle, and Automatic Door Locks ...... 17 Sun Visors ...... 35 children or others could be caught in the Lockout Protection ...... 17 path of a closing window. Do not leave Safety Locks ...... 18 Roof children in a vehicle with a remote key. Sunroof ...... 35 Doors Liftgate ...... 18 Power Assist Steps ...... 25 Vehicle Security Vehicle Security ...... 25 Vehicle Alarm System ...... 25 Steering Column Lock ...... 27 Immobilizer ...... 27 Immobilizer Operation ...... 27 Exterior Mirrors Convex Mirrors ...... 28 Power Mirrors ...... 28 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

8 Keys, Doors, and Windows If it becomes difficult to turn a key, inspect . If the remote key is still not working the key blade for debris. Periodically clean correctly, see your dealer or a qualified with a brush or pick. technician for service. With an active OnStar or connected service Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) plan, an OnStar Advisor may remotely unlock the vehicle. See OnStar Overview System Operation 0 410. The Keyless Access system allows for vehicle If locked out of the vehicle, see Roadside entry when the remote key is within 1 m Assistance Program 0 401. (3 ft). See “Keyless Access Operation” later in this section. If equipped with memory seats, remote keys 1 and 2 are linked to seating positions of The remote key functions may work up to memory 1 or 2. See Memory Seats 0 41. 60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle. The mechanical key inside the remote key is used for the driver door and glove box. Other conditions can affect the performance Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) of the remote key. See Remote Keyless Entry To remove the mechanical key, press the System (RKE) System 0 8. button on the side of the remote key near 0 the bottom, and pull the mechanical key See Radio Frequency Statement 406. out. Never pull the mechanical key out If there is a decrease in the remote key without pressing the button. operating range: The mechanical key may have a bar-coded . Check the distance. The remote key may key tag that the dealer or qualified be too far from the vehicle. locksmith can use to make new keys. store . Check the location. Other vehicles or this information in a safe place, not in the objects may be blocking the signal. vehicle. . Check the remote key’s battery. See See your dealer if a replacement key or “Battery Replacement” later in this additional key is needed. section. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 9 Q : Press to lock all doors. If equipped with auto mirror folding, Keyless Access Operation pressing and holding K for one second will If enabled, the turn signal lamps flash once The Keyless Access system allows for doors unfold the mirrors, if enabled. See Vehicle and the liftgate to be accessed without on the second press to indicate locking has 0 occurred. If enabled, the horn chirps when Personalization 125. removing the remote key from your pocket, Q is pressed again within three seconds. See Press and hold K until the windows fully purse, briefcase, etc. The remote key must Vehicle Personalization 0 125. open, if remote window operation is be within 1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate or door enabled. See Vehicle Personalization 0 125. being opened. If the vehicle has this feature, Pressing Q arms the alarm system. See there will be a button on the outside door Vehicle Alarm System 0 25. b : Press twice to open or close the handles. liftgate. Press once to stop the liftgate from If equipped with auto mirror folding, Keyless Access can be programmed to moving. pressing and holding Q for one second will unlock all doors on the first lock/unlock fold the mirrors, if enabled. See Vehicle c : Press twice to open the liftglass. press from the driver door. See Vehicle Personalization 0 125. Personalization 0 125. 7 : Press and release to initiate vehicle K : Press once to unlock only the driver locate. The turn signal lamps flash and the If equipped with memory seats, remote keys door. If K is pressed again within horn sounds three times. 1 and 2 are linked to seating positions of 0 three seconds, all remaining doors unlock. memory 1 or 2. See Memory Seats 41. Press and hold 7 for more than The interior lamps may come on and stay Keyless Unlocking/Locking from the on for 20 seconds or until the ignition is three seconds to activate the panic alarm. Driver Door turned on. The turn signal lamps flash and the horn sounds repeatedly for 30 seconds. The alarm When the doors are locked and the remote If enabled, the turn signal lamps flash twice turns off when the ignition is turned on or key is within 1 m (3 ft) of the door handle, to indicate unlocking has occurred. 7 is pressed again. The ignition must be off pressing the lock/unlock button on the If enabled, the exterior lamps may turn on. for the panic alarm to work. driver door handle will unlock the driver See Vehicle Personalization 0 125. door. If the lock/unlock button is pressed / : To remote start the vehicle, double K again within five seconds, all passenger Pressing on the remote key disarms the press / from outside the vehicle using the doors and the liftgate will unlock. alarm system. See Vehicle Alarm System 0 remote key. The vehicle cannot be started if 25. a remote key is left inside the vehicle. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 14. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

10 Keys, Doors, and Windows Pressing the lock/unlock button will cause Enabling Keyless Unlocking: all doors to lock if any of the following occur: With the vehicle off, press and hold Q and K . The lock/unlock button was used to on the remote key at the same time for unlock all doors. approximately three seconds. The turn signal lamps will flash twice quickly to indicate . Any vehicle door has been opened and all access is enabled. doors are now closed. Enabling Keyless Unlocking may also be Disable/Enable Keyless Unlocking of Exterior configured under Vehicle Personalization Door Handles and Liftgate 0 125. If equipped, keyless unlocking of the exterior Passive Locking door handles and liftgate can be disabled Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar and enabled. The Keyless Access system will lock the vehicle several seconds after all doors are Disabling Keyless Unlocking: Pressing the lock/unlock button will cause closed, if the vehicle is off and at least one all doors to lock if any of the following With the vehicle off, press and hold Q and remote key has been removed from the occur: K on the remote key at the same time for interior, or none remain in the interior. . It has been more than five seconds since approximately three seconds. The turn signal If other electronic devices interfere with the the first lock/unlock button press. lamps will flash four times quickly to remote key signal, the vehicle may not . Two lock/unlock button presses were indicate access is disabled. Using any detect the remote key inside the vehicle. used to unlock all doors. exterior handle to unlock the doors or open If passive locking is enabled, the doors may . Any vehicle door has been opened and all the liftgate will cause the turn signal lamps lock with the remote key inside the vehicle. doors are now closed. to flash four times quickly, indicating access Do not leave the remote key in an is disabled. If disabled, disarm the alarm unattended vehicle. Keyless Unlocking/Locking from the system before starting the vehicle. Passenger Doors To customize the doors to automatically lock Disabling Keyless Unlocking may also be when exiting the vehicle, see “Remote Lock, When the doors are locked and the remote configured under Vehicle Personalization Unlock, Start” under Vehicle Personalization key is within 1 m (3 ft) of the door handle, 0 125. 0 125. pressing the lock/unlock button on a passenger door handle will unlock all doors. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 11 Temporary Disable of Passive Locking Keyless Liftgate Opening To program, the vehicle must be in RUN and Temporarily disable passive locking by Press the touch pad on the underside of the all remote keys, both currently recognized and new, must be with you. pressing and holding K on the interior door liftgate handle to open the liftgate when all switch with a door open for at least doors are unlocked, or when the remote key Vehicles with Front Bench Seat four seconds, or until three chimes are is within 1 m (3 ft). 1. Place the two recognized remote keys on heard. Passive locking will then remain Keyless Liftglass Opening the passenger seat. disabled until on the interior door is Q Press the exterior liftglass button to open 2. Scroll to the DIC menu to "Remote Key pressed, or until the vehicle is turned on. the liftglass when all doors are unlocked, Learn" menu and select. Remote Left In Vehicle Alert or when the remote key is within 1 m (3 ft). The DIC displays READY FOR REMOTE #3, When the vehicle is turned off and a remote See Liftgate 0 18. 4, 5, ETC. key is left in the vehicle, the horn will chirp Key Access three times after all doors are closed. To turn on or off see Vehicle Personalization To access a vehicle with a weak remote key 0 125. battery, see Door Locks 0 15. Remote Removed From Vehicle Alert Programming Remote Keys to the If the vehicle is on with a door open, and Vehicle then all doors are closed, the vehicle will Only remote keys programmed to the check for remote keys inside. If a remote vehicle will work. If a remote key is lost or key is not detected, the Driver Information stolen, a replacement can be purchased and Center (DIC) will display NO REMOTE programmed through your dealer. The DETECTED and the horn will chirp three vehicle can be reprogrammed so that lost or times. This occurs only once each time the stolen remote keys no longer work. Each vehicle is driven. To turn on or off see vehicle can have up to eight remote keys 3. Place the new remote key into the 0 Vehicle Personalization 125. programmed to it. backup pocket in the lower console bin. Programming with Recognized Remote Keys A new key can be programmed to the vehicle when there are two recognized keys. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

12 Keys, Doors, and Windows 4. Press ENGINE START/STOP. When the To program additional remote keys, remote key is learned, the DIC display repeat Steps 3–5. will show that it is ready to program the When all additional remote keys are next remote key. programmed, press and hold ENGINE 5. Remove the remote key from the backup START/STOP for approximately pocket and press K or Q on the 12 seconds to exit programming mode. remote key. Starting the Vehicle with a Low Remote To program additional remote keys, Key Battery repeat Steps 3–5. For improved vehicle security, the remote When all additional remote keys are key is equipped with a motion sensor. When programmed, press and hold ENGINE starting the vehicle, if the remote key has START/STOP for approximately been idle for an extended period of time, 12 seconds to exit programming mode. 3. Place the new remote key into the backup pocket in the left cupholder. the DIC may display KEY IN SLEEP MODE, Vehicles without Front Bench Seat MOVE KEY, THEN START. Move the remote 4. Press ENGINE START/STOP. When the key slightly and try starting the vehicle. 1. Place the two recognized remote keys on remote key is learned, the DIC display the passenger seat. will show that it is ready to program the If the remote key battery is weak or if there 2. Scroll to the DIC menu to "Remote Key next remote key. is interference with the signal, the DIC may Learn" menu and select. 5. Remove the remote key from the backup display NO KEY FOUND, REPLACE BATTERY IN KEY or NO REMOTE KEY WAS DETECTED The DIC displays READY FOR REMOTE #3, pocket and press K or Q on the 4, 5, ETC. PLACE KEY IN KEY POCKET THEN START YOUR remote key. VEHICLE when starting the vehicle. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 13

To start the vehicle: 1. Place the remote key in the remote key Caution pocket. 2. With the vehicle in P (Park) or N (Neutral) When replacing the battery, do not touch press the brake pedal and ENGINE any of the circuitry on the remote key. START/STOP. Static from your body could damage the remote key. Replace the remote key battery as soon as possible. Battery Replacement Caution Always replace the battery with the { Warning correct type. Replacing the battery with Never allow children to play with the an incorrect type could potentially create remote key. The remote key contains a a risk of battery explosion. Dispose of With Bench Seat small battery, which can be a choking used batteries according to instructions hazard. If swallowed, internal burns can and local laws. Do not attempt to burn, occur, resulting in severe injury or death. crush, or cut the used battery, and avoid Seek medical attention immediately if a exposing the battery to environments battery is swallowed. with extremely low air pressures or high temperatures.

{ Warning Replace the battery in the remote key soon if the DIC displays REPLACE BATTERY IN To avoid personal injury, do not touch REMOTE KEY. metal surfaces on the remote key when it has been exposed to extreme heat. These surfaces can be hot to the touch at temperatures above 59 °C (138 °F). Without Bench Seat GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

14 Keys, Doors, and Windows To replace the battery: 3. Lift the battery with a flat object. 4. Remove the battery. 5. Insert the new battery, positive side toward the back cover. Replace with a CR2032 or equivalent battery. 6. Push together the remote key. 7. Reinsert the mechanical key. Remote Vehicle Start If equipped with the remote start feature, the climate control system will come on 2. With the mechanical key removed, insert when the vehicle is started remotely depending on the outside temperature. 1. Press the button on the side of the a flat, thin object in the center of the remote key and pull the mechanical key remote key to separate and remove the The rear defog and heated and ventilated out. Never pull the mechanical key out back cover. seats, if equipped, may also come on. See without pressing the button. Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 44 and Vehicle Personalization 0 125. Laws in some communities may restrict the use of remote starters. Check local regulations for any requirements on remote starting of vehicles. Do not use remote start if the vehicle is low on fuel. The vehicle may run out of fuel. The vehicle cannot be remote started if: . The remote key is in the vehicle. . The hood is not closed. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 15 . There is an emission control system 2. The engine will shut off after 15 minutes Door Locks malfunction and the malfunction indicator or after the remainder of the 30 minute lamp is on. total running time is used, unless you { Warning . The hazard flashers are on. stop the remote start before engine Unlocked doors can be dangerous. . Two remote vehicle starts or a start with running has completed or the vehicle is an extension have already been used. turned on. . Passengers, especially children, can . The vehicle is not in P (Park). 3. Press the brake pedal and turn the easily open the doors and fall out of a ignition on to drive the vehicle. moving vehicle. The doors can be . The vehicle is not off. unlocked and opened while the vehicle Extending Engine Run Time The engine will turn off during a remote is moving. The chance of being thrown vehicle start if: Remote start can be used for up to out of the vehicle in a crash is . The coolant temperature gets too high. 30 minutes of total engine run time. increased if the doors are not locked. . The oil pressure gets low. After two remote starts of 15 minutes, So, all passengers should wear seat or multiple shorter time starts totaling belts properly and the doors should be The remote key range may be reduced locked whenever the vehicle is driven. while the vehicle is running. 30 minutes have been used, the vehicle must be started and then turned off before . Young children who get into unlocked Other conditions can affect the performance the remote start can be used again. vehicles may be unable to get out. of the remote key. See Remote Keyless Entry A child can be overcome by extreme Canceling a Remote Start (RKE) System 0 8 or heat and can suffer permanent injuries Vehicle Personalization 0 125. To cancel a remote start, do one of the or even death from heat stroke. Starting the Engine Using Remote Start following: Always lock the vehicle whenever S leaving it. 1. Press S twice on the remote key. The . Press and hold until the parking turn signal lamps will flash. The lamps lamps turn off. . Outsiders can easily enter through an flash to confirm the request to remote . Turn on the hazard warning flashers. unlocked door when you slow down start the vehicle has been received. . Turn the ignition on and then off. or stop the vehicle. Locking the doors During the remote start, the doors will can help prevent this from happening. be locked and the parking lamps will remain on as long as the engine is running. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

16 Keys, Doors, and Windows To lock or unlock the doors from outside the The remote key must be within 1 m (3 ft) of vehicle: the trunk or door being opened or locked. . Press Q or K on the remote key. See Press the button on the door handle to Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System open. See “Keyless Access Operation” in Operation 0 8. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 8. . Use the mechanical key in the driver door. Free-Turning Locks To lock or unlock the doors from inside the The door key lock cylinder turns freely when vehicle: either the wrong key is used, or the correct K key is not fully inserted. The free-turning . Press Q or on the power door lock door lock feature prevents the lock from switch. being forced open. To reset the lock, turn it . Pulling an interior door handle will unlock to the vertical position with the correct key Q : Press to lock the doors. The indicator the door. Pulling the door handle again fully inserted. Remove the key and insert it light in the switch will illuminate when unlatches it. again. If this does not reset the lock, turn locked. Keyless Access the key halfway around in the cylinder and K repeat the reset procedure. : Press to unlock the doors. Power Door Locks Press Q or K on the Remote Key. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 8. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 17 Security Status indicator Delayed Locking If a vehicle door is unlocked, and then opened and closed, the doors will lock either This feature delays the locking of the doors when your foot is removed from the brake until five seconds after all doors are closed. or the vehicle speed becomes faster than When Q is pressed on the power door lock 13 km/h (8 mph). switch while the door is open, a chime will To unlock the doors: sound three times indicating delayed locking . Press K on the power door lock switch. is active. . Shift the transmission into P (Park). The doors will lock automatically five seconds after all doors are closed. If a Automatic door locking cannot be disabled. door is reopened before that time, the Automatic door unlocking can be programmed. See Vehicle Personalization five-second timer will reset when all doors 0 are closed again. 125. A light on the upper surface of the driver's Press Q on the door lock switch again or Lockout Protection door trim is used to indicate vehicle security press Q on the remote key to lock the status. When locking is requested with the driver doors immediately. door open and the vehicle is on or in ACC/ This light will be OFF any time the ignition This feature can be programmed. See ACCESSORY, all the doors will lock and then is ON, except momentarily when vehicle “Delayed Door Lock” under Vehicle the driver door will unlock. doors are locking. Personalization 0 125. If the vehicle is off and locking is requested Solid : Indicates securing with doors closed. while a door is open, when all doors are Automatic Door Locks Fast Flash : Indicates securing with closed the vehicle will check for remote keys doors open. The doors will lock automatically when all inside. If a remote key is detected and the doors are closed, the ignition is on, and the number of remote keys inside has not Slow Flash : Indicates battery conserving vehicle is shifted out of P (Park). reduced, the driver door will unlock and the secured state. horn will sound three times. No light : Indicates unsecured state. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

18 Keys, Doors, and Windows This can be manually overridden by pressing To open a rear door when the safety lock Warning (Continued) and holding Q on the power door lock is on: switch. 1. Unlock the door by activating the inside through the seal between the body and handle, by pressing the power door the trunk/hatch or liftgate. Engine Safety Locks unlock switch, or by using the exhaust contains carbon monoxide (CO) The rear door safety locks prevent remote key. which cannot be seen or smelled. It can passengers from opening the rear doors 2. Open the door from the outside. cause unconsciousness and even death. from inside the vehicle. When the safety lock is enabled, and If the vehicle must be driven with the older children will not be able to open the liftgate or trunk/hatch open: rear door from the inside. Cancel the safety . Close all of the windows. locks to enable the doors to open from the inside. . Fully open the air outlets on or under the instrument panel. To cancel the safety lock: . Adjust the climate control system to a 1. Unlock the door and open it from the setting that brings in only outside air outside. and set the fan speed to the highest 2. Move the lever up to unlock. Do the setting. See “Climate Control Systems” same for the other door. in the Index. . If the vehicle is equipped with a Doors power liftgate, disable the power liftgate function. The safety lock is on the inside edge of the Liftgate rear doors. To use the safety lock: See Engine Exhaust 0 231. 1. Move the lever down to the lock { Warning position. Exhaust gases can enter the vehicle if it 2. Close the door. is driven with the liftgate or trunk/hatch 3. Do the same for the other rear door. open, or with any objects that pass (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 19

Caution Press the button (2) above the license plate Power Liftgate Operation to open the liftglass, or press c twice To avoid damage to the liftgate or quickly on the remote key. Do not leave the { Warning liftgate glass, make sure the above liftglass open when raising the liftgate. and behind the liftgate is clear before You or others could be injured if caught opening it. There will be a delay in the release of the in the path of the power liftgate. Make liftglass if there is an attempt to open it sure there is no one in the way of the Manual Liftgate while the rear wiper is in motion. liftgate as it is opening and closing. Use the pull cup to lower and close the liftgate. Do not press the touch pad while closing the liftgate. This will cause the Caution liftgate to be unlatched. Driving with an open and unsecured liftgate may result in damage to the The liftgate can be opened when locked if the remote key is within 1 m (3 ft) of the power liftgate components. touch pad. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 8. The liftgate has an electric latch. If the battery is disconnected or has low voltage, the liftgate will not open. The liftgate will resume operation when the battery is reconnected and charged. To open the liftgate, press K on the power door lock switch or press K on the remote key twice to unlock all doors. Press the touch pad (1) on the underside of the liftgate handle and lift up. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

20 Keys, Doors, and Windows If equipped, the power liftgate switch is on When stopping the gate at low heights it the overhead console. The vehicle must be may partially reopen. in P (Park). The power liftgate may be temporarily The modes are: disabled in extremely low temperatures, MAX : Opens to maximum height. or after repeated power cycling over a short period of time. If this occurs, the liftgate can 3/4 : Opens to a reduced height that can be still be operated manually. Select OFF on the set from 3/4 to fully open. Use to prevent liftgate switch. the liftgate from opening into overhead obstructions such as a garage door or If the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) while roof-mounted cargo. The liftgate can be the power function is in progress, the opened manually all the way. liftgate will continue to completion. If the vehicle is accelerated before the liftgate has OFF : Opens manually only. . Press l on the bottom edge of the completed moving, the liftgate may stop or To power open or close the liftgate, select liftgate next to the latch to close. reverse direction. Check for Driver Information Center (DIC) messages and make MAX or 3/4 mode and then: Press any liftgate button, the touch pad, sure the liftgate is closed and latched before . Press b twice quickly on the remote or b on the remote key while the liftgate driving. key until the liftgate moves. is moving to stop it. Pressing any liftgate Falling Liftgate Detection . Press 8 on the overhead console. The button or pressing b twice quickly on the driver door must be unlocked or locked remote key restarts the operation in the If the power liftgate automatically closes without the security armed. reverse direction. Pressing the touch pad on after a power opening cycle, it indicates that the liftgate handle will restart the motion, the system is reacting to excess weight on . Press the touch pad on the underside of the liftgate or a possible support strut the liftgate handle after unlocking all but only in the opening direction. failure. Remove any excess weight. doors. A locked vehicle can be opened if Caution A repetitive chime will sound while the the remote key is within 1 m (3 ft) of the falling liftgate detection feature is operating. touch pad. Manually forcing the liftgate to open or close during a power cycle can damage If the liftgate continues to automatically the vehicle. Allow the power cycle to close after opening, see your dealer for complete. service before using the power liftgate. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 21

Interfering with the power liftgate motion Setting the 3/4 Mode Caution or manually closing the liftgate too quickly To change the position the liftgate stops at after power opening may resemble a Attempting to move the liftgate too when opening: support strut failure. This could also activate quickly and with excessive force may the falling liftgate detection feature. Allow 1. Select MAX or 3/4 mode and power result in damage to the vehicle. the liftgate to complete its operation and open the liftgate. wait a few seconds before manually closing 2. Stop the liftgate movement at the Operate the liftgate manually with a the liftgate. desired height by pressing any liftgate smooth motion and moderate speed. The button. Manually adjust the liftgate system includes a feature which limits the Obstacle Detection Features position if needed. manual closing speed to protect the components. If the liftgate encounters an obstacle during 3. Press and hold l on the bottom edge a power open or close cycle, the liftgate will of the liftgate next to the latch on the Hands-Free Operation automatically reverse direction and move a outside of the liftgate until the turn short distance away from the obstacle. After If equipped with Hands-Free Vehicle Access, signals flash and a beep sounds. This removing the obstruction, the power liftgate the liftgate may be operated with a kicking indicates the setting has been recorded. operation can be used again. If the liftgate motion under the rear bumper at the encounters multiple obstacles on the same The liftgate cannot be set below a minimum location of the projected logo. The remote power cycle, the power function will programmable height. If there is no light key must be within 1m (3ft) of the rear deactivate. After removing the obstructions, flash or sound, then the height adjustment bumper to use hands-free feature. manually close the liftgate. This will allow may be too low. Splashing water may cause the liftgate to normal power operation functions to Manual Operation open. Keep the remote key away from the resume. rear bumper detection area or turn the If the vehicle is locked while the liftgate is Select OFF to manually operate the liftgate. liftgate mode to OFF when cleaning or closing, and an obstacle is encountered that See “Manual Liftgate” at the beginning of working near the rear bumper to avoid prevents the liftgate from completely this section. accidental opening. closing, the horn will sound as an alert that the liftgate did not close. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

22 Keys, Doors, and Windows The hands-free feature will not work while When closing the liftgate using this feature, the liftgate is moving. To stop the liftgate there will be a short delay. The rear lights while in motion use one of the liftgate will flash and a chime will sound. Step away switches. from the liftgate before it starts moving. The hands-free feature can be customized. Projected Logo See Vehicle Personalization 0 125. Choose from the following: If equipped with this feature, a vehicle logo will be projected for one minute onto the On-Open and Close : The kicking motion is ground near the rear bumper when a activated to both open and close the remote key is detected within approximately liftgate. 2 m (6 ft) from the rear bumper. The On-Open Only : The kicking motion is projected logo may not be visible under activated to only open the liftgate. brighter daytime conditions. To operate, move your foot in a forward Off : The feature is disabled. kicking motion under the center of the rear bumper, then pull it back. . Do not sweep your foot side to side. . Do not keep your foot under the bumper; the liftgate will not activate. . Do not touch the liftgate until it has stopped moving. . This feature may be temporarily disabled under some conditions. If the liftgate does not respond to the kick, open or close the liftgate by another method or start the vehicle. The feature will be . 1 m (3 ft) Hands-Free Operation re-enabled. Detection Zone . 2 m (6 ft) Projected Logo Detection Zone GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 23 The projected logo shows where to kick . Power liftgate is turned off. Lens Cleaning towards the rear bumper. . The vehicle remains parked for 72 hours The projected logo will not be restarted or more, with no remote key use or using the same remote key unless it has Keyless Access operation. To re-enable, been out of range for longer than press any button on the remote key or 20 seconds. open and close a vehicle door. If a remote key is again detected within The projected logo will not work for a single approximately 2 m (6 ft) of the liftgate, remote key when a remote key: or another kick has been detected, the . Has been left within approximately 5 m one-minute timer will be reset. (15 ft) of the liftgate for several minutes. The projected logo will not work under . Has been left inside the vehicle and all these conditions: vehicle doors are closed. . The vehicle battery is low. . Has approached the area outside of the liftgate five times within 10 minutes. If equipped, use a cotton swab to clean . The transmission is not in P (Park). the lens. . Hands Free Liftgate Control is set to off in vehicle personalization. See Vehicle Personalization 0 125. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

24 Keys, Doors, and Windows Hands-Free Liftgate and Projected Logo Availability Action Hands-Free Liftgate Projected Logo Remote key entering projected logo Operative On for one minute detection zone Remote key left inside projected logo Operative Off until remote key button press or a door is detection zone for minimum of 10 minutes opened and closed Remote key brought in and out of projected Operative Off for one hour or until remote key button logo detection zone five times or more within press or a door is opened and closed 10 minutes Vehicle remains parked for more than Operative Off until remote key button press or a door is 72 hours opened and closed Vehicle battery is low Non-operative Off Transmission is not in P (Park) Non-operative Off Power liftgate is turned off Non-operative Off Hands-free liftgate is disabled in vehicle per- Non-operative Off sonalization GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 25 Power Assist Steps Keep hands, children, pets, objects, and Vehicle Alarm System clothing clear of the power assist steps { Warning when in motion. The steps will reverse direction if they encounter an obstruction To avoid personal injury or property when opening or closing. Remove the damage, before entering or exiting the obstruction, then open and close the door vehicle, be sure the power assist step is on the same side to complete the motion of fully extended. Do not step on the power the assist steps. If the obstruction is not assist step while it is moving. Never place cleared, the assist steps remain extended hands or other body parts between the while driving. extended power assist step and the To extend or retract both power assist steps vehicle. for cleaning, see Vehicle Personalization 0 125. If equipped, the power assist steps will Enable/Disable deploy when the door is opened and The indicator light, on the driver door near automatically retract three seconds after the To enable or disable the power assist steps, the window, indicates the status of the 0 door is closed. The power assist steps will see Vehicle Personalization 125. system. See Power Door Locks 0 16 retract immediately if the vehicle starts moving. Vehicle Security Arming the Alarm System Disable the power assist steps before jacking 1. Turn off the vehicle. This vehicle has theft-deterrent features; or placing any object under the vehicle. Too 2. Lock the vehicle in one of three ways: much ice buildup may prevent deployment however, they do not make the vehicle . Use the remote key. of the power assist steps. Check the step impossible to steal. position before exiting the vehicle. If this . Use the Keyless Access system. happens, disable the power assist steps, . With a door open, press Q on the clear the ice, then enable the assist steps interior of the door. and confirm normal function prior to use. 3. After 30 seconds the alarm system will arm, and the indicator light will begin to slowly flash. Pressing Q on the remote GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

26 Keys, Doors, and Windows key a second time will bypass the To avoid setting off the alarm by accident: The inclination sensor can set off the alarm 30-second delay and immediately arm . Lock the vehicle after all occupants have if it senses movement of the vehicle, such the alarm system. exited. as a change in vehicle orientation. The vehicle alarm system will not arm if the . Always unlock a door with the remote The intrusion sensor monitors the vehicle doors are locked with the mechanical key. key, or use the Keyless Access system. interior, and can activate the alarm if it If the driver door is opened without first Unlocking the driver door with the senses unauthorized entry into the vehicle’s unlocking with the remote key, the horn will mechanical key will not disarm the interior. Do not allow passengers or pets to chirp and the lights will flash to indicate system or turn off the alarm. remain in the vehicle when the intrusion sensor is activated. pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not started, How to Detect a Tamper Condition or the door is not unlocked by pressing K Before arming the theft-deterrent system on the remote key during the 10-second If K is pressed on the remote key and the and activating the intrusion sensor: pre-alarm, the alarm will be activated. horn chirps three times, an alarm occurred . Make sure all doors and windows are previously while the alarm system was The alarm will also be activated if a completely closed. armed. passenger door, the liftgate, or the hood is . Secure any loose items such as a opened without first disarming the system. If the alarm has been activated, a message sunshades. When the alarm is activated, the turn will appear on the DIC. . Make sure there are no obstructions signals flash and the horn sounds for about blocking the sensors in the front overhead 30 seconds. The alarm system will then Power Sounder, Inclination Sensor, and console. Intrusion Sensor re-arm to monitor for the next unauthorized . Close DVD screens before leaving the event. In addition to the standard theft-deterrent vehicle. Disarming the Alarm System system features, this system may also have a power sounder, inclination sensor, and To disarm the alarm system or turn off the intrusion sensor. alarm if it has been activated: The power sounder provides an audible . Press K on the remote key. alarm which is distinct from the vehicle’s . Unlock the vehicle using the Keyless horn. It has its own power source, and can Access system. sound an alarm if the vehicle’s battery is . Start the vehicle. compromised. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 27 Intrusion and Inclination Sensors Disable Steering Column Lock column, and the vehicle did not start. Switch If this happens, immediately turn the If equipped, the steering column lock is a steering wheel from side to side to theft-deterrent device. This feature locks the unbind the column lock. If this does not steering column when the vehicle is turned unlock the steering column, turn the off and the driver door is opened, or when vehicle off and open the driver door to the driver door is opened and then the reset the system. Then turn the vehicle vehicle is turned off. The steering column on and immediately turn the steering unlocks when the vehicle is turned on. wheel side to side for about 15 seconds. The Driver Information Center (DIC) may In some cases, it may take significant display one of these messages: force to unbind the column. . A message to service the steering column To keep the steering column from binding, lock indicates that an issue has been straighten the front wheels before turning detected with the column lock feature off the vehicle. and the vehicle should be serviced. It is recommended that the intrusion and . A message that the steering column is Immobilizer inclination sensors be deactivated if pets are locked indicates that the engine is See Radio Frequency Statement 0 406. left in the vehicle or the vehicle is being running, but the steering column is still transported. locked. It is normal for the column to be Immobilizer Operation locked during a remote start, but the With the vehicle off, press o in the front This vehicle has a passive theft-deterrent column should unlock after the brake overhead console to turn off the feature. system. pedal is pressed and the vehicle is started. The indicator light will come on No message will display during a remote The system does not have to be manually momentarily, indicating that these sensors start. armed or disarmed. have been disabled until the next time the . A message that the steering wheel must The vehicle is automatically immobilized alarm system is armed. be turned and the vehicle must be started when the vehicle is turned off. again indicates that the column lock mechanism is bound, the column locking device was unable to unlock the steering GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

28 Keys, Doors, and Windows The immobilization system is disarmed remote key in the backup location. See when the ignition is turned on or to ACC/ Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Warning (Continued) ACCESSORY and a valid remote key is Operation 0 8. into the right lane, you could hit a present in the vehicle. If the ignition modes will not change with vehicle on the right. Check the inside the other remote key or in the backup mirror or glance over your shoulder location, the vehicle needs service. If the before changing lanes. ignition does change modes, the first remote key may be faulty. See your dealer. The passenger side mirror is convex shaped. A convex mirror's surface is curved so more It is possible for the immobilizer system to can be seen from the driver seat. learn new or replacement remote keys. Up The security light, in the instrument cluster, to eight remote keys can be programmed Power Mirrors comes on if there is a problem with arming for the vehicle. To program additional or disarming the theft-deterrent system. remote keys, see “Programming Remote Keys to the Vehicle” under Remote Keyless The system has one or more remote keys Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 8. matched to an immobilizer control unit in the vehicle. Only a correctly matched Do not leave the remote key or device that remote key will start the vehicle. If the disarms or deactivates the theft-deterrent remote key is ever damaged, you may not system in the vehicle. be able to start your vehicle. When trying to start the vehicle, the Exterior Mirrors security light may come on briefly. Convex Mirrors If the engine does not start and the security light stays on, there is a problem with the { Warning system. Turn the ignition off and try again. To adjust the mirrors: A convex mirror can make things, like If the vehicle will not change ignition modes other vehicles, look farther away than 1. Press } or | to select the driver or (ACC/ACCESSORY, on, off), and the remote they really are. If you cut too sharply passenger side mirror. The indicator light key appears to be undamaged, try another comes on. remote key. Or, you may try placing the (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 29 2. Press the arrows on the control pad to Folding Mirrors The outside mirrors may automatically move the mirror up, down, right, or left. unfold when the vehicle is driven above 3. Adjust the outside mirror so that the Manual Folding 20 km/h (12 mph), but may be folded with side of the vehicle and the area behind Fold the mirrors inward to prevent damage the power folding mirror switch. If the are seen. when going through an automatic car wash. vehicle speed is driven above 40 km/h To fold, pull the mirror toward the vehicle. (25 mph), they may automatically unfold 4. Press either } or | again to deselect and may not be refolded with the power the mirror. The indicator light goes off. Push the mirror outward, to return to its original position. folding mirror switch. Turn Signal Indicator Power Folding Resetting the Power Folding Mirrors If equipped, the mirror has turn signal Reset the power folding mirrors if: indicator lights, which flash in the direction of the turn or lane change. . The mirrors are accidentally obstructed while folding. Puddle Lamps . They are accidentally manually folded/ If equipped, puddle lamps project light from unfolded. the bottom of the mirror to the area of . The mirrors do not stay in the unfolded ground below the driver and passenger position. doors. See Entry Lighting 0 139 and . The mirrors vibrate at normal driving Exit Lighting 0 139. speeds. Memory Mirrors Fold and unfold the mirrors one time using The vehicle may have memory mirrors. See the mirror controls to reset them to their Memory Seats 0 41. normal position. A noise may be heard Lane Change Alert (LCA) To adjust power folding mirrors, if equipped: during the resetting of the power folding 1. Press { to fold the mirrors inward. mirrors. This sound is normal after a manual The vehicle may have LCA. See Lane Change folding operation. Alert (LCA) 0 272. 2. Press { again to return the mirrors to the driving position. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

30 Keys, Doors, and Windows Remote Mirror Folding Heated Mirrors Interior Mirrors If equipped with power folding mirrors and K : Press to heat the mirrors. the mirrors have been folded with the Interior Rearview Mirrors See “Rear Window Defogger” under Dual power folding mirror switch, they may not Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear view Automatic Climate Control System 0 204. be unfolded by use of remote key. of the area behind the vehicle. If equipped with power folding mirrors and Automatic Dimming Mirror Do not spray glass cleaner directly on the the mirrors have not been folded with the If equipped, the driver outside mirror mirror. Use a soft towel dampened with power folding mirror switch and the vehicle water. is in P (Park), they may be automatically automatically adjusts for the glare of the folded/unfolded as follows: headlamps from behind. This feature comes Manual Rearview Mirror on when the vehicle is started. 1. If doors are locked by pressing H on the If equipped, push the tab forward for remote key, the mirrors will fold. Reverse Tilt Mirrors daytime use and pull it rearward for If doors are unlocked by pressing I on If equipped with reverse tilt mirrors and nighttime use to avoid glare of the the remote key, the mirrors will unfold. memory seats, the passenger and/or driver headlamps from behind. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System 0 mirror tilts to a preselected position when Automatic Dimming Rearview Operation 8. the vehicle is in R (Reverse). This allows the 2. If doors are locked by pressing the door curb to be seen when parallel parking. Mirror handle button, the mirrors will fold. The mirror(s) may move from their tilted If equipped, automatic dimming reduces the If doors are unlocked by pressing the glare of headlamps from behind. The door handle button, the mirrors will position when: . The vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse), dimming feature comes on when the vehicle unfold. See “Keyless Unlocking/Locking is started. from the Driver Door” in Remote Keyless or remains in R (Reverse) for about Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 8. 30 seconds. Rear Camera Mirror . The vehicle is turned off. 3. If passive locking is enabled and doors If equipped, this automatic dimming mirror . The vehicle is driven in R (Reverse) above are locked by that feature, the mirrors provides a wide angle camera view of the a set speed. will fold. See “Passive Locking” in Remote area behind the vehicle. Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation To turn this feature on or off, see Vehicle 0 8. Personalization 0 125. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 31 The adjustment options are:

Pull the tab to turn on the display. Push the Press V to scroll through the adjustment tab to turn it off. When off the mirror is options. . Brightness automatic dimming. Adjust the mirror for a clear view of the area behind the vehicle Press t and u to adjust the settings using while the display is off. the indicators on the mirror. The indicators will remain visible for five seconds after the last button activation, and the settings will remain saved.

. Zoom GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

32 Keys, Doors, and Windows See your dealer for service if a blue screen { Warning and 3 are displayed in the mirror, and The Rear Camera Mirror (RCM) has a the display shuts off. Also, push the tab as limited view. Portions of the road, indicated to return to the automatic vehicles, and other objects may not be dimming mode. seen. Do not drive or park the vehicle The Rear Camera Mirror may not work using only this camera. Objects may properly or display a clear image if: appear closer than they are. Check the . There is glare from the sun or headlamps. outside mirrors or glance over your This may obstruct objects from view. shoulder when making lane changes or If needed, push the tab to turn off the merging. Failure to use proper care may display. result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. . Dirt, snow, or other debris blocks the . Tilt camera lens. Clean the lens with a soft Troubleshooting damp cloth, or, if equipped, with the Rear Camera Washer. See Rear Window Wiper/ Washer 0 97. . The camera’s mounting on the vehicle has been damaged, and/or the position or the mounting angle of the camera has changed. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 33

Warning (Continued) children in the rear seat, use the window lockout switch to prevent operation of the windows. See Keys 0 7.

The vehicle aerodynamics are designed to Windows improve fuel economy performance. This may result in a pulsing sound when either { Warning rear window is down and the front windows are up. To reduce the sound, open either a Never leave a child, a helpless , or a front window or the sunroof, if equipped. pet alone in a vehicle, especially with the windows closed in warm or hot weather. Power Windows The power windows work when the ignition They can be overcome by the extreme is on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, or when Retained heat and suffer permanent injuries or Accessory Power (RAP) is active. See { Warning Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 229. even death from heat stroke. Children could be seriously injured or Using the window switch, press to open or killed if caught in the path of a closing pull to close the window. window. Never leave the remote key in a vehicle with children. When there are The windows may be temporarily disabled if they are used repeatedly within a (Continued) short time. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

34 Keys, Doors, and Windows Window Lockout Briefly press or pull the window switch in the same direction to stop that window’s This feature stops the rear passenger express movement. window switches from working. Window Automatic Reversal System The express-close feature will reverse window movement if it comes in contact with an object. Extreme cold or ice could cause the window to auto-reverse. The window will operate normally after the object or condition is removed. Automatic Reversal System Override Without Folding Mirrors . Press 2 to engage the rear window { Warning lockout feature. The indicator light is on If automatic reversal system override is With Folding Mirrors when engaged. active, the window will not reverse . Press 2 again to disengage. automatically. You or others could be injured and the window could be Window Express Movement damaged. Before using automatic reversal All windows can be opened without holding system override, make sure that all the window switch. Press the switch down people and obstructions are clear of the fully and quickly release to express open the window path. window. When the engine is on, override the If equipped, pull the window switch up fully automatic reversal system by pulling and and quickly release to express close the holding the window switch if conditions window. prevent it from closing. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 35 Programming the Power Windows Sun Visors The sunroof cannot be opened or closed if the vehicle has an electrical failure. Programming may be necessary if the vehicle battery has been disconnected or discharged. If the window is unable to express-up, program each express-close window: 1. Close all doors. 2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ ACCESSORY. 3. Partially open the window to be programmed. Then close it and continue Pull the sun visor down to block glare. to pull the switch briefly after the Detach the sun visor from the center mount window has fully closed. to pivot to the side window and, if equipped, extend along the rod. 4. Open the window and continue to press the switch briefly after the window has 1. SLIDE Switch fully opened. Roof 2. Power Sunshade Switch 3. TILT Switch Remote Window Operation Sunroof Sunroof Operation: If equipped, this feature allows the windows If equipped, the ignition must be on or in to be opened remotely. If enabled in vehicle ACC/ACCESSORY, or Retained Accessory . Press and release D (1) to express-open personalization, press and hold K on the Power (RAP) must be active to operate the to the fully open position. remote key. See Vehicle Personalization sunroof. See Ignition Positions 0 226 and . Pull and release D (1) to express-close. 0 Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 229. 125. . Press or pull D (1) again to stop at the While the sunroof always operates in desired location. express mode, movement can be stopped by Sunshade Operation: pressing the switch again. . Press and release C (2) to express-open. . Pull and release C (2) to express-close. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

36 Keys, Doors, and Windows . Press or pull C (2) again to stop at the desired location. Sunroof Vent Operation: . Press and release E (3) to vent the sunroof. . Pull and release E (3) to close the sunroof vent. Automatic Reversal System The sunroof and power sunshade, if equipped, have an automatic reversal system that is only active when the sunroof Dirt and debris may collect on the sunroof and power sunshade are operated in seal or in the track. This could cause an express-close mode. issue with sunroof operation or noise. If an object is in the path while It could also plug the water drainage express-closing, the reversal system will system. Periodically open the sunroof and detect an object, stop, and open the sunroof remove any obstacles or loose debris. Wipe or power sunshade slightly. the sunroof seal and roof sealing area using a clean cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not If this condition occurs, attempt to remove remove grease from the sunroof. the object, then pull and release the switch to express close. If the reversal occurs multiple times, the DIC message OPEN THEN CLOSE SUNROOF will display, and express is disabled. To operate sunroof while express is disabled, the switch must be either pressed or pulled and held. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Seats and Restraints 37 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 62 Head Restraints Seats and Restraints When Should an Airbag Inflate? ...... 63 What Makes an Airbag Inflate? ...... 64 The vehicle’s front seats have adjustable Head Restraints How Does an Airbag Restrain? ...... 64 head restraints in the outboard seating Head Restraints ...... 37 What Will You See after an Airbag positions. Front Seats Inflates? ...... 65 Power Seat Adjustment ...... 40 Passenger Sensing System ...... 66 { Warning Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Lumbar Adjustment ...... 40 With head restraints that are not Vehicle ...... 69 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 41 installed and adjusted properly, there is a Adding Equipment to the Memory Seats ...... 41 greater chance that occupants will suffer Heated and Ventilated Front Seats . . . . . 44 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle ...... 70 Airbag System Check ...... 70 a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do not Rear Seats Replacing Airbag System Parts after a drive until the head restraints for all Rear Seats ...... 45 Crash ...... 71 occupants are installed and adjusted Heated Rear Seats ...... 45 properly. Child Restraints Second Row Seats ...... 46 If your vehicle has rear head restraints Third Row Seats ...... 50 Older Children ...... 71 Infants and Young Children ...... 72 that fold down, always return them to Seat Belts Child Restraint Systems ...... 74 the full upright position whenever an Seat Belts ...... 54 Where to Put the Restraint ...... 76 occupant is seated in the seat. How to Wear Seat Belts Properly ...... 55 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 56 (LATCH System) ...... 77 Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy ...... 59 Replacing LATCH System Parts After a Seat Belt Extender ...... 59 Crash ...... 83 Safety System Check ...... 59 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Seat Belt Care ...... 60 Belt in the Rear Seat) ...... 83 Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after a Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Crash ...... 60 Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) . . . . . 85 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Airbag System Belt in the Center Front Seat) ...... 87 Airbag System ...... 60 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

38 Seats and Restraints Rear Seats Second Row Seats The vehicle’s second row seats have head restraints in the outboard seating positions that cannot be adjusted. The second row outboard head restraints are not removable. The second row outboard head restraints are designed to be folded. When folding the second row seatbacks down, the head restraint will automatically Adjust the head restraint so that the top of The height of the head restraint can be fold out of the way as the seat is the restraint is at the same height as the adjusted. folded down. top of the occupant's head. This position To raise or lower the head restraint, press The second row outboard head restraints reduces the chance of a neck injury in a the button located on the side of the head can be folded forward to allow for better crash. restraint and pull up or push the head visibility when the rear seat is unoccupied. Front Seats restraint down, and release the button. Pull and push on the head restraint after the The vehicle's front seats have adjustable button is released to make sure that it is head restraints in the outboard seating locked in place. positions. The front seat outboard head restraints are not removable. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Seats and Restraints 39 When an occupant or child restraint is in the seat, always return the head restraint to the full upright position. Push the head restraint up and rearward until it locks into place. Push and pull on the head restraint to make sure that it is locked. Third Row Seats The vehicle’s third row seats have head restraints in the outboard seating positions that cannot be adjusted up or down. The third row outboard head restraints are To fold the head restraint, press the button not removable. To fold the head restraint, press the button on the side of the head restraint. The third row outboard head restraints are on the side of the head restraint. designed to be folded. When folding the third row seatbacks down, the head restraint will automatically fold out of the way as the seat is folded down. The head restraint can be folded forward to allow for better visibility when the rear seat is unoccupied.

The head restraint will fold forward The head restraint will fold forward automatically. automatically. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

40 Seats and Restraints When an occupant or child restraint is in the Lumbar Adjustment seat, always return the head restraint to the full upright position. Push the head restraint up and rearward until it locks into place. Push and pull on the head restraint to make sure that it is locked. Front Seats Power Seat Adjustment

{ Warning You can lose control of the vehicle if you To adjust the seat: try to adjust a driver seat while the . Move the seat forward or rearward by . Press and hold the front or rear of the vehicle is moving. Adjust the driver seat sliding the control forward or rearward. control to increase or decrease lumbar only when the vehicle is not moving. . If equipped, raise or lower the front part support. of the seat cushion by moving the front . If equipped, press and hold the top or of the control up or down. bottom of the control to raise or lower { Warning . Raise or lower the seat by moving the lumbar support. The power seats will work with the rear of the control up or down. ignition off. Children could operate the power seats and be injured. Never leave children alone in the vehicle. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Seats and Restraints 41 Reclining Seatbacks Do not have a seatback reclined if the Warning (Continued) vehicle is moving. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. Instead, it will be in front of Memory Seats you. In a crash, you could go into it, receiving neck or other injuries. The lap belt could go up over your abdomen. The belt forces would be there, not at your pelvic bones. This could cause serious internal injuries. For proper protection when the vehicle is in motion, have the seatback upright. Then sit well back in the seat and wear To recline the seatback: the seat belt properly. . Tilt the top of the control rearward to recline. If equipped, memory seats allow two drivers . Tilt the top of the control forward to to save and recall their unique seat positions raise. for driving the vehicle, and a shared exit position for getting out of the vehicle. Other { Warning feature positions may also be saved, such as Sitting in a reclined position when the power mirrors and power steering wheel, vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. if equipped. Memory positions are linked to remote key 1 or 2 for automatic memory Even when buckled up, the seat belts recalls. cannot do their job. (Continued) Before saving, adjust all available memory feature positions. Turn the vehicle on and then press and release SET; a beep will sound. Then immediately press and hold 1, GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

42 Seats and Restraints 2, or B (Exit) until two beeps sound. To . To begin Seat Exit Memory movement 1. Turn the vehicle on or to ACC/ manually recall these positions, press and when the vehicle is turned off and the ACCESSORY with remote key 1 or 2. hold 1, 2, or B until the saved position is driver door is opened, or when the vehicle A DIC welcome message may indicate is turned off with the driver door already reached. Follow the instructions under driver number 1 or 2. opened, select the Settings menu, then “Saving Memory Positions.” Vehicle, then Seating Position, and then 2. Adjust all available memory features to The vehicle identifies the current driver’s Seat Exit Memory. Select On or Off. See the desired driving position. remote key number (1–8). See Remote “Seat Exit Memory” later in this section. 3. Press and release SET; a beep will sound. 0 Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 8. . See Vehicle Personalization 0 125 for 4. Immediately press and hold the 1 or Only remote keys 1 and 2 can be used for additional setting information. 2 memory button matching the above automatic memory recalls. A Driver Identifying Driver Number DIC welcome message until two beeps Information Center (DIC) welcome message sound. indicating the remote key number may To identify the driver number: display for the first few ignition cycles If too much time passes between 1. Move your remote key away from the following a remote key change. For Seat releasing SET and pressing 1, the vehicle. Entry Memory to work properly, save the memory position will not be saved and positions to the memory button (1 or 2) 2. Start the vehicle with another remote two beeps will not sound. Repeat matching the remote key number displayed key. The DIC should display the driver Steps 3 and 4. in the DIC welcome message. Carry the number for the other remote key. Turn 1 or 2 corresponds to the driver number. linked remote key when entering the the vehicle off and remove the remote See “Identifying Driver Number” vehicle. key from the vehicle. previously in this section. Vehicle Personalization Settings 3. Start the vehicle with the initial remote 5. Repeat Steps 1–4 for a second driver key. The DIC should display the driver using 1 or 2. Remote keys 3–8 will not . To have the Seat Entry Memory number of your remote key. save memory positions. movement begin when the vehicle is started, select the Settings menu, then Saving Memory Positions To save the position for B and Seat Exit Vehicle, then Seating Position, and then Read these instructions completely before Memory features, repeat Steps 1–4 using Seat Entry Memory. Select On or Off. See saving memory positions. B. This saves the position for getting out “Seat Entry Memory” later in this section. To save preferred driving positions 1 and 2: of the vehicle. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Seats and Restraints 43 Save preferred memory feature positions to same memory button number 1 or 2 are number that positions were saved to. Try both 1 and 2 if you are the only driver. automatically recalled when the vehicle is storing the position to the other memory Manually Recalling Memory Positions turned on, or turned from off to ACC/ button or try the other remote key. ACCESSORY. Remote keys 3–8 will not Seat Exit Memory Press and hold 1, 2, or B to recall the provide automatic memory recalls. previously saved memory positions if you Seat Exit Memory is not linked to an remote To turn Seat Entry Memory on or off, see B are driver 1 or 2 identified in the DIC “Vehicle Personalization Settings” previously key. The position saved to is used for all welcome message. in this section and Vehicle Personalization drivers. To turn Seat Exit Memory on or off, To stop Manual Memory recall movement, 0 125. see "Vehicle Personalization Settings" B previously in this section and Vehicle release 1, 2, or or press any of the The vehicle must be in P (Park) to start Seat Personalization 0 125. following controls: Entry Memory. Seat Entry Memory recall . Power seat will complete if the vehicle is shifted out of If turned on, the position saved to B is . Memory SET P (Park) prior to reaching the saved memory automatically recalled when one of the position. following occurs: . Power mirror, with the driver or passenger side mirror selected To stop Seat Entry Memory recall . The vehicle is turned off and the driver door is opened within a short time. . Power steering wheel, if equipped movement, turn the vehicle off or press any of the following controls: . The vehicle is turned off with the driver Manual Memory recall movement for 1, 2, . Power seat door open. or B buttons may be initiated and may . Memory SET, 1, 2, or B To stop Seat Exit Memory movement, press complete to the saved memory position if any of the following memory controls: the vehicle is in or out of P (Park). . Power mirror, with the driver or . Power seat Seat Entry Memory passenger side mirror selected . Power steering wheel, if equipped . Memory SET, 1, 2, or B The vehicle identifies the number of the If the saved memory seat position does not . Power mirror, with the driver or current driver’s remote key (1–8). See passenger side mirror selected Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System automatically recall or recalls to the wrong Operation 0 8. If the remote key is 1 or 2, positions, the driver’s remote key number (1 . Power steering wheel, if equipped and Seat Entry Memory is enabled in vehicle or 2) may not match the memory button personalization, the positions saved to the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

44 Seats and Restraints Obstructions When this feature is off, the heated and If something has blocked the driver seat ventilated seat symbols on the buttons are while recalling a memory position, the recall white. When a heated seat is turned on, the may stop. Remove the obstruction and try symbol turns red. When a ventilated seat is the recall again. If the memory position still turned on, the symbol turns blue. does not recall, see your dealer. Press the button once for the highest setting. With each press of the button, the Heated and Ventilated Front seat will change to the next lower setting, Seats and then to the off setting. The indicator lights next to the buttons indicate three for { Warning the highest setting and one for the lowest. If the heated seats are on high, the level If temperature change or pain to the skin Heated and Ventilated Seat Buttons Shown, may automatically be lowered after cannot be felt, the seat heater may cause Heated Seat Buttons Similar approximately 30 minutes. burns. To reduce the risk of burns, use The passenger seat may take longer to care when using the seat heater, If equipped, the buttons are near the heat up. especially for long periods of time. Do climate controls on the center stack. To not place anything on the seat that operate, the engine must be on. Auto Heated and Ventilated Seats insulates against heat, such as a blanket, Press I or + to heat the driver or When the vehicle is on, this feature will cushion, cover, or similar item. This may passenger seatback. automatically activate the heated or cause the seat heater to overheat. An ventilated seats at the level required by the overheated seat heater may cause a burn Press J or z to heat the driver or vehicle’s interior temperature. passenger seatback and cushion. or may damage the seat. The active high, medium, low, or off heated Press C or {, if available, to ventilate the or ventilated seat level will be indicated by driver or passenger seat. A ventilated seat the manual heated or ventilated seat has a fan that pulls or pushes air through buttons on the center stack. Use the manual the seat. The air is not cooled. heated or ventilated seat buttons on the center stack to turn auto heated or ventilated seats off. If the passenger seat is GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Seats and Restraints 45 unoccupied, the auto heated or ventilated The remote start heated or ventilated seats seat; for example, if a child entered the seats feature will not activate that seat. The may be enabled or disabled in the vehicle vehicle through the rear door and left the auto heated or ventilated seats feature can personalization menu. See Remote Vehicle vehicle without the vehicle being shut off. be programmed to always be enabled when Start 0 14 and 0 The feature can be turned on or off. See the vehicle is on. Vehicle Personalization 125. Vehicle Personalization 0 125. See Vehicle Personalization 0 125. Heated Rear Seats Remote Start Heated and Ventilated Seats Rear Seats During a remote start, the heated or Rear Seat Reminder { Warning ventilated seats, if equipped, can be turned If equipped, the message REAR SEAT on automatically. When it is cold outside, If temperature change or pain to the skin REMINDER LOOK IN REAR SEAT displays cannot be felt, the seat heater may cause the heated seats turn on, and when it is hot under certain conditions indicating there outside the ventilated seats turn on. If the burns. See the Warning under Heated may be an item or passenger in the rear and Ventilated Front Seats 0 44. auto heated or ventilated seats feature, seat. Check before exiting the vehicle. if equipped, is not turned on, the heated or ventilated seats may be canceled when the This feature will activate when a second row ignition is turned on. If necessary, press the door is opened while the vehicle is on or up heated or ventilated seat button to use the to 10 minutes before the vehicle is turned heated or ventilated seats after the vehicle on. There will be an alert when the vehicle is started. is turned off. The alert does not directly detect objects in the rear seat; instead, The heated or ventilated seat indicator lights under certain conditions, it detects when a may turn on during a remote start. rear door is opened and closed, indicating The temperature performance of an that there may be something in the unoccupied seat may be reduced. This is rear seat. normal. The feature is active only once each time the vehicle is turned on and off, and will require reactivation by opening and closing The buttons are on the rear of the center the second row doors. There may be an console. alert even when there is nothing in the rear GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

46 Seats and Restraints With the engine running, press M or L to Second Row Seats Reclining Seatbacks heat the left or right outboard seat cushion. To recline the seatback: An indicator on the rear climate control Rear Seat Adjustment display appears when this feature is on. Press the button once for the highest setting. With each press of the button, the seat will change to the next lower setting, and then to the off setting. The indicator lights next to the buttons indicate three for the highest setting and one for the lowest. If the heated seats are on high for an extended time, their level may automatically be lowered.

1. Lift the lever on the outboard side of To adjust the seat position: the seat. 1. Remove objects on the floor in front of 2. Move the seatback to the desired or on the second row seat, or in the seat position, and then release the lever to tracks on the floor. lock the seatback in place. 2. Lift the lever below the seat cushion and 3. Push and pull on the seatback to make slide the seat forward or backward. sure it is locked. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Seats and Restraints 47 To return the seatback to the upright position: Warning (Continued) motion. People in the vehicle could be { Warning injured in a sudden stop or crash. Be sure If either seatback is not locked, it could to return the seat to the passenger move forward in a sudden stop or crash. seating position before driving the That could cause injury to the person vehicle. Push and pull on the seat to sitting there. Always push and pull on make sure it is locked into place. the seatbacks to be sure they are locked.

1. Lift the lever fully while applying Caution pressure to the seatback, and the Folding a rear seat with the seat belts seatback will return to the upright still fastened may cause damage to the 2. Lift the lever on the outboard side of the position. If the lever is lifted without seat or the seat belts. Always unbuckle seat to release the seatback. applying pressure, the seat will release the seat belts and return them to their to a folded position. normal stowed position before folding a 2. Push and pull on the seatback to make rear seat. sure it is locked. The second row seats can be folded for Entering and Exiting the Third Row additional cargo space or folded and Manual Fold and Tumble Feature tumbled for easy entry and exit to the third row seat. { Warning Folding and Tumbling the Seat Do not leave the second row seat in a To fold and tumble the seat: tumbled position while the vehicle is in 1. Make sure that there is nothing under, motion. A tumbled seat is not locked. in front of, or on the seat. It can move when the vehicle is in The seatback will fold forward to create (Continued) a flat load floor. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

48 Seats and Restraints If the seatback cannot fold flat, try moving the front seat forward and/or Warning (Continued) put the front seatback in the upright the seat to the passenger seating position. position. Push and pull on the seat to make sure it is locked into place.

To fold and tumble the seat from the third row seat: 1. Make sure that there is nothing under, in front of, or on the seat.

3. Pull the strap again to release the rear of the seat from the floor. The seat will tumble forward. Automatic Fold and Tumble Feature 3. Lift the lever again to release the rear of the seat from the floor. The seat will { Warning tumble forward. Do not leave the second row seat in a Folding and Tumbling the Seat from the tumbled position while the vehicle is in Third Row Seat motion. A tumbled seat is not locked. It can move when the vehicle is in { Warning 2. Pull the strap on the bottom rear of the motion. People in the vehicle could be Using the third row seating position second row seat to release the seatback. injured in a sudden stop or crash. Be sure The seatback will fold forward. while the second row is folded, or folded to return the seat to the passenger and tumbled, could cause injury in a (Continued) sudden stop or crash. Be sure to return (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Seats and Restraints 49 Folding and Tumbling the Seat Folding and Tumbling the Second Row Seat Warning (Continued) To fold and tumble the seat: from the Cargo Area seating position before driving the 1. Make sure that there is nothing under, vehicle. Push and pull on the seat to in front of, or on the seat. make sure it is locked into place.

{ Warning Automatically folding and tumbling the seat when someone is sitting in the seat, could cause injury to the person sitting there. Always make sure there is no one sitting in the seat before pressing the automatic seat release switch. 1. Second Row Power Seat Fold and Caution Tumble Switches Driver Side Rear Panel Switch 2. Third Row Power Seat Fold and Raise Folding a rear seat with the seat belts Switches still fastened may cause damage to the 2. Press the automatic seat release switch seat or the seat belts. Always unbuckle on the panel behind the rear doors. The To fold and tumble the seat from the the seat belts and return them to their seatback automatically folds flat. cargo area: normal stowed position before folding a 3. Press the switch again to release the rear 1. Make sure that there is nothing under, rear seat. of the seat from the floor. The seat will in front of, or on the seat. tumble forward. 2. Press the switch (1) on the side trim of The transmission must be in P (Park) for this the cargo area to fold the second row feature to work. seatback. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

50 Seats and Restraints The left switch folds the left seatback, 3. For the 60/40 split-bench seat, make and the right switch folds the right sure the seat belt in the center seating seatback. position is not caught between the two 3. Press the switch again to release the rear seats and is not twisted. of the seat from the floor. The seat will tumble forward. Third Row Seats The switches (2) can be used to fold the Caution third row seatbacks from the cargo area. See Folding a rear seat with the seat belts Third Row Seats 0 50. still fastened may cause damage to the Returning the Seat to the Sitting Position seat or the seat belts. Always unbuckle the seat belts and return them to their { Warning normal stowed position before folding a 4. Disconnect the rear seat belt mini-latch, If either seatback is not locked, it could rear seat. using a key in the slot on the move forward in a sudden stop or crash. mini-buckle, and let the belt retract into That could cause injury to the person The third row seatbacks can be folded to the headliner. increase cargo space. sitting there. Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are locked. 1. Open the liftgate to access the controls for the third row seat. To return the seat to the sitting position 2. Make sure that there is nothing under, from the tumbled position: in front of, or on the seat. 1. Pull the seat down until it latches to the 3. If the second row seat is in the full rear floor. The seatback cannot be raised if position, adjust it forward to allow the the seat is not latched to the floor. third row seat to fold fully flat. 2. Lift the seatback and push it rearward. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Seats and Restraints 51 5. Stow the mini-latch in the holder in the Power Seatback Folding (If Equipped) The switches (1) can be used to fold or fold headliner. and tumble the second row seats from the cargo area. See Second Row Seats 0 46. Returning the Third Row Seatback to the Upright Position

1. Second Row Power Seat Fold and 6. Stow the seat belt in the belt Tumble Switches stowage clip. 2. Third Row Power Seat Fold and Raise Repeat the steps to fold the other Switches seatback, if desired. 1. Press and hold the switch (2) on the side 1. Second Row Power Seat Fold and trim of the cargo area to fold the third Tumble Switches row seatback. 2. Third Row Power Seat Fold and Raise The left switch folds the left seatback, Switches and the right switch folds the right seatback. 2. Repeat the steps for the other seatback, if desired. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

52 Seats and Restraints To return the third row seatback to the Manual Seatback Folding (If Equipped) upright position: { Warning A seat belt that is improperly routed, not properly attached, or twisted will not provide the protection needed in a crash. The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured. After raising the rear seatback, always check to be sure that the seat belts are properly routed and attached, and are not twisted.

4. Reconnect the center seat belt mini-latch to the mini-buckle. Do not let it twist. 5. Pull on the seat belt to be sure the mini-latch is secure. 1. Pull the release strap located on the 1. Ensure the seat belt is in the belt seatback. stowage clip. 6. Repeat the steps for the other seatback, if desired. 2. Push the seatback forward to lay flat. 2. Open the liftgate to access the controls 3. Repeat for the other seatback, for the seat. if necessary. 3. Press and hold the switch (2) on the side trim of the cargo area to raise the third row seatback. The left switch raises the left seatback, and the right switch raises the right seatback. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Seats and Restraints 53 Returning the Third Row Seatback to the Folding the Third Row Seats from the Upright Position { Warning Overhead Console If either seatback is not locked, it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash. That could cause injury to the person sitting there. Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are locked.

3. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked in place.

{ Warning A seat belt that is improperly routed, not properly attached, or twisted will not 1. Ensure the seat belt is in the belt provide the protection needed in a crash. To fold the seats from the overhead console, stowage clip. The person wearing the belt could be if equipped: seriously injured. After raising the rear 2. From the rear of the vehicle, raise the The vehicle must be in P (Park). seatback to the upright position using seatback, always check to be sure that the seat belts are properly routed and 1. Press and hold the switch to fold the the pull strap on the back of the third third row seatback. row seat, or lift the seatback and push it attached, and are not twisted. into place from inside the vehicle. The left switch folds the left seatback, 4. Reconnect the center seat belt mini-latch and the right switch folds the right to the mini-buckle. Do not let it twist. seatback. 5. Pull on the seat belt to be sure the 2. Repeat the steps for the other seatback, mini-latch is secure. if desired. 3. Press and hold the switch to return the seatback to the seating position. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

54 Seats and Restraints If the red light on the switch is When riding in a vehicle, you travel as fast illuminated, the third row seatback is not Warning (Continued) as the vehicle does. If the vehicle stops in the seating position. injured or killed. Do not allow passengers suddenly, you keep going until something There are additional switches which can be to ride in any area of the vehicle that is stops you. It could be the windshield, the used to fold the third row seatbacks from not equipped with seats and seat belts. instrument panel, or the seat belts! 0 the cargo area. See Third Row Seats 50. Always wear a seat belt, and check that When you wear a seat belt, you and the all passenger(s) are restrained vehicle slow down together. There is more Seat Belts properly too. time to stop because you stop over a longer distance and, when worn properly, your This section describes how to use seat belts This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to strongest bones take the forces from the properly, and some things not to do. buckle the seat belts. See Seat Belt seat belts. That is why wearing seat belts Reminders 0 108. makes such good sense. { Warning Questions and Answers About Seat Belts Do not let anyone ride where a seat belt Why Seat Belts Work cannot be worn properly. In a crash, Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle after a if you or your passenger(s) are not crash if I am wearing a seat belt? wearing seat belts, injuries can be much A: You could be — whether you are worse than if you are wearing seat belts. wearing a seat belt or not. Your chance You can be seriously injured or killed by of being conscious during and after a hitting things inside the vehicle harder or crash, so you can unbuckle and get out, by being ejected from the vehicle. In is much greater if you are belted. addition, anyone who is not buckled up Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why should I can strike other passengers in the vehicle. have to wear seat belts? It is extremely dangerous to ride in a A: Airbags are supplemental systems only. cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle. They work with seat belts — not instead In a collision, passengers riding in these of them. Whether or not an airbag is areas are more likely to be seriously provided, all occupants still have to (Continued) buckle up to get the most protection. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Seats and Restraints 55 Also, in nearly all states and in all Canadian provinces, the law requires { Warning wearing seat belts. You can be seriously injured, or even killed, by not wearing your seat belt How to Wear Seat Belts Properly properly. Follow these rules for everyone's protection. There are additional things to know about seat belts and children, including smaller children and infants. If a child will be riding in the vehicle, see Older Children 0 71 or Infants and Young Children 0 72. Review and follow the rules for children in addition to the following rules. . Sit up straight and always keep your feet on the floor in front of you (if possible). It is very important for all occupants to . Always use the correct buckle for your buckle up. Statistics show that unbelted seating position. people are hurt more often in crashes than those who are wearing seat belts. . Wear the lap part of the belt low and snug on the hips, just touching the There are important things to know about thighs. In a crash, this applies force to the wearing a seat belt properly. strong pelvic bones and you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt. If you slid under it, the belt would apply force on your abdomen. This could cause serious or even fatal injuries. . Wear the shoulder belt over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces. The shoulder belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

56 Seats and Restraints

Never allow the lap or shoulder belt to Never wear the shoulder belt under both Never route the lap or shoulder belt over an become loose or twisted. arms or behind your back. armrest.

{ Warning The seat belt can be pinched if it is routed under plastic trim on the seat, such as trim around the rear seatback folding handle or side airbag. In a crash, pinched seat belts might not be able to provide adequate protection. Never allow seat belts to be routed under plastic trim pieces. Lap-Shoulder Belt Always use the correct buckle for your All seating positions in the vehicle have a seating position. lap-shoulder belt. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Seats and Restraints 57 If you are using a rear seating position with The lap-shoulder belt may lock if you a detachable seat belt and the seat belt is pull the belt across you very quickly. not attached, see Third Row Seats 0 50 for If this happens, let the belt go back instructions on reconnecting the seat belt to slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt the mini-buckle. across you more slowly. The following instructions explain how to If the shoulder portion of a passenger wear a lap-shoulder belt properly. belt is pulled out all the way, the child 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is adjustable, restraint locking feature may be engaged. See Child Restraint Systems so you can sit up straight. To see how, 0 see “Seats” in the Index. 74. If this occurs, let the belt go back all the way and start again. If the locking feature stays engaged after letting the belt go back to stowed 3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until position on the seat, move the seat it clicks. rearward or recline the seat until the shoulder belt retractor lock releases. Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure. Engaging the child restraint locking feature in the front outboard seating If the belt is not long enough, see Seat position may affect the passenger Belt Extender 0 59. sensing system. See Passenger Sensing Position the release button on the buckle System 0 66. so that the seat belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary. 4. If equipped with a shoulder belt height 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt adjuster, move it to the height that is across you. Do not let it get twisted. right for you. See “Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster” in this section for instructions on use and important safety information. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

58 Seats and Restraints To unlatch the belt, push the button on the buckle. The belt should return to its stowed position. Always stow the seat belt slowly. If the seat belt webbing returns quickly to the stowed position, the retractor may lock and cannot be pulled out. If this happens, pull the seat belt straight out firmly to unlock the webbing, and then release it. If the webbing is still locked in the retractor, see your dealer. Before a door is closed, be sure the seat belt 5. To make the lap part tight, pull up on is out of the way. If a door is slammed Push the release button to move the height the shoulder belt. against a seat belt, damage can occur to adjuster to the desired position. both the seat belt and the vehicle. After the adjuster is set to the desired Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster position, try to move it down without pushing the release button to make sure it The vehicle has a shoulder belt height has locked into position. adjuster for the driver and front outboard passenger positions. Seat Belt Pretensioners Adjust the height so the shoulder portion of This vehicle has seat belt pretensioners for the belt is on the shoulder and not falling the front outboard occupants. off of it. The belt should be close to, but not Although the seat belt pretensioners cannot contacting, the neck. Improper shoulder belt be seen, they are part of the seat belt height adjustment could reduce the assembly. They can help tighten the seat effectiveness of the seat belt in a crash. See 0 belts during the early stages of a moderate How to Wear Seat Belts Properly 55. to severe frontal or near frontal crash if the threshold conditions for pretensioner activation are met. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Seats and Restraints 59 Seat belt pretensioners can also help tighten Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy Seat Belt Extender the seat belts in a side crash or rollover event. Seat belts work for everyone, including If the vehicle's seat belt will fasten around pregnant women. Like all occupants, they you, you should use it. Pretensioners work only once. If the are more likely to be seriously injured if But if a seat belt is not long enough, your pretensioners activate in a crash, the they do not wear seat belts. pretensioners and probably other parts of dealer will order you an extender. When the vehicle's seat belt system will need to you go in to order it, take the heaviest coat be replaced. See Replacing Seat Belt System you will wear, so the extender will be long Parts after a Crash 0 60. enough for you. To help avoid personal injury, do not let someone else use it, and Do not sit on the outboard seat belt while use it only for the seat it is made to fit. The entering or exiting the vehicle or at any extender has been designed for adults. time while sitting in the seat. Sitting on the Never use it for securing child restraints. For seat belt can damage the webbing and more information on the proper use and fit hardware. of seat belt extenders see the instruction Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides sheet that comes with the extender. Rear seat belt comfort guides may provide Safety System Check added seat belt comfort for older children Periodically check the seat belt reminder, who have outgrown booster seats and for A pregnant woman should wear a seat belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors, some adults. When installed on a shoulder lap-shoulder belt, and the lap portion should shoulder belt height adjusters (if equipped), belt, the comfort guide positions the be worn as low as possible, below the and seat belt anchorages to make sure they shoulder belt away from the neck and head. rounding, throughout the pregnancy. are all in working order. Look for any other Comfort guides are available through your The best way to protect the fetus is to loose or damaged seat belt system parts dealer for the rear outboard seating protect the mother. When a seat belt is that might keep a seat belt system from positions. Instructions are included with the worn properly, it is more likely that the performing properly. See your dealer to comfort guides. fetus will not be hurt in a crash. For have it repaired. Torn, frayed, or twisted pregnant women, as for anyone, the key to seat belts may not protect you in a crash. making seat belts effective is wearing them Torn or frayed seat belts can rip apart under properly. impact forces. If a belt is torn or frayed, GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

60 Seats and Restraints have it replaced immediately. If a belt is crash may have been stressed or damaged. twisted, it may be possible to untwist by { Warning See your dealer to have the seat belt reversing the latch plate on the webbing. Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing. assemblies inspected or replaced. If the twist cannot be corrected, ask your It may severely weaken the webbing. In New parts and repairs may be necessary dealer to fix it. a crash, they might not be able to even if the seat belt system was not being Make sure the seat belt reminder light is provide adequate protection. Clean and used at the time of the crash. 0 rinse seat belt webbing only with mild working. See Seat Belt Reminders 108. Have the seat belt pretensioners checked if Keep seat belts clean and dry. See Seat Belt soap and lukewarm water. Allow the the vehicle has been in a crash, or if the Care 0 60. webbing to dry. airbag readiness light stays on after you start the vehicle or while you are driving. Seat Belt Care Replacing Seat Belt System Parts See Airbag Readiness Light 0 108. Keep belts clean and dry. after a Crash Seat belts should be properly cared for and Airbag System { Warning maintained. The vehicle has the following airbags: Seat belt hardware should be kept dry and A crash can damage the seat belt system . A frontal airbag for the driver in the vehicle. A damaged seat belt free of dust or debris. As necessary, exterior . A frontal airbag for the front outboard hard surfaces and seat belt webbing may be system may not properly protect the passenger person using it, resulting in serious injury lightly cleaned with mild soap and water. . A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the or even death in a crash. To help make Ensure there is not excessive dust or debris driver in the mechanism. If dust or debris exists in sure the seat belt systems are working . A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the the system please see the dealer. Parts may properly after a crash, have them front outboard passenger need to be replaced to ensure proper inspected and any necessary functionality of the system. replacements made as soon as possible. . A roof-rail airbag for the driver and for the second and third row passengers After a crash, replacement of seat seated directly behind the driver belts may not be necessary. But the seat belt assemblies that were used during any GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Seats and Restraints 61 . A roof-rail airbag for the front outboard Here are the most important things to know passenger and the second and third row about the airbag system: Warning (Continued) passengers seated directly behind the to any airbag when it inflates can be front outboard passenger { Warning seriously injured or killed. Do not sit The vehicle may have the following airbag: You can be severely injured or killed in a unnecessarily close to any airbag, as you . A front center airbag for the driver and crash if you are not wearing your seat would be if sitting on the edge of the front outboard passenger belt, even with airbags. Airbags are seat or leaning forward. Seat belts help keep you in position before and during a All vehicle airbags have the word AIRBAG on designed to work with seat belts, not crash. Always wear a seat belt, even with the trim or on a label near the deployment replace them. Also, airbags are not opening. designed to inflate in every crash. In airbags. The driver should sit as far back some crashes seat belts are the only as possible while still maintaining control For frontal airbags, the word AIRBAG is on restraint. See When Should an Airbag of the vehicle. The seat belts and the the center of the steering wheel for the Inflate? 0 63. front outboard passenger airbags are driver and on the instrument panel for the most effective when you are sitting well front outboard passenger. Wearing your seat belt during a crash back and upright in the seat with both For the front center airbag, the word AIRBAG helps reduce your chance of hitting feet on the floor. is on the inboard side of the driver seatback. things inside the vehicle or being ejected from it. Airbags are “supplemental Occupants should not lean on or sleep For seat-mounted side impact airbags, the restraints” to the seat belts. Everyone in against the front center armrest or word AIRBAG is on the side of the seatback the vehicle should wear a seat belt console in vehicles with a front center or side of the seat closest to the door. properly, whether or not there is an airbag. For roof-rail airbags, the word AIRBAG is on airbag for that person. Occupants should not lean on or sleep the ceiling or trim. against the door or side windows in Airbags are designed to supplement the seating positions with seat-mounted side protection provided by seat belts. Even { Warning impact airbags and/or roof-rail airbags. though today's airbags are also designed to Because airbags inflate with great force help reduce the risk of injury from the force and faster than the blink of an eye, of an inflating bag, all airbags must inflate anyone who is up against, or very close very quickly to do their job. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

62 Seats and Restraints Where Are the Airbags? The front outboard passenger frontal airbag { Warning is in the passenger side instrument panel. Children who are up against, or very close to, any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed. Always secure children properly in the vehicle. To read how, see Older Children 0 71 or Infants and Young Children 0 72.

The driver frontal airbag is in the center of the steering wheel. If the vehicle has a front center airbag, it is There is an airbag readiness light on the in the inboard side of the driver seatback. instrument cluster, which shows the airbag symbol. The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions. The light tells you if there is an electrical problem. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 108. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Seats and Restraints 63

Warning (Continued) do not attach or put anything on the steering wheel hub or on or near any other airbag covering. Do not use seat or console accessories that block the inflation path of a seat-mounted side impact airbag or the front center airbag, if equipped. Never secure anything to the roof of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags by routing a Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar rope or tie-down through any door or window opening. If you do, the path of The driver and front outboard passenger The roof-rail airbags for the driver, front an inflating roof-rail airbag will be seat-mounted side impact airbags are in the outboard passenger, and second and third blocked. side of the seatbacks closest to the door. row outboard seating positions are in the ceiling above the side windows. When Should an Airbag Inflate? { Warning This vehicle is equipped with airbags. See 0 If something is between an occupant and Airbag System 60. Airbags are designed to an airbag, the airbag might not inflate inflate if the impact exceeds the specific properly or it might force the object into airbag system's deployment threshold. Deployment thresholds are used to predict that person causing severe injury or even how severe a crash is likely to be in time death. The path of an inflating airbag for the airbags to inflate and help restrain must be kept clear. Do not put anything the occupants. The vehicle has electronic between an occupant and an airbag, and sensors that help the airbag system (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

64 Seats and Restraints determine the severity of the impact. the impact, when either side of the vehicle will inflate when either side of the vehicle is Deployment thresholds can vary with is struck. In addition, the front center airbag struck, if the sensing system predicts that specific vehicle design. is designed to inflate when the sensing the vehicle is about to roll over on its side, Frontal airbags are designed to inflate in system predicts that the vehicle is about to or in a severe frontal impact. moderate to severe frontal or near frontal roll over on its side. The front center airbag In any particular crash, no one can say crashes to help reduce the potential for is not designed to inflate in frontal impacts, whether an airbag should have inflated severe injuries, mainly to the driver's or near frontal impacts, or rear impacts. simply because of the vehicle damage or the front outboard passenger's head and chest. Seat-mounted side impact airbags are repair costs. designed to inflate in moderate to severe Whether the frontal airbags will or should What Makes an Airbag Inflate? inflate is not based primarily on how fast side crashes, depending on the location of the vehicle is traveling. It depends on what the impact. Seat-mounted side impact In a deployment event, the sensing system is hit, the direction of the impact, and how airbags are not designed to inflate in sends an electrical signal triggering a release quickly the vehicle slows down. rollovers or in rear impacts. The driver side of gas from the inflator. Gas from the seat-mounted side impact airbag is not inflator fills the airbag causing the bag to Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash designed to inflate in frontal impacts or in break out of the cover. The inflator, the speeds depending on whether the vehicle near frontal impacts. The passenger side airbag, and related hardware are all part of hits an object straight on or at an angle, seat-mounted side impact airbag is designed the airbag module. and whether the object is fixed or moving, to inflate in moderate to severe frontal rigid or deformable, narrow or wide. impacts or in near frontal impacts. For airbag locations, see Where Are the Airbags? 0 62. Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate A seat-mounted side impact airbag is during vehicle rollovers, rear impacts, designed to inflate on the side of the vehicle How Does an Airbag Restrain? or many side impacts. that is struck. Roof-rail airbags are designed to inflate in In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal In addition, the vehicle has advanced collisions, even belted occupants can contact technology frontal airbags. Advanced moderate to severe side crashes depending on the location of the impact. In addition, the steering wheel or the instrument panel. technology frontal airbags adjust the In moderate to severe side collisions, even restraint according to crash severity. these roof-rail airbags are designed to inflate during a rollover or in a severe frontal belted occupants can contact the inside of The front center airbag, if equipped, is impact. Roof-rail airbags are not designed to the vehicle. designed to inflate in moderate to severe inflate in rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags side crashes depending upon the location of GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Seats and Restraints 65 Airbags supplement the protection provided least partially inflated for some time after by seat belts by distributing the force of the they inflate. Some components of the airbag Warning (Continued) impact more evenly over the module may be hot for several minutes. For If you experience breathing problems occupant's body. location of the airbags, see Where Are the following an airbag deployment, you 0 Rollover capable roof-rail airbags are Airbags? 62. should seek medical attention. designed to help contain the head and chest The parts of the airbag that come into of occupants in the outboard seating contact with you may be warm, but not too The vehicle has a feature that may positions in the first, second, and third rows. hot to touch. There may be some smoke automatically unlock the doors, turn on the The rollover capable roof-rail airbags are and dust coming from the vents in the interior lamps and hazard warning flashers, designed to help reduce the risk of full or deflated airbags. Airbag inflation does not and shut off the fuel system after the partial ejection in rollover events, although prevent the driver from seeing out of the airbags inflate. The feature may also no system can prevent all such ejections. windshield or being able to steer the activate, without airbag inflation, after an event that exceeds a predetermined But airbags would not help in many types vehicle, nor does it prevent people from leaving the vehicle. threshold. After turning the ignition off and of collisions, primarily because the then on again, the fuel system will return to occupant's motion is not toward those normal operation; the doors can be locked, airbags. See When Should an Airbag Inflate? { Warning 0 the interior lamps can be turned off, and 63. When an airbag inflates, there may be the hazard warning flashers can be turned Airbags should never be regarded as dust in the air. This dust could cause off using the controls for those features. anything more than a supplement to seat breathing problems for people with a If any of these systems are damaged in the belts. history of asthma or other breathing crash they may not operate as normal. trouble. To avoid this, everyone in the What Will You See after an vehicle should get out as soon as it is { Warning Airbag Inflates? safe to do so. If you have breathing A crash severe enough to inflate the problems but cannot get out of the airbags may have also damaged After frontal and seat-mounted side impact vehicle after an airbag inflates, then get airbags inflate, they quickly deflate, so important functions in the vehicle, such fresh air by opening a window or a door. quickly that some people may not even as the fuel system, brake and steering realize the airbags inflated. The front center (Continued) systems, etc. Even if the vehicle appears airbag and roof-rail airbags may still be at (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

66 Seats and Restraints . Let only qualified technicians work on the The passenger sensing system works with Warning (Continued) airbag systems. Improper service can sensors that are part of the front outboard to be drivable after a moderate crash, mean that an airbag system will not work passenger seat and seat belt. The sensors there may be concealed damage that properly. See your dealer for service. are designed to detect the presence of a properly seated occupant and determine if could make it difficult to safely operate Passenger Sensing System the vehicle. the front outboard passenger frontal airbag The vehicle has a passenger sensing system should be allowed to inflate or not. Use caution if you should attempt to for the front outboard passenger position. restart the engine after a crash has According to accident statistics, children are The passenger airbag status indicator will safer when properly secured in a rear seat occurred. light on the overhead console when the in the correct child restraint for their weight vehicle is started. In many crashes severe enough to inflate and size. the airbag, windshields are broken by Whenever possible, children aged 12 and vehicle deformation. Additional windshield under should be secured in a rear seating breakage may also occur from the front position. outboard passenger airbag. Never put a rear-facing child seat in the . Airbags are designed to inflate only once. front. This is because the risk to the After an airbag inflates, you will need rear-facing child is so great, if the airbag some new parts for the airbag system. United States and Canada inflates. If you do not get them, the airbag The words ON and OFF, and the symbols for system will not be there to help protect { Warning you in another crash. A new system will on and off, will be visible during the system include airbag modules and possibly other check. When the system check is complete, A child in a rear-facing child restraint can parts. The service manual for the vehicle either the word ON or OFF, and the symbol be seriously injured or killed if the covers the need to replace other parts. for on or off, will be visible. See Passenger passenger frontal airbag inflates. This is Airbag Status Indicator 0 109. . The vehicle has a crash sensing and because the back of the rear-facing child diagnostic module which records The passenger sensing system turns off the restraint would be very close to the information after a crash. See Vehicle front outboard passenger frontal airbag inflating airbag. A child in a Data Recording and Privacy 0 407 and under certain conditions. No other airbag is forward-facing child restraint can be Event Data Recorders 0 408. affected by the passenger sensing system. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Seats and Restraints 67 The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the front outboard passenger Warning (Continued) turn off the front outboard passenger frontal airbag, depending upon the person's seriously injured or killed if the passenger frontal airbag if: seating posture and body build. Everyone in frontal airbag inflates and the passenger . The front outboard passenger seat is the vehicle who has outgrown child seat is in a forward position. unoccupied. restraints should wear a seat belt properly — whether or not there is an . The system determines an infant is Even if the passenger sensing system has airbag for that person. turned off the passenger frontal airbag, present in a child restraint. no system is fail-safe. No one can . A front outboard passenger takes his/her { Warning guarantee that an airbag will not deploy weight off of the seat for a period If the airbag readiness light ever comes under some unusual circumstance, even of time. on and stays on, it means that though the airbag is turned off. When the passenger sensing system has turned off the front outboard passenger something may be wrong with the airbag Never put a rear-facing child restraint in frontal airbag, the OFF indicator will light system. To help avoid injury to yourself the front seat, even if the airbag is off. and stay lit as a reminder that the airbag is or others, have the vehicle serviced right 0 If securing a forward-facing child restraint off. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator away. See Airbag Readiness Light 108 in the front outboard passenger seat, 0 109. for more information, including important always move the seat as far back as it safety information. will go. It is better to secure child The passenger sensing system is designed to restraints in the rear seat. Consider using turn on the front outboard passenger frontal If the On Indicator Is Lit for a Child airbag anytime the system senses that a another vehicle to transport the child person of adult size is sitting properly in the Restraint when a rear seat is not available. front outboard passenger seat. The passenger sensing system is designed to If the vehicle does not have a rear seat that When the passenger sensing system has turn off the front outboard passenger will accommodate a rear-facing child allowed the airbag to be enabled, the ON frontal airbag if the system determines that restraint, a rear-facing child restraint should indicator will light and stay lit as a reminder an infant is present in a child restraint. If a not be installed in the vehicle, even if the that the airbag is active. child restraint has been installed and the ON airbag is off. indicator is lit: For some children, including children in child 1. Turn the vehicle off. restraints, and for very small adults, the passenger sensing system may or may not GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

68 Seats and Restraints 2. Remove the child restraint from the 5. If, after reinstalling the child restraint If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an vehicle. and restarting the vehicle, the ON Adult-Sized Occupant 3. Remove any additional items from the indicator is still lit, turn the vehicle off. seat such as blankets, cushions, seat Then slightly recline the vehicle seatback covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers. and adjust the seat cushion, if adjustable, to make sure that the 4. Reinstall the child restraint following the vehicle seatback is not pushing the child directions provided by the child restraint restraint into the seat cushion. manufacturer and refer to Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Also make sure the child restraint is not Seat) 0 83 or trapped under the vehicle head restraint. Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat If this happens, adjust the head restraint. 0 Belt in the Center Front Seat) 0 87 or See Head Restraints 37. Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat 6. Restart the vehicle. 0 Belt in the Front Passenger Seat) 85. The passenger sensing system may or may Make sure the seat belt retractor is not turn off the airbag for a child in a child If a person of adult size is sitting in the locked by pulling the shoulder belt all restraint depending upon the child’s size. front outboard passenger seat, but the OFF the way out of the retractor when It is better to secure child restraints in a indicator is lit, it could be because that installing the child restraint, even if the rear seat. Consider using another vehicle to person is not sitting properly in the seat or child restraint is equipped with a seat transport the child when a rear seat is not that the child restraint locking feature is belt lock off. When the retractor lock is available. Never put a rear-facing child engaged. Use the following steps to allow set, the belt can be tightened but not restraint in the front seat, even if the ON the system to detect that person and enable pulled out of the retractor. indicator is not lit. the front outboard passenger frontal airbag: 1. Turn the vehicle off. 2. Remove any additional material from the seat, such as blankets, cushions, seat covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers. 3. Place the seatback in the fully upright position. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Seats and Restraints 69 4. Have the person sit upright in the seat, Additional Factors Affecting System centered on the seat cushion, with legs Operation { Warning comfortably extended. Stowing articles under the passenger seat Seat belts help keep the passenger in 5. If the shoulder portion of the belt is position on the seat during vehicle or between the passenger seat cushion pulled out all the way, the child restraint maneuvers and braking, which helps the and seatback may interfere with the locking feature will be engaged. This passenger sensing system maintain the proper operation of the passenger may unintentionally cause the passenger passenger airbag status. See “Seat Belts” sensing system. sensing system to turn the airbag off for and “Child Restraints” in the Index for some adult-sized occupants. If this additional information about the importance Servicing the Airbag-Equipped happens, unbuckle the belt, let the belt of proper restraint use. go back all the way, and then buckle the Vehicle belt again without pulling the belt out A thick layer of additional material, such as Airbags affect how the vehicle should be all the way. a blanket or cushion, or aftermarket serviced. There are parts of the airbag equipment such as seat covers, seat heaters, 6. Restart the vehicle and have the person system in several places around the vehicle. and seat massagers can affect how well the remain in this position for two to Your dealer and the service manual have passenger sensing system operates. We three minutes after the ON indicator information about servicing the vehicle and recommend that you not use seat covers or is lit. the airbag system. To purchase a service other aftermarket equipment except when manual, see Publication Ordering approved by GM for your specific vehicle. Information 0 405. { Warning See Adding Equipment to the 0 If the front outboard passenger airbag is Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 70 for more { Warning turned off for an adult-sized occupant, information about modifications that can the airbag will not be able to inflate and affect how the system operates. For up to 10 seconds after the vehicle is turned off and the battery is help protect that person in a crash, The ON indicator may be lit if an object, resulting in an increased risk of serious such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, disconnected, an airbag can still inflate injury or even death. An adult-sized laptop, or other electronic device, is put on during improper service. You can be occupant should not ride in the front an unoccupied seat. If this is not desired, injured if you are close to an airbag outboard passenger seat, if the passenger remove the object from the seat. when it inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. airbag OFF indicator is lit. They are probably part of the airbag (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

70 Seats and Restraints . Inner door seals, including speakers If the vehicle must be modified because you Warning (Continued) Your dealer and the service manual have have a disability and you have questions system. Be sure to follow proper service information about the location of the airbag about whether the modifications will affect procedures, and make sure the person modules and sensors, sensing and diagnostic the vehicle's airbag system, or if you have performing work for you is qualified to module, and airbag wiring along with the questions about whether the airbag system do so. proper replacement procedures. will be affected if the vehicle is modified for any other reason, call Customer Assistance. In addition, the vehicle has a passenger See Customer Assistance Offices 0 400. Adding Equipment to the sensing system for the front outboard Airbag-Equipped Vehicle passenger position, which includes sensors Airbag System Check that are part of the passenger's seat. The Adding accessories that change the vehicle's passenger sensing system may not operate The airbag system does not need regularly frame, bumper system, height, front end, properly if the original seat trim is replaced scheduled maintenance or replacement. or side sheet metal may keep the airbag Make sure the airbag readiness light is with non-GM covers, upholstery, or trim, 0 system from working properly. or with GM covers, upholstery, or trim working. See Airbag Readiness Light 108. The operation of the airbag system can also designed for a different vehicle. Any object, Caution be affected by changing, including such as an aftermarket seat heater or a improperly repairing or replacing, any parts comfort enhancing pad or device, installed If an airbag covering is damaged, opened, of the following: under or on top of the seat fabric, could or broken, the airbag may not work . Airbag system, including airbag modules, also interfere with the operation of the properly. Do not open or break the airbag front or side impact sensors, sensing and passenger sensing system. This could either coverings. If there are any opened or diagnostic module, airbag wiring, or front prevent proper deployment of the passenger broken airbag coverings, have the airbag center console airbag(s) or prevent the passenger sensing covering and/or airbag module replaced. system from properly turning off the . Front seats, including stitching, seams or For the location of the airbags, see Where zippers passenger airbag(s). See Passenger Sensing Are the Airbags? 0 62. See your dealer System 0 66. . Seat belts for service. If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail airbags, . Steering wheel, instrument panel, 0 overhead console, ceiling trim, or pillar see Different Size Tires and Wheels 352 for garnish trim additional important information. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Seats and Restraints 71 Replacing Airbag System Parts Child Restraints belt comfort guide, if available. See “Rear after a Crash Seat Belt Comfort Guides” under Older Children Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 56. If a comfort guide is not available, or if the shoulder belt { Warning still does not rest on the shoulder, then A crash can damage the airbag systems return to the booster seat. in the vehicle. A damaged airbag system . Does the lap belt fit low and snug on the may not properly protect you and your hips, touching the thighs? If yes, continue. passenger(s) in a crash, resulting in If no, return to the booster seat. serious injury or even death. To help . Can proper seat belt fit be maintained for make sure the airbag systems are the length of the trip? If yes, continue. working properly after a crash, have If no, return to the booster seat. them inspected and any necessary Q: What is the proper way to wear seat replacements made as soon as possible. belts? If an airbag inflates, you will need to A: An older child should wear a lap-shoulder replace airbag system parts. See your dealer Older children who have outgrown booster belt and get the additional restraint a for service. seats should wear the vehicle’s seat belts. shoulder belt can provide. The shoulder belt should not cross the face or neck. If the airbag readiness light stays on after The manufacturer instructions that come The lap belt should fit snugly below the the vehicle is started or comes on when you with the booster seat state the weight and hips, just touching the top of the thighs. are driving, the airbag system may not work height limitations for that booster. Use a This applies belt force to the child's properly. Have the vehicle serviced right booster seat with a lap-shoulder belt until pelvic bones in a crash. It should never 0 away. See Airbag Readiness Light 108. the child passes the fit test below: be worn over the abdomen, which could . Sit all the way back on the seat. Do the cause severe or even fatal internal knees bend at the seat edge? If yes, injuries in a crash. continue. If no, return to the booster seat. Also see “Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides” . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. Does the under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 56. shoulder belt rest on the shoulder? If yes, continue. If no, try using the rear seat GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

72 Seats and Restraints According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in a rear { Warning seating position. Never allow a child to wear the seat belt In a crash, children who are not buckled up shoulder belt under both arms or behind can strike other people who are buckled up, their back. A child can be seriously or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Older injured by not wearing the lap-shoulder children need to use seat belts properly. belt properly. In a crash, the child would not be restrained by the shoulder belt. { Warning The child could move too far forward Never allow more than one child to wear increasing the chance of head and neck the same seat belt. The seat belt cannot injury. The child might also slide under properly spread the impact forces. In a the lap belt. The belt force would then be crash, they can be crushed together and applied right on the abdomen. That could Infants and Young Children cause serious or fatal injuries. The seriously injured. A seat belt must be Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! This used by only one person at a time. shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest. includes infants and all other children. Neither the distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes the need, for everyone, to use safety restraints. In fact, the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle.

{ Warning Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck. The shoulder belt can (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Seats and Restraints 73

Warning (Continued) { Warning { Warning tighten but cannot be loosened if it is Never hold an infant or a child while Children who are up against, or very locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is riding in a vehicle. Due to crash forces, an close to, any airbag when it inflates can pulled all the way out of the retractor. infant or a child will become so heavy it be seriously injured or killed. Never put a It unlocks when the shoulder belt is is not possible to hold it during a crash. rear-facing child restraint in the front allowed to go all the way back into the For example, in a crash at only passenger seat. Secure a rear-facing child retractor, but it cannot do this if it is 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) infant restraint in a rear seat. wrapped around a child’s neck. If the will suddenly become a 110 kg (240 lb) It is also better to secure a forward-facing shoulder belt is locked and tightened force on a person's arms. An infant or child restraint in a rear seat. If a around a child’s neck, the only way to child should be secured in an appropriate forward-facing child restraint must be loosen the belt is to cut it. child restraint. secured in the front passenger seat, Never leave children unattended in a always move the front passenger seat as vehicle and never allow children to play far back as it will go. with the seat belts. If a child restraint is installed in the Every time infants and young children ride second row center seat, move the second in vehicles, they should have the protection row seat to the rearward position, provided by appropriate child restraints. whenever possible, to minimize contact Neither the vehicle’s seat belt system nor its with the front center airbag. airbag system is designed for them. Children who are not restrained properly can strike other people, or can be thrown out of the vehicle. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

74 Seats and Restraints designed to be used in a motor vehicle. If it is, the child restraint will have a label saying Warning (Continued) that it meets federal motor vehicle safety unprotected by any bony structure. This standards. alone could cause serious or fatal injuries. The instruction manual that is provided with To reduce the risk of serious or fatal the child restraint states the weight and injuries during a crash, young children height limitations for that particular child should always be secured in an restraint. In addition, there are many kinds appropriate child restraint. of child restraints available for children with special needs. Child Restraint Systems { Warning Child restraints are devices used to restrain, To reduce the risk of neck and head seat, or position children in the vehicle and injury in a crash, infants and toddlers are sometimes called child seats or car seats. should be secured in a rear-facing child There are three basic types of child restraint until age two, or until they restraints: reach the maximum height and weight . Forward-facing child restraints limits of their child restraint. . Rear-facing child restraints . Belt-positioning booster seats { Warning The proper child restraint for your child A young child's hip bones are still so depends on their size, weight, and age, and small that the vehicle seat belt may not Rear-Facing Infant Restraint also on whether the child restraint is remain low on the hip bones, as it compatible with the vehicle in which it will A rear-facing child restraint provides be used. should. Instead, it may settle up around restraint with the seating surface against the child's abdomen. In a crash, the belt the back of the infant. For each type of child restraint, there are would apply force on a body area that is many different models available. When (Continued) purchasing a child restraint, be sure it is GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Seats and Restraints 75 The harness system holds the infant in place Securing an Add-On Child Restraint in and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant the Vehicle positioned in the restraint. { Warning A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle. Secure the child restraint properly in the vehicle using the vehicle seat belt or LATCH system, following the instructions that came with that child restraint and the Booster Seats instructions in this manual. A belt-positioning booster seat is used for To help reduce the chance of injury, the children who have outgrown their child restraint must be secured in the Forward-Facing Child Restraint forward-facing child restraint. Boosters are vehicle. Child restraints must be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt A forward-facing child restraint provides designed to improve the fit of the vehicle's portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by the restraint for the child's body with the seat belt system until the child is large LATCH system. See Lower Anchors and harness. enough for the vehicle seat belts to fit properly without a booster seat. See the Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 77 for seat belt fit test in Older Children 0 71. more information. Children can be endangered in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle. When securing an add-on child restraint, refer to the following: 1. Instruction labels provided on the child restraint GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

76 Seats and Restraints 2. Instruction manual provided with the Securing the Child Within the Child child restraint Restraint { Warning 3. This vehicle owner's manual A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the front The child restraint instructions are { Warning passenger airbag inflates. This is because important, so if they are not available, A child can be seriously injured or killed obtain a replacement copy from the in a crash if the child is not properly the back of the rear-facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating manufacturer. secured in the child restraint. Secure the child properly following the instructions airbag. A child in a forward-facing child Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can be seriously injured or killed that came with that child restraint. restraint can move around in a collision or if the front passenger airbag inflates and sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle. the passenger seat is in a forward Be sure to properly secure any child Where to Put the Restraint position. restraint in the vehicle — even when no According to accident statistics, children and child is in it. Even if the passenger sensing system has infants are safer when properly restrained in In some areas Certified Child Passenger an appropriate child restraint secured in a turned off the front passenger frontal Safety Technicians (CPSTs) are available to rear seating position. airbag, no system is fail-safe. No one can inspect and demonstrate how to correctly guarantee that an airbag will not deploy Whenever possible, children aged 12 and use and install child restraints. In the U.S., under some unusual circumstance, even under should be secured in a rear seating refer to the National Highway Traffic Safety though it is turned off. position. Administration (NHTSA) website to locate Secure rear-facing child restraints in a the nearest child safety seat inspection The vehicle may be equipped with a front rear seat, even if the airbag is off. If you station. For CPST availability in Canada, center airbag in the inboard side of the secure a forward-facing child restraint in check with Transport Canada or the driver seat. Even with a front center airbag, Provincial Ministry of Transportation office. a child restraint can be installed in any the front seat, always move the front second row seating position. passenger seat as far back as it will go. It is better to secure the child restraint in Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the a rear seat. front. This is because the risk to the rear-facing child is so great if the airbag See Passenger Sensing System 0 66 for deploys. additional information. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Seats and Restraints 77 seating positions should not be used if the to attach the child restraint to the anchors { Warning child restraint prevents access to or in the vehicle. The LATCH system is designed A child in a child restraint in the center interferes with the routing of the seat belt. to make installation of a child restraint front seat can be badly injured or killed The seat in front of an installed child easier. by the frontal airbags if they inflate. restraint should be adjusted to ensure In order to use the LATCH system in your Never secure a child restraint in the proper installation according to the child vehicle, you need a child restraint that has center front seat. It is always better to restraint manual. LATCH attachments. LATCH-compatible secure a child restraint in a rear seat. When installing a child restraint in an rear-facing and forward-facing child seats can adjustable second row seating position, the be properly installed using either the LATCH Do not use child restraints in the center seat should be adjusted fore or aft to ensure anchors or the vehicle’s seat belts. Do not front seat position. proper installation according to the child use both the seat belts and the LATCH When securing a child restraint with the restraint manual. anchorage system to secure a rear-facing or seat belts in a rear seat position, study the forward-facing child seat. Wherever a child restraint is installed, be instructions that came with the child sure to follow the instructions that came Booster seats use the vehicle’s seat belts to restraint to make sure it is compatible with with the child restraint and secure the child secure the child and the booster seat. If the this vehicle. restraint properly. manufacturer recommends that the booster Child restraints and booster seats vary seat be secured with the LATCH system, this Keep in mind that an unsecured child considerably in size, and some may fit in can be done as long as the booster seat can restraint can move around in a collision or certain seating positions better than others. be positioned properly and there is no sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle. Do not install a child restraint in any rear interference with the proper positioning of Be sure to properly secure any child seating position where it cannot be installed the lap-shoulder belt on the child. restraint in the vehicle — even when no securely. child is in it. Make sure to follow the instructions that Depending on where you place the child came with the child restraint, and also the restraint and the size of the child restraint, Lower Anchors and Tethers for instructions in this manual. you may not be able to access adjacent seat Children (LATCH System) When installing a child restraint with a top belts or LATCH anchors for additional tether, you must also use either the lower passengers or child restraints. Adjacent The LATCH system secures a child restraint anchors or the seat belts to properly secure during driving or in a crash. LATCH attachments on the child restraint are used GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

78 Seats and Restraints the child restraint. A child restraint must Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt Top Tether Anchor never be installed using only the top tether in the Center Front Seat) 0 87 or and anchor. Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt 0 The LATCH anchorage system can be used in the Front Passenger Seat) 85. until the combined weight of the child plus Lower Anchors the child restraint is 29.5 kg (65 lbs). Use the seat belt alone instead of the LATCH anchorage system once the combined weight is more than 29.5 kg (65 lbs). See Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 83 or Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Center Front Seat) 0 87 or Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt A top tether (3,4) is used to secure the top in the Front Passenger Seat) 0 85. of the child restraint to the vehicle. A top Child restraints built after March 2014 will tether anchor is built into the vehicle. The be labeled with the specific child weight up top tether attachment hook (2) on the child to which the LATCH system can be used to restraint connects to the top tether anchor install the restraint. Lower anchors (1) are metal bars built into in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward the vehicle. There are two lower anchors for The following explains how to attach a child movement and rotation of the child restraint each LATCH seating position that will during driving or in a crash. restraint with these attachments in the accommodate a child restraint with lower vehicle. attachments (2). The child restraint may have a single Not all vehicle seating positions have lower tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Either will anchors. In this case, the seat belt must be have a single attachment hook (2) to secure used (with top tether where available) to the top tether to the anchor. secure the child restraint. See Securing Child Some child restraints with top tethers are Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear designed for use with or without the top Seat) 0 83 or tether being attached. Others require the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Seats and Restraints 79 top tether always to be attached. In Canada, The top tether anchors are on the rear of the law requires that forward-facing child the seatback for the outboard seating restraints have a top tether, and that the positions and the rear of the seat cushion tether be attached. Be sure to read and for the center seating position in the second follow the instructions for your child row. Be sure to use an anchor located restraint. directly behind the seating position where the child restraint will be placed. Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations

The lower anchors are located in the crease between the seatback and seat cushion.

Second Row — Bucket

Second Row — 60/40 H : Seating positions with two lower anchors. H : Seating positions with two lower anchors. } : Seating positions with top tether anchors. } : Seating positions with top tether anchors. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

80 Seats and Restraints For models with bucket second row seating, the top tether anchors are on the rear of the seatback for each seating position in the second row. Be sure to use an anchor located directly behind the seating position where the child restraint will be placed.

The lower anchors are located in the crease For the third row seat, the top tether between the seatback and seat cushion. anchors are on the back of the seatback. Be sure to use an anchor located directly behind the seating position where the child restraint will be placed. Do not secure a child restraint in a position Third Row Seat without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be } : Seating positions with top tether attached, or if the instructions that come anchors. with the child restraint say that the top tether must be attached. According to accident statistics, children and infants are safer when properly restrained in a child restraint system or infant restraint system secured in a rear seating position. See Where to Put the Restraint 0 76 for additional information. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Seats and Restraints 81

Securing a Child Restraint Designed for Caution the LATCH System { Warning Children can be seriously injured or Do not let the LATCH attachments rub { Warning strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped against the vehicle’s seat belts. This may around their neck. The shoulder belt can damage these parts. If necessary, move A child could be seriously injured or killed buckled seat belts to avoid rubbing the in a crash if the child restraint is not tighten but cannot be loosened if it is locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is LATCH attachments. properly attached to the vehicle using either the LATCH anchors or the vehicle pulled all the way out of the retractor. Do not fold the rear seatback when the It unlocks when the shoulder belt is seat belt. Follow the instructions that seat is occupied. Do not fold the empty came with the child restraint and the allowed to go all the way back into the rear seat with a seat belt buckled. This retractor, but it cannot do this if it is instructions in this manual. could damage the seat belt or the seat. wrapped around a child’s neck. If the Unbuckle and return the seat belt to its shoulder belt is locked and tightened stowed position, before folding the seat. { Warning around a child’s neck, the only way to loosen the belt is to cut it. The vehicle is equipped with a front center To reduce the risk of serious or fatal airbag in the inboard side of the driver seat. Buckle any unused seat belts behind the injuries during a crash, do not attach Even with a front center airbag, a child more than one child restraint to a single child restraint so children cannot reach restraint can be installed in any second row anchor. Attaching more than one child them. Pull the shoulder belt all the way seating position. restraint to a single anchor could cause out of the retractor to set the lock, and If you need to secure more than one child the anchor or attachment to come loose tighten the belt behind the child restraint after the child restraint has been restraint in the rear seat, see Where to Put or even break during a crash. A child or the Restraint 0 76. others could be injured. installed. 1. Attach and tighten the lower attachments to the lower anchors. If the child restraint does not have lower attachments or the desired seating position does not have lower anchors, secure the child restraint with the seat belt and top tether when recommended GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

82 Seats and Restraints by the child restraint manufacturer. Refer to your child restraint manufacturer instructions and the instructions in this manual. 1.1. Find the lower anchors for the desired seating position. 1.2. Put the child restraint on the seat. 1.3. Attach and tighten the lower attachments on the child restraint If the position you are using does to the lower anchors. not have a headrest or head 2. If the child restraint manufacturer restraint and you are using a single recommends that the top tether be tether, route the tether over the attached, attach and tighten the top seatback. If the position you are using has a tether to the top tether anchor. Refer to fixed headrest or head restraint and the child restraint instructions and the you are using a single tether, route following steps: the tether around the inboard side of the headrest or head restraint. 2.1. Find the top tether anchor. 2.2. Route, attach, and tighten the top tether according to your child restraint instructions and the following instructions:

If the position you are using does not have a headrest or head restraint and you are using a dual tether, route the tether over the seatback. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Seats and Restraints 83 If the position you are using has a If the vehicle has the LATCH system and it a seat belt and it uses a top tether, see fixed or an adjustable head restraint was being used during a crash, new LATCH Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children and you are using a dual tether, system parts may be needed. (LATCH System) 0 77 for top tether anchor route the tether around the head New parts and repairs may be necessary locations. restraint. even if the LATCH system was not being Do not secure a child seat in a position 3. Before placing a child in the child used at the time of the crash. without a top tether anchor if a national or restraint, make sure it is securely held in local law requires that the top tether be place. To check, grasp the child restraint Securing Child Restraints (With anchored, or if the instructions that come at the LATCH path and attempt to move the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) with the child restraint say that the top it side to side and back and forth. There tether must be anchored. should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of The vehicle may be equipped with a front movement, for proper installation. center airbag in the inboard side of the In Canada, the law requires that driver seat. Even with a front center airbag, forward-facing child restraints have a top Replacing LATCH System Parts a child restraint can be installed in any tether, and that the tether be attached. After a Crash second row seating position. If you install a If the child restraint or vehicle seat position child restraint in a second row center seat, does not have the LATCH system, you will move the second row seat to the rearward { Warning be using the seat belt to secure the child position, whenever possible, to minimize restraint. Be sure to follow the instructions A crash can damage the LATCH system in contact with the front center airbag. that came with the child restraint. the vehicle. A damaged LATCH system When securing a child restraint with the may not properly secure the child If more than one child restraint needs to be seat belts in a rear seat position, study the installed in the rear seat, be sure to read restraint, resulting in serious injury or instructions that came with the child Where to Put the Restraint 0 76. even death in a crash. To help make sure restraint to make sure it is compatible with the LATCH system is working properly this vehicle. If the child restraint manufacturer after a crash, see your dealer to have the recommends using a top tether, attach and If the child restraint has the LATCH system, system inspected and any necessary tighten the top tether to the top tether see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children replacements made as soon as possible. anchor. Refer to the instructions that came (LATCH System) 0 77 for how and where to with the child restraint and see Lower install the child restraint using LATCH. If a Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH child restraint is secured in the vehicle using System) 0 77. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

84 Seats and Restraints 1. Put the child restraint on the seat. Position the release button on the If the head restraint interferes with the buckle, away from the child restraint, so proper installation of the child restraint, that the seat belt could be quickly the head restraint may be removed. See unbuckled if necessary. "Head Restraint Removal and Reinstallation" under Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 77. 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat belt through or around the child restraint. The child restraint instructions will show you how. 5. To tighten the belt, push down on the child restraint, pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten the lap portion of the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor. When installing a 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of forward-facing child restraint, it may be the retractor to set the lock. When the helpful to use your knee to push down retractor lock is set, the belt can be on the child restraint as you tighten tightened but not pulled out of the the belt. retractor. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 4 and 5. 3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until 6. For forward-facing child restraints, attach it clicks. and tighten the top tether to the top tether anchor (loop). Refer to the child restraint instructions, the vehicle LATCH GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Seats and Restraints 85 anchor weight limits, and instructions Securing Child Restraints (With Warning (Continued) listed in Lower Anchors and Tethers for the Seat Belt in the Front Children (LATCH System) 0 77. close to the inflating airbag. A child in a 7. Before placing a child in the child Passenger Seat) forward-facing child restraint can be restraint, make sure it is securely held in This vehicle has airbags. A rear seat is a seriously injured or killed if the front place. To check, grasp the child restraint safer place to secure a forward-facing child outboard passenger frontal airbag inflates at the seat belt path and attempt to restraint. See Where to Put the Restraint and the passenger seat is in a forward move it side to side and back and forth. 0 76. position. When the child restraint is properly installed, there should be no more than In addition, the vehicle has a passenger Even if the passenger sensing system has 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. sensing system which is designed to turn off turned off the front outboard passenger the front outboard passenger frontal airbag frontal airbag, no system is fail-safe. No To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the under certain conditions. See Passenger one can guarantee that an airbag will not vehicle seat belt and let it return to the 0 Sensing System 66 and deploy under some unusual circumstance, stowed position. If the top tether is attached 0 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 109 for even though it is turned off. to a top tether anchor, disconnect it. more information, including important If the head restraint was removed, reinstall safety information. Secure rear-facing child restraints in a rear seat, even if the airbag is off. If you it before the seating position is used. See Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the "Head Restraint Removal and Reinstallation" front. This is because the risk to the secure a forward-facing child restraint in under Lower Anchors and Tethers for rear-facing child is so great, if the airbag the front outboard passenger seat, Children (LATCH System) 0 77 for additional deploys. always move the seat as far back as it information on installing the head restraint will go. It is better to secure the child properly. { Warning restraint in a rear seat. A child in a rear-facing child restraint can See Passenger Sensing System 0 66 for be seriously injured or killed if the front additional information. outboard passenger frontal airbag inflates. This is because the back of the If the child restraint uses a top tether, see rear-facing child restraint would be very Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 77 for top tether anchor (Continued) locations. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

86 Seats and Restraints Do not secure a child seat in a position 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap without a top tether anchor if a national or and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat local law requires that the top tether be belt through or around the child anchored, or if the instructions that come restraint. The child restraint instructions with the child restraint say that the top will show you how. tether must be anchored. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. When using the lap-shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position, follow the instructions that came with the child restraint and the following instructions: 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of 1. Move the seat as far back as it will go the retractor to set the lock. When the before securing the forward-facing child retractor lock is set, the belt can be restraint. Move the seat upward or the tightened but not pulled out of the seatback to an upright position, retractor. if needed, to get a tight installation of 4. Push the latch plate into the buckle until the child restraint. it clicks. When the passenger sensing system has Position the release button on the turned off the front outboard passenger buckle, away from the child restraint, so frontal airbag, the OFF indicator on the that the seat belt could be quickly passenger airbag status indicator should unbuckled if necessary. light and stay lit when you start the vehicle. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 109. 2. Put the child restraint on the seat. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Seats and Restraints 87 7. Before placing a child in the child Securing Child Restraints (With restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint the Seat Belt in the Center at the seat belt path and attempt to Front Seat) move it side to side and back and forth. When the child restraint is properly { Warning installed, there should be no more than A child in a child restraint in the center 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. front seat can be badly injured or killed If the airbag is off, the OFF indicator in the by the frontal airbags if they inflate. passenger airbag status indicator will come Never secure a child restraint in the on and stay on when the vehicle is started. center front seat. It is always better to If a child restraint has been installed and secure a child restraint in a rear seat. 6. To tighten the belt, push down on the the ON indicator is lit, see “If the On child restraint, pull the shoulder portion Indicator Is Lit for a Child Restraint” under Do not use child restraints in the center of the belt to tighten the lap portion of Passenger Sensing System 0 66. front seat position. the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the into the retractor. When installing a vehicle seat belt and let it return to the forward-facing child restraint, it may be stowed position. helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 5 and 6. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

88 Storage Storage Storage Compartments Glove Box Lift up the glove box handle to open it. Use Storage Compartments { Warning the key to lock and unlock the glove box. Storage Compartments ...... 88 Do not store heavy or sharp objects in Instrument Panel Storage ...... 88 storage compartments. In a crash, these Cupholders Glove Box ...... 88 objects may cause the cover to open and Bench Seat Cupholders Cupholders ...... 88 could result in injury. Armrest Storage ...... 89 Rear Storage ...... 89 Center Console Storage ...... 90 Instrument Panel Storage Floor Console Storage ...... 91 Additional Storage Features Cargo Tie-Downs ...... 92 Convenience Net ...... 92 Roof Rack System Roof Rack System ...... 92

The cupholders are in front of the center console storage area when the armrest is down. See Center Console Storage 0 90. There is storage on the instrument panel. To open, If the storage is covered, press the button and slide the cover until it locks. To close, press the button and release. The door will close automatically. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Storage 89 Bucket Seat Cupholders Press the button to open the cover, Rear Storage if equipped. Rear Cupholders

There are cupholders in front of and behind There is storage in the floor of the rear the center console storage area. cargo area. Lift the handle to access. For second row bench seat, there are cupholders in the armrest. Pull down the armrest to access the cupholders. Armrest Storage For vehicles with a rear seat armrest, pull the loop at the top of the armrest down to access the cupholders.

Denali GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

90 Storage Center Console Storage If equipped, pull the front center armrest down to access the storage area with cupholders. Press the button and lift to open. There may be a removable divider.

Bucket Seat (Denali) Bench Seat The SD card is used for navigation. Do not remove the card from the holder. See the infotainment section. If equipped, press the latch and lift to open. Bucket Seat Depending on the options, there may be a removable storage tray, SD card holder, auxiliary jack, and USB port(s) inside. Power Sliding Center Console If equipped, the center console moves rearward and forward using a button on the overhead console. There is more storage when the center console is rearward. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Storage 91 To move the armrest forward, push forward on the center of the armrest with the palm of your hand. When Valet Mode is enabled, the center console slide is locked. See Vehicle Personalization 0 125. Floor Console Storage

Press and hold R to move the center When the center console is all of the way console rearward. back, there is a storage bin under the armrest. Pull on the handle to open. Press and hold Q to move the center console forward.

If equipped with front center seat storage, unlock with the mechanical key inside the remote key. See Keys 0 7. Press the latch, and lift to open. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

92 Storage

Additional Storage Features Convenience Net Warning (Continued) Cargo Tie-Downs being carried could be violently torn off, and this could cause a collision and damage the vehicle. Never carry something longer or wider than the roof rack on top of the vehicle unless using a GM certified accessory carrier.

If equipped, the roof rack can be used to load items. For roof racks that do not have crossrails included, GM Certified crossrails can be purchased as an accessory. See your dealer for additional information. This vehicle may have a convenience net in the rear of the vehicle. Attach it to the Caution There are two cargo tie-downs in the rear cargo tie-downs for storing small loads. Loading cargo on the roof rack that cargo area. These can be used to strap cargo Do not use the net to store heavy loads. weighs more than 100 kg (220 lb) or down and keep it from moving inside the hangs over the rear or sides of the vehicle. vehicle may damage the vehicle. Do not Roof Rack System load cargo exceeding 100 kg (220 lbs) and always load cargo so that it rests evenly { Warning between the crossrails and does not block If something is carried on top of the the vehicle lamps or windows. Fasten the vehicle that is longer or wider than the cargo securely. roof rack — like paneling, plywood, or a mattress — the wind can catch it while To prevent damage or loss of cargo when the vehicle is being driven. The item driving, check to make sure crossrails and (Continued) cargo are securely fastened. Loading cargo GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Storage 93 on the roof rack will make the vehicle’s center of gravity higher. Avoid high speeds, sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden braking, or abrupt maneuvers, otherwise it may result in loss of control. If driving for a long distance, on rough roads, or at high speeds, occasionally stop the vehicle to make sure the cargo remains in its place. Do not exceed the maximum vehicle capacity when loading the vehicle. For more information on vehicle capacity and loading, see Vehicle Load Limits 0 222. A Center High-Mounted Stoplamp (CHMSL) is located above the rear window glass. Make sure items loaded on the roof of the vehicle do not block or damage the CHMSL. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

94 Instruments and Controls Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Information Displays Instruments and Controls Engine Light) ...... 110 Driver Information Center (DIC) ...... 119 Brake System Warning Light ...... 111 Head-Up Display (HUD) ...... 121 Controls Electric Parking Brake Light ...... 112 Steering Wheel Adjustment ...... 95 Service Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . . 112 Vehicle Messages Steering Wheel Controls ...... 95 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Vehicle Messages ...... 124 Heated Steering Wheel ...... 95 Light ...... 112 Engine Power Messages ...... 124 Horn ...... 96 Four-Wheel-Drive Light ...... 113 Vehicle Speed Messages ...... 125 Windshield Wiper/Washer ...... 96 Hill Descent Control Light ...... 113 Vehicle Personalization Rear Window Wiper/Washer ...... 97 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Light ...... 113 Vehicle Personalization ...... 125 Compass ...... 98 Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 113 Clock ...... 99 Pedestrian Ahead Indicator ...... 114 Universal Remote System Power Outlets ...... 99 Traction Off Light ...... 114 Universal Remote System ...... 130 Wireless Charging ...... 100 Traction Control System (TCS)/Electronic Universal Remote System Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators Stability Control Light ...... 114 Programming ...... 130 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Off Universal Remote System Operation . . . 132 Indicators ...... 102 Light ...... 115 Instrument Cluster ...... 103 Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Speedometer ...... 105 Light ...... 115 Odometer ...... 105 Driver Mode Control Light ...... 115 Trip Odometer ...... 105 Four Corner Air Suspension Light ...... 116 Tachometer ...... 105 Tire Pressure Light ...... 116 Fuel Gauge ...... 105 Engine Oil Pressure Light ...... 117 Engine Oil Pressure Gauge ...... 106 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 117 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . 107 Security Light ...... 117 Voltmeter Gauge ...... 107 High-Beam On Light ...... 118 Seat Belt Reminders ...... 108 Front Fog Lamp Light ...... 118 Airbag Readiness Light ...... 108 Lamps On Reminder ...... 118 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator . . . . . 109 Cruise Control Light ...... 118 Charging System Light ...... 110 Door Ajar Light ...... 119 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Instruments and Controls 95 Controls Power Tilt and Telescoping Steering Wheel Heated Steering Wheel Steering Wheel Adjustment Manual Tilt and Telescoping Steering Wheel

To adjust the steering wheel, if equipped: ( : If equipped, press to turn the heated 1. Press the control up or down to tilt the steering wheel on or off. An indicator next steering wheel up or down. to the button is lit when the feature is To adjust the steering wheel: 2. Press the control rearward or forward to turned on. move the steering wheel closer or away 1. Pull the lever down. The steering wheel takes about from you. three minutes to start heating. 2. Move the steering wheel up or down. Do not adjust the steering wheel while Automatic Heated Steering Wheel 3. Pull or push the steering wheel closer or driving. away from you. If equipped with remote start, the heated 4. Pull the lever up to lock the steering Steering Wheel Controls steering wheel may turn on during a remote wheel in place. start along with the heated seats when it is The infotainment system can be operated cold outside. The heated steering wheel Do not adjust the steering wheel while by using the steering wheel controls. See indicator may come on in remote start. driving. Steering Wheel Controls 0 143. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

96 Instruments and Controls If equipped with auto heated seats, the 1X : For a single wipe, briefly move the Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades heated steering wheel will turn on when the wiper lever down. For several wipes, hold and windshield before using them. If frozen auto heated seat is activated. The heated the wiper lever down. to the windshield, carefully loosen or thaw steering wheel indicator will display the OFF : Use to turn the wipers off. them. Damaged blades should be replaced. state of the steering wheel heat. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 328. c See Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 44 : If equipped with Rainsense, use this and setting for intermittent wipes when { Warning Rainsense is disabled, or Rainsense wipes Vehicle Personalization 0 125. In freezing weather, do not use the when Rainsense is enabled. For intermittent washer until the windshield is warmed. Horn wipes, move the windshield wiper lever to AUTO, then turn the band up for more Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice To sound the horn, press a on the frequent wipes or down for less frequent on the windshield, blocking your vision. steering wheel. wipes. If Rainsense is turned on, see “Rainsense” later in this section. Windshield Wiper/Washer { Warning LO : Use for slow wipes. Before driving the vehicle, always clear HI : Use for fast wipes. snow and ice from the hood, windshield, f : Pull the windshield wiper lever roof, and rear of the vehicle, including all toward you to spray windshield washer fluid lamps and windows. Reduced visibility and activate the wipers. The wipers will from snow and ice buildup could lead to continue until the lever is released or the a crash. maximum wash time is reached. When the windshield wiper lever is released, additional Wiper Parking wipes may occur depending on how long If the ignition is turned off while the wipers With the ignition on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, the windshield washer has been activated. are on LO, HI, or AUTO with Rainsense 0 move the windshield wiper lever to select See Washer Fluid 323 for information on turned off, they will immediately stop. the wiper speed. filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Instruments and Controls 97 If the windshield wiper lever is then moved AUTO : Move the windshield wiper lever to Windshield Washer to OFF before the driver door is opened or AUTO. Turn the band on the wiper lever to within 10 minutes, the wipers will restart adjust the sensitivity. L m : Push the paddle marked with the windshield washer symbol at the top of the and move to the base of the windshield. . Turn the band up for more sensitivity to turn signal lever to spray washer fluid and moisture. If the ignition is turned off while the wipers activate the wipers. The wipers will continue are performing wipes due to windshield . Turn the band down for less sensitivity to until the paddle is released or the maximum washing or Rainsense, the wipers continue moisture. wash time is reached. When the paddle is to run until they reach the base of the . Move the windshield wiper lever out of released, additional wipes may occur windshield. the AUTO position to deactivate depending on how long the windshield Rainsense. washer had been activated. See Washer Rainsense 0 To turn the Rainsense feature on or off, see Fluid 323 for information on filling the If equipped with Rainsense and the feature “Rain Sense Wipers” under Vehicle windshield washer fluid reservoir. is turned on, a sensor near the top center of Personalization 0 125. the windshield detects the amount of water Rear Window Wiper/Washer on the windshield and controls the Wiper Arm Assembly Protection frequency of the windshield wiper based on When using an automatic car wash, move the current sensitivity setting. the windshield wiper lever to OFF. This Keep this area of the windshield clear of disables the automatic Rainsense windshield debris to allow for best system performance. wipers. With Rainsense, if the transmission is in N (Neutral) and the vehicle speed is very slow, the wipers will automatically stop at the base of the windshield. The wiper operations return to normal when The rear window wiper/washer controls are the transmission is no longer in N (Neutral) on the end of the windshield wiper lever. or the vehicle speed has increased. Turn the controls to adjust the setting. OFF : Turns the wiper off. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

98 Instruments and Controls INT : Turns on the rear wiper with a delay Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear Rear Camera Washer between wipes. If the rear wiper control is off, the rear ON : Turns on the rear wiper. wiper will automatically operate L continuously when the transmission is in : Push the windshield wiper lever R (Reverse), and the front windshield wiper forward to spray washer fluid on the rear is performing low or high speed wipes. window. The wipers will clear the rear If the rear wiper control is off, the window and either stop or return to your transmission is in R (Reverse), and the front preset speed. For more washer cycles, push windshield wiper is performing INT wipes, and hold the lever. then the rear wiper automatically performs The rear window wiper/washer will not INT wipes. If equipped, push the windshield wiper lever operate if the liftgate is open or ajar. If the This feature can be turned on or off. See forward to spray washer fluid on the rear liftgate is opened while the rear wiper is on, Vehicle Personalization 0 125. camera lens. The lever returns to its starting the wiper returns to the parked position and position when released. See Rear Camera stops. The windshield washer reservoir is used for 0 the windshield, rear window, and rear mirror Mirror 30. See “Rear Camera Washer” later in this camera, if equipped. See Rear Camera Mirror section. 0 30. Check the fluid level in the reservoir if Compass Rear Wiper Arm Assembly Protection either washer is not working. See Washer The vehicle may have a compass display on Fluid 0 323. the Driver Information Center (DIC). The When using an automatic car wash, move compass receives its heading and other the rear wiper control to OFF to disable the information from the Global Positioning rear wiper. In some vehicles, if the System (GPS) antenna, Electronic Stability transmission is in N (Neutral) and the Control (ESC), and vehicle speed information. vehicle speed is very slow, the rear wiper will automatically park under the rear The compass system is designed to operate spoiler. for a certain number of miles or degrees of turn before needing a signal from the GPS The wiper operations return to normal when satellites. When the compass display shows the transmission is no longer in N (Neutral) CAL, drive the vehicle for a short distance in or the vehicle speed has increased. an open area where it can receive a GPS GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Instruments and Controls 99 signal. The compass system will 12 Volt Power Outlet When adding electrical equipment, be sure automatically determine when a GPS signal to follow the proper installation instructions is restored and provide a heading again. included with the equipment. See Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 305. Clock Set the time and date using the Caution infotainment system. See "Time / Date" Hanging heavy equipment from the under Settings 0 186. power outlet can cause damage not covered by the vehicle warranty. The Power Outlets power outlets are designed for accessory Accessory power outlets can be used to plug power plugs only, such as cell phone in electrical equipment, such as a cell phone charge cords. or MP3 player. Power Outlet 110/120 Volt Alternating The vehicle has one 12 Volt accessory power outlet under the climate control system and Caution Current one 110/120 Volt Alternating Current outlet Leaving electrical equipment plugged in If equipped, the vehicle has two alternating on the rear of the center console. for an extended period of time while the current power outlets. One on the back of Lift the cover to access and replace when vehicle is off will drain the battery. the center console and one in the rear of not in use. Always unplug electrical equipment when the vehicle. not in use and do not plug in equipment that exceeds the maximum 15 amp rating.

Certain power accessory plugs may not be compatible with the accessory power outlet and could overload vehicle or adapter fuses. If a problem is experienced, see your dealer. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

100 Instruments and Controls An indicator light on the outlet illuminates . Other equipment requiring an extremely when the system is enabled and no system stable power supply, such as fault is detected. The outlet will not provide microcomputer-controlled electric blankets power when the ignition is off, the - and touch sensor lamps button is not pressed, or the plug is not . Medical equipment fully seated into the outlet. The outlet does not operate while the engine is starting. If a Wireless Charging USB powered streaming device is being The system operates at 145 kHz and used, it is suggested to use a USB Port for wirelessly charges one Qi compatible 0 power, see USB Port 150. If uninterrupted smartphone. The power output of the power supply is required while driving, system is capable of charging at a rate up disable the auto-stop feature, see Stop/Start to 3 amp (15 W), as requested by the System 0 229. When the ignition is on, power to the 110 compatible smartphone. See Radio Frequency Statement 0 406. Volt outlet is enabled after the - If equipment is connected using more than button is pressed, see Instrument Panel 400 watts or a system fault is detected, a Overview 0 4 for button location. A green protection circuit shuts off the power supply { Warning indicator light on the button indicates when and the indicator light will flash. Wireless charging can affect the the 110 Volt outlet is enabled. 110 Volt Do not use a power outlet with a missing or operation of an implanted pacemaker or power is supplied to the outlet when it is damaged cover. other medical devices. If you have one, it enabled and electrical equipment is plugged The power outlet is not designed for the is recommended to consult with your into that outlet. One power outlet can be following, and may not work properly if doctor before using the wireless charging used with electrical equipment that uses a they are plugged in: system. maximum of 400 watts. Ensure that all . Equipment with high initial peak wattage, connected devices do not exceed 400 watts. The vehicle must be on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, such as compressor-driven refrigerators or Retained Accessory Power (RAP) must be The power outlet can be turned off by and electric power tools pressing the - button. active. The wireless charging feature may not correctly indicate charging when the vehicle is in RAP. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 229. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Instruments and Controls 101 The operating temperature is −20 °C (−4 °F) 3. A green } will appear on the V on to 60 °C (140 °F) for the charging system the infotainment display. This indicates and 0 °C (32 °F) to 35 °C (95 °F) for the that the smartphone is properly phone. positioned and charging. If a smartphone is placed on the charging pad and } { Warning does not display, remove the Remove all objects from the charging pad smartphone from the pad, turn it before charging your compatible 180 degrees, and wait three seconds smartphone. Objects, such as coins, keys, before placing/aligning the smartphone rings, paper clips, or cards, between the on the pad again. smartphone and charging pad will 4. If } turns yellow, ensure that the become very hot. On the rare occasion charging pad is clear of any objects and that the charging system does not detect To charge a compatible smartphone: that the smartphone is capable of an object, and the object gets wedged 1. Remove all objects from the charging wireless charging before re-positioning it. between the smartphone and charger, pad. The system may not charge if there If } does not illuminate, the remove the smartphone and allow the are any objects between the smartphone smartphone may need to re-positioned. object to cool before removing it from and charging pad. The smartphone may become warm the charging pad, to prevent burns. 2. Place the smartphone face up against during charging. This is normal. In the bottom edge of the charge pad. warmer temperatures, the speed of To maximize the charge rate, ensure the charging may be reduced. smartphone is fully seated and centered Software Acknowledgements in the holder with nothing under it. A thick smartphone case may prevent Certain Wireless Charging Module product the wireless charger from working, from LG Electronics, Inc. ("LGE") contains the or may reduce the charging performance. open source software detailed below. Refer See your dealer for additional to the indicated open source licenses (as are information. included following this notice) for the terms and conditions of their use. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

102 Instruments and Controls OSS Notice Information 3. Neither the name of the copyright holder Warning Lights, Gauges, and To obtain the source code that is nor the names of its contributors may be contained in this product, please visit used to endorse or promote products Indicators derived from this software without http://opensource.lge.com. In addition to Warning lights and gauges can signal that specific prior written permission. the source code, all referred license terms, something is wrong before it becomes warranty disclaimers and copyright notices THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE serious enough to cause an expensive repair are available for download. LG Electronics COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS or replacement. Paying attention to the will also provide open source code to you "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED warning lights and gauges could prevent on CD-ROM for a charge covering the cost of WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED injury. performing such distribution (such as the TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF Some warning lights come on briefly when cost of media, shipping, and handling) upon MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A the engine is started to indicate they are email request to [email protected]. This PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN working. When one of the warning lights offer is valid for three (3) years from the NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER comes on and stays on while driving, date on which you purchased the product. OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY or when one of the gauges shows there DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, Freescale-WCT library may be a problem, check the section that EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES explains what to do. Waiting to do repairs Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Freescale (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, can be costly and even dangerous. Semiconductor, Inc.. All rights reserved. PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR 1. Redistributions of source code must SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; retain the above copyright notice, this OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER list of conditions and the following CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, disclaimer. WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR 2. Redistributions in binary form must TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR reproduce the above copyright notice, OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF this list of conditions and the following THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF disclaimer in the documentation and/or ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH other materials provided with the DAMAGE. distribution. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Instruments and Controls 103 Instrument Cluster

Use the right steering wheel control to open and scroll through the different items and displays. Press S or T to access the cluster applications. Use the thumbwheel to scroll through the list of available features. Press English Standard Shown, Metric Similar the thumbwheel to select. Not all applications will be available on all vehicles. . Home 1. Tachometer 0 105 Cluster Menu . Info App. This is where the selected Driver 2. Engine Oil Pressure Gauge 0 106 There is an interactive display area in the Information Center (DIC) displays can be 3. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 center of the instrument cluster. viewed. See “Driver Information Center 107 (DIC) (Uplevel)” in the Index. 4. Fuel Gauge 0 105 . Audio 5. Voltmeter Gauge 0 107 . Navigation 6. Speedometer 0 105 7. Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 119 . Phone GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

104 Instruments and Controls . Options source. In the main view, scroll to change the HUD display. Press the thumbwheel to Home the station or go to the next or previous confirm and save the setting. This feature track. may only be available in P (Park). Information displayed here can be customized from the Options menu. Navigation Style: Press the thumbwheel In the Navigation menu, if there is no active while Speed Limit Style is highlighted to Speedometer : Displays how fast the vehicle change the speed sign style or to turn it off. is moving in either kilometers per hour route, a compass will be displayed. If there (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). is an active route, press the thumbwheel to Units : Press the thumbwheel while Units is cancel or resume route guidance, mute or displayed to enter the Units menu. Choose Speed Sign : Shows sign information, which unmute voice guidance, or access Recents or US or metric units by pressing the comes from a roadway database in the Favorites. thumbwheel while the desired item is onboard navigation, if equipped. Phone highlighted. A selected mark will be Temperature : Displays the outside air displayed next to the selected item. temperature. In the Phone menu, if there is no active phone call, view recent calls, scroll through Info Page Options : Press the thumbwheel Time : Displays the current time. contacts, select from the favorites, or change while Info Page Options is displayed to enter and select the items to be displayed Fuel Range : Displays the approximate the phone source. If there is an active call, mute the phone or switch to handset in the Info app. A selected mark will be distance the vehicle can be driven without displayed next to the selected item. refueling. The fuel range estimate is based operation. on an average of the vehicle’s fuel economy Options Home : Press the thumbwheel to select the over recent driving history and the amount available elements to display. Not all of fuel remaining in the fuel tank. Fuel Use the thumbwheel to scroll through items elements will be available on all vehicles: range cannot be reset. in the Options menu. Speedometer, Speed Sign, Time, and Fuel Range. Audio Head-up Display (HUD) : If equipped, this feature allows for adjusting the angle of the Display (Uplevel) : Press the thumbwheel to In the Audio menu, use the thumbwheel to HUD image and changing or turning off the enter the Display menu. Select to turn on or scroll through options, browse for music, Speed Limit Sign. off the compass or speed sign. select from favorites, or change the audio HUD Rotation: Press the thumbwheel while Speed Warning : The Speed Warning display Adjust Rotation is highlighted to enter allows the driver to set a speed that they Adjust Mode. Scroll to adjust the angle of do not want to exceed. To set the Speed GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Instruments and Controls 105 Warning, press the thumbwheel when Speed Trip Odometer Fuel Gauge Warning is displayed, or press the thumbwheel on the main view to set the The trip odometer shows how far the speed value. Scroll to adjust the value. Press vehicle has been driven since the trip the thumbwheel to set the speed. Once the odometer was last reset. speed is set, this feature can be turned off The trip odometer is accessed and reset by pressing the thumbwheel while viewing through the Driver Information Center (DIC). this page. If the selected speed limit is See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 119. exceeded, a pop-up warning is displayed with a chime. Tachometer Software Information : Press the The tachometer displays the engine speed in thumbwheel while Software Information is revolutions per minute (rpm). highlighted to display open source software For vehicles with the Stop/Start system, information. when the ignition is on, the tachometer Metric Speedometer indicates the vehicle status. When pointing to AUTO STOP, the engine is off but the The speedometer shows the vehicle's speed vehicle is on and can move. The engine in either kilometers per hour (km/h) or could auto start at any time. When the miles per hour (mph). indicator points to OFF, the vehicle is off. Odometer When the engine is on, the tachometer will indicate the engine’s revolutions per minute The odometer shows how far the vehicle has (rpm). The tachometer may vary by several been driven, in either kilometers or miles. hundred rpm’s, during Auto Stop mode, The odometer is always displayed in the when the engine is shutting off and bottom of the Driver Information restarting. Center (DIC). GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

106 Instruments and Controls was half full, but it actually took a little more, or less than half the tank's capacity to fill the tank. . The gauge moves a little while turning a corner, speeding up or braking. . The gauge takes a few seconds to stabilize after the ignition is turned on and goes back to empty when the ignition is turned off. Engine Oil Pressure Gauge

English English When the ignition is on, the fuel gauge The engine oil pressure gauge shows the indicates about how much fuel is left in engine oil pressure in kPa (kilopascals) the tank. or psi (pounds per square inch) when the There is an arrow near the fuel gauge engine is running. pointing to the side of the vehicle the fuel Oil pressure can vary with engine speed, door is on. outside temperature, coolant temperature, When the indicator nears empty, the low and oil viscosity. fuel light comes on. There still is a little fuel On some models, the oil pump will vary left, but the vehicle should be refueled soon. engine oil pressure according to engine Here are three things that some owners ask Metric needs. Oil pressure may change quickly as about. None of these show a problem with the engine speed or load varies. This is the fuel gauge: normal. If the oil pressure warning light or Driver Information Center (DIC) message . It takes a little more, or less fuel to fill up than the gauge indicated. For example, the gauge may have indicated the tank GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Instruments and Controls 107 indicates oil pressure outside the normal Engine Coolant Temperature This gauge measures the temperature of the operating range, check the vehicle's oil as Gauge vehicle's engine coolant. soon as possible. While driving under normal operating See Engine Oil 0 314. conditions, if the needle moves into the red warning area, the engine is too hot. Pull off Caution the road, stop the vehicle, and turn off the Lack of proper engine oil maintenance engine as soon as possible. can damage the engine. Driving with the engine oil low can also damage the Voltmeter Gauge engine. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil level as soon as possible. Add oil if required, but if the oil level is within the operating range and the oil pressure is still low, have the vehicle serviced. Metric Always follow the maintenance schedule for changing engine oil.

If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement.

When the ignition is on, this gauge indicates the battery voltage. When the engine is running, this gauge shows the condition of the charging system. The gauge can transition from a higher to lower or a lower to higher reading. This is normal. If the vehicle is operating outside English GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

108 Instruments and Controls the normal operating range, the charging Seat Belt Reminders system light comes on. See Charging System Light 0 110. The voltmeter gauge may also Driver Seat Belt Reminder Light read lower when in fuel economy mode. There is a driver seat belt reminder light on This is normal. the instrument cluster. Readings outside the normal operating range can also occur when a large number When the vehicle is started, this light of electrical accessories are operating in the flashes and a chime may come on to remind vehicle and the engine is left idling for an passengers to fasten their seat belt. extended period. This condition is normal Then the light stays on solid until the belt is since the charging system is not able to buckled. This cycle continues several times if provide full power at engine idle. As engine the front passenger remains or becomes speeds are increased, this condition should When the vehicle is started, this light unbuckled while the vehicle is moving. correct itself as higher engine speeds allow flashes and a chime may come on to remind the charging system to create maximum the driver to fasten their seat belt. If the front passenger seat belt is buckled, neither the chime nor the light comes on. power. Then the light stays on solid until the belt is The vehicle can only be driven for a short buckled. This cycle may continue several The front passenger seat belt reminder light time with the readings outside the normal times if the driver remains or becomes and chime may come on if an object is put operating range. If the vehicle must be unbuckled while the vehicle is moving. on the seat such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic driven, turn off all accessories, such as the If the driver seat belt is buckled, neither the device. To turn off the reminder light and/or radio and air conditioner. light nor the chime comes on. chime, remove the object from the seat or Readings outside the normal operating buckle the seat belt. range indicate a possible problem in the Front Passenger Seat Belt Reminder electrical system. Have the vehicle serviced Light Airbag Readiness Light as soon as possible. The vehicle may have a front passenger seat belt reminder light near the passenger This light shows if there is an electrical airbag status indicator. See Passenger problem with the airbag system. The system Sensing System 0 66. check includes the airbag sensor(s), passenger sensing system (if equipped), the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Instruments and Controls 109 pretensioners, the airbag modules, the Passenger Airbag Status Indicator If the word OFF, and the off symbol, are lit wiring, and the crash sensing and diagnostic on the passenger airbag status indicator, it module. For more information on the airbag The vehicle has a passenger sensing system. means that the passenger sensing system 0 system, see Airbag System 0 60. See Passenger Sensing System 66 for has turned off the front outboard passenger important safety information. The overhead frontal airbag. console has a passenger airbag status indicator. If, after several seconds, both status indicator lights remain on, if there are no lights at all, or if the airbag readiness light is on, there may be a problem with the lights or the passenger sensing system. See your dealer for service right away. The airbag readiness light comes on for several seconds when the vehicle is started. If the light does not come on then, have it { Warning fixed immediately. United States and Canada If the airbag readiness light ever comes When the vehicle is started, the passenger on and stays on, it means that { Warning airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF, something may be wrong with the airbag If the airbag readiness light stays on and the symbols for on and off, for several system. To help avoid injury to yourself after the vehicle is started or comes on seconds as a system check. Then, after or others, have the vehicle serviced right 0 while driving, it means the airbag system several more seconds, the status indicator away. See Airbag Readiness Light 108 might not be working properly. The will light either ON or OFF, and the symbol for more information, including important airbags in the vehicle might not inflate in for on or off, to let you know the status of safety information. the front outboard passenger frontal airbag. a crash, or they could even inflate without a crash. To help avoid injury, If the word ON, and the on symbol, are lit have the vehicle serviced right away. on the passenger airbag status indicator, it means that the front outboard passenger If there is a problem with the airbag frontal airbag is allowed to inflate. system, a Driver Information Center (DIC) message may also come on. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

110 Instruments and Controls

Charging System Light Malfunction Indicator Lamp Caution (Continued) (Check Engine Light) run smoothly. This could lead to costly This light is part of the vehicle’s emission repairs that might not be covered by the control on-board diagnostic system. If this vehicle warranty. light is on while the engine is running, a malfunction has been detected and the vehicle may require service. The light should Caution The charging system light comes on briefly come on to show that it is working when Modifications to the engine, transmission, when the ignition is turned on, but the the ignition is in Service Mode. See Ignition exhaust, intake, or fuel system, or the engine is not running, as a check to show Positions 0 226. use of replacement tires that do not the light is working. It should go out when meet the original tire specifications, can the engine is started. cause this light to come on. This could If the light stays on, or comes on while lead to costly repairs not covered by the driving, there may be a problem with the vehicle warranty. This could also affect electrical charging system. Have it checked the vehicle’s ability to pass an Emissions by your dealer. Driving while this light is on Inspection/Maintenance test. See 0 could drain the battery. Malfunctions are often indicated by the Accessories and Modifications 308. When this light comes on, or is flashing, the system before any problem is noticeable. If the light is flashing : A malfunction has Driver Information Center (DIC) also displays Being aware of the light and seeking service been detected that could damage the a message. promptly when it comes on may prevent damage. emission control system and increase vehicle If a short distance must be driven with the emissions. Diagnosis and service may be light on, be sure to turn off all accessories, Caution required. such as the radio and air conditioner. If the vehicle is driven continually with To help prevent damage, reduce vehicle this light on, the emission control system speed and avoid hard accelerations and may not work as well, the fuel economy uphill grades. If towing a trailer, reduce the may be lower, and the vehicle may not amount of cargo being hauled as soon as (Continued) possible. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Instruments and Controls 111 If the light continues to flash, find a safe off. See Recommended Fuel (5.3L Engine) . The light does not come on when the place to park. Turn the vehicle off and wait 0 276 or ignition is in Service Mode. at least 10 seconds before restarting the Recommended Fuel (6.2L Engine) 0 276. . Critical emission control systems have not engine. If the light is still flashing, follow If the light remains on, see your dealer. been completely diagnosed. If this the previous guidelines and see your dealer happens, the vehicle would not be ready for service as soon as possible. Emissions Inspection and Maintenance for inspection and might require If the light is on steady : A malfunction has Programs several days of routine driving before the system is ready for inspection. This can been detected. Diagnosis and service may be If the vehicle requires an Emissions happen if the 12-volt battery has recently required. Inspection/Maintenance test, the test been replaced or run down, or if the equipment will likely connect to the Check the following: vehicle has been recently serviced. . If fuel has been added to the vehicle vehicle's Data Link Connector (DLC). See your dealer if the vehicle will not pass using the capless fuel funnel adapter, or cannot be made ready for the test. make sure that it has been removed. See “Filling the Tank with a Portable Gas Can” Brake System Warning Light under Filling the Tank 0 277. The diagnostic system can detect if the adapter has been left installed in the vehicle, allowing fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere. A few driving trips with The DLC is under the instrument panel to the adapter removed may turn off the the left of the steering wheel. Connecting light. devices that are not used to perform an Metric English . Poor fuel quality can cause inefficient Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test or to engine operation and poor driveability, service the vehicle may affect vehicle operation. See Add-On Electrical Equipment This light should come on briefly when the which may go away once the engine is 0 vehicle is turned on. If it does not come on warmed up. If this occurs, change the fuel 305. See your dealer if assistance is needed. then, have it fixed so it will be ready to brand. It may require at least one full warn you if there is a problem. If the light tank of the proper fuel to turn the light The vehicle may not pass inspection if: comes on and stays on at start up, there is . The light is on when the engine is a brake problem. Have the brake system running. inspected right away. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

112 Instruments and Controls If the light comes on while driving, pull off This light comes on when the parking brake Antilock Brake System (ABS) the road and stop carefully. The brake is applied. If the light continues flashing system has electric brake boost. Vehicle after the parking brake is released, or while Warning Light speed may be limited when the brake driving, there is a problem with the Electric system warning light comes on. The brake Parking Brake system. A message may also pedal might be harder to push, or the brake display in the Driver Information pedal may go closer to the floor. It could Center (DIC). take longer to stop. If the light is still on, If the light does not come on, or remains have the vehicle towed for service. See flashing, see your dealer. Towing the Vehicle 0 370. Service Electric Parking Brake This warning light should come on briefly { Warning when the vehicle is turned on. If the light Light does not come on, have it fixed so it will be The brake system might not be working ready to warn if there is a problem. properly if the brake system warning If the light comes on while driving, safely light is on. Driving with the brake system stop as soon as it is possible and turn off warning light on can lead to a crash. the vehicle. Then turn on the vehicle again If the light is still on after the vehicle has to reset the system. been pulled off the road and carefully stopped, have the vehicle towed for If the ABS warning light stays on, or comes on again while driving, the vehicle needs service. This light should come on briefly when starting the vehicle. If it does not come on, service. A chime may also sound when the Electric Parking Brake Light have it fixed so it will be ready to warn if light stays on. there is a problem. If the ABS warning light is the only light on, If this light stays on, take the vehicle to the vehicle has regular brakes, but ABS is your dealer as soon as possible. See the not functioning. information for the Electric Parking Brake If both the ABS warning light and the brake 0 under Electric Parking Brake 240. system warning light are on, ABS is not A message may also display in the Driver functioning and there is a problem with the Metric English Information Center (DIC). regular brakes. See your dealer for service. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Instruments and Controls 113 See Brake System Warning Light 0 111. Hill Descent Control Light LKA may assist by gently turning the steering wheel if the vehicle approaches a Four-Wheel-Drive Light detected lane marking. The LKA light is amber when assisting. This light flashes amber as a Lane Departure Warning (LDW) alert, to indicate that the lane marking has been crossed.

If equipped, the Hill Descent Control light LKA will not assist or alert if the turn signal is active in the direction of lane departure, Auto Mode Shown, Other Modes Similar comes on when the system is ready for use. When the light flashes, the system is active. or if LKA detects that you are accelerating, If equipped, the four-wheel-drive light braking or actively steering. See Hill Descent Control (HDC) 0 244. displays what mode the vehicle is in. The See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 274. light will show each mode: 2WD, 4HI, AUTO Lane Keep Assist (LKA) Light (all transfer cases); 4LOW and N (two-speed Vehicle Ahead Indicator transfer case only). The light will flash when a shift is in progress. Once the shift is complete the light will be steady. If the light turns amber, there may be a malfunction with the four-wheel-drive system. See your dealer. After the vehicle is started, this light turns off and stays off if LKA has not been turned If equipped, this indicator will display green See Four-Wheel Drive 0 236. on or is unavailable. when a vehicle is detected ahead and amber when you are following a vehicle ahead If equipped, this light is white if LKA is much too closely. turned on, but not ready to assist. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System This light is green if LKA is turned on and is 0 267. ready to assist. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

114 Instruments and Controls Pedestrian Ahead Indicator The traction off light comes on when the If the light is on and not flashing, the TCS, Traction Control System (TCS) has been and potentially the ESC system have been turned off by pressing and releasing the disabled. TCS/StabiliTrak/ESC button. If the indicator/warning light is on and This light and the StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light flashing, the TCS and/or the ESC system is come on when StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability actively working. Control (ESC) is turned off. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability 0 If equipped, this indicator will display amber If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not limited. Control 242. Adjust driving accordingly. when a nearby pedestrian is detected in Trailer Sway Control Light front of the vehicle. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability 0 See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) System Control 242. 0 270. Traction Control System (TCS)/ Traction Off Light Electronic Stability Control Light

This light will flash when Trailer Sway Control is active. See Trailer Sway Control (TSC) 0 294.

This light comes on briefly while starting If equipped, the Electronic Stability Control the engine. If it does not, have the vehicle (ESC) or TCS indicator/warning light comes serviced by your dealer. If the system is on briefly when the engine is started. working normally, the indicator light then If the light does not come on, have the turns off. vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the system is working normally, the indicator light turns off. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Instruments and Controls 115 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Engine Coolant Temperature If this happens, pull over and turn off the engine as soon as possible. See Engine Off Light Warning Light Overheating 0 321. Driver Mode Control Light

This light comes on briefly while starting This light comes on briefly while starting the engine. If it does not, have the vehicle the vehicle. serviced by your dealer. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by This light comes on when Sport Mode is This light comes on when the ESC system is your dealer. If the system is working selected. turned off. If ESC is off, the Traction Control normally the indicator light goes off. System (TCS) is also off. Caution If the ESC and TCS are off, the system does not assist in controlling the vehicle. Turn on The engine coolant temperature warning the TCS and the ESC systems and the light indicates that the vehicle has warning light turns off. overheated. Driving with this light on can damage the engine and it may not be See Traction Control/Electronic Stability This light comes on when Snow Mode is Control 0 242. covered by the vehicle warranty. See selected. Engine Overheating 0 321.

The engine coolant temperature warning light comes on when the engine has overheated. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

116 Instruments and Controls This light comes on when Terrain Mode is This light comes on when the air suspension selected. is raised to maximum ground clearance height.

This light comes on when the air suspension is in Service Mode or Alignment Mode. This light comes on when Off-Road Mode is See Four Corner Air Suspension System selected. This light comes on when the air suspension 0 248. is raised to increased ground clearance height. Tire Pressure Light It will flash green and give an alert to indicate that the vehicle is changing to a higher ride height.

This light comes on when the Tow/Haul Mode is selected. For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Monitor Four Corner Air Suspension Light System (TPMS), this light comes on briefly when the engine is started. It provides information about tire pressures and This light comes on when the air suspension the TPMS. is lowered for easy entry and exit from the vehicle. When the Light Is On Steady It will flash green and give an alert to This indicates that one or more of the tires indicate that the vehicle is changing to a are significantly underinflated. lower ride height. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Instruments and Controls 117

A Driver Information Center (DIC) tire Caution (Continued) A Low Fuel Warning Light near the fuel pressure message may also display. Stop as gauge comes on briefly when the ignition is soon as possible, and inflate the tires to the still low, have the vehicle serviced. turned on as a check to show it is working. pressure value shown on the Tire and Always follow the maintenance schedule For vehicles with a reconfigurable cluster, Loading Information label. See Tire Pressure for changing engine oil. this light is in the display area and may not 0 344. come on when the ignition is turned on. When the Light Flashes First and Then Is On It also comes on when the fuel gauge Steady indicator nears empty. The light turns off If the light flashes for about a minute and when fuel is added. If it does not, have the then stays on, there may be a problem with vehicle serviced. the TPMS. If the problem is not corrected, Security Light the light will come on at every ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation This light should come on briefly as the 0 347. engine is started. If it does not come on, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. Engine Oil Pressure Light If the light comes on and stays on, it means that oil is not flowing through the engine Caution properly. The vehicle could be low on oil Lack of proper engine oil maintenance and might have some other system The security light should come on briefly as can damage the engine. Driving with the problem. See your dealer. the engine is started. If it does not come on, engine oil low can also damage the Low Fuel Warning Light have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. engine. The repairs would not be covered If the system is working normally, the by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil indicator light turns off. level as soon as possible. Add oil if If the light stays on and the engine does required, but if the oil level is within the not start, there could be a problem with the operating range and the oil pressure is theft-deterrent system. See Immobilizer (Continued) Operation 0 27. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

118 Instruments and Controls High-Beam On Light Front Fog Lamp Light Cruise Control Light

This light comes on when the high-beam For vehicles with fog lamps, this light comes The cruise control light is white when the headlamps are in use. on when the fog lamps are on. cruise control is on and ready, and turns See Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer The light goes out when the fog lamps are green when the cruise control is set and 0 135. turned off. See Fog Lamps 0 137. active. See Cruise Control 0 251. IntelliBeam Light Lamps On Reminder Adaptive Cruise Control Light

This light comes on when the IntelliBeam This light comes on when the exterior lamps system, if equipped, is enabled. are in use, except when only the Daytime If equipped, this light is white when the See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 133. Running Lamps (DRL) are active. See Exterior Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) is on and Lamp Controls 0 133. ready, and turns green when the ACC is set and active. When ACC is engaged and the driver accelerates, the indicator will turn blue. See Adaptive Cruise Control (Advanced) 0 252. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Instruments and Controls 119 Door Ajar Light 3. Scroll y or z to move through the list of possible information displays. 4. Press the thumbwheel while an item is highlighted to select or deselect that item. The info pages can also be turned on or off through the DIC page Info Page Options. This light comes on when a door is open or Info Pages not securely latched. Before driving, check that all doors are properly closed. The following is the list of all possible DIC info page displays. Some may not be available for your particular vehicle. Some Information Displays S or T : Press to move left or right items may not be turned on by default but between the interactive display zones in the can be turned on through the Options app. Driver Information Center (DIC) cluster. Press the thumbwheel to select. See “Info Page Options” earlier in this The DIC displays are shown in the center of y or z : Use the thumbwheel to scroll up section. the instrument cluster in the Info app. See 0 or down in a list. Press the thumbwheel to Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in either Instrument Cluster 103. The displays show open a menu or select a menu item. Press kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per the status of many vehicle systems. and hold to reset values on certain screens. hour (mph). The vehicle odometer is also If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the shown on this page. If equipped, press the Duramax diesel supplement. Info Page Options thumbwheel to open the menu and select to The info pages on the DIC can be turned on display speed limit signs. or off through the Options menu. Trip 1 or Trip 2, and Average Fuel 1. Press S or T to scroll to the Options Economy : Shows the current distance application. traveled, in either kilometers (km) or miles (mi), since the trip odometer was last 2. Scroll y or z to choose Info pages and reset. press the thumbwheel. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

120 Instruments and Controls The Average Fuel Economy display shows Press the thumbwheel while this display is shown in amber. See Tire Pressure Monitor the approximate average liters per active to reset the timer. System 0 346 and 0 100 kilometers (L/100 km), kilometers per Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the oil's Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 347. liter (km/L), or miles per gallon (mpg). This remaining useful life. If REMAINING OIL LIFE Air Filter Life : Shows an estimate of the number is calculated based on the value 99% is displayed, that means 99% of the engine air filter’s remaining useful life and recorded since the last time this menu item current oil life remains. the state of the system. Engine Air Filter Life was reset. This number reflects only the 95% means 95% of the current air filter life approximate average fuel economy that the When the remaining oil life is low, the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will remains. Messages will display based on the vehicle has right now, and will change as engine air filter life and the state of the driving conditions change. appear on the display. The oil should be changed as soon as possible. See Engine Oil system. When the REPLACE SOON message Press the thumbwheel while this display is 0 314. In addition to the engine oil life displays, the engine air filter should be active to reset the trip odometer and the system monitoring the oil life, additional replaced at the earliest convenience. average fuel economy. maintenance is recommended. See The Air Filter Life display must be reset after Fuel Range : Shows the approximate Maintenance Schedule 0 383. the engine air filter replacement. To reset, 0 distance the vehicle can be driven without The Oil Life display must be reset after each see Engine Air Filter Life System 317. refueling. LOW will be displayed when the oil change. It will not reset itself. Do not Brake Pad Life : This displays an estimate of vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel range reset the Oil Life display at any time other the remaining life of the front and rear estimate is based on an average of the than when the oil has just been changed. brake pads. Messages will display based on vehicle's fuel economy over recent driving It cannot be reset accurately until the next brake pad wear and the state of the system. history and the amount of fuel remaining in oil change. To reset the engine oil life Reset the Brake Pad Life display after the fuel tank. system, press the thumbwheel while the Oil replacing the brake pads. See Brake Pad Life Timer : This display can be used as a timer. Life display is active. See Engine Oil Life System 0 324. 0 To start the timer, press the thumbwheel System 315. Fuel Economy : Displays average fuel while this display is active. The display will Tire Pressure : Shows the approximate economy, the best fuel economy over the show the amount of time that has passed pressures of all four tires. Tire pressure is selected distance, and a bar graph showing since the timer was last reset. To stop the displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) or instantaneous fuel economy. timer, press the thumbwheel briefly while in pounds per square inch (psi). If the this display is active and the timer is pressure is low, the value for that tire is running. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Instruments and Controls 121 Press the thumbwheel to change the Off Road : If equipped, displays vehicle pitch the instrument panel. The information selected distance. Press and hold the and roll information, road wheel angle, and appears as an image focused out toward the thumbwheel while this display is active to four-wheel drive (4WD) status. front of the vehicle. reset the best fuel economy and average Follow Distance : If equipped, the current Caution fuel economy. This display can also be reset follow time to the vehicle ahead is displayed by selecting reset in the menu. as a time value on this page. If you try to use the HUD image as a parking aid, you may misjudge the Engine Hours (Hourmeter) : Shows the total Driver Assistance : If equipped, shows distance and damage your vehicle. Do not number of hours the engine has run. This information for Lane Keep Assist (LKA) and display also shows the engine idle hours. Forward Collision Alert (FCA). use the HUD image as a parking aid. Transmission Fluid Temperature : Shows the Info Page Options : Scroll to choose which The HUD information can be displayed in temperature of the automatic transmission info pages appear on the DIC. Press the various languages. The speedometer reading fluid in either degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees thumbwheel to select or deselect. and other numerical values can be displayed Fahrenheit (°F). Blank Page : Shows no information. in either English or metric units. Trailer Brake : On vehicles with the The language selection is changed through Integrated Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) Head-Up Display (HUD) the radio, and the units of measurement is system, the trailer brake display appears in changed through the instrument cluster. See the DIC. { Warning “Settings” in the infotainment manual and 0 TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer gain setting. If the HUD image is too bright or too “Options” under Instrument Cluster 103. This setting can be adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 high in your field of view, it may take with either a trailer connected or you more time to see things you need to disconnected. see when it is dark outside. Be sure to OUTPUT shows the power output to the keep the HUD image dim and placed low trailer any time a trailer with electric brakes in your field of view. is connected. Output is displayed as a bar graph. Dotted lines may appear in the If equipped with HUD, some information OUTPUT display if a trailer is not connected. about the operation of the vehicle is projected onto the windshield. The image is projected through the HUD lens on top of GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

122 Instruments and Controls The HUD image will automatically dim and brighten to compensate for outside lighting. Use D to adjust as needed. The HUD image can temporarily light up depending on the angle and position of sunlight on the HUD display. This is normal. Polarized sunglasses could make the HUD image harder to see. The HUD control is to the left of the Head-Up Display (HUD) Rotation Option steering wheel. If equipped, this feature under the Options To adjust the HUD image: menu of the instrument cluster allows for HUD Display on the Windshield 1. Adjust the driver seat. adjusting the angle of the HUD image and Depending on how the vehicle is equipped, 2. Start the engine. changing or turning off the Speed Limit Sign. the HUD may display some of the following 3. Use the following settings to adjust vehicle information and vehicle messages or the HUD. HUD Rotation: Press the thumbwheel while alerts: Adjust Rotation is highlighted to enter . Speed $ : Press or pull to center the HUD image. Adjust Mode. Scroll to adjust the angle of . Audio The HUD image can only be adjusted up and the HUD display. Press the thumbwheel to down, not side to side. confirm and save the setting. This feature . Phone may only be available in P (Park). . Navigation ! : Press to select the display view. Each . Driver Assistance Features press will change the display view. Speed Limit Style Adjustment . Vehicle Messages D : Pull and hold to brighten the display. If equipped, the speed limit style can be changed to a speed limit bar or speed limit Some vehicle messages or alerts displayed in Press and hold to dim the display. Continue to hold to turn the display off. sign from the Options menu in the the HUD may be cleared by using the instrument cluster. Press the thumbwheel steering wheel controls. while Speed Limit Style is highlighted to change the speed sign style or to turn it off. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Instruments and Controls 123 HUD Views Navigation/Active OnStar View : This There are four views in the HUD. Some displays the speed view along with vehicle information and vehicle messages or indicators for vehicle ahead, Lane Departure alerts may be displayed in any view. Warning/Lane Keep Assist, trailer sway, and pedestrian advisory. Turn-by-Turn navigation information is shown during active route. The compass heading is displayed when navigation routing is not active. Navigation Turn-by-Turn Alerts shown in the English Shown, Metric Similar instrument cluster may also be displayed in Active Safety View : This displays the speed any HUD view. view along with a driver assistance graphic on the left. Driver assistance graphics show English Shown, Metric Similar your vehicle, vehicle ahead, gap setting, and lane status information. In addition to driver Speed View : This displays the speedometer assistance graphics, pedestrian advisory and reading in English or metric units, and speed trailer sway indicators will be displayed. limit. Some information only appears on vehicles that have these features, and when they are active. English Shown, Metric Similar Off Road View : This displays the speed view along with indicators for vehicle ahead, Lane Departure Warning/Lane Keep Assist, trailer sway, four-wheel drive status, and pedestrian advisory. Off-road information English Shown, Metric Similar such as pitch angle, steering angle, and rolling angle is also shown. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

124 Instruments and Controls Care of the HUD Vehicle Messages . Cruise Control Clean the inside of the windshield to remove . Lighting and Bulb Replacement Messages displayed on the DIC indicate the . Wiper/Washer Systems any dirt or film that could reduce the status of the vehicle or some action that . Doors and Windows sharpness or clarity of the HUD image. may be needed to correct a condition. Clean the HUD lens with a soft cloth Multiple messages may appear one after . Seat Belts sprayed with glass cleaner. Wipe the lens another. . Airbag Systems gently, then dry it. The messages that do not require . Engine and Transmission HUD Troubleshooting immediate action can be acknowledged and . Tire Pressure cleared by pressing V. The messages that . Battery Check that: require immediate action cannot be cleared . Four Corner Air Suspension System . Nothing is covering the HUD lens. until that action is performed. . The HUD brightness setting is not too Engine Power Messages All messages should be taken seriously; dim or too bright. clearing the message does not correct the REDUCED ACCELERATION DRIVE . The HUD is adjusted to the proper height. problem. WITH CARE . Polarized sunglasses are not worn. If a SERVICE message appears, see your . The windshield and HUD lens are clean. This message displays when the vehicle's dealer. propulsion power is reduced. A reduction in If the HUD image is not correct, contact Follow the instructions given in the propulsion power can affect the vehicle's your dealer. messages. The system displays messages ability to accelerate. If this message is on, The windshield is part of the HUD system. regarding the following topics: but there is no observed reduction in See Windshield Replacement 0 329. . Service Messages performance, proceed to your destination. Under certain conditions the performance . Fluid Levels may be reduced the next time the vehicle is . Vehicle Security driven. The vehicle may be driven while this . Brakes message is on, but maximum acceleration . Steering and speed may be reduced. Anytime this . Ride Control Systems message stays on, or displays repeatedly, the vehicle should be taken to your dealer . Driver Assistance Systems for service as soon as possible. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Instruments and Controls 125 Under certain operating conditions, 4. Touch 9 or R to turn a feature off or on. Auto Cooled Seats propulsion will be disabled. Try restarting z This setting automatically turns on and after the ignition has been off for 5. Touch to go to the top level of the Settings menu. regulates the ventilated seats when the two minutes. cabin temperature is warm. See Heated and The menu may contain the following: Vehicle Speed Messages Ventilated Front Seats 0 44. Rear Seat Reminder Touch Off or On. SPEED LIMITED TO XXX KM/H (MPH) This allows for a chime and a message when Auto Heated Seats This message shows that the vehicle speed the rear door has been opened before or This setting automatically turns on and has been limited to the speed displayed. The during operation of the vehicle. limited speed is a protection for various regulates the heated seats when the cabin propulsion and vehicle systems, such as Touch Off or On. temperature is cool. The auto heated seats can be turned off by using the heated seat lubrication, thermal, brakes, suspension, Climate and Air Quality Teen Driver if equipped, or tires. buttons on the center stack. See Heated and Touch and the following may display: Ventilated Front Seats 0 44. Vehicle Personalization . Auto Fan Speed If equipped with the auto heated steering . Auto Cooled Seats wheel, this feature will turn on when the The following are all possible vehicle . Auto Heated Seats auto heated seats turn on. personalization features. Depending on the vehicle, some may not be available. . Auto Defog Touch Off or On. . Auto Rear Defog For System, Apps, and Personal features and Auto Defog functions, see Settings 0 186. Auto Fan Speed This setting automatically directs air to the To access the vehicle personalization menu: This setting specifies the amount of airflow windshield to assist in defogging, based on when the climate control fan setting is temperature and humidity conditions. 1. Touch the Settings icon on the Home Auto Fan. Page of the infotainment display. Touch Off or On. 2. Touch Vehicle to display a list of Touch Low, Medium, or High. Auto Rear Defog available options. This setting automatically turns the rear 3. Touch to select the desired feature defogger on based on temperature and setting. humidity conditions. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

126 Instruments and Controls Touch Off or On. Front Pedestrian Detection Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols Collision/Detection Systems This feature may help avoid or reduce the This setting enables the Rear Camera Park harm caused by front-end crashes with Assist Symbols. See Assistance Systems for Touch and the following may display: nearby pedestrians. See Front Pedestrian Parking or Backing 0 262. . Alert Type 0 Braking (FPB) System 270. Touch Off or On. . Forward Collision System Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake. Rear Cross Traffic Alert . Front Pedestrian Detection Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier . Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier This allows the Rear Cross Traffic Alert . Lane Change Alert This setting determines if an alert will feature to be turned on or off. See appear when Adaptive Cruise Control brings Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing . Park Assist the vehicle to a complete stop and the 0 262. . Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols vehicle ahead of you starts moving again. Touch Off or On. . Rear Cross Traffic Alert See Adaptive Cruise Control (Advanced) . Rear Pedestrian Detection 0 252. Rear Pedestrian Detection Alert Type Touch Off or On. This setting specifies if alerts will display when the vehicle detects pedestrians behind This feature sets the type of alert from the Lane Change Alert when in R (Reverse). See Rear Pedestrian driver assistance systems to help avoid This allows the feature to be turned on or Alert 0 266. crashes. 0 off. See Lane Change Alert (LCA) 272. Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake. Touch Beeps or Safety Alert Seat. Touch Off or On. Comfort and Convenience Forward Collision System Park Assist Touch and the following may display: This setting can alert of a potential crash This allows the feature to be turned on or . Automatic Entry/Egress Assist with a detected vehicle ahead and can apply off. See Assistance Systems for Parking or brakes to help reduce a collision’s severity. Backing 0 262. . Chime Volume . Hands Free Liftgate/Trunk Control Touch Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake. Select Off, On, or On with Towbar. . Reverse Tilt Mirror . Remote Mirror Folding . Rain Sense Wipers GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Instruments and Controls 127 . Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear Touch Off, On - Driver and Passenger, On - Vehicle Locator Lights Automatic Entry/Egress Assist Driver, or On - Passenger. This setting flashes the vehicle’s headlamps This feature specifies if the vehicle will Remote Mirror Folding when K is pressed on the Remote Key. automatically lower to make it easier to When on, the outside mirrors will remotely Touch Off or On. enter or exit the vehicle. fold or unfold when the Remote Key or Q Exit Lighting Touch Off or On. K button is pressed and held. See Folding Mirrors 0 29. This setting specifies how long the Chime Volume headlamps stay on after the vehicle is This determines the chime volume level. Touch Off or On. turned off and exited. Touch the controls on the infotainment Rain Sense Wipers Touch Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds, display to adjust the volume. This setting automatically turns on the or 120 Seconds. Hands Free Liftgate/Trunk Control wipers when moisture is detected and the Automatic High Beam Assist wiper switch is in intermittent mode. The liftgate may be operated with a kicking This setting specifies how the high beams motion under the left corner of the rear Touch Disabled or Enabled. adjust based on the vehicle environment. bumper. See Liftgate 0 18. Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear See Exterior Lamp Controls 0 133. Touch Off, On-Open and Close, When on and the front wiper is on, the rear Touch IntelliBeam or Adaptive Headlight or On-Open Only. wiper will automatically activate when the System. Reverse Tilt Mirror vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). Power Door Locks Touch Off or On. When on, the driver, passenger, or both Touch and the following may display: driver and passenger outside mirrors will tilt Lighting . Auto Door Lock downward when the vehicle is shifted into . Auto Door Unlock R (Reverse) to improve visibility of the Touch and the following may display: ground near the rear wheels. They may . Vehicle Locator Lights . Delayed Door Lock move from their tilted position when the . Exit Lighting vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) or . Automatic High Beam Assist turned off. See Reverse Tilt Mirrors 0 30. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

128 Instruments and Controls Auto Door Lock . Passive Door Unlock Touch Off or On. When this feature is turned on, all doors . Passive Door Lock Remote Start Auto Heat Seats . Remote Left in Vehicle Alert will automatically lock when the vehicle is If equipped and turned on, this feature will shifted out of P (Park) or when the vehicle . Remote Removed from Vehicle Alert turn on the heated seats when using remote starts moving. Remote Unlock Light Feedback start on cold days. See Heated and Select Off or On. Ventilated Front Seats 0 44 and When on, the exterior lamps will flash when Remote Vehicle Start 0 14. Auto Door Unlock unlocking the vehicle with the Remote Key. If equipped with Auto Heated Steering This setting allows selection of which doors Touch Off or Flash Lights. will automatically unlock when the vehicle is Wheel, this feature will turn on when the Remote Lock Feedback shifted into P (Park). Remote Start Auto Heated Seats turn on. This allows selection of what type of Touch Off, All Doors, or Driver Door. Touch Off or On. feedback is given when locking the vehicle Remote Window Operation Delayed Door Lock with the Remote Key. If equipped, this feature enables remote When on, this feature will delay the locking Touch Off, Lights and Horn, Lights Only, operation of the windows with the Remote of the doors. To override the delay, press or Horn Only. the power door lock switch on the door. Key. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Remote Door Unlock Operation 0 8. Touch Off or On. This allows selection of which doors will Touch Off or On. K Remote Lock, Unlock, and Start unlock when pressing on the Passive Door Unlock Remote Key. Touch and the following may display: This allows the selection of what doors will . Remote Unlock Light Feedback Touch All Doors or Driver Door. unlock when using the button on the driver . Remote Lock Feedback Remote Start Auto Cool Seats door to unlock the vehicle. . Remote Door Unlock If equipped and turned on, this feature will Touch Off, All Doors or Driver Door Only. . Remote Start Auto Cool Seats turn on the ventilated seats when using . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats remote start on warm days. See Heated and 0 . Remote Window Operation Ventilated Front Seats 44 and Remote Vehicle Start 0 14. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Instruments and Controls 129 Passive Door Lock Running Boards Seat Exit Memory This allows passive locking to be turned on Touch and the following may display: This feature automatically recalls the or off and selects feedback. See Remote . Automatic Running Boards previously stored exit button position when Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 8. the ignition is changed from on or ACC/ . Deploy Running Boards Touch Off, On with Horn Chirp, or On. ACCESSORY to off and the driver door is Automatic Running Boards open. See Memory Seats 0 41. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert This feature specifies the position and use of Touch Off or On. This feature sounds an alert when the the running boards. See Power Assist Steps Remote Key is left in the vehicle. 0 25. Suspension Touch Off or On. Touch Off or On. Touch and the following may display: Remote Removed from Vehicle Alert Deploy Running Boards . Service Mode . Alignment Mode This feature beeps the horn 3 times when This feature moves the running boards to a exiting a running vehicle with the deployed position so they can be used with Service Mode Remote Key. the doors closed. This feature disables the air suspension Touch Off or On. Touch Off or Deploy. system and is used to prevent unintended raising or lowering of the suspension.. Ride Height Seating Position Touch Off or On. Touch and the following may display: Touch and the following may display: Alignment Mode . Automatic Entry/Egress . Seat Entry Memory This feature will optimize the vehicle height . Seat Exit Memory Automatic Entry/Egress to provide the most accurate wheel This feature specifies if the vehicle will Seat Entry Memory alignment. automatically lower to make it easier to This feature automatically recalls the Touch Off or On. enter or exit the vehicle. previously stored 1 or 2 button positions Touch Off or On. when the ignition is changed from off to on Teen Driver or ACC/ACCESSORY. See Memory Seats 0 41. See “Teen Driver” under Settings 0 186. Touch Off or On. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

130 Instruments and Controls Valet Mode Universal Remote System Read the instructions completely before programming the Universal Remote system. This will lock the infotainment system and Programming It may help to have another person assist steering wheel controls. It may also limit with the programming process. access to vehicle storage locations, if equipped. Keep the original hand-held transmitter for use in other vehicles as well as for future To enable valet mode: programming. Erase the programming when 1. Enter a four-digit code on the keypad. vehicle ownership is terminated. See 2. Select Enter to go to the confirmation “Erasing Universal Remote System Buttons” screen. later in this section. 3. Re-enter the four-digit code. To program a garage door opener, park Touch Lock or Unlock to lock or unlock the outside directly in line with and facing the system. Touch Back to go back to the garage door opener receiver. Clear all people previous menu. and objects near the garage door. Make sure the hand-held transmitter has a Universal Remote System If equipped, these buttons are in the new battery for quick and accurate overhead console. transmission of the radio-frequency signal. See Radio Frequency Statement 0 406. This system can replace up to three remote control transmitters used to activate devices Programming the Universal Remote such as garage door openers, security System systems, and home automation devices. For questions or programming help, see These instructions refer to a garage door www.homelink.com/gm or call opener, but can be used for other devices. 1-800-355-3515. For calls placed outside the Do not use the Universal Remote system U.S., Canada, or Puerto Rico, international with any garage door opener that does not rates will apply and may differ based on have the stop and reverse feature. This landline or mobile phone. includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1, 1982. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Instruments and Controls 131 Programming involves time-sensitive actions, 3. Press and hold the newly programmed and may time out causing the procedure to Universal Remote system button for be repeated. five seconds while watching the indicator To program up to three devices: light and garage door activation. . If the indicator light stays on 1. Hold the end of the hand-held continuously or the garage door transmitter about 3 to 8 cm (1 to 3 in) moves when the button is pressed, away from the Universal Remote system then programming is complete. There buttons with the indicator light in view. is no need to complete Steps 4–6. The hand-held transmitter was supplied Learn or Smart Button by the manufacturer of the garage door . If the indicator light does not come opener receiver. on or the garage door does not 4. After completing Steps 1–3, locate the move, a second button press may be 2. At the same time, press and hold both Learn or Smart button inside the garage required. For a second time, press on the garage door opener receiver. The the hand-held transmitter button and and hold the newly programmed one of the three Universal Remote name and color of the button may vary button for five seconds. If the light by manufacturer. system buttons to be used to operate stays on or the garage door moves, 5. Press and release the Learn or Smart the garage door. Do not release either programming is complete. button until the indicator light goes from button. Step 6 must be completed within a slow to a rapid flashing light. Then . If the indicator light blinks rapidly for 30 seconds of pressing this button. release both buttons. two seconds, then changes to a solid light and the garage door does not 6. Inside the vehicle, press and hold the Some garage door openers may require move, continue with programming newly programmed Universal Remote substitution of Step 2 with the procedure Steps 4–6. system button for two seconds and then under “Radio Signals for Some Gate release it. If the garage door does not Operators” later in this section. move or the lamp on the garage door opener receiver does not flash, press and hold the same button a second time for two seconds, then release it. Again, if the door does not move or the garage GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

132 Instruments and Controls door lamp does not flash, press and hold successfully accepted by the Universal Reprogramming a Single Universal the same button a third time for Remote system. The Universal Remote Remote System Button two seconds, then release it. system indicator light will flash slowly at To reprogram any of the system buttons: The Universal Remote system should now first and then rapidly. Proceed with Step 3 1. Press and hold any one of the buttons. activate the garage door. under “Programming the Universal Remote System” to complete. Do not release the button. Repeat the process for programming the 2. The indicator light will begin to flash two remaining buttons. Universal Remote System after 20 seconds. Without releasing the Radio Signals for Some Gate Operators Operation button, proceed with Step 1 under “Programming the Universal Remote For questions or programming help, see Using the Universal Remote System System.” www.homelink.com/gm or call Press and hold the appropriate Universal 1-800-355-3515. For calls placed outside the Remote system button for at least one-half U.S., Canada, or Puerto Rico, international second. The indicator light will come on rates will apply and may differ based on while the signal is being transmitted. landline or mobile phone. Some radio–frequency laws and gate Erasing Universal Remote System operators require transmitter signals to time Buttons out or quit after several seconds of Erase all programmed buttons when vehicle transmission. This may not be long enough ownership is terminated. for the Universal Remote system to pick up the signal during programming. To erase: 1. Press and hold the two outside buttons If the programming did not work, replace until the indicator light begins to flash. Step 2 under “Programming the Universal This should take about 10 seconds. Remote System” with the following: 2. Release both buttons. Press and hold the Universal Remote system button while pressing and releasing the hand-held transmitter button every two seconds until the signal has been GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Lighting 133 Exterior Lighting AUTO : Automatically turns on the Lighting headlamps, parking lamps, taillamps, Exterior Lamp Controls instrument panel lights, roof marker lamps Exterior Lighting (if equipped), and license plate lamps. Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 133 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder ...... 135 ; : Turns on the parking lamps including Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer . . . . 135 all lamps, except the headlamps. Flash-to-Pass ...... 135 2 : Turns on the headlamps with the Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 135 parking lamps and instrument panel lights. Automatic Headlamp System ...... 135 Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 136 When the headlamps are turned on while Turn and Lane-Change Signals ...... 137 the vehicle is on, the headlamps turn off Fog Lamps ...... 137 automatically 10 minutes after the ignition is turned off. When the headlamps are Interior Lighting turned on while the vehicle is off, the Instrument Panel Illumination headlamps will stay on for 10 minutes Control ...... 138 before turning off to prevent the battery Dome Lamps ...... 138 The exterior lamp control is on the from being drained. Turn the headlamp Reading Lamps ...... 138 instrument panel to the left of the steering control off and then back to the headlamp Lighting Features wheel. on position to make the headlamps stay on for an additional 10 minutes. Entry Lighting ...... 139 There are four positions: Exit Lighting ...... 139 To keep the lamps on for more than Battery Load Management ...... 139 O : Turns off the automatic headlamps and 10 minutes, the ignition must be on or in Battery Power Protection ...... 140 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL). Turn the ACC/ACCESSORY. Exterior Lighting Battery Saver ...... 140 headlamp control to O again to turn the automatic headlamps or DRL back on. IntelliBeam System For vehicles first sold in Canada, the off If equipped, this system turns the vehicle's position will only work when the vehicle is high-beam headlamps on and off according shifted into P (Park). to surrounding traffic conditions. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

134 Lighting The system turns the high-beam headlamps There is a sensor near the top center of the The high beams may not turn off on when it is dark enough and there is no windshield that automatically controls the automatically if the system cannot detect other traffic present. system. Keep this area of the windshield another vehicle's lamps because of any of clear of debris to allow for best system the following: performance. . The other vehicle's lamps are missing, The high-beam headlamps remain on, under damaged, obstructed from view, the automatic control, until one of the or otherwise undetected. following situations occurs: . The other vehicle's lamps are covered . The system detects an approaching with dirt, snow, and/or road spray. This light comes on in the instrument vehicle's headlamps. . The other vehicle's lamps cannot be cluster when the IntelliBeam system is . The system detects a preceding vehicle's detected due to dense exhaust, smoke, enabled. taillamps. fog, snow, road spray, mist, or other airborne obstructions. Turning On and Enabling IntelliBeam . The outside light is bright enough that high-beam headlamps are not required. . The vehicle's windshield is dirty, cracked, To enable the IntelliBeam system, activate or obstructed by something that blocks . The vehicle's speed drops below 20 km/h the high/low-beam changer two times (12 mph). the view of the light sensor. within two seconds while the exterior lamp . The vehicle is loaded such that the front . The IntelliBeam system can be disabled control is in AUTO or 2. by the High/Low-Beam Changer or the end points upward, causing the light Driving with IntelliBeam Flash-to-Pass feature. If this happens, the sensor to aim high and not detect High/Low-Beam Changer must be headlamps and taillamps. The system only activates the high beams . The vehicle is being driven on winding or when driving over 40 km/h (25 mph). activated two times within two seconds to reactivate the IntelliBeam system. hilly roads. The blue high-beam on light appears on the The instrument cluster light will come The automatic high-beam headlamps may instrument cluster when the high beams on to indicate the IntelliBeam is need to be disabled if any of the above are on. reactivated. See Headlamp High/ conditions exist. Low-Beam Changer 0 135 and Flash-to-Pass 0 135. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Lighting 135 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder Flash-to-Pass The DRL system comes on when the following conditions are met: A reminder chime sounds when the This feature lets you use the high-beam . The ignition is on. headlamps or parking lamps are manually headlamps to signal a driver in front of you turned on, the ignition is off, and a door is that you want to pass. It works even if the . The exterior lamp control is in AUTO. open. To disable the chime, turn the headlamps are in the automatic position. . The light sensor determines it is daytime. lamps off. To use it, pull the turn signal lever toward When the DRL system is on, only the DRL you, then release it. are on. The taillamps, sidemarker lamps, Headlamp High/Low-Beam instrument panel lights, and other lamps Changer If the headlamps are in the automatic will not be on. position or on low beam, the high-beam Push the turn signal lever away from you headlamps will turn on. Depending on the When it begins to get dark, the automatic and release to turn the high beams on. type of headlamp, they will either turn off headlamp system switches from DRL to the To return to low beams, push the lever after a short duration or stay on as long as headlamps. again or pull it toward you and release. you hold the lever toward you. The To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior lamp high-beam indicator on the instrument control to O and then release. For vehicles cluster will come on. Release the lever to first sold in Canada, off will only work when return to normal operation. the vehicle is parked. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Automatic Headlamp System DRL can make it easier for others to see the When the exterior lamp control is set to front of the vehicle during the day. Fully When the high-beam headlamps are on, this AUTO and it is dark enough outside, the functional DRL are required on all vehicles headlamps come on automatically. indicator light on the instrument cluster will first sold in Canada. also be on. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

136 Lighting panel brightness control is in the full bright Hazard Warning Flashers position. See Instrument Panel Illumination Control 0 138. When it is bright enough outside, the headlamps will turn off or may change to Daytime Running Lamps (DRL). The automatic headlamp system turns off when the exterior lamp control is turned to O or the ignition is off. Lights On with Wipers If the windshield wipers are activated in There is a light sensor on top of the daylight with the engine on, and the instrument panel. Do not cover the sensor, exterior lamp control is in AUTO, the otherwise the headlamps will come on when Yukon/Yukon XL is shown, Denali similar headlamps, parking lamps, and other they are not needed. exterior lamps come on. The transition time | : Press this button to make the front The system may also turn on the headlamps for the lamps coming on varies based on and rear turn signal lamps flash on and off. when driving through a parking garage or wiper speed. When the wipers are not Press again to turn the flashers off. tunnel. operating, these lamps turn off. Move the When the hazard warning flashers are on, If the vehicle is started in a dark garage, the exterior lamp control to O or ; to disable the vehicle's turn signals will not work. automatic headlamp system comes on this feature. immediately. If it is light outside when the vehicle leaves the garage, there is a slight delay before the automatic headlamp system changes to the DRL. During that delay, the instrument cluster may not be as bright as usual. Make sure the instrument GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Lighting 137 Turn and Lane-Change Signals Replace any burned out bulbs. If a bulb is The ignition must be on for the fog lamps not burned out, check the fuse. See Fuses to come on. and Circuit Breakers 0 331. # : Press to turn the fog lamps on or off. Turn Signal On Chime A light will come on in the instrument If the turn signal is left on for more than cluster. 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime sounds at each When the fog lamps are turned on, the flash of the turn signal. The message TURN parking lamps automatically turn on. SIGNAL ON will also appear in the Driver Information Center (DIC). To turn the chime When the headlamps are changed to high and message off, move the turn signal lever beam, the fog lamps also go off. When the to the off position. high-beam headlamps are turned off, the fog An arrow on the instrument cluster flashes lamps will come on again. in the direction of the turn or lane change. Fog Lamps Some localities have laws that require the Move the turn signal lever all the way up or headlamps to be on with the fog lamps. down to signal a turn. Raise or lower the lever for less than one second until the arrow starts to flash to signal a lane change. This causes the turn signals to automatically flash three times. It will flash six times if Tow/Haul Mode is active. Holding the turn signal lever for more than one second will cause the turn signals to flash until the lever is released. The lever returns to its starting position whenever it is released. If after signaling a turn or a lane change the If equipped with fog lamps, the button is on arrows flash rapidly or do not come on, a the exterior lamp control, to the left of the signal bulb could be burned out. steering column. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

138 Lighting Dome Lamps . Press OFF again to deactivate this feature Interior Lighting and the indicator light will turn off. The Instrument Panel Illumination dome lamps will come on when any door is opened, the unlock button on the Control remote key is pressed, or when the ignition is switched off. Reading Lamps

There are dome lamps in the overhead console and the headliner. To change the dome lamp settings, press The brightness of the instrument cluster the following: display, infotainment display and controls, . Press and hold any of the overhead steering wheel controls, and all other console lens to turn all dome lamps on. illuminated controls, as well as feature . Press and hold any of the overhead There are reading lamps in the overhead status indicators can be adjusted. consoles lens again to turn all dome console and the headliner, if equipped. D : Press the − or + to brighten or dim lamps off. the lights. . Press OFF to turn off the dome lamps when a door is open. An indicator light on the button will turn on when the dome lamp override is activated. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Lighting 139 Exit Lighting if equipped, may show the voltage moving up or down. This is normal. If there is a Some exterior lamps come on at night, or in problem, an alert will be displayed. areas with limited lighting, when the driver door is opened after the ignition is turned The battery can be discharged at idle if the off. The dome lamp comes on after the electrical loads are very high. This is true for ignition is turned off. The exterior lamps and all vehicles. This is because the generator dome lamp remain on after the door is (alternator) may not be spinning fast closed for a set amount of time, then enough at idle to produce all the power that automatically turn off. is needed for very high electrical loads. Press the lens on each reading lamp to turn A high electrical load occurs when several of it on or off. The exterior lamps turn off immediately by turning the exterior lamp control off. the following are on, such as: headlamps, high beams, fog lamps, rear window Lighting Features The exit lighting for exterior lights can be defogger, climate control fan at high speed, 0 changed. See Vehicle Personalization 125. heated seats, engine cooling fans, trailer Entry Lighting Battery Load Management loads, and loads plugged into accessory Some exterior lamps turn on briefly at power outlets. night, or in areas with limited lighting, The vehicle has Electric Power Management EPM works to prevent excessive discharge of when K is pressed on the remote key. After (EPM), which estimates the battery's the battery. It does this by balancing the about 30 seconds the exterior lamps turn off temperature and state of charge. It then generator's output and the vehicle's when any door is opened, the unlock button adjusts the voltage for best performance electrical needs. It can increase engine idle on the remote key is pressed, or when the and extended life of the battery. speed to generate more power, whenever ignition is switched off. All interior lights When the battery's state of charge is low, needed. It can temporarily reduce the power turn on and then the dome and remaining the voltage is raised slightly to quickly bring demands of some accessories. interior lamps dim to off after 20 seconds. the charge back up. When the state of Normally, these actions occur in steps or Entry lighting feature for exterior lighting charge is high, the voltage is lowered levels, without being noticeable. In rare can be changed by Vehicle Locator Lights. slightly to prevent overcharging. The cases at the highest levels of corrective See Vehicle Locator Lights under Vehicle voltmeter gauge or the voltage display on action, this action may be noticeable to the Personalization 0 125. the Driver Information Center (DIC), driver. If so, a DIC message might be GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

140 Lighting displayed and it is recommended that the driver reduce the electrical loads as much as possible. Battery Power Protection This feature shuts off the dome and reading lamps if they are left on for more than 10 minutes when the ignition is off. This will keep the battery from running down. Exterior Lighting Battery Saver The exterior lamps turn off about 10 minutes after the ignition is turned off, if the parking lamps or headlamps have been manually left on. This protects against draining the battery. To restart the 10-minute timer, turn the exterior lamp control to the O position and then back to the ; or 2 position. To keep the lamps on for more than 10 minutes, the ignition must be on or in ACC/ACCESSORY. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Infotainment System 141 Navigation Symbols ...... 166 Introduction Infotainment System Destination ...... 167 OnStar System ...... 173 Read the following pages to become familiar Introduction Global Positioning System (GPS) ...... 173 with the features. Introduction ...... 141 Vehicle Positioning ...... 174 Overview ...... 142 Problems with Route Guidance ...... 174 { Warning Steering Wheel Controls ...... 143 If the System Needs Service ...... 174 Taking your eyes off the road for too Using the System ...... 144 Map Data Updates ...... 174 long or too often while using any Software Updates ...... 147 Database Coverage Explanations ...... 175 infotainment feature can cause a crash. Radio Voice Recognition You or others could be injured or killed. AM-FM Radio ...... 147 Voice Recognition ...... 175 Do not give extended attention to HD Radio Technology ...... 148 infotainment tasks while driving. Limit Radio Data System (RDS) ...... 149 Phone your glances at the vehicle displays and Satellite Radio ...... 149 Bluetooth (Overview) ...... 180 focus your attention on driving. Use voice Radio Reception ...... 150 Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Multi-Band Antenna ...... 150 Phone) ...... 181 commands whenever possible. Apple CarPlay and Android Auto ...... 185 Audio Players The infotainment system has built-in Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices . . . . 150 Settings features intended to help avoid distraction USB Port ...... 150 Settings ...... 186 by disabling some features when driving. Bluetooth Audio ...... 153 Teen Driver ...... 192 These features may gray out when they are unavailable. Many infotainment features are OnStar System Trademarks and License Agreements also available through the instrument cluster OnStar System ...... 154 Trademarks and License and steering wheel controls. Agreements ...... 195 Rear Seat Infotainment Before driving: Rear Seat Infotainment (RSI) System . . . 155 . Become familiar with the operation, center stack controls, steering wheel Navigation controls, and infotainment display. Using the Navigation System ...... 163 Maps ...... 166 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

142 Infotainment System . Set up the audio by presetting favorite Overview stations, setting the tone, and adjusting the speakers. Infotainment System . Set up phone numbers in advance so they The infotainment system is controlled by using the infotainment display, controls on the can be called easily by pressing a single center stack, steering wheel controls, and voice recognition. control or by using a single voice command. See Distracted Driving 0 213. Active Noise Cancellation (ANC) If equipped, ANC reduces engine noise in the vehicle’s interior. ANC requires the factory-installed audio system, radio, speakers, amplifier (if equipped), induction system, and exhaust system to work properly. Deactivation is required by your dealer if related aftermarket equipment is installed. 1. O (Power) system and trigger this pane to . Press to turn the power on. show a long press is required to actually power down the system. . Press and hold to turn the power off. . Turn to decrease or increase the volume. . Press to mute/unmute the system when on. 2. 7 . When the power is on and the . Radio: Press and release to go to system is not muted, a quick the previous station or channel. Press and hold to fast seek the status pane will display when O is next strongest previous station or pressed. Pressing O will mute the channel. See AM-FM Radio 0 147. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Infotainment System 143 . USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek to 5. o BACK Steering Wheel Controls the beginning of the current or . Press to return to the previous previous track. Press and hold to display in a menu. quickly reverse through a track. V Release to return to playing speed. 6. See USB Port 0 150 or . Turn to highlight a feature. Press Bluetooth Audio 0 153. to activate the highlighted feature. 3. { Home Page . Press to go to the Home Page. See The Home Page is where vehicle application “Home Page” later in this section. icons are accessed. Some applications are . Press to exit Android Auto or Apple disabled when the vehicle is moving. CarPlay. To enter back into Android Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and The Home Page can be set up to have up to hold. See Apple CarPlay and four pages with eight icons per page. Android Auto 0 185. Swipe left or right across the display to If equipped, some audio controls can be 4. 6 access the pages of icons. adjusted at the steering wheel. . Radio: Press and release to go to Managing Home Page Icons g : Press to answer an incoming call or the next station or channel. Press 1. Touch and hold any of the Home Page start voice recognition. See Bluetooth and hold to fast seek the next icons to enter edit mode. (Pairing and Using a Phone) 0 181 or strongest station or channel. 0 2. Continue holding the icon and drag it to Bluetooth (Overview) 180. . USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek the the desired position. c : Press to decline an incoming call or next track. Press and hold to fast 3. Release your finger to drop the icon in end a current call. Press to mute or unmute forward through a track. Release to the infotainment system when not on a call. return to playing speed. See USB the desired position. Port 0 150 or 4. To move an application to another page, Bluetooth Audio 0 153. drag the icon to the edge of the display toward the desired page. 5. Continue dragging and dropping application icons as desired. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

144 Infotainment System Phone Apple CarPlay Touch the Phone icon to display the Phone If equipped, touch the Apple CarPlay icon to main page. See Bluetooth (Pairing and Using activate Apple CarPlay after a supported a Phone) 0 181 or device is connected. See Apple CarPlay and Bluetooth (Overview) 0 180. Android Auto 0 185. Nav Android Auto If equipped, touch the Nav icon to display If equipped, touch the Android Auto icon to the navigation map. See Using the activate Android Auto after a supported Navigation System 0 163. device is connected. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto 0 185. Users The favorites and volume switches are on If equipped, touch the Users icon to sign in Apps the back of the steering wheel. or create a new user profile, and follow the If equipped, in-vehicle apps are available for 1. Favorite: When on a radio source, press on-screen instructions. download. Touch the Apps icon on the to select the next or previous audio Only four user profiles can be active at one Home Page to begin. broadcast favorite. When listening to a time in the vehicle. It may be necessary to Downloading and using in-vehicle apps media device, press to select the next or remove a profile from the menu before requires Internet connectivity which can be previous track. creating or signing into an existing profile. accessed with a data plan through the 2. Volume: Press to increase or decrease The removed profile can be logged into at a vehicle’s built-in 4G LTE Wi-Fi hotspot, the volume. later time. if equipped, or a compatible mobile device hotspot. On most mobile devices, activation Using the System Settings of the Wi-Fi hotspot is in the device’s Touch the Settings icon to display the Settings menu under Mobile Network Audio Settings menu. See Settings 0 186. Sharing, Personal Hotspot, Mobile Hotspot, Touch the Audio icon to display the active or similar. audio source page. Examples of available sources may include AM, FM, SXM (if equipped), USB, AUX, and Bluetooth. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Infotainment System 145 Availability of apps and connectivity varies Haptic Feedback Touch and Hold by vehicle, conditions, and location. Data If equipped, haptic feedback is a pulse that plan rates apply. Features are subject to occurs when an icon or option is touched on change. For more information, see the display or when controls on the center www.my.gmc.com/learn. stack are pressed. OnStar Services Infotainment Gestures If equipped, touch the OnStar Services icon Use the following finger gestures to control to display the OnStar Services and Account the infotainment system. pages. See OnStar Overview 0 410 and OnStar System 0 154. Touch/Tap Touch and hold can be used to start another Camera gesture, or to move or delete an application. If equipped, touch the Camera icon to access Drag the camera application. See Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing 0 262. Shortcut Tray The shortcut tray is near the bottom of the display. It shows up to four applications. Infotainment Display Features Touch/tap is used to select an icon or option, activate an application, or change Infotainment display features show on the the location inside a map. display when available. When a feature is Drag is used to move applications on the unavailable, it may gray out. When a Home Page, or to pan the map. To drag the feature is touched, it may highlight. item, it must be held and moved along the display to the new location. This can be GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

146 Infotainment System done up, down, right, or left. This feature is Fling or swipe is used to scroll through a Pinch only available when vehicle is parked and list, pan the map, or change page views. Do not in motion. this by placing a finger on the display then Nudge moving it rapidly up and down or right and left. Spread

Pinch is used to zoom out on a map, certain images, or a web page. Place finger and thumb apart on the display, then move Nudge is used to move items a short them together. distance on a list or a map. To nudge, hold Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle and move the selected item up or down to Spread is used to zoom in on a map, certain Information and Radio Displays a new location. images, or a web page. Place finger and For vehicles with high gloss surfaces or Fling or Swipe thumb together on the display, then move them apart. vehicle displays, use a microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces. Before wiping the surface with the microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle brush to remove dirt that could scratch the surface. Then use the microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to clean. Never use window cleaners or solvents. Periodically hand wash the microfiber cloth separately, using mild soap. Do not use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly and air dry before next use. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Infotainment System 147 Software Updates Fade/Balance : Touch to adjust by using the From the AM, FM, or SXM (if equipped) controls on the infotainment display or by option, press 6 or 7 on the center stack Over-the-Air Software Updates tapping/dragging the crosshair. to search for the previous or next strong See “Updates” under Settings 0 186 for Sound Mode (If Equipped) station or channel. details on software updates. . Bose Surround Sound systems may have Browsing Stations four sound modes: Touch the Browse option to list all available Radio ‐ Normal: Adjusts the audio to provide stations or channels. Navigate up and down the best sound for all seating positions. through all stations by scrolling the list. AM-FM Radio ‐ Driver: Adjusts the audio to provide the Touch the station or channel you want to Playing the Radio best sound for the driver. listen to. Touch H to save the station or channel as a favorite. From the Home Page, touch the Audio icon ‐ Rear: Adjusts the audio to provide the to display the active audio source page. best sound for the rear seat occupants. If equipped, touch Update Station List to Choose from the three most recently used ‐ Centerpoint: Adjusts the audio to update the active stations in your area. sources listed at the left side of the display create a surround listening experience Direct Tune or touch the More option to display a list of for all seating positions. available sources. Examples of available sources may include AM, FM, SXM (if Finding a Station equipped), USB, AUX (if equipped), and Seeking a Station Bluetooth. Infotainment System Sound Menu From any of the audio source main pages, touch Sound to display the following:

Equalizer : Touch to adjust Bass, Midrange, Access Direct Tune by touching the Tune Treble, and Surround (if equipped) using the icon on the infotainment display to bring up options on the infotainment display. the keypad. Navigate through all frequencies using the arrows on the right side of the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

148 Infotainment System Direct Tune display. Directly enter a station If equipped, HD Radio multicast stations Storing Radio Station Presets or channel using the keypad. When a new cannot be tuned directly through the Direct Favorites show in the area at the top of the station or channel is entered, the Tune feature. Only the analog or display. information about that station or channel HD1 station can use that feature. Use the displays on the right side. This information display arrows to adjust to the multicast AM, FM, SXM (if equipped), and HD Radio will update with each new valid frequency. stations. Stations (if equipped) : Press and hold a H preset to store the current station or Touch to save the station or channel as AM, FM, and SXM Categories a favorite. channel as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a favorite station or channel. The keypad will gray out entries that do not contribute to a valid frequency and will Favorites can also be stored by touching H automatically place a decimal point within in a station or channel list. This will the frequency number. highlight indicating that it is now saved as a Touch (X) to delete one number at a time. favorite. Touch and hold (X) to delete all numbers. The number of favorites displayed is A valid AM or FM station will automatically automatically adjusted by default, but can tune to the new frequency but not close the be manually adjusted in Settings in the System tab under Favorites and then Set Direct Tune display. When listening to SXM From the AM stations, if equipped with HD Number of Audio Favorites. It can also be (if equipped), touch Go after entering the Radio, FM, or SXM (if equipped) display, adjusted in Settings in the Apps tab under channel. Touch the Back icon on the touch Categories at the top of the Browse Audio and then Set Number of Audio z menu to access the categories list. The list infotainment display or touch to exit out Favorites. of Direct Tune. contains names associated with the AM or FM stations, or SXM channels. Touch a HD Radio Technology The tune arrows on the right side of the category name to display a list of stations Direct Tune display will tune through the or channels for that category. Touching a If equipped, HD Radio is a free service with complete station or channel list one station station or channel from the list will tune the features such as digital quality sound, more step at a time per touch. A touch and hold radio to that station or channel. stations available on a single frequency such advances through stations or channels as HD2 and HD3, and display information quickly. such as artist and song title. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Infotainment System 149 From the Now Playing display, touch the HD HD Radio Troubleshooting This system relies on receiving specific Radio icon to turn HD on or off. Digital Audio Delay : Wait for the signal to information from these stations and only Station Access process. This can take several seconds. works when the information is available. It is possible that a radio station could To access HD Radio stations: Volume Change, Audio Skip, Echo, Digital broadcast incorrect information that causes 1. Tune the radio to the station. If HD Audio Lost : Station signal strength may be the radio features to work improperly. If this Radio is turned on and the station is weak, the station is out of range, or the happens, contact the radio station. broadcasting in HD Radio, the radio will station may be out of alignment. Verify proper reception on another station. When information is broadcast from a RDS automatically tune to the HD version of station, the station name or call letters the current channel (HD1) after several If the HD Radio signal weakens while display on the audio screen. Radio text seconds. The radio will also display icons listening to HD1, the radio will automatically supporting the currently playing broadcast representing additional channels (HD2, switch to the analog version of the radio may also appear. ...HD8), that may be available. When the station. radio successfully tunes to a HD station, Satellite Radio the HD logo will display and digital If the HD Radio signal loses reception while audio will play. listening to stations HD2 to HD8, the radio SiriusXM Radio Service mutes until the signal can be recovered or 2. Touch the display arrows to tune to the until the station is changed. If equipped, vehicles with a valid SiriusXM previous or next HD Radio station. radio subscription can receive SiriusXM HD Radio can be disabled if driving in a programming. There may be a delay before the station weak signal area. Touch HD Radio On/Off to starts playing. toggle HD Radio reception on and off. SiriusXM radio has a wide variety of The HD Radio station number is indicated programming and commercial-free music, next to the HD logo. Radio Data System (RDS) coast to coast, in digital-quality sound. In the U.S., see www.siriusxm.com or call HD Radio stations can be saved as favorites. If equipped, RDS features are available for 1-888-601-6296. In Canada, see use only on FM stations that broadcast RDS www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677. For a list of all stations, see information. With RDS, the radio can: www.hdradio.com. . Group stations by Category (i.e., Program When SiriusXM is active, the channel name, Type) such as Rock, Jazz, Classical, etc. number, song title, and artist appear on the display. . Display messages from radio stations. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

150 Infotainment System SiriusXM with 360L reduce interference, some static can occur, Mobile Device Usage especially around tall buildings or hills, SiriusXM with 360L interface has enhanced Mobile device usage, such as making or causing the sound to fade in and out. in-vehicle listening experience for receiving calls, charging, or just having the subscribers. The experience now offers more AM mobile device on may cause static categories and system learned interference in the radio. Unplug the mobile recommendations toward discovering more The range for most AM stations is greater device or turn it off if this happens. personalized content. than for FM, especially at night. The longer range can cause station frequencies to Multi-Band Antenna To use the full SiriusXM 360L program, interfere with each other. Static can also including streaming content and listening occur when things like storms and power The roof antenna is for AM, FM, SXM, recommendations, OnStar Connected Access lines interfere with radio reception. When OnStar, and GPS (Global Positioning System). is required. Connected vehicle services vary this happens, try reducing the treble on the Keep clear of obstructions for clear by model and require a complete working radio. reception. If the vehicle has a sunroof, and it electrical system, cell reception, and GPS is open, reception can also be affected. signal. An active connected plan is required. SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service Reference the SiriusXM user guide for use If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service Audio Players and subscription information. provides digital radio reception. Tall buildings or hills can interfere with satellite Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices Radio Reception radio signals, causing the sound to fade in When using media devices such as SD cards, and out. In addition, traveling or standing Unplug electronic devices from the accessory USB devices, and mobile devices, consider under heavy foliage, bridges, garages, power outlets if there is interference or the source. Untrusted media devices could or tunnels may cause loss of the SiriusXM static in the radio. contain files that affect system operation or signal for a period of time. Some cellular performance. Avoid use if the content or FM services may interfere with SXM reception origin cannot be trusted. causing loss of signal. FM signals only reach about 16 to 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although the radio has a built-in USB Port electronic circuit that automatically works to The vehicle may be equipped with two USB ports in the center console under the armrest and another two on the center GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Infotainment System 151 stack. These ports are for data and charging. Gracenote Use the following when playing an active There may also be two USB ports at the When plugging in a USB device, Gracenote USB source: rear of the center console and a USB port on service builds voice tags for music. Voice p : Touch to play the current media source. each side of the third row seats for tags allow artists, albums with hard to charging only. pronounce names, and nicknames to be used j : Touch to pause playback of the current media source. Caution to play music through voice recognition, if equipped. To avoid vehicle damage, unplug all 7 : accessories and disconnect all accessory While indexing, infotainment features may . Touch to seek the beginning of the be available. cables from the vehicle when not in use. current or previous track. Accessory cables left plugged into the My Media Library . Touch and hold to reverse quickly vehicle, unconnected to a device, could be MyMedia is only available when more than through playback. Release to return to damaged or cause an electrical short if one indexed device is connected. It allows playing speed. Elapsed time displays. the unconnected end comes in contact access to content from all indexed media 6 : with liquids or another power source such sources. MyMedia will show as an available . Touch to seek the next track. as the accessory power outlet. source in the Source page. . Touch and hold to advance quickly USB MP3 Player and USB Devices Playing from a USB through playback. Release to return to The USB MP3 players and USB devices playing speed. Elapsed time displays. A USB mass storage device can be connected connected must comply with the USB Mass to the USB port. Shuffle : Touch the shuffle icon to play Storage Class specification (USB MSC). music in random order. Audio extensions supported by the USB may To play a USB device: include: USB Sound Menu 1. Connect the USB. . MP3 See “Infotainment System Sound Menu” 2. Touch Audio from the Home Page. 0 . AAC under AM-FM Radio 147. . OGG 3. Touch the More option and then touch USB Browse Menu the USB device. . 3GP When a list of songs, albums, artists, or other types of media displays, the up and down arrows and A-Z appear on the left GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

152 Infotainment System side. Select A-Z to view a display that will Songs: 3. Touch an album or All Songs to view a show all letters of the alphabet and select 1. Touch to display a list of all songs on list of songs. the letter to go to. the USB. 4. Touch a song from the list to begin Touch the up and down arrows to move the 2. To begin playback, touch a song from playback. list up and down. the list. Folders: Touch Browse and the following may Albums: 1. Touch to view the directories on display: 1. Touch to view the albums on the USB. the USB. Playlists: 2. Touch the album to view a list of all 2. Touch a folder to view a list of all files. 1. Touch to view the playlists stored on songs on the album. 3. Touch a file from the list to begin the USB. 3. Touch a song from the list to begin playback. 2. Touch a playlist to view the list of all playback. Podcasts : Touch to view the podcasts on songs in that playlist. Genres: the connected Apple device and get a list of podcast episodes. 3. Touch a song from the list to begin 1. Touch to view the genres on the USB. playback. 2. Touch a genre to view a list of artists. Audiobooks: Supported playlist extensions are m3u 1. Touch to view the audiobooks stored on and pls. 3. Touch an artist to view albums by that artist. the Apple device. Artists: 4. Touch an album to view songs on the 2. Touch an audiobook to get a list of 1. Touch to view the list of artists stored album. chapters. on the USB. 5. Touch a song to start playback. 3. Touch the chapter from the list to begin 2. Touch an artist name to view a list of all playback. Composers: albums by the artist. File System and Naming 3. To select a song, touch All Songs or 1. Touch to view the composers on the USB. File systems supported by the USB may touch an album and then touch a song include: from the list. 2. Touch a Composer to view a list of albums by that composer. . FAT32 . NTFS . HFS+ GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Infotainment System 153 The songs, artists, albums, and genres are Albums : Touch H next to any album to Bluetooth Audio taken from the file’s song information and store the album as a favorite. Touch a saved Music may be played from a paired are only displayed if present. The radio favorite to recall a favorite album. The first displays the file name as the track name if Bluetooth device. See Bluetooth (Pairing and song in the album list begins to play. 0 the song information is not available. Using a Phone) 181 or Genres : Touch H next to any genre to Bluetooth (Overview) 0 180 for help pairing Supported Apple Devices store the genre as a favorite. Touch a saved a device. To view supported devices, see favorite to recall a favorite genre. The first Volume and song selection may be my.gmc.com/learn. song of the genre begins to play. controlled by using the infotainment Storing and Recalling Media Favorites Podcasts : Touch H next to any podcast to controls or the mobile device. If Bluetooth is store the podcast as a favorite. Touch a selected and no volume is present, check the To store media favorites, touch Browse to volume setting on the infotainment system. display a list of media types. saved favorite to recall a favorite podcast. The podcast begins to play. Music can be launched by touching Touch one of the following Browse options H Bluetooth from the recent sources list on to save a favorite: Audiobooks : Touch next to any the left of the display or by touching the audiobook to store the audiobook as a Playlists : Touch H next to any playlist to More option and then touching the favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a Bluetooth device. store the playlist as a favorite. Touch a favorite audiobook. The first chapter in the saved favorite to recall a favorite playlist. audiobook begins to play. To play music via Bluetooth: The first song in the playlist begins to play. 1. Power on the device, and pair to connect Media Playback and Mute Artists : Touch H next to any artist to the device. store the artist as a favorite. Touch a saved USB playback will be paused if the system is 2. Once paired, touch Audio from the Home favorite to recall a favorite artist. The first muted. If the steering wheel mute control is Page, then touch Bluetooth from the song in the artist list begins to play. pressed again, playback will resume. recent sources list on the left of the If the source is changed while in mute, display. Songs : Touch H next to any song to store playback resumes and audio will unmute. the song as a favorite. Touch a saved Bluetooth Sound Menu favorite to recall a favorite song. See “Infotainment System Sound Menu” under AM-FM Radio 0 147. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

154 Infotainment System Manage Bluetooth Devices OnStar System Features are subject to change. For more From the Home Page: information, see my.gmc.com/learn or 4G LTE press Q. 1. Touch Audio. 2. Touch More. If equipped with 4G LTE, up to seven Services devices, such as smartphones, tablets, and 3. Touch Bluetooth. The Services tab displays the default view laptops, can be connected to high-speed for the app. Use this page to launch the 4. Touch Devices to add or delete devices. Internet through the vehicle’s built-in Wi-Fi available OnStar services. Touch a service to When touching Bluetooth, the radio may hotspot. open its display. Touch Wi-Fi to launch the not be able to launch the audio player on Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) to connections manager. Turn-by-Turn and the connected device to start playing. When connect to an OnStar Advisor for assistance. Advisor Call are the other tiled options. the vehicle is not moving, use the mobile See www.onstar.com for vehicle availability, Account device to begin playback. details, and system limitations. Service and The Account tab displays a snapshot of the All devices launch audio differently. When connectivity may vary by make, model, account linked with the vehicle. If there is selecting Bluetooth as a source, the radio year, carrier, availability, and conditions. 4G no such account, this tab will show all may show as paused on the display. Press LTE service is available in select markets. 4G LTE performance is based on industry values as ——. The call advisor call icon will play on the device or touch on the p averages and vehicle systems design. Some be active even if there is no active account. display to begin playback. services require a data plan. Advisor Call Browse functionality will be provided where supported by the Bluetooth device. This The OnStar App Selecting Advisor Call is the same as media content will not be part of the If equipped, the infotainment system has pressing Q or calling 1-888-4ONSTAR MyMedia source mode. OnStar controls in the embedded OnStar app (1-888-466-7827). The X option in the upper right corner of the screen does not end the Some smartphones support sending on the Home Page. Most OnStar functions call, but returns to the previous screen. Bluetooth music information to display on that can be performed with the buttons can the radio. When the radio receives this be done using the app. To open the app, Turn-by-Turn Directions touch the OnStar icon on the Home Page. information, it will check to see if any is With a connected plan, an OnStar Advisor available and display it. For more App updates require a corresponding service plan. Features vary by region and model. can download a destination to the vehicle or information about supported Bluetooth its embedded navigation system, features, see my.gmc.com/learn. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Infotainment System 155 if equipped. Select Turn-by-Turn Directions The RSI system may not operate properly Home Screen from the Services tab of the OnStar app to until the temperature is above −20 °C (−4 °F) call an Advisor or select a recent or favorite and below 55 °C (131 °F). destination. Touch the navigation icons to select home, address or place. A destination System Operation transfer from OnStar will show the detail To use: view of the destination when it is 1. Double-tap anywhere on either screen to transferred from OnStar to the Navigation Power On and view the Home screen. application. See www.onstar.com for a coverage map. Services vary by model. Map 2. Touch } on the status bar to turn off coverage is available in the United States, the screen. Puerto Rico, and Canada. The screens can be turned on and off Watch sources include: Wi-Fi Hotspot through each individual touchscreen . USB Video: Touch to go to the video independently from the other and through player screen. Touch to display the Settings page, which front seat control. . Connections: Connect external devices via shows the configurations for the vehicle HDMI ports or Miracast to mirror the hotspot and allows them to be changed. Playback of any media playing through that specific screen is paused when the screen is video playback. For more information, see www.onstar.com. turned off. . Recents: Shows the video content played recently. Touch the video content to play Rear Seat Infotainment Screens can be locked via front seat control. directly. If Remember Screen Power Status was Listen Sources include: Rear Seat Infotainment (RSI) selected in the settings, the screens will System return to the same Power Status as when . USB Music: Touch to go to the audio the vehicle was turned off. See “Remember player screen. If equipped, the system includes two rear Screen Power Status” later in this section. . Recents: Shows the audio content played USB-C ports, two HDMI ports, two wireless recently. Touch the audio content to play headphones, and video touchscreen displays directly. in back of the driver and passenger seats. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

156 Infotainment System Navigate (if equipped): Touch to access the USB The HDMI input allows an HDMI A/V cable navigation system. See Using the Navigation to be connected from an auxiliary device System 0 163. such as a camcorder, video game system, Status Bar includes: or Apple device. A cable from Apple is required for Apple devices. . }: Touch to turn off the screen. Double-tap anywhere on the screen to Touch the HDMI port that the external turn on the screen again. device was connected to on the home screen. . X: Touch to go to Bluetooth Headphone Setup menu. See “Settings” later in this For certain HDMI devices that support USB section. charging, the USB ports can be used as a Connect the media source such as Android power source. . Current Time: The current time is shown device, iOS device, MP3 player or USB Content from these HDMI ports are NOT in the middle of the status bar. storage device, and go to the video or audio accessible through the center-stack display. . *: Touch to go to the Settings menu. playback screen. To use the HDMI input of the RSI system: Rear Consumer Ports (RCP) Any USB port in the vehicle can be used to provide USB content for the RSI system. 1. Connect the auxiliary device with an If equipped with RSI, the RCP will be in the HDMI cable. HDMI rear of the center console. These include 2 2. Power on both the auxiliary device and type C USB ports and 2 HDMI ports. the RSI video screen. 3. Touch { (Home) on the desired display and select HDMI as the source. Video Video Playback Screen Connect the media source using USB port (C Type) on the Rear Consumer Port (RCP) and play the content in the media source. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Infotainment System 157 Touch USB Video and the most recent . Browse: Touch Browse to display the . USB1 & USB 2: Shows the content in the viewed USB video will begin playback from Video browser menu. See “Video Browser” media source connected to USB ports the last played position. During playback, later in this section. on RCP. Browse may be selected to search additional . Previous/Next: Touch 7 or 6 to select Audio available USB videos. For a newly inserted the previous or next video on the current device, the Browse menu is immediately media. Audio Playback Screen available. . p or j (Play or Pause): Touch p to play Connect the media source using USB port (C Recently played videos are also available or touch j to pause a video. Type) on the Rear Consumer Port (RCP) and from the Watch Menu. play the content in the media source. . Share: Touch to share the video playback When playing a video, the playback controls screen with the other screen. Swiping the Touch USB Music. The most recent USB are available during the first few moments. screen to left or right also shares the audio file will begin playback from the last The Playback Controls can be re-displayed by screen. played position. During Playback, browse touching the screen at any time. may be selected to search and select Video Browser additional available USB music files. For a Touch Browse to go to the Select a Video newly inserted device, the Browse menu is screen. immediately available from the Listen menu.

Playback controls include: . { (Home): Touch { to return to the RSI Home selection screen. The following will display: The playback screen displays: . X (Headphones): Touch X to access the . Recently Played: Shows the content . The connected media source. Bluetooth Headphone Setup menu. See recently played. “Settings” later in this section. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

158 Infotainment System . The audio content information such as Audio Browser WiFi-Direct. The system supports two title, artist, and album. Touch Browse to go to the audio browser Miracast device connections at a time (one . The tracks album art. screen. for each screen) and allows both screens to . The current position and total playing view that single connection simultaneously time. Drag the progress point to move to through screen sharing. the position wanted. Apple does not support the Miracast . The playback controls. standard. Playback controls are always displayed. To connect initially: Playback controls include: 1. Touch Miracast in Watch section of the { { home screen. The RSI system starts to . (Home): Touch to return to the RSI initialize the Miracast connection. Home selection screen. 2. Select “%Rear Seat%” from your mobile . X (Headphones): Touch X to access the The following will display: device's the Wi-Fi list. The device Bluetooth Headphone Setup menu. See . Content in the connected media source connection pop-up message is displayed. “Settings” later in this section. can be sorted by Playlists, Artists, Albums, Touch OK. Touching Decline goes back to . Browse: Touch Browse to display the Songs, Genres, Podcasts, and Audiobooks. the home screen. audio browser menu. See “Audio Browser” Touch T to move to the next page. 3. Some Miracast enabled devices require to later in this section. . The audio content currently being played. enter a PIN number, supplied by the . Previous/Next: Touch 7 or 6 to select Touch this section and it moves to the device, into the RSI system or on the the previous or next audio content. audio playback screen. device in order to complete the connection process. . p or j (Play or Pause): Touch p to play . The content sorted by the standard you or touch j to pause the audio content. choose. Touch the content wanted. 4. When the full connection is complete, the RSI screen displays a mirror image of . Shuffle: Touch to play the playlist Miracast / HDMI the mobile devices display onto the randomly. Miracast Connection associated RSI screen. . Share: Touch to share the audio playback with the other screen. Swiping the screen Connect Miracast compatible devices to to left or right also shares the screen. either the RSI screen by mirroring the display of the mobile device through GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Infotainment System 159 Once any Miracast device has been . ª: Touch ª to hide the status bar. . X (Headphones): Touch X to access the successfully connected to the RSI system, Swipe up the bottom of the screen to Bluetooth Headphone Setup menu. See the device connects to the RSI system display the status bar again. “Settings” later in this section. automatically. . Share: Touch to share the screen with the . Share: Touch to share the screen with the The RSI system stores information of up to other screen. Swiping the screen to left or other screen. The screen can be shared 10 Miracast devices. right also shares the screen. through the connected device. All Miracast information stored in the HDMI Connection Settings system can be deleted. See “Miracast data The RCP provides two HDMI ports to mirror From the rear screen home page, touch * delete” in “Settings” later in this section. video devices. to access the settings menu. Miracast Playing View Connect the external device to watch the The menu may contain the following: device content through the RSI screen. Video Voice Over Touch the HDMI port that was connected to the external device on the home screen. If equipped, the RSI system has a Video Voice Over feature to benefit the visually HDMI Playing View and hearing impaired. When activated, Video Voice Over provides audible feedback to the user about which area on the screen they are touching, identifying active buttons, as well as Miracast playing view shows the video providing information feedback of screen content and includes: identification, current status, list content, . { (Home): Touch { to return to the RSI metadata, and pop-up information. It allows Home selection screen. for the user to activate features through a double tap anywhere on the screen which . X (Headphones): Touch X to access the HDMI playing view shows the video content relates to the last single touched and Bluetooth Headphone Setup menu. See and includes: audibly announced actionable button. “Settings” later in this section. . { (Home): Touch { to return to the RSI Home selection screen. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

160 Infotainment System To turn Video Voice Over on or off, touch 4. Select your Bluetooth headphones from Remember Screen Power Status *, touch the toggle and then press OK to the list. Touch OK once the Pairing The system remembers the last power state confirm. Video Voice Over will remain active Successful pop-up displays. The (screen ON or OFF) of each rear screen over ignition cycles until it is turned off. headphones may need to be unpaired independently. After the vehicle ignition from your phone before pairing to Bluetooth Headphone Setup power is turned ON, each rear screen power the RSI. ON, or remain OFF, based on it's last known The RSI system will support Bluetooth 5. An option will be given to create a state prior to the previous ignition cycle. headphones. Up to 9 Bluetooth headphones custom name for this pair of headphones Select On or Off. can be paired to each REAR SCREEN. This – touch Yes if you want to create a screen provides a list of all Bluetooth unique name for these headphones in Video Auto Play headphones that have been paired to the this vehicle. Type the headphone’s name Enabling Video Auto Play will cause the next RSI system, as well as control over their use using virtual keyboard on the screen. The available video to automatically begin and settings. New Bluetooth headphones new name is assigned when playing when the previous video has ended. can be connected or the Bluetooth touching SAVE. Disabling Video Auto Play will cause the headphone settings can be changed in this video playback to pause until another video screen. Paired headphones can be selected from the list of currently connected headphones. The is selected for playback. Select On or Off. To pair Bluetooth headphones to one of the selected headphone’s icon turns to green. Clear All Miracast Data rear screens: The name of the Bluetooth headphone can The system stores the Miracast data of the 1. Select Bluetooth Headphone Setup or be edited by touching y. devices which have been connected to the touch X from the desired Rear Screen RSI system. The data can be deleted from Home Page. To delete a connected Bluetooth headphone, this feature. Touch Y and then touch Yes. 2. Select Add New Headphones. Select Clear All Miracast Data. A pop-up 3. Make sure your Bluetooth headphones Screen Brightness message is displayed when the data is are in pairing mode. Once recognized by Select Screen Brightness. Move the bar left successfully deleted. the system, your Bluetooth headphones or right to adjust the display brightness. will be displayed on the list of Available Each screen may be uniquely adjusted. Headphones. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Infotainment System 161 RSI Video App Front Screen The current source from the desired Rear Playback Controls USB Sources Screen can also be shown on the other Rear The RSI Video App will allow a front user to Screen by pressing the Share button on the control the Rear Seat Video Screen sources. lower right side of the RSI Video App To access the RSI Video App, touch the RSI screens. Video App icon from the Home Page. Content can be searched for the selected source by pressing the Browse button on the right side of the RSI Video App screen. Source Selecting from the RSI Video App

Playback controls include: . 6 or 7 (Next Track/Previous Track) : Touch 6 to skip ahead or 7 to skip back tracks. Touch 7 less than The Rear Screens may be powered on or off five seconds into the current track to start from the RSI Video App. Touch the Rear at the beginning of the previous track. Screen 1 or Rear Screen 2 icons to select a Touch 7 more than five seconds into the screen. Touch the 1-2 icon to view both Rear current track to start at the beginning of Screens together. Touching the Power icon Sources may be selected for the highlighted the current track. next to the highlighted screen icon will turn Rear Screen. Select Source from the RSI App . 6 or 7 (Fast Forward/Fast Rewind) : that screen on or off. Both screens can be screen, then select from the list of available powered on or off by pressing the POWER sources shown on the RSI Sources screen. Touch and hold 6 or 7 for ALL button. Touch More to display additional available approximately one and one-half seconds The audio for the rear users can be muted sources. to fast forward or fast rewind. If 6 or by the front user by pressing the mute icon 7 are held for approximately associated with the left or right rear screen six seconds, the rate of fast forward or on the Rear Video App screen, or both rear fast rewind will increase. screens by pressing the MUTE ALL button. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

162 Infotainment System . p or j (Play or Pause): Touch p to play or 2 switch, and a volume control. The Use the volume control on the headphones or touch j to pause depending on the digital headphones cannot be interchanged to adjust the volume. current selection. with previous models of GM headphones. For best audio performance, wear the . Listen: Touch Listen to hear the audio Press the power button to turn on the headphones as indicated with L (Left) and source on the vehicle speakers. headphones. A light on the headphones R (Right) on the ear pads. Do not let should come on. A flashing light indicates anything cover the ear pads. Headphones the headphones are not in range. Move them closer to the forward overhead screen Caution until the light stops flashing. If the light Do not store the headphones in heat or does not come on, check the batteries. direct sunlight. This could damage the Intermittent sound or static can also indicate headphones and repairs would not be weak batteries. See “Battery Replacement” covered by the vehicle warranty. Storage later in this section. in extreme cold can weaken the batteries. Turn the headphones off when they are not Keep the headphones stored in a cool, in use. dry place. Press the center of the right side of the If the foam ear pads become worn or 1. Power Indicator Light headphone to change the channel. Channel 1 will provide audio associated with damaged, the pads can be replaced 2. Channel 1 or 2 Switch separately. To purchase replacement ear 3. Volume Control screen 1 and channel 2 will provide audio associated with screen 2. pads, call 1-888-293-3332 or contact your 4. Power Button dealer. 5. Battery Cover Infrared transmitters are on the top of the Battery Replacement The RSI includes two or four new 2-channel right seatback video screen. The headphones digital wireless headphones, depending on shut off automatically to save the battery To change the batteries: the vehicle model. The headphones are used power if the RSI system is off or if the 1. Loosen the screw to the battery door on to listen to various multimedia. The wireless headphones are out of range of the the left side of the headphones. headphones have a power button, Channel 1 transmitters for more than three minutes. Moving too far forward or stepping out of 2. Slide the battery door open. the vehicle can cause the headphones to 3. Replace the two AAA batteries. lose the signal or have static. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Infotainment System 163 4. Replace the battery door and tighten the headphones experience static or dropouts, statement to be confirmed. If available and screw. place your mobile device away from the signed into a profile, it is also suggested to Remove the batteries if the headphones will rear seat displays. enable and confirm Predictive Navigation. not be used for a long time. I lost the headphones : See your dealer for Predictive Navigation (If Equipped) RSI Troubleshooting assistance. If Predictive Navigation is available and No power : The ignition might not be on or Video Distortion confirmed, this feature learns preferences by in ACC/ACCESSORY. remembering where the vehicle has been. Video distortion can occur when operating It uses the locations and navigation history There is no sound from the headphones cellular phones, scanners, CB radios, Global to personalize routes and results. with the indicator light on : If the batteries Positioning Systems (GPS), two-way radios, are good, make sure the headphones are mobile faxes, or walkie talkies. Predictive Navigation may learn elements such as: programmed to the correct screen and on It might be necessary to turn off the video . Personalized routes based on preferred the correct channel for the screen being player when operating one of these devices streets. viewed. in or near the vehicle. Sometimes the wireless headphone audio . Search results that provide best matches cuts out or buzzes : Check for obstructions, Navigation at the top of the list. low batteries, reception range, and . Predictive traffic. interference from cell phone towers or from Using the Navigation System . Local map content updating. cellular telephone use in the vehicle. Check Predictive Navigation can also be enabled or that the headphones are on correctly using If equipped, launch the Nav application by disabled at a later time by touching A the L (Left) and R (Right) on the touching the Nav icon on the Home Page or headphones. Check that the headphones are on the shortcut tray near the bottom of the (Options). While in Options, touch Settings, positioned properly with the headband infotainment display. then Map and Navigation Settings, and then Predictive Navigation. See Settings 0 186. across the top of the head. When the Nav application is launched for Newer mobile phones and tablets emit the first time, a product walkthrough is infrared light for features like face and iris available. Use of the feature requires the detection. This infrared light can interfere Terms and Conditions and the Privacy with both the headphone operation. If your GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

164 Infotainment System Navigation Map View Places on Map should be on by default. . Settings Select and enter Home and/or Work address . Edit Destination (if a route has been set) and save. . Avoid on Route (if a route has been set) Touch Settings to view Map and Navigation Settings. The following may display: . Destination Card Preferences . Map Preferences . Route Preferences . Navigation Voice Control After opening the Nav application for the . Traffic Preferences first time, the application will always open . Alert Preferences in full map view displaying the vehicle’s To turn off the My Places bubbles, switch . Fuel Grade Preferences current location. When the vehicle is Show My Places on Map to Off. . Manage History stopped, the search bar will appear along If the vehicle’s system is not signed into a . Predictive Navigation: See “Predictive the top of the navigation map view. customized profile, the current location icon Manually close the search bar by touching Navigation (If Equipped)” previously in uses a generic symbol. Once signed into a this section. z. When the vehicle is moving, the } customized profile, the current location . About (Search) icon will replace the search bar to symbol will show a customized icon. See maximize the full map view. Navigation Symbols 0 166. To exit a list, touch z in the top right Destination Card Preferences Map and Navigation Settings corner to return to the main map view. Make sure to set up preferences before From the Nav application, set up Home and Touch A while in the map view to display setting a destination and starting active Work addresses to enable one-touch options. The following may display: navigation. To set up Home and Work guidance. . 3D Heading Up, 2D Heading Up, 2D addresses, touch A and select Settings, Map Preferences then Map and Navigation Settings, and then . Show on Map Touch to choose between basic map feature Destination Card Preferences. Show My . Traffic Events (available with OnStar Connected Navigation) configurations: GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Infotainment System 165 Map Colors Route Preferences being heard, volume can also be adjusted . Auto – Touch to automatically change Touch to access the Route Preferences. The using the knob on the center stack or the modes based on lighting conditions. choices are: volume switch on the steering wheel. . Navigation Voice Prompt Level during a . Day (Light) . Preferred Route – Choose from two . Night (Dark) different route options: Fastest or Call. Options available are: ‐ Full Prompt (Selected by default) 3D Landmark (Default is On) : Touch On or Eco-Friendly. Off. When turned on, the system will ‐ Fastest would be the route with the ‐ Tone Only display all 3D Landmarks on the map shortest drive time. ‐ None depending on the zoom level. ‐ Eco-Friendly would be the most Traffic Events (If Equipped) 3D Building (Default is Off) : Touch On or fuel-efficient route. This feature provides a list of events that Off. When turned on, the system will . Avoid on Current Route – Choose any of display all of the possible 3D building shapes the road features to avoid while on route: are on the route or nearby. Touch A and on the map depending on the zoom level. then select Traffic Events. An OnStar ‐ Highways connected Navigation service plan is Show Terrain in 3D (Default is Off) : ‐ Unpaved Roads required. If equipped, touch On or Off. When turned ‐ Ferries on, the system will display terrain Traffic Preferences (If Equipped) ‐ Carpool Lanes information on the map in 3D view. While in Map View, touch A, then Settings Auto-Zoom (Default is On) : Touch On or ‐ Toll Roads and then Map and Navigation Settings to Off. When turned on, the system will ‐ Tunnels access Traffic Preferences. When Show automatically adjust the zoom level when ‐ Country Borders Traffic on Map is turned on, the feature the vehicle is approaching a turn. After the provides an overview of the traffic flow turn is completed, the system automatically Navigation Voice Control using different coded colors. The following brings the zoom back to the originally set Touch to access the voice control setting options are available for rerouting: level. If the vehicle is approaching a turn display. . Auto Reroute to Better Route – The with the next turn occurring shortly after, . Navigation Volume – To adjust the system will automatically reroute if the the Auto-Zoom will remain on until both volume level, touch the up and down system detects there is a traffic issue turns are completed. arrows. If the voice guidance prompt is ahead. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

166 Infotainment System . Ask Before Rerouting (Default) – If the . Telenav Privacy Statement . The SD card has been removed from the system detects there is a traffic issue . Navigation Version slot: “SD card has been removed. ahead, it will display a pop-up with (Error Code).” details about the issue. Choose to reroute Maps Touch Continue to resume after the or cancel the alert. The Nav application requires a map database initialization error message. For the other . Never Search for Better Route – The to run. It is stored on an SD card that is messages, touch OK to return to the system will not check for a better route connected to the infotainment system. If the Home Page. until one of the above options is selected. map database is not available, a missing SD Alert Preferences card error message will be displayed. Navigation Symbols Set alerts on or off during both inactive and SD Card Error Messages Following are the most common symbols that may appear in the Nav application. active guidance views. The following alerts The SD card only works for one unique may be available: vehicle. The SD card must pass . Road Safety Alerts – Touch to display authentication verification to be used for upcoming School Zones. that specific vehicle. Potential error scenarios . Traffic Camera Alerts and messages include: Manage History . The SD card has initialized for the first time: “Once initialized, this SD card can Touch Manage History to access the History only be used for navigation in this This indicates the vehicle’s current location options: vehicle.” and direction on the map. . Clear Recent Destinations – Touch \ to . The SD card is not working properly: “SD clear the recent destinations. card is not functioning properly. . Clear Search History – Touch \ to clear (Error Code).” the search history. . The SD card is not paired with the existing system: “This SD card is not valid About in this vehicle for navigation. See Owner’s Touch to display software information, Manual for more detail or visit your such as: dealer. (Error Code).” . Telenav Terms and Conditions GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Infotainment System 167 This is the vehicle’s current location icon Destination during inactive guidance mode. Once a user profile is created, the current location icon Receiving Destination Directions from can be customized. Different Sources This icon indicates the vehicle’s current Destinations can be received or transferred location and direction on the map. from different sources to the Nav application The progress bar provides an overview of for route guidance. If equipped, some of the route progress and may show traffic and these sources may include: incidents along the way. As the route . Navigation from search results. proceeds, the vehicle icon moves up the bar. . OnStar Advisor destination download. Touch the icon to zoom out on the map and . An address from the Contacts list. view the entire route. Touch it again to . An application on the smartphone that return to the previous view. The destination pin marks the location of can send destinations to the vehicle. the final destination. Touch the pin to view View the drive time by touching the . An application downloaded to the vehicle the destination address or to add it or estimated time of arrival (ETA). such as OnStar Services that can send destinations to the navigation system. remove it from the Favorites list. Hide the Current Location information by touching the pin one more Waypoints time. It will automatically time out if no When the vehicle is parked and not in a action is taken. Navigation session, the user icon is centered Add up to five waypoints, which are on the map view, highlighting the current additional destinations, along the route. To location. add an additional stop or waypoint: 1. From active guidance, touch }. 2. Search for the destination using One-Box, Voice search, or the Quick Category icons. If equipped, smart Points of Interest (POIs) 3. Choose search results Along Route, are places of interest for parking and gas Nearby, or Near Destination. stations. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

168 Infotainment System 4. Choose the desired waypoint and touch 2. Touch Edit Destinations. airports, banks, hospitals, police stations, gas Add to Trip or replace the current . Modify destination order by touching stations, tourist attractions, and historical destination by touching New Destination. and holding the arrow until it is monuments. Route options are not available for highlighted. Drag to move the If the vehicle does not have an applicable waypoints. waypoint up or down the list. service plan, the map database may not Y Arriving at a Waypoint . Delete a waypoint by touching . include data for newly constructed areas or A pop-up will appear to confirm map database corrections that are When approaching a waypoint, the system waypoint removal. Once the request completed after production. The navigation will display a Destination Arrival view. To is confirmed, the system will remove system provides full route guidance in the continue on to the next destination touch the address from the destinations list. detailed map areas. the Drive to message on the infotainment Touch z on the top right corner so display. Zoom Control the system can recalculate the route. The zoom control display is shown on the If the vehicle passes the waypoint or gets If there is only one address in the out of the current route, the system will map view. A few ways to zoom in or destinations list, the system will out are: automatically reroute back to this waypoint. disable the move and delete At the same time, it will show a Drive to functions. The system will not allow . Touch + or – to zoom in or out on icon along with the next waypoint address the final destination to be deleted. the map. so the current waypoint can be skipped and . Double tap with one finger to zoom in or guidance can resume to the next waypoint Map Information single tap with two fingers to zoom out or destination. Road network attributes are contained in the on the map. Editing a Waypoint map database for map information. . Use the index finger and thumb to zoom When waypoints are added during active Attributes include information such as street out by pinching and then zoom in by guidance, the system allows a stop to be names, street addresses, and turn spreading those two fingers on the map. restrictions. A detailed area includes all deleted or the order to be changed. To edit Map Gestures and Map Scale a waypoint: major highways, service roads, and residential roads. The detailed areas include Use the following gestures on the 1. Touch A. Places of Interest (POIs) such as restaurants, infotainment display to adjust the map scale and display options. . Pinch to zoom in or out. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Infotainment System 169 . Pan the map. . 2D Heading Up: 2D map with the vehicle Junction View pointing up. In this mode, the current . Use two fingers to tilt down and change When a vehicle is on the highway and location icon will always head up and the from 2D to 3D. Tilt up to change back approaching the exit, an image displays the map will rotate around it. to 2D. lane that the vehicle must stay in to . Rotate the map. . 2D North Up: 2D map with North pointing complete the next maneuver. 0 up. In this mode, the current location icon See Using the System 144. will shift as the vehicle turns left and Quick-Turn View Mute right. When in active guidance, the audio prompts Touch the icon to change the map type. The while using navigation can be muted. Touch icon and label will also update accordingly. the speaker icon on the right side of the Depending on the zoom level of the 2D upper bar. A slash will appear on the Heading Up and 3D Heading Up maps, the speaker to indicate voice guidance is muted. system may automatically switch to the 2D Active Guidance View North Up map. When in AGV, the entire route can be When a destination is chosen and a viewed in 2D North Up by touching the navigation session is active, the navigation When the vehicle is approaching a turn with traffic bar. The map will zoom out and system enters into an Active Guidance the next turn following in quick succession, readjust to display the full route. When in View (AGV). a quick-turn list appears below the primary 2D North Up Route View, the Recenter icon turn indicator. An audio prompt will Map Orientation will appear in the middle of the display. announce the quick turn. A Touch either the Recenter icon or the traffic Touch on the map to access map bar again to return to the previous view, Auto-Zoom orientation settings. Map orientation is 3D either 2D or 3D. When approaching a maneuver, the map Heading Up by default. Lane Guidance will automatically zoom in to show both the Available settings are: vehicle icon and the upcoming maneuver to . 3D Heading Up (Default): 3D map with The map will display the lane information give a better view of the maneuver. Once the vehicle pointing up. In this mode, the for the upcoming maneuver if it is available. the maneuver is complete, the system will current location icon will always head up zoom back to the previous zoom level. and the map will rotate around it. Touch A on the map to access Settings, GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

170 Infotainment System then touch Map Preferences to access Highway Exits List Destination, and Traffic Indicator are Auto-Zoom. This feature can be enabled or displayed in a panel pinned on the right of disabled. the display. Directions Navigation Next Turn Maneuver Alert Touch the menu option next to the next If the Navigation application is not open turn street name to display Directions. when a near maneuver prompt is given, it is Directions displays the turns and directions shown as an alert. Touch the alert to go to from the current location to the final the main navigation view or touch z to destination. dismiss the alert. Editing Directions Touch C to open the Exit list. This icon Repeat Voice Guidance Directions can be edited by choosing y, displays next to the current street name which expands the list to fill the display and near the bottom of the display. The icon enters the Edit Mode. While in Edit Mode, only appears when on a highway with an unwanted route segment can be defined exits. removed from the route by touching Y next While traveling on roads with designated to the segment. A pop-up appears to exits, an Exit list may be available. The Exit confirm segment removal. list displays the , distance to the This symbol indicates the next guidance exit from the current vehicle position, and maneuver. Touch it to repeat the last When the route segment has been removed, convenience stops that may be available, spoken guidance instruction. all segments are replaced by an activity such as gas, coffee, food, and lodging. indicator while the new route is Incident Alert (If Equipped) recalculated. When the recalculation is Next Maneuver Menu During active guidance, if the system complete, the activity indicator is replaced When in Active Guidance, the Next determines that there is an incident ahead with the new route segments. Maneuver Turn Arrow, Street Name, and but there is not a better route, the system Maneuver Distance are shown in the Next will play a tone and show a Quick Notice. Maneuver at the top of the display This will only show once per incident. overlaying the map. ETA, Distance to GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Infotainment System 171 Incident Reports (If Equipped) Accessing Favorites Recenter Position Icon Incident report icons, along with traffic flow In the Nav application, view the Favorites Touch the Recenter Position arrow in the data, display on the map during both active list by touching H in the search bar along middle of the map view to reset the map to and inactive guidance. the top of the Nav map view. If the search the current location. End Route bar is closed, touch } and select H. Last Parked Location Touch Cancel at the top right corner to end Saving Favorites The Last Parked Location is the last location active guidance and return to inactive Favorites can be added from a number of the vehicle engine was turned off. That guidance. If active guidance is canceled the system’s applications. Touch the location is displayed in the first row of the before the destination has been reached, a favorites icon to save content as a favorite. Recents list. Touching the last Parked pop-up option to Resume Trip will appear. Location shows the Address Details view to Renaming Navigation Favorites Resume Trip either save the address or drive to it. The 1. Touch the Settings icon on the Home Last Parked Location can be deleted by The trip can be resumed if it was canceled Page and touch the System tab. entering the Edit display. Once the Last by touching the Resume Trip pop-up option. 2. Touch Favorites to access the Manage Parked Location is deleted, it no longer If the system has determined that the Favorites option. appears in the Recents list, unless the vehicle is started at that location again. destination has been reached, either because 3. Touch a saved Navigation favorite to the arrival view displayed or the destination access the edit icon. Touch the edit icon Show POI Icons has been passed, the Resume Trip option to rename the favorite. will not appear. To see the POI categories, touch Options, 4. Touch Save to store the renamed then touch Show on Map. Up to eight Favorites favorite. categories of icons can be selected. The navigation favorites can have contacts, Recents addresses, or POIs that have been saved through the favorite icon on the Touch H to access a list of recent details view. destinations. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

172 Infotainment System Smart POI Icons on Map (If Equipped) attempt to display nearby parking Search While in Motion with No Front Seat destinations with pricing information, Passenger Present if available. The search display will not allow changes or Report an Issue Using POI Details (If text input with the keyboard when the Equipped) vehicle is in motion. As a result, a display In the POI details page, a POI issue can be showing three rows of the most commonly reported if the data is not accurate or the used categories appears. Touching the search address is incorrect. Touch Report an Issue box will activate speech recognition. near the bottom of the display to access the Search While in Motion with Front Seat issue selection page. Touch one of the Passenger Present The smart POI icons such as fuel stations predefined issues on the selection page, If the system detects that the front seat and parking may appear based on time, then touch Send. The system will send the passenger is present with both driver and location, driver search behavior, driving information for analysis. passenger seat belts buckled, touching the conditions, and vehicle conditions. Search search icon will display an alert message Touch a smart POI icon to open the Touch Search on the infotainment display to that allows the passenger to search for a corresponding details: open the search display. It has a search field destination as if the vehicle were stopped. . Left side: Name and address of the POI. entry box, quick category icon shortcuts, Connected Navigation . Right side: E + ETE (Estimated Time recents icon, favorites icon, and keyboard. Enroute.) Connected Navigation is a subscription Auto Complete service that enables certain capabilities Smart Fuel Station Icons Enter a partial location in the field entry box within the navigation system, such as Fuel station prices are shown if available for on the search display. Auto complete will Traffic, Smart Search/Routing, and Predictive nearby stations when the vehicle is low attempt to complete the destination based Navigation capabilities. The system will on fuel. on what is being entered. Touch the show an alert when the subscription is suggested item to search. expiring and will ask to renew the plan. Smart Parking Icons When reaching a densely populated destination and the system determines that parking may be limited, the system will GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Infotainment System 173 OnStar System After touching the Turn-by-Turn Directions Global Positioning System (GPS) icon, select destinations from Recents or With a connected plan, an OnStar Advisor Favorites. Recents or Favorites will be empty If equipped, the position of the vehicle is can download a destination to the vehicle or if this is the first use. To find new locations, determined by using satellite signals, various into the built-in navigation system. touch OnStar Advisor, Home Directions, vehicle signals, and map data. Place Voice Search, or Address Voice Search. At times, other interference such as the Lane Guidance satellite condition, road configuration, condition of the vehicle, and/or other circumstances can affect the navigation system's ability to determine the accurate position of the vehicle. The GPS shows the current position of the vehicle using signals sent by GPS satellites. When the vehicle is not receiving signals Touch OnStar Services on the Home Page to from the satellites, a symbol appears in the access the OnStar menu. Touch Turn-by-Turn status bar. Directions icon while on the Services tab of This system might not be available or the OnStar menu. When available, the system will show the best lane(s) to be in for the next maneuver. interference can occur if any of the Turn-by-Turn Navigation following are true: Cancel a Route . Signals are obstructed by tall buildings, If a route is in progress using either the trees, large trucks, or a tunnel. vehicle navigation system or the . Satellites are being repaired or improved. Turn-by-Turn route, and a new route is requested, the current route in progress will For more information if the GPS is not be canceled. functioning properly, see Problems with Route Guidance 0 174 and If the System Needs Service 0 174. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

174 Infotainment System Vehicle Positioning . The tire pressure for the tires is incorrect. . Automatic rerouting might display a route . This is the first navigation use after the returning to the set waypoint if heading At times, the position of the vehicle on the map data is updated. for a destination without passing through map could be inaccurate due to one or more a set waypoint. of the following reasons: . The 12-volt battery has been disconnected for several days. . The route prohibits the entry of a vehicle . The road system has changed. . The vehicle is driving in heavy traffic due to a regulation by time or season or . The vehicle is driving on slippery road where driving is at low speeds, and the any other regulation which may be given. surfaces such as sand, gravel, or snow. vehicle is stopped and started repeatedly. . Some routes might not be searched. . The vehicle is traveling on winding roads . The route to the destination might not be or long, straight roads. Problems with Route Guidance shown if there are new roads, if roads . The vehicle is approaching a tall building Inappropriate route guidance can occur have recently changed, or if certain roads or a large vehicle. are not listed in the map data. See Maps under one or more of the following 0 . The surface streets run parallel to a conditions: 166. freeway. . The turn was not made on the road To recalibrate the vehicle's position on the . The vehicle has been transferred by a indicated. map, park with the vehicle running for two vehicle carrier or a ferry. . Route guidance might not be available to five minutes, until the vehicle position . The current position calibration is set when using automatic rerouting for the updates. Make sure the vehicle is parked in incorrectly. next right or left turn. a location that is safe and has a clear view of the sky and away from large . The vehicle is traveling at high speed. . The route might not be changed when obstructions. . The vehicle changes directions more than using automatic rerouting. once, or the vehicle is turning on a turn . There is no route guidance when turning If the System Needs Service table in a parking lot. at an intersection. If the navigation system needs service, see . The vehicle is entering and/or exiting a . Plural names of places might be your dealer. parking lot, garage, or a lot with a roof. announced occasionally. . The GPS signal is not received. . It could take a long time to operate Map Data Updates automatic rerouting during high-speed . A roof carrier is installed on the vehicle. The map data in the vehicle is the most driving. . Tire chains are installed on the vehicle. up-to-date information available when the . The tires are replaced or worn. vehicle was produced. The map data is GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Infotainment System 175 updated periodically, provided that the map See www.gmnavdisc.com for details on However, not all features within these areas information has changed and the vehicle has ordering, purchasing, and installing a new or are supported by voice commands. a relevant service plan. replacement SD card. Features are subject to Generally, only complex tasks that require change. For more information on this multiple manual interactions to complete Over-the-Air-Vehicle Map Updates feature, see my.gmc.com/learn. are supported by voice commands. If equipped, the infotainment system can Database Coverage Explanations For example, tasks that take more than one receive map updates over the air. Map or two touches, such as a song or artist to updates occur within a 161 km (100 mi) Coverage areas vary with respect to the play from a media device, would be radius around the home address on file. This level of map detail available for any given supported by voice commands. Other tasks, boundary will adjust over time based on area. Some areas feature greater levels of like adjusting the volume or seeking up or driving patterns. The vehicle uses a detail than others. If this happens, it does down, are audio features that are easily Cloud-connected service to receive the date not mean there is a problem with the performed by touching one or two options, and downloads it to the system’s onboard system. As the map data is updated, more and are not supported by voice commands. SD card, if equipped. A data plan or detail can become available for areas that In general there are flexible ways to speak compatible mobile device hotspot is previously had limited detail. See Map Data commands for completing the tasks. required. The SD card is required for Updates 0 174. navigation system function. If your language supports it, try stating a When a map update is available, a prompt Voice Recognition one-shot command, such as “Directions to will appear on the infotainment display. address .” Do not include the ZIP code download and run in the background hands-free operation within the navigation, while stating the address during the without interruption any infotainment audio, phone, and weather applications. This command. Another example of a one-shot functions. The download will carry over feature can be started by pressing g on the Destination Entry command is, “Directions to ignition cycles, stopping and starting where steering wheel or touching g on the Place of Interest at .” If these it left off. The updates can be set to infotainment display. commands do not work, try saying, “Take download automatically. me to Place of Interest” or “Find address” and the system will walk you through by asking additional questions. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

176 Infotainment System Hybrid Speech Recognition There are three voice prompt modes the voice recognition dialog will progress in supported: the same way as if the selection were made If equipped, this feature helps distinguish using a voice command. Once the system words by using Internet-based information . Informative verbal prompts: This type of completes the task, or the session is along with the system’s voice recognition prompt will provide more information terminated, the voice recognition dialog database. This allows you to speak more regarding the supported actions. stops. naturally when using voice recognition. . Short prompts: This type of prompt will provide simple instructions about what An example of this type of manual Using Voice Recognition can be stated. intervention is touching an entry of a Voice recognition becomes available once . Auto informative prompts: This type of displayed number list instead of speaking the system has been initialized. This begins prompt plays during the first few speech the number associated with the entry when the ignition is turned on. Initialization sessions, then automatically switches to desired. may take a few moments. the short prompt after some experience Canceling Voice Recognition has been gained through using the 1. Press on the steering wheel controls g system. . Touch or say “Cancel” or “Exit” to to activate voice recognition. terminate the voice recognition session 2. The audio system mutes and the system If a command is not spoken, the voice and show the display where voice plays a prompt. recognition system says a help prompt. recognition was initiated. 3. Clearly speak one of the commands Prompts and Infotainment Displays . Press i on the steering wheel controls described in this section. While a voice recognition session is active, to terminate the voice recognition session A voice recognition system prompt can there may be corresponding options and show the display where voice be interrupted while it is playing by showing on the displays. A selection can be recognition was initiated. pressing g again. made by manually touching the option, Natural Language Commands or by speaking the number for the option to Once voice recognition is started, both the select. Manual interaction in the voice Most languages do not support natural infotainment display and instrument cluster recognition session is permitted. Interaction language commands in sentence form. For show the selections and visual dialog during a voice session may be completed those languages, use direct commands like content. These displays can be turned on or entirely using voice commands while some the examples shown on the display. off in the Tutorial Mode under Settings manual commands may expedite a task. If a 0 186. selection is made using a manual control, GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Infotainment System 177 Helpful Hints for Speaking Commands place, such as an Address, Intersection, When a display contains a list, there may be POI, or Contact. If Address or Intersection options that are available but not displayed. Voice recognition can understand commands is selected, the second command is to The list on a voice recognition screen that are naturally stated in sentence form or say, “Change Country.” Once the system functions the same as a list on other direct commands that state the application responds, say the country before saying displays. Scrolling or flinging can be used to and the task. the rest of the address and/or help display other entries from the list. For best results: intersection. Manually scrolling or paging the list on a . Listen for the prompt before saying a If POI is asked for, say “Change Location,” display during a voice recognition session command or reply. then “Change Country.” suspends the current voice recognition event . Speak the command naturally, not too Direct commands might be more clearly and plays the prompt “Please select fast, not too slow. understood by the system. An example of a manually or touch the Back icon on the . Use direct commands without a lot of direct command would be “Call .” infotainment display to try again.” extra words. For example, “Call Examples of these direct commands are If manual selection takes more than at work,”“Play” followed by the artist or displayed on most of the screens while a 15 seconds, the session terminates and song name, or “Tune” followed by the voice session is active. If “Phone” or “Phone prompts that it has timed out. The display radio station number. Commands,” is spoken, the system returns to the display where voice . Navigation destinations can be made in a understands that a phone call is requested recognition was initiated. single command using keywords. A few and will respond with questions until The Back Command examples are: “I want directions to an enough details are gathered to make a call. address,”“I need to find a place of If a cell phone number has been saved with Say “Back” or touch the Back icon on the interest or (POI),” or “Find contact.” a name and a place, the direct command infotainment display to go to the The system responds by requesting more should include both, for example “Call previous menu. details. For other POIs, say the name of a at work.” If in voice recognition, and “Back” is spoken category like “Restaurants,”“Shopping all the way back to the starting display, and Malls,” or “Hospitals.” Using Voice Recognition for List Options then “Back” is spoken one more time, the . Navigating to a destination outside of the When a list is displayed, a voice prompt will voice recognition session will cancel. current country takes more than one ask to confirm or select an option from command. The first command is to tell that list. the system where the navigation will take GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

178 Infotainment System Help “Tune to FM HD” : Tune to “Play Song” : Begin a dialog to enter a Say “Help” on any voice recognition display the HD Radio station (if equipped) whose specific song name. and the help prompt for the display is frequency is identified in the command. “Play Song ” : Begin playback played. “Tune to FM HD ” : Tune to the HD Radio Voice Recognition for the Radio “Play Genre” : Begin a dialog to enter a station (if equipped) whose frequency and specific genre. If browsing the audio sources when voice is HD channel are identified in the command. touched, the voice recognition commands “Play Genre ” : Begin “Tune to SXM ” : playback of a specific genre. for AM, FM, and SiriusXM (if equipped) are Tune to the SiriusXM radio station whose available. channel number is identified in the “Play Playlist” : Begin a dialog to enter a “Switch to AM” : Switch bands to AM and command. specific playlist name. tune to the last AM radio station. “Tune to SXM ” : Tune “Play Playlist ” : Begin “Switch to FM” : Switch bands to FM and to the SiriusXM radio station whose channel playback of a specific playlist. tune to the last FM radio station. name is identified in the command. “Play ” : Play music from a “Switch to SXM” : Switch bands to SiriusXM Voice Recognition for Audio MyMedia specific device identified by name. The and tune to the last SiriusXM channel. device name is the name displayed on the The available voice recognition commands display when the device is first selected as “Tune to AM” : Tune to for [browsing] MyMedia are: an audio source. the radio station whose frequency is identified in the command (like “nine fifty”). “Play Artist” : Begin a dialog to enter a “Play Chapter” : Begin a dialog to enter a specific artist name. specific name. “Tune to FM” : Tune to the radio station whose frequency is identified “Play Artist ” : Begin playback “Play Chapter ” : Begin in the command (like “one oh one of a specific artist. playback of a specific chapter. point one”). “Play Album” : Begin a dialog to enter a “Play Audiobook” : Begin a dialog to enter “Tune to AM HD” : Tune specific album name. a specific audiobook. to the HD Radio station (if equipped) whose “Play Album ” : Begin “Play Audiobook ” : frequency is identified in the command. playback of a specific album. Begin playback of a specific audiobook. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Infotainment System 179 “Play Episode” : Begin a dialog to enter a There are no restrictions if the number of The system will provide feedback the first specific name. files and albums is fewer than 12,000. When time voice recognition is initiated if it has “Play Episode ” : Begin the number of files connected to the system become apparent that any of these limits playback of a specific episode. is between 12,000 and 24,000, the content are reached during a device initializing cannot be accessed directly with one process. “Play Podcast” : Begin a dialog to enter a command like “Play .” specific podcast. Voice recognition performance will degrade The restriction is that the command “Play to some extent based on many factors when “Play Podcast ” : Begin Song” must be spoken first; the system will adding large amounts of data to recognize. playback of a specific podcast. then ask for the song name. The reply If this is the case, perhaps accessing songs “My Media” : Begin a dialog to enter the command would be to say the name of the through playlists or artist name would work desired media content. song to play. better. Handling Large Amounts of Media Content Similar limits exist for album content. Voice Recognition for Navigation (if If there are more than 12,000 albums, but equipped) It is expected that large amounts of media fewer than 24,000, the content cannot be content will be brought into the vehicle. accessed directly with one command like, “Navigation” : Begin a dialog to enter It may be necessary to handle large “Play .” The command “Play specific destination information. amounts of media content in a different Album” must first be spoken; the system “Navigation Commands” : Begin a dialog to way than smaller amounts of media. The will then ask for the album name. The reply enter specific destination information. system may limit the options of voice would be to say the name of the album recognition by not allowing selection of files to play. “Address” : Begin a dialog to enter a by voice at the highest level if the number specific destination address, which includes of files exceeds the maximum limit. Once the number of files has exceeded the entire address consisting of the house approximately 24,000, there is no support number, street name, , state/province, Changes to voice commands due to media for accessing the songs directly through and country. Do not include the ZIP code. content limits are: voice commands. There will still be access to . Files including other individual files of all the media content by using commands for “Place of Interest” : Begin a dialog to enter media types such as songs, audiobook playlists, artists, and genres. a destination Place of Interest category or chapters, podcast episodes, and videos. major brand name. The access commands for playlists, artists, . Album type folders including types such and genres are prohibited after the number as albums and audiobooks. of this type of media exceeds 12,000. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

180 Infotainment System The name must be precisely spoken. “Redial” : Initiate a call to the last dialed Phone Nicknames or short names for the number. businesses will not likely be found. Lesser “Switch Phone” : Select a different Bluetooth (Overview) known businesses might have to be located connected cell phone for outgoing calls. by category, such as fast food, hotels, The Bluetooth-capable system can interact or banks. “Voice Keypad” : Begin a dialog to enter with many mobile devices, allowing: special numbers like international numbers. “Navigate to Contact” : Begin a dialog to . Placement and receipt of calls in a The numbers can be entered in groups of hands-free mode. enter a specific destination contact name. digits with each group of digits being . Sharing of the device’s address book or “Cancel Route” : End route guidance. repeated back by the system. If the group contact list with the vehicle. of digits is not correct, the command “Take Me Home” : Create a route to a To minimize driver distraction, before stored home location. “Delete” will remove the last group of digits and allow them to be re-entered. Once the driving, and with the vehicle parked: Voice Recognition for the Phone entire number has been entered, the . Become familiar with the features of the command “Call” will start dialing the mobile device. Organize the phone book “Call ” : Initiate a call to a number. and contact lists clearly and delete stored contact. The command may include duplicate or rarely used entries. location if the contact has location numbers Phone Assistant Voice Recognition If possible, program speed dial or other stored. Press and hold g on the steering wheel shortcuts. “Call At Home,”“At Work,”“On controls to pass through and launch Google . Review the controls and operation of the Mobile,” or “On Other” : Initiate a call to a phone assistant or Siri. infotainment system. stored contact and location at home, at . Pair mobile device(s) to the vehicle. The work, on mobile device, or on another For the low radio, whether connected by system may not work with all mobile phone. Bluetooth or phone projection, the only available voice recognition is either Siri devices. See “Pairing” later in this section. “Call ” : Initiate a call (iPhone) or the Google Assistant (Android). Vehicles with a Bluetooth system can use a to a cell phone number of seven digits, 10 Bluetooth-capable mobile device with a digits, or three digit emergency numbers. Hands-Free Profile to make and receive “Pair Phone” : Begin the Bluetooth pairing phone calls. The infotainment system and process. Follow the instructions on the voice recognition are used to control the infotainment display. system. The system can be used while the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Infotainment System 181 ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY. The Audio System Another way to connect is to touch the range of the Bluetooth system can be up to Phones tab at the top right of the display When using the Bluetooth mobile device 9.1 m (30 ft). Not all mobile devices support and then touch Add Phone. system, sound comes through the vehicle's all functions and not all mobile devices work front audio system speakers and overrides . A Bluetooth smartphone with music with the Bluetooth system. See my.gmc.com the audio system. The volume level while on capability can be paired to the vehicle as for more information about compatible a mobile device call can be adjusted by a smartphone and a music player at the mobile devices. pressing the steering wheel controls or the same time. Controls volume control on the center stack. The . Up to 10 devices can be paired to the adjusted volume level remains in memory Bluetooth system. Use the controls on the center stack and the for later calls. The volume cannot be . The pairing process is disabled when the steering wheel to operate the Bluetooth lowered beyond a certain level. vehicle is moving. system. . Pairing only needs to be completed once, Steering Wheel Controls Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a unless the pairing information on the cell g : Press to answer incoming calls and start Phone) phone changes or the cell phone is deleted from the system. voice recognition on your connected Pairing Bluetooth mobile device. . If multiple paired cell phones are within A Bluetooth-enabled mobile device must be range of the system, the system connects i : Press to end a call, decline a call, paired to the Bluetooth system and then to the paired cell phone that is set to or cancel an operation. Press to mute or connected to the vehicle before it can be First to Connect. If there is no cell phone unmute the infotainment system when not used. See the mobile device manufacturer's set to First to Connect, it will link to the on a call. user guide for Bluetooth functions before cell phone which was used last. To link to Infotainment System Controls pairing the device. a different paired cell phone, see “Linking to a Different Phone” later in this section. For information about how to navigate the Pairing Information menu system using the infotainment . If no mobile device has been connected, Pairing a Phone controls, see Using the System 0 144. the Phone main page on the infotainment 1. Make sure Bluetooth has been enabled display will show the Connect Phone on the cell phone before the pairing option. Touch this option to connect. process is started. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

182 Infotainment System 2. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page 8. If the vehicle name does not appear on 3. Touch Phones to access all paired and all or the phone icon on the shortcut tray your cell phone, there are a few ways to connected cell phones and mobile near the bottom of the display. start the pairing process over: devices. 3. Touch Phones at the top of the . Turn the cell phone off and then 4. Touch the information icon to the right infotainment display. There is also a back on. of the cell phone to open the cell Connect Phones option in the middle of . Go back to the beginning of the phone’s settings menu. the Phone display which will shortcut to Phone menus on the infotainment 5. Touch the First to Connect option, to the Phone List menu. display and restart the pairing enable the setting for that device. process. 4. Touch Add Phone. Cell phones and mobile devices can be 5. Select the vehicle name shown on the . Reset the cell phone, but this step added, removed, connected, and infotainment display from your cell should be done as a last effort. disconnected. A sub-menu will display phone’s Bluetooth Settings list. 9. If the cell phone prompts to accept whenever a request is made to add or 6. Follow the instructions on the cell phone connection or allow phone book manage cell phones and mobile devices. download, touch Always Accept and to confirm the six-digit code showing on Secondary Phone the infotainment display and touch Pair. Allow. The phone book may not be The code on the cell phone and available if not accepted. A cell phone can be enabled as a Secondary infotainment display will need to be 10. Repeat Steps 1−8 to pair additional cell Phone by touching the information icon to acknowledged for a successful pair. phones. the right of the paired cell phone name to open the phone settings menu. If a cell 7. Start the pairing process on the cell First to Connect Paired Phones phone is enabled as a Secondary Phone, it phone to be paired to the vehicle. See If multiple paired cell phones are within can connect simultaneously alongside the cell phone manufacturer's user guide another Bluetooth mobile device. In doing for information on this process. Once the range of the system, the system connects to the paired cell phone that is set as First to so, the Secondary Phone will be labeled as cell phone is paired, it will show under Incoming Calls. This means the mobile Connected. Connect. To enable a paired cell phone as the First to Connect phone: device can only receive calls. The Address Book of a Secondary Phone will not be 1. Make sure the cell phone is turned on. available and hands-free outgoing calls 2. Touch Settings, then touch System. cannot be placed using this cell phone. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Infotainment System 183 If needed, touch the Secondary Phone while 3. Touch the information icon next to the . While the active call is on the handset, in the Phones list to swap it into the connected cell phone to display the cell touch the Handset option to switch to the Outgoing and Incoming role. This role makes phone’s or mobile device’s information hands-free mode. it possible to place outgoing calls from the display. Contacts and Recents list. Making a Call Using Contacts and Recent 4. Touch Forget Device. Calls Listing All Paired and Connected Phones Linking to a Different Phone Calls can be made through the Bluetooth 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page To link to a different cell phone, the new system using personal cell phone contact or the phone icon on the shortcut tray cell phone must be in the vehicle and paired information for all cell phones that support near the bottom of the display. to the Bluetooth system. the Phone Book feature. Become familiar 2. Touch Phones. 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page with the cell phone settings and operation. Disconnecting a Connected Phone or the phone icon on the shortcut tray Verify the cell phone supports this feature. 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. near the bottom of the display. The Contacts menu accesses the phone book 2. Touch Phones. 2. Touch Phones. stored in the cell phone. 3. Touch the information icon next to the 3. Touch the new cell phone to link to from The Recents menu accesses the recents call connected cell phone or mobile device to the not connected phone list. See “First list from your cell phone. show the cell phone’s or mobile device’s to Connect Paired Phones” and To make a call using the Contacts menu: information display. “Secondary Phone” previously in this section. 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. 4. Touch Disconnect. 2. Touch Contacts. Deleting a Paired Phone Switching to Handset or Handsfree Mode 3. The Contacts list can be searched by 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page using the first character. Touch A-Z on or the phone icon on the shortcut tray To switch between handset or the infotainment display to scroll near the bottom of the display. handsfree mode: through the list of names. 2. Touch Phones. . While the active call is hands-free, touch Touch the name to call. the Handset option to switch to the 4. Touch the desired contact number to call. handset mode. The mute icon will not be available or To make a call using the Recents menu: functional while Handset mode is active. 1. Touch Phone on the Home Page. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

184 Infotainment System 2. Touch Recents. . Press g on the steering wheel controls. Three-Way Calling 3. Touch the name or number to call. . Touch Answer on the infotainment Three-way calling must be supported on the display. Making a Call Using the Keypad Bluetooth cell phone and enabled by the Declining a Call wireless service carrier to work. To make a call by dialing the numbers: There are two ways to decline a call: To start a three-way call while in a 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. current call: . Press i on the steering wheel controls. 2. Touch Keypad and enter a phone 1. In the Call View, touch Add Call to add . Touch Ignore on the infotainment display. number. another call. 3. Touch # on the infotainment display to Call Waiting 2. Initiate the second call by selecting from start dialing the number. Call waiting must be supported on the Recents, Contacts, or Keypad. Searching Contacts Using the Keypad Bluetooth cell phone and enabled by the 3. When the second call is active, touch the wireless service carrier to work. merge icon to conference the three-way To search for contacts using the keypad: call together. Accepting a Call 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. Ending a Call 2. Touch Keypad and enter partial phone Press g to answer, then touch Switch on numbers or contact names using the the infotainment display. . Press i on the steering wheel controls. digits on the keypad to search. Declining a Call . Touch # on the infotainment display, Results will show on the right side of the next to a call, to end only that call. Press to decline, then touch Ignore on display. Touch one to place a call. i the infotainment display Dual Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) Tones Accepting or Declining a Call Switching Between Calls (Call Waiting The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can send When an incoming call is received, the Calls Only) numbers during a call. This is used when infotainment system mutes and a ring tone To switch between calls, touch Phone on the calling a menu-driven phone system. Use the is heard in the vehicle. Home Page to display Call View. While in Keypad to enter the number. Accepting a Call Call View, touch the call information of the call on hold to change calls. There are two ways to accept a call: GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Infotainment System 185 Apple CarPlay and Android Auto The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons . Connecting the phone over Bluetooth. on the Home Page will illuminate depending See Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a If equipped, Android Auto and/or Apple on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or Phone) 0 181 or CarPlay capability may be available through Apple CarPlay may automatically launch Bluetooth (Overview) 0 180. a compatible smartphone. If available, the upon USB connection. If not, touch the 3. Make sure wireless is turned on the Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons will Android Auto or Apple CarPlay icon on the phone for wireless projection to work. change from gray to color on the Home Home Page to launch. Page of the infotainment display. 4. When the phone is first connected to Press { on the center stack to return to the activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, To use Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay: Home Page. agree to the terms and conditions on For Wired Phone Projection both the infotainment system and the For Wireless Phone Projection 1. Download the Android Auto app to your phone. smartphone from the Google Play store. Verify your phone is wireless compatible by 5. Follow the instructions on the phone. There is no app required for Apple visiting the Google Android Auto or Apple CarPlay support page. The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons CarPlay. on the Home Page will illuminate depending 2. Connect your Android phone or Apple 1. Download the Android Auto app to your on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or iPhone by using the factory-provided smartphone from the Google Play store. Apple CarPlay may automatically launch phone USB cable and plugging into a There is no app required for Apple upon wireless connection. If not, touch the USB data port. For best performance, it is CarPlay. Android Auto or Apple CarPlay icon on the highly recommended to use the device’s 2. For first time connection, there are two Home Page to launch. factory-provided USB cable. Aftermarket ways to set up wireless projection: To disconnect the phones wireless or third-party cables may not work. . Connect your Android phone or Apple projection: 3. When the phone is first connected to iPhone by using the factory-provided 1. Select Settings from the Home Page. activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, phone USB cable and plugging into a accept the terms and conditions on both USB data port. For best performance, 2. Select Phones the infotainment system and the phone. it is highly recommended to use the 3. Touch 4 next to the phone to be device’s factory-provided USB cable. 4. Follow the instructions on the phone. disconnected. Aftermarket or third-party cables may not work. 4. Turn off Apple CarPlay or Android Auto. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

186 Infotainment System Press { on the center stack to return to the touch the Apps tab along the top of the 3. Touch to select the desired feature Home Page. display. Use the On/Off toggled to turn off setting. Apple CarPlay or Android Auto. Features are subject to change. For further 4. Touch the options on the infotainment information on how to set up Android Auto display to disable or enable a feature. and Apple CarPlay in the vehicle, see Settings 5. Touch z to go to the top level of the my.gmc.com. Certain settings can be managed in the Settings menu. Owner Center sites when an account is Android Auto is provided by Google and is System subject to Google’s terms and privacy policy. established, and may be modified if other Apple CarPlay is provided by Apple and is users have accessed the vehicle or created The menu may contain the following: subject to Apple’s terms and privacy policy. accounts. This may result in changes to the Time / Date Data plan rates apply. For Android Auto security or functionality of the infotainment support see https://support.google.com/ system. Some settings may also be Use the following features to set the clock: androidauto. For Apple CarPlay support see transferred to a new vehicle, if equipped. For . Automatic Time and Date: Touch Off or www.apple.com/ios/carplay/. Apple or instructions, in the U.S. see my.gmc.com or On to enable or disable automatic update Google may change or suspend availability in Canada see mygmc.ca or mongmc.ca. of the time and date. When this feature at any time. Android Auto, Android, Google, Refer to the User Terms and Privacy is on, the time and date cannot be Google Play, and other marks are Statement for important details. To view, manually set. trademarks of Google Inc.; Apple CarPlay is a touch the Settings icon on the Home Page . Set Time: Touch to manually set the time trademark of Apple Inc. of the infotainment display. using the controls on the infotainment display. Press { on the center stack to exit Android The settings menu may be organized into Auto or Apple CarPlay. To enter back into four categories. Select the desired category . Set Date: Touch to manually set the date Android Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and by touching System, Apps, Vehicle, using the controls on the infotainment display. hold { on the center stack. or Personal. . Automatic (if equipped): Touch Apple CarPlay and Android Auto can be To access the personalization menus: Off or On to disable or enable automatic disabled from the infotainment system. To 1. Touch Settings on the Home Page on the update of the time zone based on vehicle do this, touch Home, Settings, and then infotainment display. location. When this feature is on, the 2. Touch the desired category to display a time zone cannot be manually set. list of available options. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Infotainment System 187 . Select Time Zone: Touch to manually set Wi-Fi Hotspot services. Emergency services and phone the time zone. Touch a time zone from Touch and the following may display: calls, such as calls with OnStar Advisors or the list. others, will not be affected when Off is . Wi-Fi Services: This allows devices to use . Use 24-hour Format: Touch to specify the selected. the vehicle hotspot. clock format shown. . Voice Recognition Sharing: This setting Touch the controls on the infotainment Touch Off or On to disable or enable. determines if voice commands can be display to disable or enable. shared with a cloud-based voice Language . Wi-Fi Name: Touch to change the vehicle recognition system. Touch Off to prevent This will set the display language used on Wi-Fi name. the sharing and possible recording of your the infotainment display. It may also use . Wi-Fi Password: Touch to change the voice commands with this system. This the selected language for voice recognition vehicle Wi-Fi password. may limit the system’s ability to and audio feedback. Touch Language and . Connected Devices: Touch to show understand your voice commands and touch the appropriate language. connected devices. may disable some features. Phones . Share Hotspot Data: Touch On to allow . Types: This setting lists all Android-defined as dangerous permissions Touch to connect to a different cell phone or devices to use the vehicle hotspot and its data, or touch Off to allow devices to currently used by the infotainment mobile device source, disconnect a cell system, the number of applications that phone or media device, or delete a cell only use the vehicle hotspot but not its data. have requested this permission, and the phone or media device. number of applications that are allowed Wi-Fi Networks Privacy to use this permission. This will show connected and available Wi-Fi Touch and the following may display: . Used By Applications: This setting lists all networks. . Location Services: This setting enables or applications that are requested or are disables sharing of vehicle location using Android-defined as dangerous If a 4G LTE data package is not active on the outside the vehicle. Emergency services permissions. Only requested and active vehicle, the infotainment system can be will not be affected when Off is selected. permissions are shown. connected to an external protected Wi-Fi network, such as a mobile device or home . Data Services: If equipped, this setting hotspot, to utilize connected services. determines if data sharing can be used by features including Wi-Fi, Hotspot, and applications. Touch Off to disable data GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

188 Infotainment System Display . Audio Cues: This feature determines if . Audio Feedback Speed: Touch Slow, sounds play when the infotainment Medium, or Fast to adjust how quickly Touch and the following may display: system starts up and shuts down. This the voice recognition system speaks. . Mode: This adjusts the appearance of the feature can be turned off or on. . Friendly Prompts: This setting adjusts the navigation map view and any . Set Audio Cue Volume: This setting formality of voice prompts. Touch Off for downloaded apps optimized for day or controls the volume of Audio Cues played shorter prompts. Touch On to hear night time conditions. Set to Auto for the on startup and shut down. Touch the prompts with more personality. Touch display to automatically adjust based on controls on the infotainment display to Auto to have the prompt match your bright/dark conditions. increase or decrease. command style. Touch Auto, Day, or Night to adjust the . Audible Touch Feedback: This setting . Tutorial Mode: Touch Off or On to display. determines if a sound plays when provide tutorial feedback on the display. . Calibrate Touchscreen: Touch to calibrate touching the infotainment display or . Allow Prompt Interruptions: This setting the infotainment display and follow the radio controls. This feature can be turned controls whether voice commands can be prompts. off or on. spoken before voice prompts finish. Turn . Turn Display Off: Touch to turn the Voice this on to speak commands without display off. Touch anywhere on the hearing the full prompt. Speaking while infotainment display or press any Touch and the following may display: the prompt is still playing will infotainment control on the center stack . Confirm More/Less: This setting specifies immediately stop playing the current again to turn the display on. how often the voice recognition system prompt and recognize your command. Sounds confirms commands. Touch Confirm More Background noise may cause accidental to have the system check with you more interruptions. Touch Off or On. Touch and the following may display: often before acting on your commands. Favorites . Maximum Startup Volume: This feature . Prompt Length: This setting specifies the adjusts the maximum volume of the amount of detail the voice recognition Touch and the following may display: infotainment system when you start your system provides when giving you . Manage Favorites: Touch to display a list vehicle. To set the maximum startup feedback. Touch Auto to have the system of Audio, Phone, and Navigation favorites. volume, touch the controls on the automatically adjust to your speech Favorites can be moved, renamed, infotainment display to increase or habits. Touch Informative, Short, or Auto. or deleted. decrease. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Infotainment System 189 To move, touch and hold the favorite, and ignition cycle or the next time the vehicle is On most compatible mobile devices, then drag up or down to rearrange the shifted into P (Park). For most updates, the activation of the Wi-Fi hotspot is in the position. vehicle will be disabled and cannot be driven Settings menu under Mobile Network . Set Number of Audio Favorites: Touch to during the installation. The system will Sharing, Personal Hotspot, Mobile Hotspot, select how many favorites pages can be deliver messages indicating success or error or similar. viewed from the audio application. The during and after the download and Availability of Over-the-Air software updates Auto setting will automatically adjust this installation processes. varies by vehicle and country. Features are number based on the number of favorites Downloading Over-the-Air vehicle software subject to change. For more information on you have saved. Touch Auto, 5, 10, 15, 20, updates requires Internet connectivity, which this feature, see my.gmc.com/learn. 25, 30, 35, or 40. can be accessed through the vehicle’s Preferences Updates built-in 4G LTE connection, if equipped and active. If required, data plans are provided Touch the controls on the infotainment If equipped, the vehicle can download and by a third party. Optionally, a secure Wi-Fi display to disable or enable the download of install select software updates over a hotspot such as a compatible mobile device new updates in the background. wireless connection. The system will prompt hotspot, home hotspot, or public hotspot About for certain updates to be downloaded and can be used. Applicable data rates may installed. There is also an option to check apply. Touch to view the infotainment system for updates manually. software information. To connect the infotainment system to a To manually check for updates, touch secured mobile device hotspot, home Running Applications Settings on the Home Page and select the hotspot, or public hotspot, touch Settings on Touch to see a complete list of applications System tab. Go to the Vehicle Software the Home Page, select the System tab, that are currently running on the section and touch Updates. Follow the followed by Wi-Fi Networks. Select the infotainment system. on-screen prompts. The steps to check for, appropriate Wi-Fi network, and follow the download, and install updates may vary by on-screen prompts. Download speeds Return to Factory Settings vehicle. may vary. Touch and the following may display: The vehicle can be used normally during the . Reset Vehicle Settings: Resets all vehicle software download. Once the download is settings for the current user. complete, there may be a prompt to accept Touch Reset or Cancel. the installation of the update upon the next GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

190 Infotainment System . Erase Settings and Personal Data: Erases Apps . Manage Favorites: Touch to display a list app data settings, user profiles, and of Audio, Mobile Devices, and Navigation If equipped, touch and the following may personal data including navigation and favorites. display: mobile device data. . Update Apps Automatically: This allows Favorites can be moved, renamed, Touch Erase or Cancel. downloaded applications to be updated or deleted. . Clear Default Applications: Resets automatically. To move, touch and hold the favorite, and preferred applications that have been set Touch the controls on the infotainment then drag up or down to rearrange the to open when selecting a function. No display to disable or enable. position. application data will be lost. . Set Number of Audio Favorites: Touch to . About Apps: Touch to view the versions Touch Clear or Cancel. of the shop software. select how many favorites pages can be viewed from the audio application. The Apps Audio Auto setting will automatically adjust this The menu may contain the following: Depending on the current audio source, number based on the number of favorites different options will be available. you have saved. Touch Auto, 5, 10, 15, 20, Android Auto 25, 30, 35, or 40. Touch and the following may display: If equipped, this feature allows you to . RDS: This allows the Radio Data System interact directly with your mobile device on . Tone Settings: Touch to adjust Equalizer, (RDS) to be turned on or off. the infotainment display. See Apple CarPlay Fade/Balance, or Sound Mode. See Touch the controls on the infotainment and Android Auto 0 185. “Infotainment System Sound Menu” in AM-FM Radio 0 147. display to disable or enable. Touch the controls on the infotainment . HD Radio: This allows HD Radio reception display to disable or enable. . Auto Volume: This feature adjusts the volume based on the vehicle speed. to be turned on or off. Apple CarPlay Touch Off, Low, Medium-Low, Medium, Touch the controls on the infotainment If equipped, this feature allows you to Medium-High, or High. display to disable or enable. . Explicit Content Filter: This setting allows interact directly with your mobile device on . Bose AudioPilot Noise Compensation the infotainment display. See Apple CarPlay access to explicit content SiriusXM 0 Technology (If Equipped): This feature and Android Auto 185. adjusts the volume based on the noise in channels. Touch the controls on the infotainment the vehicle and the speed. Touch Off or On. display to disable or enable. Touch Off or On. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Infotainment System 191 . Manage Phones: Select to connect to a . Auto Heated Seats: This setting . Manage History different phone source, disconnect a automatically turns on and regulates the . Predictive Navigation phone, or delete a phone. heated seats when the cabin temperature . About is cool. The auto heated seats can be . Reset Music Index: This allows the music 0 index to be reset if you are having turned off by using the heated seat See Using the Navigation System 163. difficulty accessing all of the media controls on the center stack. Phone content on your device. Touch the controls on the infotainment Touch and the following may display: display to disable or enable. Touch Yes or No. . My Number: Displays the cell phone Climate . Auto Defog: This setting automatically number of the Bluetooth connected turns the front defogger on when the device. Touch and the following may display: vehicle engine is started. . Active Call View: Shows active call display . Auto Fan Speed: This setting specifies the Touch the controls on the infotainment when answering a call. amount of airflow when the climate display to disable or enable. control fan setting is Auto Fan. Touch the controls on the infotainment . Auto Rear Defog: This setting display to disable or enable. Touch Low, Medium, or High. automatically turns the rear window . Privacy: Only show call alerts in the . Air Quality Sensor: This setting switches defogger on when the vehicle engine is instrument cluster. the system into Recirculation Mode based started. on the quality of the outside air. Touch the controls on the infotainment Touch Off or On. Touch Off, Low Sensitivity, or High display to disable or enable. . Sort Contacts: Touch to sort by first or last name. Sensitivity. Navigation (if equipped) . Auto Cooled Seats: This setting . Re-sync Device Contacts: automatically turns on and regulates the Touch and the following may display: This allows the device contacts to re-sync ventilated seats when the cabin . Set Up My Places if you are having difficulty accessing all of temperature is warm. . Map Preferences the contacts on your cell phone. Touch the controls on the infotainment . Route Preferences . Delete All Vehicle Contacts: Touch to display to disable or enable. . Navigation Voice Control delete all vehicle stored contacts. . Traffic Preferences . Alert Preferences GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

192 Infotainment System . OnStar Phone TTY Mode: This enables the Internet. Check your registered e-mail Delete Profile OnStar cell phone TTY mode. account for an activation e-mail to complete Touch to remove the profile from the Touch Disable or Enable. the verification process. vehicle. Vehicle Profile Picture Touch Remove or Cancel. Touch to choose or change your profile This menu allows adjustment of different picture. Teen Driver vehicle features. See Vehicle Personalization 0 125. Profile Identifiers If equipped, this allows multiple keys to be registered for beginner drivers to encourage Touch to have the vehicle recognize the Personal safe driving habits. When the vehicle is identifier you choose. If equipped, this menu allows adjustment of started with a Teen Driver key, it will different user profile settings. See “Users” in Touch Vehicle Key 1 and/or Vehicle Key 2. automatically activate certain safety Using the System 0 144 for information on If the Remote Key is lost or stolen, see your systems, allow setting of some features, and setting up user profiles. dealer. limit the use of others. The Report Card will record vehicle data about driving behavior The menu may contain the following: Security that can be viewed later. When the vehicle Name Touch to have your profile secured with is started with a registered key, the Driver a PIN. Information Center (DIC) displays a message Touch to edit your user name that will be that Teen Driver is active. displayed in the vehicle. Touch No or Yes. To access: Vehicle Account Information Vehicle Name 1. Touch Settings on the Home Page, then Touch to view the vehicle account Touch to edit your vehicle name. touch Vehicle, and then Teen Driver. information and to change the account password. Vehicle Account 2. Create a Personal Identification Number (PIN) by choosing a four-digit PIN. An “unverified user account” pop-up will Touch to view the vehicle account information and to change the account Re-enter the PIN to confirm. To change display until the account information the PIN, touch Change PIN. verification process has been completed on password. The PIN is required to: . Register or unregister keys. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Infotainment System 193 . Change Teen Driver settings. 6. From the Teen Driver menu, touch 2. For automatic transmissions, the vehicle . Change or clear the Teen Driver PIN. Setup Keys. must be in P (Park). For manual . Access or delete Report Card data. . If the transmitter key has not transmissions, the vehicle must be previously been registered, the option stopped with the parking brake set. Register keys to activate Teen Driver and to add the key displays. Touch Setup assign restrictions to the key: 3. From the Settings menu, touch Vehicle and a confirmation message displays. and then Teen Driver. Any vehicle key can be registered, up to a Teen Driver restrictions will be 4. Enter the PIN. maximum of eight keys. Label the key to applied whenever this key is used to tell it apart from the other keys. operate the vehicle. 5. Touch Setup Keys. The system displays instructions for registering or For a pushbutton start system: . If the transmitter key has already unregistering a key. A confirmation 1. Start the engine. been registered, the option to message displays. remove the key displays. If Remove is 2. For automatic transmissions, the vehicle touched, the transmitter key is no Manage Settings must be in P (Park). For manual longer registered. A confirmation Audio Volume Limit : Allows the audio transmissions, the vehicle must be message displays, and Teen Driver stopped with the parking brake set. volume limit to be turned on or off. Touch restrictions will not be applied if this Set Audio Volume Limit to choose the 3. From the Settings menu, touch Vehicle transmitter key is used to operate maximum allowable audio volume level. and then Teen Driver. the vehicle. Set Audio Volume Limit : Allows a 4. Enter the PIN. In vehicles with a pushbutton start system, maximum radio volume to be set. Use the 5. Place the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) if a Teen Driver and a non-Teen Driver key arrows to choose the maximum allowable transmitter key you wish to register in are both present at start up, the vehicle will level for the audio volume. the transmitter pocket. The key does not recognize the non-Teen Driver key to start need to be the one that started the the vehicle. The Teen Driver settings will not Teen Driver Speed Limiter : Limits the vehicle. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) be active. maximum speed of the vehicle. When the 0 speed limiter is turned on and the vehicle is System Operation 8 for transmitter For a keyed ignition system: pocket location. started with a Teen Driver key, the DIC 1. Start the engine. displays a message that the top speed is limited. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

194 Infotainment System On certain vehicles, when the Speed Limiter . The radio will mute when the driver seat . Enhanced Low Fuel Warning (if equipped) is turned ON, the vehicle’s maximum belt, and in some vehicles the front – When the vehicle is low on fuel, the acceleration will be limited. The DIC will passenger seat belt, is not buckled. The low fuel light on the instrument cluster display a message that the acceleration is audio from any device paired to the flashes and the DIC low fuel warning limited. vehicle will also be muted. cannot be dismissed. Teen Driver Speed Warning : Allows the . An object placed on the front passenger Report Card speed warning to be turned on or off. Touch seat, such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic The vehicle owner must secure the driver’s Set Teen Driver Speed Warning to set the consent to record certain vehicle data when warning speed. device, could cause the passenger sensing system to falsely sense an unbuckled the vehicle is driven with a registered Teen Set Teen Driver Speed Warning : Displays a front passenger and mute the radio. Driver key. There is one Report Card per warning in the DIC when exceeding a If this happens, remove the object from vehicle. Data is only recorded when a selectable speed. Choose the desired speed the seat. See Passenger Sensing System registered Teen Driver key is used to warning level. The speed warning does not 0 66. operate the vehicle. limit the speed of the vehicle. . Some safety systems, such as Forward The Report Card data is collected from the SiriusXM Explicit Content Filter (if Collision Alert, if equipped, cannot be time Teen Driver is activated or the last equipped) : Allows the SiriusXM Explicit turned off. time the Report Card was reset. The Content Filter to be turned ON or OFF. . The gap setting for the Forward Collision following items may be recorded: When ON, the teen driver will not be able Alert and Adaptive Cruise Control, . Distance Driven – the total distance to listen to SiriusXM stations that contain if equipped, cannot be changed. driven. explicit content, and the Explicit Content . When trying to change a safety feature . Maximum Speed – the maximum vehicle Filter selection in the Audio Settings will be that is not configurable in Teen Driver, speed detected. unavailable for change. the DIC displays a message indicating . Overspeed Warnings – the number of When Teen Driver is Active: that Teen Driver is active and the action times the speed warning setting was . If equipped with Buckle to Drive, shifting is not available. exceeded. out of P (Park) will be prevented if the . Super Cruise, if equipped, is not available. . Wide Open Throttle – the number of driver seat belt, and in some vehicles the times the accelerator pedal was pressed front passenger seat belt, is not buckled. nearly all the way down. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Infotainment System 195 . Forward Collision Alerts – the number of Report Card Data times the driver was notified when Cumulative Data is saved for all trips until approaching a vehicle ahead too quickly the Report Card is reset or until the and at potential risk for a crash. maximum count is exceeded. If the . Forward Automatic Braking, also called maximum count is exceeded for a Report Automatic Emergency Braking (if Card line item, that item will no longer be equipped) – the number of times the updated in the Report Card until it is reset. "Made for iPod," and "Made for iPhone," vehicle detected that a forward collision Each item will report a maximum of was imminent and applied the brakes. mean that an electronic accessory has been 1,000 counts. The distance driven will report designed to connect specifically to iPod or . Reverse Automatic Braking (if equipped) – a maximum of 64 374 km (40,000 mi). iPhone, respectively, and has been certified the number of times the vehicle detected To delete Report Card data, do one of the by the developer to meet Apple that a rearward collision was imminent following: performance standards. Apple is not and applied the brakes. . From the Report Card display, touch responsible for the operation of this device . Traction Control – the number of times Reset. or its compliance with safety and regulatory the Traction Control System activated to standards. Please note that the use of this . Touch Clear All Teen Keys and PIN from reduce wheel spin or loss of traction. accessory with iPod or iPhone may affect the Teen Driver menu. This will also . Stability Control – the number of events wireless performance. iPhone, iPod, iPod unregister any Teen Driver keys and which required the use of electronic classic, iPod nano, iPod shuffle, and iPod delete the PIN. stability control. touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., . Antilock Braking System Active – The Forgotten PIN registered in the U.S. and other countries. number of Antilock Brake System See your dealer to reset the PIN. activations. . Tailgating Alerts – the number of times Trademarks and License the driver was alerted for following a vehicle ahead too closely. Agreements FCC Information See Radio Frequency Statement 0 406. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

196 Infotainment System If you decide to continue service after your . Canada Customers — See trial, your selected subscription plan will www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677. automatically renew thereafter. You will be It is prohibited to copy, decompile, charged at then-current rates. Fees and taxes disassemble, reverse engineer, hack, apply. Please see the SiriusXM Customer manipulate, or otherwise make available any Agreement at siriusxm.com for complete technology or software incorporated in terms and how to cancel, which includes receivers compatible with the SiriusXM TouchSense Technology and TouchSense calling SiriusXM at 1-866-635-2349. All fees Satellite Radio System or that support the and programming are subject to change. System 1000 Series Licensed from SiriusXM website, the Online Service or any Immersion Corporation. TouchSense System Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee, taxes, one of its content. Furthermore, the AMBER voice 1000 protected under one or more of the time activation fee, and other fees may compression software included in this U.S. Patents at the following address apply. Subscription fee is consumer only. All product is protected by intellectual property www.immersion.com/patent-marking.html fees and programming subject to change. rights including patent rights, copyrights, and other patents pending. Subscriptions subject to Customer and trade secrets of Digital Voice Agreement available at www.siriusxm.com. Systems, Inc. Bose SiriusXM service is only available in the General Requirements: Bose AudioPilot and Bose Centerpoint 48 and Canada. surround are registered trademarks of Bose 1. A License Agreement from SiriusXM is Corporation in the U.S. and other countries. In Canada: Some deterioration of service required for any product that may occur in extreme latitudes. incorporates SiriusXM Technology and/or HD Radio Technology This is beyond the control of SiriusXM for use of any of the SiriusXM marks to Satellite Radio. be manufactured, distributed, Explicit Language Notice: Channels with or marketed in the SiriusXM frequent explicit language are indicated with Service Area. an “XL” preceding the channel name. 2. For products to be distributed, marketed, Channel blocking is available for SiriusXM and/or sold in Canada, a separate Satellite Radio receivers by notifying agreement is required with Canadian SiriusXM: Satellite Radio Inc. (operating as SiriusXM . USA Customers — See www.siriusxm.com Canada). or call 1-888-601–6296. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Infotainment System 197 HD Radio Technology manufactured under Music-related data from Gracenote, Inc., This application or device may contain license from iBiquity Digital Corporation. U.S. copyright © 2000 to present Gracenote. content belonging to Gracenote’s providers. and Foreign patents. HD Radio and the HD, Gracenote Software, copyright © 2000 to If so, all of the restrictions set forth herein HD Radio, and “Arc” logos are proprietary present Gracenote. One or more patents with respect to Gracenote Data shall also trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corp. owned by Gracenote may apply to this apply to such content and such content Bluetooth product and service. See the Gracenote providers shall be entitled to all of the website for a non-exhaustive list of benefits and protections set forth herein The Bluetooth word mark and logos are applicable Gracenote patents. Gracenote, that are available to Gracenote. owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS, the Gracenote use of such marks by General Motors is You agree that you will use Gracenote Data, logo and logotype, and the "Powered by the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote under license. Other trademarks and trade Gracenote" logo are either registered names are those of their respective owners. Servers for your own personal trademarks or trademarks of Gracenote in non-commercial use only. You agree not to Java the United States and/or other countries. assign, copy, transfer or transmit the Java is a registered trademark of Oracle Gracenote Terms of Use Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data and/or its affiliates. This application or device contains software to any third party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE from Gracenote, Inc. of Emeryville, California OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, THE Schedule I: Gracenote EULA ("Gracenote"). The software from Gracenote GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE (the "Gracenote Software") enables this SERVERS, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED application to do disc or file identification HEREIN. and obtain music-related information, You agree that your non-exclusive license to including name, artist, track, and title use the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote information ("Gracenote Data") from online Software, and Gracenote Servers will servers or embedded databases (collectively, terminate if you violate these restrictions. "Gracenote Servers") and to perform other If your license terminates, you agree to Music recognition technology and related functions. You may use Gracenote Data only cease any and all use of the Gracenote Data, data are provided by Gracenote. Gracenote by means of the intended End-User the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote is the industry standard in music recognition functions of this application or device. Servers. Gracenote reserves all rights in technology and related content delivery. For Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, more information see www.gracenote.com. and the Gracenote Servers, including all GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

198 Infotainment System ownership rights. Under no circumstances or additional data types or categories that NO LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE will Gracenote become liable for any Gracenote may provide in the future and is IMPLIED FOR ANY OTHER USE. payment to you for any information that free to discontinue its services at any time. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION MAY BE you provide. You agree that Gracenote may GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES OBTAINED FROM MPEG LA, LLC. SEE enforce its rights under this Agreement EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM. against you directly in its own name. LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF VC-1 The Gracenote service uses a unique MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE VC-1 identifier to track queries for statistical PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE purposes. The purpose of a randomly NON-INFRINGEMENT. GRACENOTE DOES NOT PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A assigned numeric identifier is to allow the WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN Gracenote service to count queries without OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE COMPLIANCE WITH THE VC-1 STANDARD knowing anything about who you are. For SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER. IN (“VC-1 VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE VC-1 more information, see the web page for the NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Gracenote ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL service. DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR The Gracenote Software and each item of LOST REVENUES. WAS OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER Gracenote Data are licensed to you "AS IS." © 2014. Gracenote, Inc. All Rights Reserved. LICENSED TO PROVIDE VC-1 VIDEO. NO Gracenote makes no representations or MPEG4–AVC (H.264) LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED warranties, express or implied, regarding the FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL accuracy of any Gracenote Data. Gracenote THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE AVC INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED reserves the right to delete data from the PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE FROM MPEG LA, LLC. SEE Gracenote Servers or to change data PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM. CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN categories for any cause that Gracenote MPEG4–Visual deems sufficient. No warranty is made that COMPLIANCE WITH THE AVC STANDARD the Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers (“AVC VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE AVC USE OF THIS PRODUCT IN ANY MANNER are error-free or that functioning of VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A THAT COMPLIES WITH THE MPEG-4 VISUAL Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND STANDARD IS PROHIBITED, EXCEPT FOR USE will be uninterrupted. Gracenote is not NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS BY A CONSUMER ENGAGING IN PERSONAL obligated to provide you with new enhanced OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES. LICENSED TO PROVIDE AVC VIDEO. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Infotainment System 199 MP3 Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, © only be transferred or sold as a complete Queen's Printer for , © set as provided to you and not as a subset MPEG Layer-3 audio coding technology ® licensed from Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson. Corporation, GeoBase . thereof. HERE holds a nonexclusive license from the Restrictions WMV/WMA ® United States Postal Service to publish and Except where you have been specifically This product includes technology owned by sell ZIP+4® information. Microsoft Corporation and under a license licensed to do so by HERE and without from Microsoft Licensing, GP. Use or © United States Postal Service 2013. Prices limiting the preceding paragraph, you may distribution of such technology outside of are not established, controlled, or approved not (a) use this Data with any products, this product is prohibited without a license by the United States Postal Service. The systems, or applications installed or from Microsoft Corporation and/or Microsoft following trademarks and registrations are otherwise connected to or in communication Licensing, GP as applicable. owned by the USPS: United States Postal with vehicles capable of vehicle navigation, Service, USPS, and ZIP+4. positioning, dispatch, real time route Map End User License Agreement TERMS AND CONDITIONS guidance, fleet management or similar applications; or (b) with, or in END USER TERMS Personal Use Only: You agree to use this communication with, including without The Map Data SD card (“Data”) is provided Data for the solely personal, noncommercial limitation, cellular phones, palmtop and for your personal, internal use only and not purposes for which you were licensed, and handheld computers, pagers, and personal for resale. It is protected by copyright, and not for service bureau, timesharing or other digital assistants or PDAs. similar purposes. Except as otherwise set is subject to the following terms (this “End Warning User License Agreement”) and conditions forth herein, you agree not to otherwise which are agreed to by you, on the one reproduce, copy, modify, decompile, This Data may contain inaccurate or hand, and HERE , LLC (“HERE”) disassemble or reverse engineer any portion incomplete information due to the passage and its licensors (including their licensors of this Data, and may not transfer or of time, changing circumstances, sources and suppliers) on the other hand. distribute it in any form, for any purpose, used, and the nature of collecting except to the extent permitted by comprehensive geographic data, any of The Data for areas of Canada includes mandatory laws. You may transfer the Data which may lead to incorrect results. information taken with permission from and all accompanying materials on a Canadian authorities, including: © Her permanent basis if you retain no copies and the recipient agrees to the terms of this End User License Agreement. Multi-disc sets may GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

200 Infotainment System No Warranty SHALL CREATE A WARRANTY, AND YOU ARE allow certain liability exclusions or damages This Data is provided to you “as is,” and you NOT ENTITLED TO RELY ON ANY SUCH limitations, so to that extent the above may agree to use it at your own risk. HERE and ADVICE OR INFORMATION. THIS DISCLAIMER not apply to you. its licensors (and their licensors and OF WARRANTIES IS AN ESSENTIAL CONDITION Export Control OF THIS AGREEMENT. suppliers) make no guarantees, You agree not to export from anywhere any representations, or warranties of any kind, Disclaimer of Liability part of the Data provided to you or any express or implied, arising by law or HERE AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR direct product thereof except in compliance otherwise, including but not limited to, LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE with, and with all licenses and approvals content, quality, accuracy, completeness, LIABLE TO YOU IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, required under, applicable export laws, rules effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE and regulations. Entire Agreement: These particular purpose, usefulness, use or results NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, terms and conditions constitute the entire to be obtained from this Data, or that the DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, agreement between HERE (and its licensors, Data or server will be uninterrupted or INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, including their licensors and suppliers) and error free. WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR you pertaining to the subject matter hereof, Disclaimer of Warranty POSSESSION OF THIS DATA; OR FOR ANY and supersedes in their entirety any and all THE DATABASE IS PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR written or oral agreements previously AND “WITH ALL FAULTS BASIS” AND SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, existing between us with respect to such HARMAN (AND THEIR LICENSORS AND INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL subject matter. SUPPLIERS) EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ALL OTHER DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR Governing Law WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INABILITY TO USE THIS DATA, ANY DEFECT IN THIS DATA, OR THE BREACH OF THESE The above terms and conditions shall be INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE governed by the laws of the State of Illinois, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED without giving effect to (i) its conflict of NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations SATISFACTORY QUALITY, ACCURACY, TITLE ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF HERE OR ITS LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE Convention for Contracts for the AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. International Sale of Goods, which is NO ORAL OR WRITTEN ADVICE OR POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some States, Territories, and Countries do not explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to INFORMATION PROVIDED BY HARMAN (OR the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois for ANY OF THEIR LICENSORS, AGENTS, EMPLOYEES, OR THIRD PARTY PROVIDERS) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Infotainment System 201 any and all disputes, claims, and actions NOTICE OF USE Free Type Project arising from or in connection with the Data CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ SUPPLIER) Portions of this software are copyright © provided to you hereunder. NAME: 2010 The FreeType Project Government End Users (http://www.freetype.org). All rights HERE North America, LLC If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf reserved. of the United States government or any CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER) Open Source SW other entity seeking or applying rights ADDRESS: Further information concerning the OSS similar to those customarily claimed by the 425 West Randolph Street, Chicago, IL licenses is shown in the infotainment United States government, this Data is a display. “commercial item” as that term is defined at 60606. 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is licensed in This Data is a commercial item as defined in QNX accordance with this End User License FAR 2.101 and is subject to the End User Portions of this software are copyright © Agreement, and each copy of Data delivered License Agreement under which this Data 2008-2011, QNX Software Systems. All rights or otherwise furnished shall be marked and was provided. reserved. embedded as appropriate with the following “Notice of Use,” and be treated in © 2014 HERE North America, LLC. All rights Part C – EULA reserved. accordance with such Notice: Copyright © 2011, Software Systems GmbH If the Contracting Officer, federal & Co. KG. All Rights Reserved. government agency, or any federal official refuses to use the legend provided herein, The product you have purchased ("Product") the Contracting Officer, federal government contains Software (Runtime Configuration agency, or any federal official must notify No. 505962; "Software") which is distributed HERE prior to seeking additional or by or on behalf of the Product manufacturer alternative rights in the Data. "Manufacturer") under license from Software Systems Co. ("QSSC"). You may only use the Unicode Software in the Product and in compliance Copyright © 1991-2010 Unicode, Inc. All with the license terms below. rights reserved. Distributed under the Terms of Use in http://www.unicode.org/ copyright.html. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

202 Infotainment System Subject to the terms and conditions of this CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES), License, QSSC hereby grants you a limited, OR IMPLIED INCLUDING, WITHOUT EVEN IF QSSC, ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OR LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE the Software in the Product for the purpose CONDITIONS OF TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. intended by the Manufacturer. If permitted MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A WMA by the Manufacturer, or by applicable law, PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ANY WARRANTIES OR you may make one backup copy of the OTHER PROVISIONS OFFERED BY THE This product is protected by certain Software as part of the Product software. MANUFACTURER OR ITS DISTRIBUTOR(S) intellectual property rights of Microsoft. Use QSSC and its licensors reserve all license+C31 THAT DIFFER FROM THIS LICENSE ARE or distribution of such technology outside of rights not expressly granted herein, and OFFERED BY THE MANUFACTURER OR ITS this product is prohibited without a license retain all right, title and interest in and to DISTRIBUTOR(S) ALONE AND NOT BY QSSC, from Microsoft. all copies of the Software, including all ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR LICENSORS. YOU For more information on the Software, intellectual property rights therein. Unless ASSUME ANY RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH YOUR including any open source software license required by applicable law you may not USE OF THE SOFTWARE UNDER THIS LICENSE. terms (and available source code) as well as reproduce, distribute or transfer, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OTHERWISE copyright attributions applicable to the or de-compile, disassemble or otherwise REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW (SUCH AS IN Runtime Configuration indicated above, attempt to unbundle, reverse engineer, THE CASE OF DELIBERATE OR GROSSLY please contact the Manufacturer or contact modify or create derivative works of, the NEGLIGENT ACTS), IN NO EVENT SHALL QSSC, QSSC at 175 Terence Matthews Crescent, Software. You agree: (1) not to remove, ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR LICENSORS BE Kanata, Ontario, Canada K2M 1W8 cover or alter any proprietary notices, labels LIABLE TO YOU UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY, ([email protected]). or marks in or on the Software, and to WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), Linotype ensure that all copies bear any notice CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE, FOR DAMAGES, contained on the original; and (2) not to INCLUDING ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, Helvetica is a trademark of Linotype Corp. export the Product or the Software in INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES registered in the U.S. Patent and Trademark contravention of applicable export OF ANY CHARACTER ARISING AS A RESULT OF Office and may be registered in certain control laws. THIS LICENSE OR OUT OF THE USE OR other jurisdictions in the name of Linotype EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OTHERWISE INABILITY TO USE THE PRODUCT (INCLUDING Corp. or its licensee Linotype GmbH. REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, QSSC AND BUT NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES FOR LOSS Usage in text form of each of the Licensed ITS LICENSORS PROVIDE THE SOFTWARE ON OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, PRODUCT Trademarks is: AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Infotainment System 203 The trademark attribution requirements for the Licensed Trademarks may be viewed at http://www.linotype.com/2061-19414/ trademarks.html. END USER NOTICE The marks of companies displayed by this product to indicate business locations are the marks of their respective owners. The use of such marks in this product does not imply any sponsorship, approval, or endorsement by such companies of this product. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

204 Climate Controls Climate Controls Climate Control Systems Climate Control Systems Dual Automatic Climate Control System Dual Automatic Climate Control System ...... 204 The heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled with this system. Rear Climate Control System ...... 207 Air Vents Air Vents ...... 208 Maintenance Passenger Compartment Air Filter . . . . . 209 Service ...... 210

1. Driver and Passenger Temperature 9. Recirculation Controls 10. Rear Climate Control 2. MAX Defrost 11. Power Button 3. Air Delivery Mode Controls 12. Fan Control 4. A/C (Air Conditioning) 13. Rear Climate Power Button 5. Heated Seat & Heated Backrest 14. Rear Window Defogger 6. SYNC (Synchronized Temperature) 15. AUTO (Automatic Operation) 7. Heated Seat 8. Vented Seat GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Climate Controls 205 Front Climate Control Display The fan, air delivery mode, air conditioning, Automatic Operation driver and passenger temperatures, and Sync The system automatically controls the fan settings can be controlled by touching speed, air delivery, air conditioning, and CLIMATE on the infotainment Home Page or recirculation in order to heat or cool the the climate button in the climate control vehicle to the desired temperature. display application tray. A selection can then be made on the front climate control page When AUTO is pressed, all four functions displayed. See the infotainment manual. operate automatically. Each function can also be manually set and the selected Climate Control Status Display setting is displayed. Functions not manually set will continue to be automatically controlled, even if the AUTO indicator is not lit. For automatic operation: 1. Driver and Passenger Temperature 1. Press AUTO. Settings 2. Set the temperature. Allow the system 2. Fan Control time to stabilize. Adjust the temperature 3. Driver and Passenger Temperature as needed for best comfort. Controls To improve fuel efficiency and to cool the 4. Sync (Synchronized Temperature) vehicle faster, recirculation may be 5. Recirculation automatically selected in warm weather. 6. Air Delivery Mode Controls The climate control status display appears The recirculation light will not come on 7. Auto (Automatic Operation) briefly when the center stack climate when automatically controlled. See @ 8. A/C (Air Conditioning) controls are adjusted. under “Manual Operation” for more details. 9. On/Off (Power) During hands free calling the blower level may automatically reduce. The blower level can be manually adjusted if desired. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

206 Climate Controls Manual Operation Air Delivery Mode Control : Press z, Y, For best results, clear all snow and ice from the windshield before defrosting. Fan Control : Turn clockwise or or [ to change the direction of the counterclockwise to increase or decrease the airflow. Any combination of the three @ : Press to turn on recirculation. An fan speed. Press the knob to turn the fan controls can be selected. An indicator light indicator light comes on. Air is recirculated off. When off is selected, a small amount of comes on in the selected mode button. to quickly cool the inside of the vehicle. air may still come out of the outlets Changing the mode cancels the automatic It can also be used to help reduce outside depending on vehicle speed. If any buttons operation and the system goes into manual air and odors that enter the vehicle. are pressed or knobs are turned, the climate mode. Press AUTO to return to automatic Avoid using recirculation for long periods of control system will turn on and operate at operation. time in cold or damp conditions. Using the current setting. To change the current mode, select one or recirculation in cold or damp conditions can Press AUTO to return to automatic more of the following: result in window fogging. operation. z : Air is directed to the windshield, A/C : Press to turn the air conditioning on Driver and Passenger Temperature Control : outboard a/c outlets, and side window or off. An indicator light comes on to show The temperature can be adjusted separately outlets. that the air conditioning is enabled. If the for the driver and passenger. fan is turned off, the air conditioner will not Y Turn the knob clockwise or counterclockwise : Air is directed to the a/c outlets. run. The A/C light will stay on even if the outside temperatures are below freezing. to increase or decrease the driver or [ : Air is directed to the floor outlets, passenger temperature setting. The driver with some air directed to the windshield, Rear Window Defogger side or passenger side temperature display outboard a/c outlets, and side window 1 shows the temperature setting increasing or outlets. REAR : If equipped, press to turn the decreasing. rear window defogger on or off. An indicator MAX : Air is directed to the windshield light on the button comes on to show that SYNC : Press to link the passenger and rear 0 and the fan runs at a higher speed if not the rear window defogger is on. temperature setting to the driver setting. already above a medium fan speed. This The SYNC indicator light will turn on. When The rear window defogger only works when mode overrides the previous mode selected the passenger setting is adjusted, the SYNC the engine is running. The defogger turns and clears fog or frost from the windshield indicator light will turn off. off if the ignition is turned off or to ACC/ more quickly. When the control is pressed ACCESSORY. again, the system returns to the previous mode setting and fan speed. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Climate Controls 207 If equipped with heated outside mirrors, Sensors Rear Climate Control System press f to turn them on or off. See Heated The rear climate control system is located Mirrors 0 30. on the rear of the center console storage. Caution The rear climate settings can be adjusted with this system. Using a razor blade or sharp object to clear the inside rear window can damage the rear window defogger. Repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not clear the inside rear window with sharp objects.

Remote Start Climate Control Operation : If equipped with remote start, the climate control system may run when the vehicle is The solar sensor, on top of the instrument started remotely. If equipped with heated or panel near the windshield, monitors the ventilated seats or a heated steering wheel, solar heat. these features may come on during a The climate control system uses the sensor remote start. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 14, information to adjust the temperature, fan 1. Fan Control 0 Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 44, and speed, recirculation, and air delivery mode 2. TEMP (Temperature Control) Heated Steering Wheel 0 95. for best comfort. 3. Heated Rear Seats (If Equipped) Do not cover the sensor; otherwise the 4. MODE (Air Delivery Mode Control) automatic climate control system may not work properly. 5. AUTO (Automatic Operation) If the dual automatic climate control system rear climate control lockout feature is locked, the rear climate control settings can only be adjusted from the front seat. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

208 Climate Controls Automatic Operation MODE : Press to change the direction of the airflow in the vehicle. Repeatedly press the AUTO : Press AUTO to automatically control button until the desired mode appears on the temperature, air delivery, and fan speed the display. Multiple presses will cycle for rear seat passengers. A is indicated in through the delivery selections. the display when automatic operation is active. M or L : If equipped, press M or L to heat the left or right outboard seat cushion. If any of the rear climate control settings 0 are manually adjusted, full automatic See Heated Rear Seats 45. operation is canceled. Press AUTO to return to full automatic operation. Air Vents The display only indicates climate control Adjustable air vents are in the center and on Rear Climate Display functions when the system is in rear the side of the instrument panel. independent mode. 1. Rear Climate Temperature Control 2. Fan Control Manual Operation 3. Outside Temperature Display 9 : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to 4. Sync (Synchronized Temperatures) increase or decrease the fan speed. Turn completely counterclockwise to turn the 5. Rear Control Lockout fan/power off. 6. Air Delivery Mode Control TEMP : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise 7. Auto (Automatic Operation) to increase or decrease the airflow 8. On/Off (Power) temperature into the passenger area. If the SYNC button is pressed on the front climate controls, the rear climate temperature is linked to the driver temperature setting. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Climate Controls 209 Yukon/Yukon XL is shown, Denali similar . Keep the air path under the front seats clear of objects to help circulate the air Move the slider knobs to change the inside of the vehicle more effectively. direction of the airflow. To close the vent adjust slider knob away from you. . Use of non-GM approved hood deflectors can adversely affect the performance of Rear System Air Vents the system. Check with your dealer This vehicle has four round or rectangular before adding equipment to the outside air vents in the headliner above the second of the vehicle. and third row seats. Move the slider knob on rectangular vents Maintenance and rotate the outlet barrel left to right to change the direction of the air flow and to Passenger Compartment Air Filter shut off the air flow. The filter reduces the dust, pollen, and other Operation Tips airborne irritants from outside air that is . Clear away any ice, snow, or leaves from pulled into the vehicle. the air inlets at the base of the The filter should be replaced as part of windshield that could block the flow of routine scheduled maintenance. See air into the vehicle. Maintenance Schedule 0 383. To find out . Clear snow off the hood to improve what type of filter to use, see Maintenance visibility and help decrease moisture Replacement Parts 0 393. drawn into the vehicle. Press on the center vane rear edge to open . When you enter a vehicle in cold the round outlet. Use the center vane to weather, press the fan up button to the rotate the outlet and change the direction maximum fan level before driving. This of the airflow. Press on the center vane helps clear the intake ducts of snow and leading edge to shut off the air flow. moisture, and reduces the chance of fogging the inside of the window. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

210 Climate Controls 2. Press the sides of the glove box bin inward to clear the stoppers and rotate downward to lower the bin.

1. Open the lower glove box door 4. Pull the lever (1) on the left side of the completely. filter door and slide left (2), then remove the door. Remove the old filter. 3. Unsnap dampener by pushing outwards 5. Install the new air filter. to fully remove the glove box bin. 6. Reinstall the filter door. 7. Reverse the steps to reinstall the glove box. See your dealer if additional assistance is needed. Service All vehicles have a label underhood that identifies the refrigerant used in the vehicle. The refrigerant system should only be serviced by trained and certified technicians. The air conditioning evaporator should never GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Climate Controls 211 be repaired or replaced by one from a salvage vehicle. It should only be replaced by a new evaporator to ensure proper and safe operation. During service, all refrigerants should be reclaimed with proper equipment. Venting refrigerants directly to the atmosphere is harmful to the environment and may also create unsafe conditions based on inhalation, combustion, frostbite, or other health-based concerns. The air conditioning system requires periodic maintenance. See Maintenance Schedule 0 383. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

212 Driving and Operating Dynamic Fuel Management ...... 231 Cruise Control Driving and Operating Extended Parking ...... 231 Cruise Control ...... 251 Adaptive Cruise Control (Advanced) . . . . 252 Driving Information Engine Exhaust Driving for Better Fuel Economy ...... 213 Engine Exhaust ...... 231 Driver Assistance Systems Distracted Driving ...... 213 Running the Vehicle While Parked . . . . . 232 Driver Assistance Systems ...... 260 Defensive Driving ...... 214 Assistance Systems for Parking or Impaired Driving ...... 214 Automatic Transmission Backing ...... 262 Control of a Vehicle ...... 214 Automatic Transmission ...... 232 Rear Pedestrian Alert ...... 266 Braking ...... 214 Manual Mode ...... 235 Assistance Systems for Driving ...... 267 Steering ...... 215 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 235 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Off-Road Recovery ...... 215 Drive Systems System ...... 267 Loss of Control ...... 216 Four-Wheel Drive ...... 236 Automatic Emergency Off-Road Driving ...... 216 Braking (AEB) ...... 269 Driving on Wet Roads ...... 219 Brakes Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 220 Electric Brake Boost ...... 240 System ...... 270 Winter Driving ...... 221 Antilock Brake System (ABS) ...... 240 Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) ...... 272 If the Vehicle Is Stuck ...... 221 Electric Parking Brake ...... 240 Lane Change Alert (LCA) ...... 272 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 222 Brake Assist ...... 241 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) ...... 274 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 242 Starting and Operating Fuel New Vehicle Break-In ...... 226 Ride Control Systems Top Tier Fuel ...... 275 Ignition Positions ...... 226 Traction Control/Electronic Stability Recommended Fuel (5.3L Engine) ...... 276 Starting the Engine ...... 228 Control ...... 242 Recommended Fuel (6.2L Engine) ...... 276 Stop/Start System ...... 229 Hill Descent Control (HDC) ...... 244 Prohibited Fuels ...... 276 Retained Accessory Power (RAP) ...... 229 Driver Mode Control ...... 245 Fuels in Foreign Countries ...... 277 Shifting Into Park ...... 230 Magnetic Ride Control ...... 247 Fuel Additives ...... 277 Shifting out of Park ...... 230 Locking Rear Axle ...... 248 Filling the Tank ...... 277 Parking over Things That Burn ...... 231 Four Corner Air Suspension System . . . 248 Filling a Portable Fuel Container ...... 278 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 213 Trailer Towing Driving Information Distracted Driving General Towing Information ...... 279 Driving Characteristics and Driving for Better Fuel Economy Distraction comes in many forms and can Towing Tips ...... 279 take your focus from the task of driving. Trailer Towing ...... 283 Driving habits can affect fuel mileage. Here Exercise good judgment and do not let other Towing Equipment ...... 286 are some driving tips to get the best fuel activities divert your attention away from Trailer Sway Control (TSC) ...... 294 economy possible: the road. Many local governments have Trailering App ...... 296 . Set the climate controls to the desired enacted laws regarding driver distraction. temperature after the engine is started, Become familiar with the local laws in Conversions and Add-Ons or turn them off when not required. your area. Add-On Electrical Equipment ...... 305 . Avoid fast starts and accelerate smoothly. To avoid distracted driving, keep your eyes . Brake gradually and avoid abrupt stops. on the road, keep your hands on the steering wheel, and focus your attention on . Avoid idling the engine for long periods driving. of time. . Do not use a phone in demanding driving . When road and weather conditions are situations. Use a hands-free method to appropriate, use cruise control. place or receive necessary phone calls. . Always follow posted speed limits or . Watch the road. Do not read, take notes, drive more slowly when conditions or look up information on phones or require. other electronic devices. . Keep vehicle tires properly inflated. . Designate a front seat passenger to . Combine several trips into a single trip. handle potential distractions. . Replace the vehicle's tires with the same . Become familiar with vehicle features TPC Spec number molded into the tire's before driving, such as programming sidewall near the size. favorite radio stations and adjusting . Follow recommended scheduled climate control and seat settings. Program maintenance. all trip information into any navigation device prior to driving. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

214 Driving and Operating . Wait until the vehicle is parked to . Assume that other road users Control of a Vehicle retrieve items that have fallen to the (pedestrians, bicyclists, and other drivers) floor. are going to be careless and make Braking, steering, and accelerating are . Stop or park the vehicle to tend to mistakes. Anticipate what they may do important factors in helping to control a children. and be ready. vehicle while driving. . Keep pets in an appropriate carrier or . Allow enough following distance between Braking restraint. you and the driver in front of you. Braking action involves perception time and . Avoid stressful conversations while . Focus on the task of driving. reaction time. Deciding to push the brake driving, whether with a passenger or on a pedal is perception time. Actually doing it is cell phone. Impaired Driving reaction time. Death and injury associated with impaired { Warning driving is a global tragedy. Average driver reaction time is about three-quarters of a second. In that time, a Taking your eyes off the road too long or { Warning vehicle moving at 100 km/h (60 mph) travels too often could cause a crash resulting in 20 m (66 ft), which could be a lot of injury or death. Focus your attention on Drinking alcohol or taking drugs and then distance in an emergency. driving. driving is very dangerous. Your reflexes, perceptions, attentiveness, and judgment Helpful braking tips to keep in mind include: Refer to the infotainment section for more can be affected by even a small amount . Keep enough distance between you and information on using that system and the of alcohol or drugs. You can have a the vehicle in front of you. navigation system, if equipped, including serious — or even fatal — collision if you . Avoid needless heavy braking. pairing and using a cell phone. drive after drinking or taking drugs. . Keep pace with traffic. Defensive Driving Do not drive while under the influence of If the engine ever stops while the vehicle is alcohol or drugs, or ride with a driver being driven, brake normally but do not Defensive driving means “always expect the pump the brakes. Doing so could make the unexpected.” The first step in driving who has been drinking or is impaired by drugs. Find alternate transportation pedal harder to push down. If the engine defensively is to wear the seat belt. See stops, there will be some power brake assist Seat Belts 0 54. home; or if you are with a group, designate a driver who will remain sober. but it will be used when the brake is GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 215 applied. Once the power assist is used up, it Electric Power Steering Steering in Emergencies can take longer to stop and the brake pedal This vehicle has electric power steering. . There are some situations when steering will be harder to push. It does not have power steering fluid. around a problem may be more effective Steering Regular maintenance is not required. than braking. If power steering assist is lost due to a . Holding both sides of the steering wheel Caution system malfunction, the vehicle can be allows you to turn 180 degrees without removing a hand. To avoid damage to the steering system, steered, but may require increased effort. do not drive over curbs, parking barriers, . Antilock Brake System (ABS) allows If the steering assist is used for an extended steering while braking. or similar objects at speeds greater than period of time while the vehicle is not 3 km/h (1 mph). Use care when driving moving, power assist may be reduced. Off-Road Recovery over other objects such as lane dividers If the steering wheel is turned until it and speed bumps. Damage caused by reaches the end of its travel, and is held in misuse of the vehicle is not covered by that position for an extended period of time, the vehicle warranty. power steering assist may be reduced. Normal use of the power steering assist should return when the system cools down. See your dealer if there is a problem. Curve Tips . Take curves at a reasonable speed. . Reduce speed before entering a curve. . Maintain a reasonable steady speed through the curve. The vehicle's right wheels can drop off the . Wait until the vehicle is out of the curve edge of a road onto the shoulder while before accelerating gently into the driving. Follow these tips: straightaway. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

216 Driving and Operating 1. Ease off the accelerator and then, . Ease your foot off the accelerator pedal solid surface. For contact information about if there is nothing in the way, steer the and steer the way you want the vehicle the original equipment tires, see the vehicle so that it straddles the edge of to go. The vehicle may straighten out. Be warranty manual. ready for a second skid if it occurs. the pavement. One of the best ways for successful off-road 2. Turn the steering wheel about . Slow down and adjust your driving driving is to control the speed. one-eighth of a turn, until the right front according to weather conditions. Stopping tire contacts the pavement edge. distance can be longer and vehicle control { Warning can be affected when traction is reduced 3. Turn the steering wheel to go straight When driving off-road, bouncing and down the roadway. by water, snow, ice, gravel, or other material on the road. Learn to recognize quick changes in direction can easily Loss of Control warning clues — such as enough water, throw you out of position. This could ice, or packed snow on the road to make cause you to lose control and crash. You Skidding a mirrored surface — and slow down and your passengers should always wear when you have any doubt. There are three types of skids that seat belts. correspond to the vehicle's three control . Try to avoid sudden steering, acceleration, systems: or braking, including reducing vehicle Before Driving Off-Road speed by shifting to a lower gear. Any . Braking Skid — wheels are not rolling. . Have all necessary maintenance and sudden changes could cause the tires to service work completed. . Steering or Cornering Skid — too much slide. speed or steering in a curve causes tires . Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels, and check to slip and lose cornering force. Remember: Antilock brakes help avoid only inflation pressure in all tires, including the the braking skid. spare, if equipped. . Acceleration Skid — too much throttle causes the driving wheels to spin. . Read all the information about Off-Road Driving four-wheel-drive vehicles in this manual. Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking Four-wheel-drive vehicles can be used for . Know the local laws that apply to off-road reasonable care suited to existing conditions, off-road driving. Vehicles without four-wheel driving. and by not overdriving those conditions. But drive and vehicles not equipped with All skids are always possible. Terrain (AT) or On-Off Road (OOR) tires must If the vehicle starts to slide, follow these not be driven off-road except on a level, suggestions: GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 217 Loading the Vehicle for Off-Road Driving . Do not damage shrubs, flowers, trees, . When possible, drive straight up or down or grasses or disturb wildlife. the hill. { Warning . Do not park over things that burn. See . Slow down when approaching the top of 0 . Unsecured cargo on the load floor can Parking over Things That Burn 231. the hill. be tossed about when driving over Driving on Hills . Use headlamps even during the day to rough terrain. You or your passengers make the vehicle more visible. can be struck by flying objects. Secure Driving safely on hills requires good the cargo properly. judgment and an understanding of what the { Warning vehicle can and cannot do. . Keep cargo in the cargo area as far Driving to the top of a hill at high speed forward and as low as possible. The { Warning can cause a crash. There could be a heaviest things should be on the floor, drop-off, embankment, cliff, or even forward of the rear axle. Many hills are simply too steep for any another vehicle. You could be seriously . Heavy loads on the roof raise the vehicle. Driving up hills can cause the injured or killed. As you near the top of a vehicle's center of gravity, making it vehicle to stall. Driving down hills can hill, slow down and stay alert. more likely to roll over. You can be cause loss of control. Driving across hills seriously or fatally injured if the can cause a rollover. You could be injured . Never go downhill forward or backward vehicle rolls over. Put heavy loads or killed. Do not drive on steep hills. with either the transmission or transfer inside the cargo area, not on the roof. case in N (Neutral). The brakes could Before driving on a hill, assess the overheat and you could lose control. For more information about loading the steepness, traction, and obstructions. If the vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits 0 222 and terrain ahead cannot be seen, get out of the { Warning 0 vehicle and walk the hill before driving Tires 338. If the vehicle has the two-speed further. Environmental Concerns automatic or electronic transfer case, When driving on hills: . Always use established trails, roads, and shifting the transfer case to N (Neutral) areas that have been set aside for public . Use a low gear and keep a firm grip on can cause your vehicle to roll even if the off-road recreational driving and obey all the steering wheel. transmission is in P (Park). This is because posted regulations. . Maintain a slow speed. the N (Neutral) position on the transfer (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

218 Driving and Operating 2. Shift into P (Park) and then restart the . Avoid turns that take the vehicle across Warning (Continued) engine. the incline of the hill. A hill that can be case overrides the transmission. You or . If driving uphill when the vehicle driven straight up or down might be too someone else could be injured. If leaving stalls, shift to R (Reverse), release the steep to drive across. Driving across an the vehicle, set the parking brake and parking brake, and back incline puts more weight on the downhill shift the transmission to P (Park). Shift straight down. wheels, which could cause a downhill slide or a rollover. the transfer case to any position but . Never try to turn the vehicle around. N (Neutral). If the hill is steep enough to stall the . Surface conditions can be a problem. vehicle, it is steep enough to cause it Loose gravel, muddy spots, or even wet . When driving down a hill, keep the to roll over. grass can cause the tires to slip sideways, downhill. If the vehicle slips sideways, it vehicle headed straight down. Use a low . If you cannot make it up the hill, can hit something that will trip it — a gear because the engine will work with back straight down the hill. the brakes to slow the vehicle and help rock, a rut, etc. — and roll over. . Never back down a hill in N (Neutral) keep the vehicle under control. . Hidden obstacles can make the steepness using only the brake. The vehicle can of the incline more severe. If a rock is roll backward quickly and you could driven across with the uphill wheels, or if { Warning lose control. the downhill wheels drop into a rut or Heavy braking when going down a hill . If driving downhill when the vehicle depression, the vehicle can tilt even more. can cause your brakes to overheat and stalls, shift to a lower gear, release . If an incline must be driven across, and fade. This could cause loss of control and the parking brake, and drive straight the vehicle starts to slide, turn downhill. you or others could be injured or killed. down the hill. This should help straighten out the Apply the brakes lightly when descending 3. If the vehicle cannot be restarted after vehicle and prevent the side slipping. a hill and use a low gear to keep vehicle stalling, set the parking brake, shift into speed under control. P (Park), and turn the vehicle off. { Warning 3.1. Leave the vehicle and seek help. If the vehicle stalls on a hill: Getting out of the vehicle on the 3.2. Stay clear of the path the vehicle 1. Apply the brakes to stop the vehicle, and downhill side when stopped across an would take if it rolled downhill. then apply the parking brake. incline is dangerous. If the vehicle rolls over, you could be crushed or killed. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 219 under water. Do not turn off the ignition Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) when driving through water. If the exhaust Always get out on the uphill side of the the ice; you and your passengers could pipe is under water, the engine will not vehicle and stay well clear of the drown. Drive your vehicle on safe start. When going through water, the brakes rollover path. surfaces only. get wet and it may take longer to stop. See “Driving on Wet Roads” later in this section. Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow, or Ice Driving in Water After Off-Road Driving Use a low gear when driving in mud — the { Warning Remove any brush or debris that has deeper the mud, the lower the gear. Keep collected on the underbody or chassis, the vehicle moving to avoid getting stuck. Driving through rushing water can be or under the hood. These accumulations can Traction changes when driving on sand. On dangerous. Deep water can sweep your be a fire hazard. vehicle downstream and you and your loose sand, such as on beaches or sand After operation in mud or sand, have the passengers could drown. If it is only dunes, the tires tend to sink into the sand. brake linings cleaned and checked. These shallow water, it can still wash away the This affects steering, accelerating, and substances can cause glazing and uneven braking. Drive at a reduced speed and avoid ground from under your tires. Traction braking. Check the body structure, driveline, sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers. could be lost, and the vehicle could roll steering, suspension, wheels, tires, and Traction is reduced on hard packed snow over. Do not drive through rushing water. exhaust system for damage and check the and ice and it is easy to lose control. Reduce fuel lines and cooling system for any vehicle speed when driving on hard packed Caution leakage. snow and ice. Do not drive through standing water if it More frequent maintenance service is required. See the Maintenance Schedule is deep enough to cover the wheel hubs, { Warning 0 383. axles, or exhaust pipe. Deep water can Driving on frozen lakes, ponds, or rivers damage the axle and other vehicle parts. can be dangerous. Ice conditions vary Driving on Wet Roads greatly and the vehicle could fall through If the standing water is not too deep, drive Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle (Continued) through it slowly. At faster speeds, water traction and affect your ability to stop and can get into the engine and cause it to stall. accelerate. Always drive slower in these Stalling can occur if the exhaust pipe is GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

220 Driving and Operating types of driving conditions and avoid driving road is wet enough and you are going fast . Shift to a lower gear when going down through large puddles and deep-standing or enough. When the vehicle is hydroplaning, it steep or long hills. flowing water. has little or no contact with the road. There is no hard and fast rule about { Warning { Warning hydroplaning. The best advice is to slow Using the brakes to slow the vehicle on a Wet brakes can cause crashes. They down when the road is wet. long downhill slope can cause brake overheating, can reduce brake might not work as well in a quick stop Other Rainy Weather Tips and could cause pulling to one side. You performance, and could result in a loss of could lose control of the vehicle. Besides slowing down, other wet weather braking. Shift the transmission to a lower driving tips include: After driving through a large puddle of gear to let the engine assist the brakes . Allow extra following distance. water or a car/vehicle wash, lightly apply on a steep downhill slope. the brake pedal until the brakes work . Pass with caution. normally. . Keep windshield wiping equipment in good shape. { Warning Flowing or rushing water creates strong . Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) or with forces. Driving through flowing water filled. the ignition off is dangerous. This can could cause the vehicle to be carried . Have good tires with proper tread depth. cause overheating of the brakes and loss away. If this happens, you and other See Tires 0 338. of steering assist. Always have the engine vehicle occupants could drown. Do not running and the vehicle in gear. ignore police warnings and be very . Turn off cruise control. cautious about trying to drive through Hill and Mountain Roads . Drive at speeds that keep the vehicle in flowing water. its own lane. Do not swing wide or cross Driving on steep hills or through mountains the center line. is different than driving on flat or rolling Hydroplaning . Be alert on top of hills; something could terrain. Tips include: Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water can build be in your lane (e.g., stalled car, crash). . Keep the vehicle serviced and in good up under the vehicle's tires so they actually . Pay attention to special road signs (e.g., shape. ride on the water. This can happen if the falling rocks area, winding roads, long . Check all fluid levels and brakes, tires, grades, passing or no-passing zones) and cooling system, and transmission. take appropriate action. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 221 . Turn off cruise control. Winter Driving Warning (Continued) Blizzard Conditions Driving on Snow or Ice . Fully open the air outlets on or under Snow or ice between the tires and the road Stop the vehicle in a safe place and signal the instrument panel. creates less traction or grip, so drive for help. Stay with the vehicle unless there . Adjust the climate control system to carefully. Wet ice can occur at about 0 °C is help nearby. If possible, use Roadside circulate the air inside the vehicle and Assistance. See Roadside Assistance Program (32 °F) when freezing rain begins to fall. 0 set the fan speed to the highest Avoid driving on wet ice or in freezing rain 401. To get help and keep everyone in the setting. See “Climate Control Systems.” until roads can be treated. vehicle safe: . Turn on the hazard warning flashers. For more information about CO, see For Slippery Road Driving: Engine Exhaust 0 231. . Tie a red cloth to an outside mirror. . Accelerate gently. Accelerating too quickly To save fuel, run the engine for short causes the wheels to spin and makes the { Warning surface under the tires slick. periods to warm the vehicle and then shut the engine off and partially close the . Turn on Traction Control. See Traction Snow can trap engine exhaust under the Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 242. vehicle. This may cause exhaust gases to window. Moving about to keep warm also get inside. Engine exhaust contains helps. . The Antilock Brake System (ABS) improves vehicle stability during hard stops, but carbon monoxide (CO), which cannot be If it takes time for help to arrive, when the brakes should be applied sooner than seen or smelled. It can cause running the engine, push the accelerator when on dry pavement. See Antilock unconsciousness and even death. pedal slightly so the engine runs faster than Brake System (ABS) 0 240. If the vehicle is stuck in snow: the idle speed. This keeps the battery charged to restart the vehicle and to signal . Allow greater following distance and . Clear snow from the base of the watch for slippery spots. Icy patches can for help with the headlamps. Do this as vehicle, especially any blocking the little as possible, to save fuel. occur on otherwise clear roads in shaded exhaust pipe. areas. The surface of a curve or an If the Vehicle Is Stuck overpass can remain icy when the . Open a window about 5 cm (2 in) on surrounding roads are clear. Avoid sudden the vehicle side that is away from the Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels to steering maneuvers and braking while wind, to bring in fresh air. free the vehicle when stuck in sand, mud, on ice. (Continued) ice, or snow. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

222 Driving and Operating

If stuck too severely for the traction system get the vehicle out after a few tries, it Caution to free the vehicle, turn the traction system might need to be towed out. If the vehicle off and use the rocking method. See does need to be towed out, see Towing the Never use recovery hooks to tow the Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control Vehicle 0 370. vehicle. The vehicle could be damaged, 0 242. and the repairs would not be covered by Recovery Hooks the vehicle warranty. { Warning { Warning There are recovery hooks at the front of the If the vehicle's tires spin at high speed, vehicle. Use them if the vehicle is stuck they can explode, and you or others Never pull on recovery hooks from the side. The hooks could break and you and off-road and needs to be pulled some place could be injured. The vehicle can to continue driving. overheat, causing an engine compartment others could be injured. When using fire or other damage. Spin the wheels as recovery hooks, always pull the vehicle Vehicle Load Limits little as possible and avoid going above from the front. 56 km/h (35 mph). It is very important to know how much weight the vehicle can carry. This Rocking the Vehicle to Get it Out weight is called the vehicle capacity weight and includes the weight of all Turn the steering wheel left and right to occupants, cargo, and all clear the area around the front wheels. Turn off any traction system. Shift back and forth nonfactory-installed options. Two labels between R (Reverse) and a low forward gear, on the vehicle may show how much spinning the wheels as little as possible. To weight it was designed to carry, the prevent transmission wear, wait until the Tire and Loading Information label and wheels stop spinning before shifting gears. the Certification/Tire label. Release the accelerator pedal while shifting, and press lightly on the accelerator pedal when the transmission is in gear. Slowly spinning the wheels in the forward and reverse directions causes a rocking motion that could free the vehicle. If that does not GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 223 A vehicle specific Tire and Loading “Steps for Determining Correct Load { Warning Information label is attached to the Limit– Do not load the vehicle any heavier center pillar (B-pillar). The tire and 1. Locate the statement "The combined than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating loading information label shows the weight of occupants and cargo (GVWR), or either the maximum number of occupant seating should never exceed XXX kg or front or rear Gross Axle Weight positions (1), and the maximum vehicle XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s placard. Rating (GAWR). This can cause capacity weight (2) in kilograms and 2. Determine the combined weight of systems to break and change the pounds. way the vehicle handles. This could the driver and passengers that will The Tire and Loading Information label cause loss of control and a crash. be riding in your vehicle. also shows the size of the original Overloading can also reduce stopping 3. Subtract the combined weight of the equipment tires (3) and the distance, damage the tires, and driver and passengers from XXX kg recommended cold tire inflation shorten the life of the vehicle. or XXX lbs. pressures (4). For more information on 0 4. The resulting figure equals the Tire and Loading Information Label tires and inflation see Tires 338 and Tire Pressure 0 344. available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, There is also important loading if the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs. information on the vehicle Certification/ and there will be five 150 lb Tire label. It may show the Gross passengers in your vehicle, the Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) and the amount of available cargo and Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. the front and rear axles. See (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.) “Certification/Tire Label” later in this section. 5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not

Label Example GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

224 Driving and Operating safely exceed the available cargo and 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1 luggage load capacity calculated in = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) Step 4. 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs) 6. If your vehicle will be towing a 3. Available Occupant and Cargo Weight trailer, load from your trailer will be = 317 kg (700 lbs) transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle.” See Trailer Towing 0 283 for important information on towing a trailer, towing Example 3 safety rules, and trailering tips. 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 3 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) Example 2 3. Available Cargo Weight = 0 kg (0 lbs) Refer to the vehicle's tire and loading 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 2 information label for specific = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) information about the vehicle's capacity 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg weight and seating positions. The (150 lbs) × 5 = 136 kg (750 lbs) combined weight of the driver, 3. Available Cargo Weight = 113 kg (250 lbs) passengers, and cargo should never exceed the vehicle's capacity weight. Example 1 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 225

Certification/Tire Label actual loads on the front and rear axles, Caution weigh the vehicle at a weigh station. Your dealer can help with this. Be sure Overloading the vehicle may cause to spread your load equally on both damage. Repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not overload the sides of the centerline. vehicle. The Certification/Tire label may also include information about the Front The label will help decide how much Axle Reserve Capacity. cargo and installed equipment the truck can carry. { Warning Using heavier suspension components Do not load the vehicle any heavier to get added durability might not than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating change the weight ratings. Ask your A vehicle specific Certification/Tire label (GVWR), or either the maximum dealer to help load the vehicle the is attached to the center pillar (B-pillar). front or rear Gross Axle Weight right way. The label may shows the size of the Rating (GAWR). This can cause vehicle's original tires and the inflation systems to break and change the { Warning pressures needed to obtain the gross way the vehicle handles. This could Things you put inside the vehicle can weight capacity of the vehicle. This is cause loss of control and a crash. strike and injure people in a sudden called Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Overloading can also reduce stopping stop or turn, or in a crash. (GVWR). The GVWR includes the weight distance, damage the tires, and shorten the life of the vehicle. . Put things in the cargo area of the of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel, and vehicle. Try to spread the weight cargo. evenly. The Certification/Tire label also may (Continued) show the maximum weights for the front and rear axles, called Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

226 Driving and Operating

Warning (Continued) Starting and Operating Caution (Continued) . Do not tow a trailer during break-in. . Never stack heavier things, like New Vehicle Break-In 0 suitcases, inside the vehicle so See Trailer Towing 283 for the trailer towing capabilities of the vehicle and that some of them are above the Caution more information. tops of the seats. The vehicle does not need an elaborate Following break-in, engine speed and load break-in. But it will perform better in the . Do not leave an unsecured child can be gradually increased. restraint in the vehicle. long run if you follow these guidelines: . When you carry something inside . Keep the vehicle speed at 88 km/h Ignition Positions the vehicle, secure it whenever (55 mph) or less for the first 805 km (500 mi). you can. . Do not drive at any one constant . Do not leave a seat folded down speed, fast or slow, for the first unless you need to. 805 km (500 mi). Do not make full-throttle starts. Avoid downshifting There is also important loading to brake or slow the vehicle. information for off-road driving in this . Avoid making hard stops for the first manual. See “Loading Your Vehicle for 322 km (200 mi) or so. During this Off-Road Driving” under Off-Road time the new brake linings are not yet Driving 0 216. broken in. Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier replacement. Follow this breaking-in guideline every time you get new Vehicles equipped with Keyless Access have brake linings. pushbutton starting. (Continued) The Remote Key must be in the vehicle for the system to operate. If the pushbutton start is not working, the vehicle may be near a strong radio antenna signal causing GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 227 interference to the Keyless Access system. The vehicle may have an electric steering 5. Set the parking brake. See Electric See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System column lock. The lock is activated when the Parking Brake 0 240. 0 Operation 8. ignition is turned off and either front door is 6. Press ENGINE START/STOP once to turn To shift out of P (Park), the ignition must be opened. A sound may be heard as the lock the ignition off. actuates or releases. The steering column on or in Service Mode, and the brake pedal 7. Release the brake pedal. must be applied. lock may not release with the wheels turned off center. If this happens, the vehicle may If the vehicle cannot be pulled over, and { not start. Move the steering wheel from left must be shut off while driving, press and Warning to right while attempting to start the hold ENGINE START/STOP for longer than Turning off the vehicle while moving may vehicle. If this does not work, the vehicle two seconds, or press twice in five seconds. cause loss of power assist in the brake needs service. ACC/ACCESSORY (Amber Indicator Light) : and steering systems and disable the If the vehicle must be shut off in an This mode allows some electrical accessories airbags. While driving, only shut the emergency: to be used when the engine is off. vehicle off in an emergency. 1. Brake using a firm and steady pressure. With the ignition off, pressing the button Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF (No Indicator Do not pump the brakes repeatedly. This one time without the brake pedal applied Lights) : When the vehicle is stopped, press may deplete power assist, requiring will place the ignition system in ACC/ ENGINE START/STOP once to turn the increased brake pedal force. ACCESSORY. engine off. 2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). This can The ignition will switch from ACC/ be done while the vehicle is moving. If the vehicle is in P (Park), the ignition will ACCESSORY to off after five minutes to After shifting to N (Neutral), firmly apply prevent battery rundown. turn off, and Retained Accessory Power (RAP) the brakes and steer the vehicle to a will remain active. See Retained Accessory safe location. ON/RUN/START (Green Indicator Light) : This Power (RAP) 0 229. mode is for driving and starting. With the 3. Come to a complete stop. Hold the brake ignition off, and the brake pedal applied, If the vehicle is not in P (Park), the ignition pedal down and shift to P (Park). The will return to ACC/ACCESSORY and display pressing the button once will turn the vehicle must be in P (Park) to turn the ignition on. Once engine cranking begins, the message SHIFT TO PARK in the Driver ignition off. Information Center (DIC). When the vehicle is release the button. Engine cranking will shifted into P (Park), the ignition system will 4. Continue to hold the brake pedal down. continue until the engine starts. See Starting 0 turn off. the Engine 228. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

228 Driving and Operating

Service Mode Shift the vehicle into P (Park) or N (Neutral). Caution To restart the engine when the vehicle is This power mode is available for service and Cranking the engine for long periods of diagnostics, and to verify the proper already moving, use N (Neutral) only. time, by trying to start the engine operation of the malfunction indicator lamp Caution as may be required for emission inspection immediately after cranking has ended, purposes. With the vehicle off, and the Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the can overheat and damage the cranking brake pedal not applied, pressing and vehicle is moving. If you do, you could motor, and drain the battery. Wait at holding the button for more than damage the transmission. Shift to P (Park) least 15 seconds between each try, to let five seconds will place the vehicle in Service only when the vehicle is stopped. the cranking motor cool down. Mode. The instruments and audio systems will operate as they do when the ignition is Starting Procedure 2. If the engine does not start after five to 10 seconds, especially in very cold on, but the vehicle will not be able to be 1. The remote key must be in the vehicle. driven. The engine will not start in Service weather (below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could Press ENGINE START/STOP with the brake be flooded with too much gasoline. Try Mode. Press the button again to turn the pedal applied. When the engine begins ignition off. pushing the accelerator pedal all the way cranking, let go of the button. to the floor and holding it there while Starting the Engine The idle speed will go down as the pressing ENGINE START/STOP for up to a engine gets warm. Do not race the maximum of 15 seconds. Wait at least If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the engine immediately after starting it. 15 seconds between each try, to allow Duramax diesel supplement. Operate the engine and transmission the cranking motor to cool down. When gently to allow the oil to warm up and Caution the engine starts, let go of the button lubricate all moving parts. and accelerator. If the vehicle starts If you add electrical parts or accessories, When the low fuel warning light is on briefly but then stops again, do the you could change the way the engine and the FUEL LEVEL LOW message is same thing. This clears the extra gasoline operates. Any resulting damage would displayed in the Driver Information from the engine. Do not race the engine not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Center (DIC), press the ENGINE START/ immediately after starting it. Operate See Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 305. STOP position to continue engine the engine and transmission gently until cranking. the oil warms up and lubricates all moving parts. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 229 Stop/Start System Auto Stops may not occur and/or Auto Auto Stop Disable Switch Starts may occur because: This vehicle has a Stop/Start system to shut . The climate control settings require the off the engine to help conserve fuel. It has engine to be running to cool or heat the components designed for the increased vehicle interior. number of starts. . The vehicle battery charge is low. { Warning . The vehicle battery has recently been disconnected. The automatic engine Stop/Start feature . Minimum vehicle speed has not been causes the engine to shut off while the reached since the last Auto Stop. vehicle is still on. Do not exit the vehicle before shifting to P (Park). The vehicle . The accelerator pedal is pressed. may restart and move unexpectedly. . The engine or transmission is not at the required operating temperature. Always shift to P (Park), and then turn Uplevel Shown, Others Similar the ignition off before exiting the vehicle. . The outside temperature is not in the required operating range. The automatic engine Stop/Start feature can Auto Engine Stop/Start . The vehicle is shifted out of D (Drive) to be disabled and enabled by pressing h. When the brakes are applied and the vehicle any gear other than P (Park). Auto Stop is enabled each time you start is at a complete stop, the engine may turn . Tow/Haul Mode or other driver modes the vehicle. off. When stopped, the tachometer displays have been selected. 0 When h is illuminated, the system is AUTO STOP. See Tachometer 105. When . The vehicle is on a steep hill or grade. enabled. the brake pedal is released or the . The driver door has been opened or the accelerator pedal is pressed, the engine will driver seat belt has been unbuckled. Retained Accessory Power (RAP) restart. . The hood has been opened. When the ignition is turned from on to off, To maintain vehicle performance, other . The Auto Stop has reached the maximum the following features (if equipped) will conditions may cause the engine to allowed time. continue to function for up to 10 minutes, automatically restart before the brake pedal or until the driver door is opened. These is released. features will also work when the ignition is in RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY: GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

230 Driving and Operating . Infotainment System 2. Press the P (Park) switch on the center Warning (Continued) . Power Windows (during RAP this stack. functionality will be lost when any door 3. Press ENGINE START/STOP to turn the always set the parking brake and shift is opened) engine off. the vehicle to P (Park). See Shifting Into 0 . Sunroof (during RAP this functionality will If the vehicle is shifted into P (Park) on a Park 230. If you are towing a trailer, be lost when any door is opened) hill, the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) may see Driving Characteristics and Towing 0 . Auxiliary Power Outlet apply automatically. The driver may not be Tips 279. . Audio System able to release the EPB using the EPB If you have to leave the vehicle with the . OnStar System switch. It should automatically release when the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park). engine running, the vehicle must be in Shifting Into Park P (Park) with the parking brake set. Leaving the Vehicle with the Engine Confirm that the vehicle is in P (Park). { Warning Running Shifting out of Park It can be dangerous to get out of the { Warning vehicle if the vehicle is not in P (Park) This vehicle is equipped with an electronic with the parking brake set. The vehicle It can be dangerous to leave the vehicle transmission can roll. If you have left the engine with the engine running. It could To shift out of P (Park): overheat and catch fire. running, the vehicle can move suddenly. 1. Ensure the engine is running. You or others could be injured. To be It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle 2. Apply the brake pedal. sure the vehicle will not move, even if the vehicle is not in P (Park) with the when you are on fairly level ground, use parking brake set. The vehicle can roll. 3. Press or pull the desired shift switch. For the steps that follow. If you are pulling a N (Neutral) press and hold the N (Neutral) Do not leave the vehicle when the engine switch until the N indicator trailer, see Driving Characteristics and is running. If you have left the engine illuminates red. Towing Tips 0 279. running, the vehicle can move suddenly. 4. The P indicator will turn white and the 1. Hold the brake pedal down and set the You or others could be injured. To be gear indicator will turn red when the parking brake. See Electric Parking Brake sure the vehicle will not move, even vehicle is no longer in P (Park). 0 240. when you are on fairly level ground, (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 231 If the vehicle cannot shift from P (Park), a power is required, such as passing or Engine Exhaust Driver Information Center (DIC) message merging onto a freeway, the system will may be displayed. Check that the ignition is maintain full 8-cylinder operation. on, the engine is running, and the brake { Warning pedal is applied when you are attempting to Extended Parking Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide shift out of P (Park). If all of these are met It is best not to park with the vehicle (CO), which cannot be seen or smelled. but the vehicle will not shift out of P (Park), running. If the vehicle is left running, be Exposure to CO can cause see your dealer for service. sure it will not move and there is adequate unconsciousness and even death. Parking over Things That Burn ventilation. Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: 0 See Shifting Into Park 230 and . The vehicle idles in areas with poor 0 { Warning Engine Exhaust 231. ventilation (parking garages, tunnels, Things that can burn could touch hot If the vehicle is left parked and running with deep snow that may block underbody exhaust parts under the vehicle and the remote key outside the vehicle, it will airflow or tail pipes). ignite. Do not park over papers, leaves, continue to run for up to 15 minutes. . The exhaust smells or sounds strange dry grass, or other things that can burn. If the vehicle is left parked and running with or different. the remote key inside the vehicle, it will . The exhaust system leaks due to Dynamic Fuel Management continue to run for up to 30 minutes. corrosion or damage. If equipped, Dynamic Fuel Management The vehicle could turn off sooner if it is . The vehicle exhaust system has been allows the engine to operate in multiple parked on a hill, due to lack of modified, damaged, or improperly cylinder patterns, up to the full 8-cylinder available fuel. repaired. operation, depending on driving conditions. The timer will reset if the vehicle is taken . There are holes or openings in the When less power is required, such as out of P (Park) while it is running. vehicle body from damage or cruising at a constant vehicle speed, the aftermarket modifications that are not system will reduce any combination of completely sealed. operating cylinders enabling the vehicle to (Continued) achieve better fuel economy. When greater GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

232 Driving and Operating Automatic Transmission If ENGINE START/STOP is pressed twice while Warning (Continued) at a relatively high speed, the engine will If unusual fumes are detected or if it is turn off and the transmission will suspected that exhaust is coming into the automatically shift to N (Neutral). Once the vehicle: vehicle is stopped, P (Park) can be selected. . Drive it only with the windows P: This position locks the drive wheels. Use completely down. P (Park) when starting the engine to prevent the vehicle from moving easily. . Have the vehicle repaired immediately. Never park the vehicle with the engine { Warning running in an enclosed area such as a It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle garage or a building that has no fresh air if the transmission is not in P (Park) with ventilation. the parking brake set. The vehicle can roll. Running the Vehicle While Parked The shift switches are on the center stack. The selected gear position will illuminate red Do not leave the vehicle when the engine It is better not to park with the engine on the shift switch, while all others will be is running. If the engine has been left running. displayed in white. If the shift is not running, the vehicle can move suddenly. If the vehicle is left with the engine running, immediate, as in very cold conditions, the You or others could be injured. To be follow the proper steps to be sure the indicator on the shift switch may blink until sure the vehicle will not move, even vehicle will not move. See Shifting Into Park it is fully engaged. when on fairly level ground, always set 0 230 and The transmission does not operate when the the parking brake and place the Engine Exhaust 0 231. vehicle is off. transmission into P (Park). See Shifting If parking on a hill and pulling a trailer, see Into Park 0 230 and If the vehicle is in ACC/ACCESSORY, the Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips transmission can be shifted into P (Park). 0 279. 0 279. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 233

This vehicle is equipped with an electronic 1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop. Caution (Continued) transmission. The R (Reverse) and D (Drive) 2. Shift to the desired gear. shift switches are designed to prevent would not be covered by the vehicle inadvertent shifting out of P (Park) unless At low vehicle speeds, R (Reverse) can be warranty. Be sure the engine is not the ignition is on, and the brake pedal is used to rock the vehicle back and forth to running at high speed when shifting the applied. get out of snow, ice, or sand without vehicle. damaging the transmission. See If the When the vehicle is stopped, press ENGINE Vehicle Is Stuck 0 221. START/STOP to turn off the vehicle. The Caution transmission will shift to P (Park) N: In this position, the engine does not automatically. connect with the wheels. To restart the The vehicle is not designed to stay in engine when the vehicle is already moving, N (Neutral) for extended periods of time. The vehicle will not shift into P (Park) if it is use N (Neutral) only. It will automatically shift into P (Park). moving too fast. Stop the vehicle and shift into P (Park). { Warning To shift into N (Neutral), press the To shift in and out of P (Park), see Shifting N (Neutral) switch until the N indicator 0 Shifting into a drive gear while the Into Park 230 and engine is running at high speed is is red. Shifting out of Park 0 230. dangerous. Unless your foot is firmly on To shift out of N (Neutral): R: Use this gear to back up. the brake pedal, the vehicle could move 1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop. If the vehicle is shifted from either very rapidly. You could lose control and 2. Shift to the desired gear. R (Reverse) to D (Drive), or D (Drive) to hit people or objects. Do not shift into a R (Reverse) while the speed is too high, the drive gear while the engine is running at Car Wash Mode vehicle will shift to N (Neutral). Reduce the high speed. This vehicle includes a Car Wash Mode that vehicle speed and try the shift again. allows the vehicle to remain in N (Neutral) To shift into R (Reverse): Caution for use in automatic car washes. 1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop. Shifting out of P (Park) or N (Neutral) with Car Wash Mode is not to be used for vehicle towing. If the vehicle needs to be towed, 2. Pull the R (Reverse) switch on the center the engine running at high speed may see Towing the Vehicle 0 370 stack. damage the transmission. The repairs To shift out of R (Reverse): (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

234 Driving and Operating

Caution 3. Open the door. 2. Apply the brake pedal. 4. Shift to N (Neutral). 3. Open the door. The vehicle is not designed to stay in N (Neutral) for extended periods of time. 5. Turn off the engine and release the 4. Shift to N (Neutral), then release the It will automatically shift into P (Park) if brake pedal. brake pedal. left in Car Wash Mode. 6. The indicator should continue to show N. 5. The indicator should continue to show N. If it does not, start the engine and If it does not, repeat Steps 2–4. Car Wash Mode (Engine Off – Driver in repeat Steps 2–5. 6. Exit the vehicle and close the door. The Vehicle) 7. Exit the vehicle and close the door. The vehicle is now ready for the car wash. To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) with the vehicle is now ready for the car wash. 7. The vehicle may automatically shift to engine off and the vehicle occupied: 8. The vehicle may automatically shift to P (Park) upon re-entry. 1. Drive to the entrance of the car wash. P (Park) upon re-entry. Caution 2. Apply the brake pedal. Car Wash Mode (Engine On – Driver in Vehicle) A transmission hot message may display 3. Shift to N (Neutral). if the automatic transmission fluid is too To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) with the 4. Turn off the engine and release the hot. Driving under this condition can engine on and the vehicle occupied: brake pedal. damage the vehicle. Stop and idle the 5. The indicator should continue to show N. 1. Drive to the entrance of the car wash. engine to cool the automatic If it does not, start the engine and 2. Apply the brake pedal. transmission fluid. This message clears repeat Steps 2–4. 3. Shift to N (Neutral). when the transmission fluid has cooled 6. The vehicle is now ready for the 4. Release the brake pedal. The vehicle is sufficiently. car wash. now ready for the car wash. D: This position is for normal driving. Car Wash Mode (Engine Off Driver out of – Car Wash Mode (Engine On – Driver out of If more power is needed for passing, press Vehicle) Vehicle) the accelerator pedal down. To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) with the To place the vehicle in N (Neutral) with the To shift into D (Drive): engine off and the vehicle unoccupied: engine on and the vehicle unoccupied: 1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop. 1. Drive to the entrance of the car wash. 1. Drive to the entrance of the car wash. 2. Apply the brake pedal. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 235 2. Pull the D (Drive) switch on the center Manual Mode 2. Press the plus or minus button to stack. increase or decrease the gear range To shift out of D (Drive): Electronic Range Select (ERS) Mode available. 1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop. When shifting to L (Low), the transmission will shift to a preset lower gear range. For 2. Shift to the desired gear. this preset range, the highest gear available Downshifting the transmission in slippery is displayed next to the L in the DIC. See road conditions could result in skidding. See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 119. All “Skidding” under Loss of Control 0 216. gears below that number are available to use. For example, when 4 (Fourth) is shown Caution next to the L, 1 (First) through 4 (Fourth) Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle gears are shifted automatically. To shift to in one place on a hill using only the 5 (Fifth) gear, press the + (Plus) button or accelerator pedal may damage the shift into D (Drive). transmission. The repair will not be L (Low) will prevent shifting to a lower gear covered by the vehicle warranty. If the ERS or manual mode allows for the selection range if the engine speed is too high. vehicle is stuck, do not spin the tires. of the range of gear positions. Use this If vehicle speed is not reduced within the When stopping on a hill, use the brakes mode when driving downhill or towing a time allowed, the lower gear range shift will to hold the vehicle in place. trailer to limit the top gear and vehicle not be completed. Slow the vehicle, then speed. The shift position indicator within the press the − (Minus) button to the desired Driver Information Center (DIC) will display a lower gear range. number next to the L indicating the highest While using ERS, cruise control can be used. available gear under manual mode and the driving conditions when manual mode was Tow/Haul Mode selected. The Tow/Haul Mode adjusts the To use this feature: transmission shift pattern to reduce shift 1. With the vehicle in D (Drive), press the cycling. This provides increased performance, L (Low) button. vehicle control, and enhanced transmission and engine cooling when driving down steep GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

236 Driving and Operating

hills or mountain grades, when towing, Caution Caution or when hauling heavy loads. See Driver Mode Control 0 245 to activate Tow/ Do not drive on clean, dry pavement in Extended high-speed operation in 4 n Haul Mode. 4 m and 4 n (if equipped) for an extended may damage or shorten the life of the Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking period of time. These conditions may drivetrain. cause premature wear on the vehicle’s Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking is only powertrain. An engagement noise and bump is normal enabled while the Tow/Haul Mode is when shifting between 4 n and 4 m or selected and the vehicle is not in the Range Driving on clean, dry pavement in 4 m or N (Neutral), with the engine running. Selection Mode. See Manual Mode 0 235. 4 may: Tow/Haul Mode Grade Braking assists in n Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction Control maintaining desired vehicle speeds when . Cause a vibration to be felt in the and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control driving on downhill grades by using the steering system. (ESC) off. See Traction Control/Electronic engine and transmission to slow the vehicle. . Cause tires to wear faster. Stability Control 0 242. See Towing Equipment 0 286. Automatic Transfer Case { Warning Two-Speed Transfer Case Drive Systems If equipped with four-wheel drive, the vehicle will be free to roll if the transfer Four-Wheel Drive case is in N (Neutral), even when the transmission is in P (Park). You or If equipped, four-wheel drive engages the someone else could be seriously injured. front axle for extra traction. Be sure the transfer case is in a drive Read the appropriate section for transfer gear — 2 m, 4 m, or 4 n — or set the case operation before using. parking brake before placing the transfer case in N (Neutral). See Shifting Into Park 0 230. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 237 If equipped, the transfer case controls are based on driving conditions. This setting Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the DIC used to shift into and out of four-wheel provides slightly lower fuel economy message disappears, the 4x4 graphic stops drive. than 2 m. flashing, and the current setting is indicated. To shift the transfer case, press the desired 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use this When a shift to 2 m is completed successfully button. The graphic in the instrument setting when extra traction is needed, such while in P (Park), the parking brake will cluster will flash while a shift is in progress. as when driving on snowy or icy roads, engage. To resume driving, shift the The graphic displayed will change to indicate when off-roading, or when plowing snow. transmission to the desired gear and the setting requested. manually release the parking brake or press When the shift is complete the graphic will 4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This setting the accelerator pedal to begin driving. See stop flashing. The DIC message turns off engages the front axle and delivers extra Electric Parking Brake 0 240. torque. Choose 4 n when driving off-road in once the shift is complete. If the transfer If equipped, use 4 n, AUTO, or 4 m to provide case cannot complete a shift request, it will deep sand, deep mud, or deep snow, and while climbing or descending steep hills. additional traction when parking on a steep go back to its last chosen setting. grade with poor traction such as ice, snow, The settings are: While driving in 4 n, keep vehicle speed mud, or gravel. below 72 km/h (45 mph). N (Neutral) : Use only when the vehicle Shifting Into 4 n needs to be towed. See Recreational Vehicle Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction Control 1. The ignition must be on and the vehicle Towing 0 371 or and StabiliTrak/ESC off. See Traction Control/ must be stopped or moving less than Towing the Vehicle 0 370. Electronic Stability Control 0 242. 5 km/h (3 mph) with the transmission in 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use for driving Shifts between 2m, 4 m, and AUTO N (Neutral). It is best for the vehicle to on most streets and highways. The front Any of these shifts can be made at normal be moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). axle is not engaged. This setting provides driving speed. 2. Press 4 n. The actual 4x4 shift request is the best fuel economy. The actual 4x4 shift request is only made only made after the button is released. AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel Drive) : Use after the button is released. The 4x4 graphic The 4x4 graphic will remain flashing when road surface conditions are variable. will remain flashing until the shift request until the shift request has completed. When driving in AUTO, the front axle is has completed. A DIC message displays to A DIC message displays to indicate that engaged, and the vehicle's power is sent to indicate that the 4x4 transfer case has been the 4x4 transfer case has been requested the front and rear wheels automatically requested to shift to the new desired state. to shift to the new desired state. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

238 Driving and Operating

Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the With the vehicle moving less than Caution DIC message disappears, the 4x4 graphic 5 km/h (3 mph) and the transmission in stops flashing and the current setting is N (Neutral), attempt the shift again. Shifting the transmission into gear before indicated. the requested mode indicator light has Shifting Out of 4 n If vehicle speed is higher when shift request stopped flashing could damage the 1. The vehicle must be stopped or moving occurs, a DIC message displays. Reduce transfer case. less than 5 km/h (3 mph) with the vehicle speed. transmission in N (Neutral) and the If the transmission is not shifted into If the transmission is not in N (Neutral) ignition on. It is best for the vehicle to N (Neutral) or the vehicle has not slowed to when shift request occurs, a DIC message be moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). 5 km/h (3 mph) within 20 seconds, the displays. The vehicle will allow 20 seconds 2. Press 4 m, AUTO, or 2 m. The actual 4x4 transfer case will remain in its original state. for the shift to occur. After this time, a This will be indicated in the instrument graphic in the instrument cluster will shift request is only made after the button is released. The 4x4 graphic will cluster. indicate that the transfer case is in 4 n. remain flashing until the shift request With the vehicle moving less than 5 km/h Caution has completed. A DIC message displays (3 mph), and the transmission in N (Neutral), to indicate the state of the request. attempt the shift again. Shifting the transmission into gear before Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the Shifting Into N (Neutral) the requested mode indicator light has DIC message disappears, the 4x4 graphic stopped flashing could damage the stops flashing, and the current setting is To shift into N (Neutral): transfer case. indicated. 1. Start the vehicle. 2. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). If the transmission is not shifted into If vehicle speed is higher when shift N (Neutral) or the vehicle has not slowed to request occurs, a DIC message displays. 3. Shift the transfer case to 2 m. Reduce vehicle speed. 5 km/h (3 mph) within 20 seconds, the 4. Apply the parking brake and/or brake transfer case will remain in its original state. If the transmission is not in N (Neutral) pedal. This will be indicated in the instrument when shift request occurs, DIC messages will cluster. display. The vehicle will allow 20 seconds for 5. Press 2 m five times in 10 seconds until this shift to occur. After this time, a graphic the N (Neutral) graphic starts flashing in in the instrument cluster will indicate that the instrument cluster. When the shift is the transfer case is in 4 n. complete, the graphic stops flashing. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 239 If the parking brake and/or brake pedal Single Speed Transfer Case 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use for driving is not applied within 20 seconds, the on most streets and highways. The front transfer case will remain in the original axle is not engaged. This setting provides state. the best fuel economy. 6. If the transmission is not shifted into 4 (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use this N (Neutral) or the vehicle has not slowed m to 5 km/h (3 mph) within 20 seconds, setting when extra traction is needed, such the transfer case will remain in its as when driving on snowy or icy roads, original state. This will be indicated in when off-roading, or when plowing snow. the instrument cluster. AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel Drive) Shifting Out of N (Neutral) Use when road surface conditions are To shift out of N (Neutral): variable. When driving in AUTO, the front axle is engaged, and the vehicle's power is 1. Turn the ignition on with the engine off. sent to the front and rear wheels 0 See Ignition Positions 226. If equipped, the transfer case controls are automatically based on driving conditions. 2. Set the parking brake. See Electric used to shift into and out of four-wheel This setting provides slightly lower fuel drive. Parking Brake 0 240. economy than 2 m. 3. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). To shift the transfer case, press the desired button. The graphic in the instrument Shifts between 2 m, 4 m, and AUTO 4. Shift the transfer case to 2 . Transfer m cluster will flash while a shift is in progress. Any of these shifts can be made at normal case shifts out of N (Neutral) can only be The graphic displayed will change to indicate driving speed. made into 2 m. When the shift to 2 m is the setting requested. complete, the graphic in the instrument The actual 4x4 shift request is only made When the shift is complete the graphic will after the button is released. The 4x4 graphic cluster will stop flashing. If the transfer stop flashing. The DIC message turns off case cannot complete a shift, the graphic will remain flashing until the shift request once the shift is complete. If the transfer has completed. A DIC message displays. will return to the previously selected case cannot complete a shift request, it will setting. go back to its last chosen setting. Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the DIC message disappears, the 4x4 graphic stops The settings are: flashing, and the current setting is indicated. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

240 Driving and Operating The actual 4x4 shift request is only made Electric Parking Brake after the button is released. The 4x4 graphic will remain flashing until the shift request has completed. A DIC message displays. Once the 4x4 shift has completed, the DIC message disappears, the 4x4 graphic stops flashing, and the If there is a problem with ABS, this warning current setting is indicated. light stays on. See Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light 0 112. Brakes ABS does not change the time needed to get a foot on the brake pedal and does not Electric Brake Boost always decrease stopping distance. If you Vehicles equipped with electric brake boost get too close to the vehicle ahead, there will have hydraulic brake circuits that are not be enough time to apply the brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops. Always The Electric Parking Brake (EPB) can always electronically controlled when the brake be applied, even if the vehicle is off. In case pedal is applied during normal operation. leave enough room ahead to stop, even with ABS. of insufficient electrical power, the EPB The system performs routine tests and turns cannot be applied or released. To prevent off within a few minutes after the vehicle is Using ABS draining the battery, avoid unnecessary turned off. Noise may be heard during this repeated cycles of the EPB. time. If the brake pedal is pressed during Do not pump the brakes. Just hold the brake the tests or when the electric brake boost pedal down firmly. Hearing and feeling ABS The system has a red parking brake status system is off, a noticeable change in pedal operate is normal. light and an amber service parking brake force and travel may be felt. This is normal. warning light. See Electric Parking Brake Braking in Emergencies Light 0 112 and Antilock Brake System (ABS) ABS allows steering and braking at the same Service Electric Parking Brake Light 0 112. There are also parking brake-related Driver The Antilock Brake System (ABS) helps time. In many emergencies, steering can Information Center (DIC) messages. prevent a braking skid and maintain steering help even more than braking. while braking hard. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 241

Before leaving the vehicle, check the red If the EPB is applied while the vehicle is Caution parking brake status light to ensure that the moving, the vehicle will decelerate as long parking brake is applied. as the switch is pressed. If the switch is Driving with the parking brake on can pressed until the vehicle comes to a stop, overheat the brake system and cause EPB Apply the EPB will remain applied. premature wear or damage to brake To apply the EPB: The vehicle may automatically apply the EPB system parts. Make sure that the parking 1. Be sure the vehicle is at a complete stop. in some situations when the vehicle is not brake is fully released and the brake warning light is off before driving. 2. Press the EPB switch momentarily. moving. This is normal, and is done to periodically check the correct operation of The red parking brake status light will flash the EPB system, or at the request of other If you are towing a trailer and parking on a and then stay on once the EPB is fully safety functions that utilize the EPB. hill, see Driving Characteristics and Towing applied. If the red parking brake status light Tips 0 279. flashes continuously, then the EPB is only If the EPB fails to apply, block the rear partially applied or there is a problem with wheels to prevent vehicle movement. Automatic EPB Release the EPB. A DIC message will display. Release EPB Release The EPB will automatically release if the the EPB and try to apply it again. If the vehicle is running, placed into gear, and an light does not come on, or keeps flashing, To release the EPB: attempt is made to drive away. Avoid rapid have the vehicle serviced. Do not drive the 1. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ acceleration when the EPB is applied, to vehicle if the red parking brake status light ACCESSORY. preserve parking brake lining life. is flashing. See your dealer. 2. Apply and hold the brake pedal. Brake Assist If the amber service parking brake warning 3. Press the EPB switch momentarily. light is on, press the EPB switch. Continue to Brake Assist detects rapid brake pedal hold the switch until the red parking brake The EPB is released when the red parking applications due to emergency braking status light remains on. If the amber service brake status light is off. situations and provides additional braking to parking brake warning light is on, see your If the amber service parking brake warning activate the Antilock Brake System (ABS) if dealer. light is on, release the EPB by pressing and the brake pedal is not pushed hard enough holding the EPB switch. Continue to hold the to activate ABS normally. Minor noise, brake switch until the red parking brake status pedal pulsation, and/or pedal movement light is off. If either light stays on after during this time may occur. Continue to release is attempted, see your dealer. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

242 Driving and Operating apply the brake pedal as the driving HSA is available when the vehicle is facing wheel brakes to assist the driver in keeping situation dictates. Brake Assist disengages uphill in a forward gear, or when facing the vehicle on the intended path. Trailer when the brake pedal is released. downhill in R (Reverse). The vehicle must Sway Control (TSC) is also on automatically come to a complete stop on a grade for HSA when the vehicle is started. See Trailer Sway Hill Start Assist (HSA) to activate. Control (TSC) 0 294. If cruise control is being used and traction { Warning Ride Control Systems control or StabiliTrak/ESC begins to limit Do not rely on the HSA feature. HSA does wheel spin, cruise control will disengage. not replace the need to pay attention Traction Control/Electronic Cruise control may be turned back on when and drive safely. You may not hear or Stability Control road conditions allow. feel alerts or warnings provided by this System Operation Both systems come on automatically when system. Failure to use proper care when the vehicle is started and begins to move. driving may result in injury, death, The vehicle has a Traction Control System The systems may be heard or felt while or vehicle damage. See Defensive Driving (TCS) and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability they are operating or while performing 0 214. Control (ESC). These systems help limit diagnostic checks. This is normal and does wheel spin and assist the driver in not mean there is a problem with the When the vehicle is stopped on a grade, Hill maintaining control, especially on slippery vehicle. Start Assist (HSA) prevents the vehicle from road conditions. It is recommended to leave both systems on rolling in an unintended direction during the TCS activates if it senses that any of the for normal driving conditions, but it may be transition from brake pedal release to drive wheels are spinning or beginning to necessary to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets accelerator pedal apply. The brakes release lose traction. When this happens, TCS stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. See If the when the accelerator pedal is applied. If the applies the brakes to the spinning wheels Vehicle Is Stuck 0 221 and “Turning the accelerator pedal is not applied within a few and reduces engine power to limit Systems Off and On” later in this section. minutes, the Electric Parking Brake will wheel spin. apply. The brakes may also release under When the transfer case (if equipped) is in other conditions. Do not rely on HSA to hold StabiliTrak/ESC activates when the vehicle Four-Wheel Drive Low, the TCS and the vehicle. senses a difference between the intended StabiliTrak/ESC are automatically disabled, g path and the direction the vehicle is actually traveling. StabiliTrak/ESC selectively applies braking pressure to any one of the vehicle GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 243 comes on, and the appropriate message will 2. Turn the engine off and wait 15 seconds. To turn off only TCS, press and release g. appear on the Driver Information 3. Start the engine. The traction off light i displays in the Center (DIC). instrument cluster. The appropriate message Drive the vehicle. If d comes on and stays will display in the DIC. To turn TCS on again, on, see your dealer. press and release g. The traction off light Turning the Systems Off and On i displayed in the instrument cluster will turn off. If TCS is limiting wheel spin when g is pressed, the system will not turn off until The indicator light for both systems is in the the wheels stop spinning. instrument cluster. This light will: . Flash when TCS is limiting wheel spin. To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC, . Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC is activated. press and hold g until the traction off light . Turn on and stay on when either system i and the StabiliTrak OFF light g come on is not working. See Traction Control and stay on in the instrument cluster, then System (TCS)/Electronic Stability Control release. The appropriate message will Light 0 114. display in the DIC. If either system fails to turn on or to To turn TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC on again, activate, a message displays in the DIC, and The button for TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC is on press and release g. The traction off light d comes on and stays on to indicate that the instrument panel to the left of the i and the StabiliTrak OFF light g in the the system is inactive and is not assisting steering wheel. instrument cluster turn off. the driver in maintaining control. Without Caution For vehicles without four corner air the assistance of properly functioning suspension StabiliTrak/ESC will automatically Do not repeatedly brake or accelerate StabiliTrak/ESC the possibility of rollover is turn on if the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h increased. Adjust driving accordingly. heavily when TCS is off. The vehicle (35 mph). Traction control will remain off. driveline could be damaged. If d comes on and stays on: 1. Stop the vehicle. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

244 Driving and Operating For vehicles with four corner air suspension If HDC is to be used for more than StabiliTrak/ESC will automatically turn on if three minutes or on grades steeper than the vehicle exceeds 32 km/h (20 mph). 25%, the transfer case should be put into The vehicle has a Trailer Sway Control (TSC) Four-Wheel Drive Low (4 n) to reduce the feature and a Hill Start Assist (HSA) feature. possibility of brake overheating. See Trailer Sway Control (TSC) 0 294 or Noise from the hydraulic brake control Hill Start Assist (HSA) 0 242. module is normal when HDC is active. Adding accessories can affect the vehicle When HDC is activated, the initial HDC performance. See Accessories and speed is set to the current driving speed. Modifications 0 308. It can be increased or decreased by pressing +RES or SET- on the steering wheel, or by Hill Descent Control (HDC) applying the accelerator or brake pedal. This If equipped, Hill Descent Control (HDC) sets Press 5 to enable or disable HDC. Vehicle adjusted speed becomes the new set speed. speed must be below 60 km/h (37 mph). and maintains vehicle speed while driving HDC will remain enabled between 30 and down steep grades in a forward or reverse 60 km/h (19 and 37 mph); however, vehicle gear. The HDC switch is on the instrument speed cannot be set or maintained in this panel to the left of the steering wheel. range. HDC will automatically disable if the vehicle speed is above 80 km/h (50 mph) or above 60 km/h (37 mph) for at least 30 seconds. When enabled, the HDC light displays on 5 must be pressed again to re-enable HDC. the instrument cluster. HDC may disable after an extended period A blinking HDC light indicates the system is of use. If this happens, HDC will require actively applying the brakes to maintain time to cool down. The length of time HDC vehicle speed. HDC can maintain vehicle remains active depends on road conditions, speeds between 1 and 30 km/h (1 and grade, set speed, vehicle loading, and 19 mph) on grades greater than or equal outside temperature. to 5%. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 245 When enabled, if the vehicle speed is above To activate Terrain mode, press the Terrain 30 km/h (19 mph) and below 60 km/h Mode button located next to the (37 mph), a DIC message will display. Mode knob. Driver Mode Control Tour : Use for normal city and highway driving to provide a smooth ride. This Driver Mode Control (DMC) allows the driver setting provides balance between comfort to adjust the overall driving experience to and handling. This is the standard/default better suit preference by adjusting multiple mode. There is no persistent indicator in the sub-system simultaneously. Drive Mode instrument cluster for this mode. availability and affected vehicle subsystems are dependent upon vehicle trim level, 8 Sport Mode : Use where road conditions region, and optional features. or personal preference demand a more controlled response. When you enter this Tour will be the default mode at every To activate each mode, turn the Mode knob mode you will immediately feel a down ignition cycle. A unique and persistent on the instrument panel to the left of the shift. In this mode, the vehicle also monitors indicator will be displayed in the instrument steering wheel. driving behaviors and automatically enables cluster for each mode. Performance Shift Features when spirited Depending on trim level, Tour, Sport, Snow/ driving is detected. These features maintain Ice, Off-Road, Tow/Haul, and Terrain modes lower transmission gears to increase may be available. available engine braking and improve acceleration response. The vehicle will exit these features and return to normal operation after a short period when no spirited driving is detected. The steering will change to provide more precise control. If the vehicle has Magnetic Ride Control, the suspension will change to provide better cornering performance. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

246 Driving and Operating 6 Snow/Ice Mode : Snow/Ice improves transmission shift pattern, ride height, vehicle acceleration on snow and ice covered suspension, steering, AWD, eSLD, ESC roads. When active, Snow/Ice Mode will performance and TCS performance. adjust acceleration to optimize traction on When the vehicle comes to a stop on an slippery surfaces. This can compromise the upward grade, Automatic Vehicle Hold is acceleration on dry asphalt. This feature is engaged until the driver presses the not intended for use when the vehicle is accelerator pedal. Stop/Start and cruise stuck in sand, mud, ice, snow, or gravel. control are disabled in Terrain Mode. If the vehicle becomes stuck see If the Vehicle Is Stuck 0 221. Active Braking during lift throttle will be engaged. This feature automatically applies 7 Off-Road Mode : Use this mode for light braking to simulate heavy engine off-road recreational driving. Off-Road Mode braking of four-wheel-dive low. It also should be used to improve driving at If equipped, select Terrain Mode by pressing applies light braking in D (Drive) until the moderate speeds, on grass, gravel, dirt, the g below the 4 m transfer case vehicle is at idle speeds. In M1 and M2 light unpaved roads, or snow-covered roads. The button. braking will typically bring the vehicle to a accelerator pedal is tuned for off-road use. stop. Active Braking during lift throttle will This mode modifies pedal mapping, AWD, g Terrain Mode : Use this mode when also reduce trailer braking. steering, ride height, ABS, ESC, and TCS traveling on very rough roads at very low Terrain Mode will automatically exit to Tour performance. For more information on speeds, such as a two-track or heavily rutted Mode if the brake temperatures become too off-road driving, see Off-Road Driving 0 216. road. This can also be used for pulling a boat out of the water on a trailer. When in hot, electronic parking brake becomes _ Tow/Haul Mode : For more Terrain Mode, the vehicle will shift inoperable or the vehicle cannot perform information on Tow/Haul Mode, see Tow/ automatically but will hold a lower gear braking or vehicle hold. 0 Haul Mode 235. longer to maximize engine torque. This For more information on off-road driving, mode has a unique pedal map and see Off-Road Driving 0 216 and transmission shift pattern for better control Hill and Mountain Roads 0 220. at lower speeds and over rough terrain. This mode modifies accelerator pedal mapping, GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 247

Terrain Mode Drive Terrain Mode is only available on vehicles Select Expected Vehicle Behavior Ideal Terrain equipped with the single speed transfer case. Minor deceleration when off Grassy fields, Terrain Mode can only be active when: throttle and mild ability to mild two tracks, Drive (L3-Lx) modulate throttle; mimics . Vehicle speed is less than 80 km/h rutted roads, performance of 4 n without torque (50 mph). large rolling hills, multiplication. . The transfer case is in 4 m. Moderate deceleration when off Mild rock crawling, Frequent use of this mode may cause brake throttle and moderate ability to L2 heavy ruts, wear due to the light braking. modulate throttle; will bring vehicle short, steeper grades, The vehicle will automatically exit the mode to a stop in most cases. if the brakes get too hot. Terrain Mode can Significant deceleration when off be turned back on after the brakes have throttle and significant ability to cooled. L1 Rock crawling downhill modulate throttle; will bring vehicle When Terrain Mode is selected: to a stop in most cases. . Auto Engine Start/Stop will be disabled. . The Terrain Mode indicator displays on Vehicle Hold Features: released without pressing the accelerator the instrument cluster. . When the vehicle comes to a stop on an pedal. The vehicle will also creep forward Magnetic Ride Control incline grade in forward gear or on a on flat ground. decline grade in reverse gear, Vehicle . If the driver seat belt is removed and the This vehicle may have a semi-active damping Hold is engaged until the accelerator driver door is opened while the vehicle is system called Magnetic Ride Control. With pedal is pressed. being held, EPB will be engaged. this feature, improved vehicle ride and handling is provided under a variety of . When the vehicle is in forward gear on a . EPB will engage if the vehicle is held for passenger and loading conditions. decline, the vehicle is allowed to creep an extended period. down the hill when the brake pedal is GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

248 Driving and Operating Changing Ride Height Locking Rear Axle { Warning Vehicles with a locking rear axle can give To help avoid personal injury or death, more traction on snow, mud, ice, sand, always select the lowest ride height for or gravel. It works like a standard axle most the current driving conditions. Higher ride of the time, but when traction is low, this feature will allow the rear wheel with the heights raise the vehicle's center of most traction to move the vehicle. gravity, increasing the chance of a rollover during extreme maneuvers. Four Corner Air Suspension System { Warning The Four Corner Air Suspension feature Heavy loads on the roof rack will make provides full time load leveling capability the vehicle's center of gravity higher, along with the benefit of adjusting ride height for increased convenience and increasing the possibility of a rollover. To Press the Ride Height button to open the capability. avoid losing control of the vehicle, always Ride Height Menu on the Instrument Panel. select the normal height setting and { Warning avoid high speeds, sudden starts, sharp turns, sudden braking, or abrupt To help avoid personal injury or death, maneuvers when carrying cargo on the make sure the area underneath the roof rack. vehicle and inside the wheel wells is clear when lowering the vehicle. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 249 Turn the knob left or right to select the (19 mph). This gives the driver more (50 mph), the vehicle will lower to Normal desired ride height in the menu. To finalize flexibility when lowering to Entry/Exit Height. Normal Height will be maintained the selection, either press the Ride Height Height for passenger pick up and drop off. until vehicle speed is slowed to less than button again or wait three seconds for the The driver can enable Automatic Entry/ 16 km/h (10 mph) and then the vehicle will menu to timeout. Ride Heights that are Egress Mode to automatically lower to automatically raise back to Increased Height. unavailable for selection will be greyed out Entry/Exit Height when the vehicle is shifted The vehicle will automatically lower from in the menu. to P (PARK). Automatic Entry/Egress Mode Increased Height to Normal Height to Ride Height Descriptions may be enabled via the infotainment screen provide improved stability if aggressive Normal Height is the standard vehicle height under Settings/Vehicle/Ride Height. When maneuvers are detected. used for everyday driving. the vehicle is higher than Normal Height, Maximum Height is 50 mm (2 in) higher Automatic Entry/Egress Mode is disabled. than Normal Height. This ride height raises Entry/Exit Height is 50 mm (2 in) lower than When the vehicle is in Tow/Haul Driver Normal Height. This ride height lowers the the vehicle for off-road use and is only Mode, Off-Road Driver Mode, or it senses a available with specific optional content. vehicle for easy entry and exit from the trailer is connected, Automatic Entry/Egress vehicle as well as providing a lower height Mode is disabled. To raise the vehicle to Maximum Height, for loading and unloading cargo. Increased Height is 25 mm (1 in) higher than first shift the transfer case to 4 m. Once the This ride height can be selected in the Ride Normal Height. This ride height raises the transfer case is in 4 m and vehicle speed is Height Menu at any vehicle speed. When vehicle for off-road use, allows for higher less than 48 km/hr (30 mph), select Entry/Exit Height is select at higher speeds, speeds than Maximum Height, and is onlly Maximum Height in the Ride Height Menu. the vehicle will wait to lower until the available with specific optional content. If vehicle speed exceeds 48 km/h, the vehicle slows to less than 12 km/h (7 mph). vehicle will automatically lower to Increased Increased Height can be selected in the Ride Height. The vehicle will automatically raise to Height Menu while vehicle speed is less Normal Height from Entry/Exit Height when than 80 km/h (50 mph). If vehicle speed The vehicle will automatically lower from speed increases above 8 km/h (5 mph). If no exceeds 80 km/h (50 mph), the vehicle will Maximum Height to Normal Height to door has been opened since lowering to automatically lower to Normal Height. provide improved stability if aggressive Entry/Exit Height, the vehicle will wait to maneuver are detected. raise to Normal Height until 30 km/h Off-Road Driver Mode and Terrain Driver Mode will automatically set Increase Height when vehicle speed is less than 80 km/h (50 mph). If vehicle speed exceeds 80 km/h GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

250 Driving and Operating Aerodynamic Height is 20 mm (0.75 in) automatically enabled when the vehicle is requested, a ‘Leveling System Unavailable’ lower than Normal Height. This ride height put on a hoist or a floor jack is used to raise message will be displayed in the instrument lowers the vehicle at higher vehicle speeds a corner. Service Mode automatically cluster. to improve aerodynamics. disables when vehicle speed exceeds Suspension Lowered for Stability 16 km/h (10 mph). The vehicle will lower to Aerodynamic In the event of a loss of Electronic Stability Height when vehicle speed exceeds Alignment Mode Control, the air suspension will lower the 105 km/h (65 mph) for a period of time. The Alignment Mode will optimize the vehicle vehicle at higher speeds to provide increased vehicle will raise to Normal Height when the height to provide the most accurate wheel stability. This will be accompanied by a vehicle slows to less than 48 km/h alignment. This mode should be enabled ‘Vehicle Lowering for Stability’ message in (30 mph). once the vehicle is driven onto the the instrument cluster. Aerodynamic Height is automatically alignment station. Excessive Vehicle Loading disabled when a trailer is connected to the To enable Alignment Mode, ensure the vehicle or Tow/Haul Driver Mode is active. If the air suspension detects excessive vehicle is at Normal Height and shift the vehicle loading, it will not raise above Suspension Modes vehicle to Neutral. Alignment Mode Normal Height. automatically disables when vehicle speed The air suspension has two special modes Air Suspension Service located in the infotainment screen under exceeds 16 km/h (10 mph). Settings/Vehicle/Suspension. Air Suspension Operation with Door(s) or If a ‘Service Leveling System’ message is Hood Open displayed in the instrument cluster, see your Service Mode authorized dealer immediately. Service Mode will disable all air suspension The air suspension will temporarily suspend operation including raising and lowering the all height changes while the hood or any vehicle and operation of the air compressor. door is open. This mode is useful when the vehicle is System Over-Temperature being towed on a flat bed or when any If the air suspension is under heavy use, the work under the vehicle is being performed. system may temporarily suspend all height Service Mode is automatically enabled when changes to allow compressor cooldown. the vehicle is put on a hoist or a floor jack When this occurs and a height change is is used to raise a corner. Service Mode GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 251 Cruise Control When road conditions allow you to safely SET− : Press the control down briefly to set use it again, cruise control can be turned the speed and activate cruise control. back on. If cruise control is already engaged, use to { Warning Turning off the TCS or StabiliTrak/ESC decrease vehicle speed. Cruise control can be dangerous where system will disengage the cruise control. * : Press to disengage cruise control you cannot drive safely at a steady without erasing the set speed from memory. speed. Do not use cruise control on If the brakes are applied, cruise control winding roads or in heavy traffic. disengages. Setting Cruise Control Cruise control can be dangerous on If 5 is on when not in use, SET− or +RES slippery roads. On such roads, fast could get pressed and go into cruise when changes in tire traction can cause not desired. Keep 5 off when cruise is not excessive wheel slip, and you could lose being used. control. Do not use cruise control on 1. Press 5 to turn the cruise system on. slippery roads. 2. Get up to the desired speed. If equipped with cruise control, a speed of 3. Press and release SET−. about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can be 4. Remove your foot from the accelerator. maintained without keeping your foot on the accelerator. Cruise control does not work The cruise control indicator on the at speeds below about 40 km/h (25 mph). instrument cluster turns green after cruise 5 control has been set to the desired speed. If the cruise control is being used and the : Press to turn cruise control on or off. See Instrument Cluster 0 103. Traction Control System (TCS) or StabiliTrak/ A white indicator comes on or off in the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) begins to instrument cluster. Resuming a Set Speed limit wheel spin, the cruise control will +RES : If there is a set speed in memory, If the cruise control is set at a desired speed automatically disengage. See Traction press the control up briefly to resume to and then the brakes are applied or * is 0 Control/Electronic Stability Control 242. that speed or press and hold to accelerate. pressed, the cruise control is disengaged If a collision alert occurs when cruise control If cruise control is already engaged, use to without erasing the set speed from memory. is activated, cruise control is disengaged. See increase vehicle speed. Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 267. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

252 Driving and Operating Once the vehicle reaches about 40 km/h Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise For other forms of descent control, see Hill (25 mph) or more, press RES+ up briefly. The Control Descent Control (HDC) 0 244, Automatic vehicle returns to the previously set speed. Transmission 0 232, and Tow/Haul Mode Use the accelerator pedal to increase the 0 Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control vehicle speed. When you take your foot off 235. Do one of the following: the pedal, the vehicle will slow down to the Ending Cruise Control previously set cruise speed. While pressing There are four ways to end cruise control: . Press and hold +RES up until the desired the accelerator pedal or shortly following speed is reached, then release it. the release to override cruise control, briefly . Step lightly on the brake pedal. . To increase vehicle speed in small pressing SET– will result in cruise control set . Press *. increments, press +RES up briefly. For to the current vehicle speed. . Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). each press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph) faster. Using Cruise Control on Hills . To turn off cruise control, press 5. The speedometer reading can be displayed How well the cruise control works on hills Erasing Speed Memory depends on the vehicle speed, the load, and in either English or metric units. See The cruise control set speed is erased from 0 the steepness of the hills. When going up Instrument Cluster 103. The increment memory if 5 is pressed or the ignition is value used depends on the units displayed. steep hills, pressing the accelerator pedal may be necessary to maintain vehicle speed. turned off. Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control While going downhill, cruise braking helps Adaptive Cruise Control Do one of the following: maintain driver selected speed. (Advanced) . Press and hold SET– down until the Cruise Grade Braking is enabled when the desired lower speed is reached, then vehicle is started and cruise control is active. If equipped with Adaptive Cruise Control release it. It is not enabled in Range Selection Mode. (ACC), it allows for selecting the cruise . To slow down in small increments, press It assists in maintaining driver selected control set speed and following gap. Read SET– down briefly. For each press, the speed when driving on downhill grades by this entire section before using this system. vehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph) slower. using the engine and transmission to slow ACC uses a camera and radar sensor(s) to the vehicle. detect other vehicles. See Radio Frequency The speedometer reading can be displayed Statement 0 406. in either English or metric units. See Instrument Cluster 0 103. The increment value used depends on the units displayed. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 253 The following gap is the following time (or distance) between your vehicle and a vehicle { Warning Warning (Continued) detected directly ahead in your path, ACC has limited braking ability and may the camera’s view; or when the moving in the same direction. If no vehicle not have time to slow the vehicle down vehicle in front or oncoming traffic is detected in your path, ACC works like enough to avoid a collision with another causes additional environmental regular cruise control. vehicle you are following. This can occur obstructions, such as road spray. ACC If a vehicle is detected in your path, ACC can when vehicles suddenly slow or stop performance is limited under these apply acceleration or limited, moderate ahead, or enter your lane. Also see conditions. braking to maintain the selected following “Alerting the Driver” later in this section. . On slippery roads where fast changes gap. To disengage ACC, apply the brake. Complete attention is always required in tire traction can cause excessive If ACC is controlling the vehicle speed when while driving and you should be ready to wheel slip the Traction Control System (TCS) or take action and apply the brakes. See . With extremely heavy cargo loaded in StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Defensive Driving 0 214. the cargo area or rear seat system activates, ACC may automatically disengage. See Traction Control/Electronic . When towing a trailer 0 Stability Control 242. When road { Warning conditions allow ACC to be safely used, ACC can be turned back on. ACC will not detect or brake for children, pedestrians, animals, or other objects. Disabling the TCS or StabiliTrak/ESC system will disengage and prevent engagement Do not use ACC when: of ACC. . On winding and hilly roads or when ACC can reduce the need for you to the camera sensor is blocked by snow, frequently brake and accelerate, especially ice, or dirt. The system may not when used on expressways, freeways, and detect a vehicle ahead. Keep the interstate highways. When used on other windshield and headlamps clean. roads, you may need to take over the . When visibility is poor due to rain, control of braking or acceleration more snow, fog, dirt, insect residue, or dust; often. when other foreign objects obscure (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

254 Driving and Operating J : Press to turn the system on or off. The Switching Between ACC and Regular Cruise indicator turns white on the instrument Control { Warning cluster when ACC is turned on. To switch between ACC and regular cruise Always check the cruise control indicator RES+ : Press briefly to resume the previous control, press and hold *. A Driver on the instrument cluster to determine set speed or to increase vehicle speed if ACC Information Display (DIC) message displays. which mode cruise control is in before is already activated. To increase speed by See Vehicle Messages 0 124. using the feature. If ACC is not active, the about 1 km/h (1 mph), press RES+ briefly. To vehicle will not automatically brake for increase speed to the next 5 km/h (5 mph) other vehicles, which could cause a crash mark on the speedometer, hold RES+. if the brakes are not applied manually. You and others could be seriously injured SET– : Press briefly to set the speed and activate ACC or to decrease vehicle speed if or killed. ACC is already activated. To decrease speed by about 1 km/h (1 mph), press SET– briefly. ACC Indicator Regular Cruise Control Setting Adaptive Cruise Control To decrease speed to the next 5 km/h Indicator If J is on when not in use, it could get (5 mph) mark on the speedometer, pressed and go into ACC when not desired. hold SET–. When ACC is engaged, a green o indicator Keep J off when cruise is not being used. will be lit on the instrument cluster and the * : Press to disengage ACC without erasing Select the set speed desired for ACC. This is the selected set speed. following gap will be displayed. When the regular cruise control is engaged, a green the vehicle speed when no vehicle is detected in your path. [ : Press to select a following gap setting J indicator will be lit on the instrument for ACC of Far, Medium, or Near. cluster; the following gap will not display. While the vehicle is moving, ACC will not set at a speed less than 5 km/h (3 mph), The speedometer reading can be displayed When the vehicle is turned on, the cruise in either English or metric units. See although it can be resumed. The minimum control mode will be set to the last mode allowable set speed is 25 km/h (15 mph). Instrument Cluster 0 103. The increment used before the vehicle was turned off. value used depends on the units displayed. To set ACC while moving: 1. Press J. 2. Get up to the desired speed. 3. Press and release SET–. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 255 4. Remove foot from the accelerator pedal. . If the vehicle is moving more than 5 km/h will now cruise at the higher speed. (3 mph), it returns to the previous set After ACC is set, it may immediately apply When the accelerator pedal is pressed, speed. the brakes if a vehicle ahead is detected ACC will not brake because it is closer than the selected following gap. . If the vehicle is stopped with the brake overridden. While overridden, the ACC pedal applied, press RES+ and release the indicator will turn blue on the instrument ACC can also be set while the vehicle is brake pedal. ACC will hold the vehicle cluster and Head-Up Display (HUD), stopped if ACC is on and the brake pedal is until RES+ or the accelerator pedal is if equipped. applied. pressed. . Press and hold RES+ until the desired set A green ACC indicator and the set speed speed is displayed, then release it. display on the instrument cluster. The . To increase vehicle speed in smaller vehicle ahead indicator may be flashing if a increments, press RES+ briefly. For each vehicle ahead was present and moved. See press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h “Approaching and Following a Vehicle” later (1 mph) faster. in this section. . To increase vehicle speed in larger The ACC indicator displays on the Once ACC has resumed, the vehicle speed increments, hold RES+. While holding instrument cluster and Head-Up Display will increase to the set speed under the RES+, the vehicle speed increases to the (HUD), if equipped. When ACC is turned on, following conditions: next 5 km/h (5 mph) step, then continues to increase by 5 km/h (5 mph) at a time. the indicator will be lit white. When ACC is . There is no vehicle ahead. engaged, the indicator will be lit green. . The vehicle ahead is beyond the selected The set speed can also be increased while Be mindful of speed limits, surrounding following gap. the vehicle is stopped. traffic speeds, and weather conditions when . The vehicle speed is not being limited . If stopped with the brake pedal applied, selecting the set speed. because of a sharp turn. press RES+ until the desired set speed is displayed. Resuming a Set Speed Increasing Speed While ACC Is at a Set Speed . If ACC is holding the vehicle at a stop and If the ACC is set at a desired speed and then If ACC is already activated, do one of the there is another vehicle directly ahead, the brakes are applied, ACC is disengaged following: pressing RES+ will increase the set speed. without erasing the set speed from memory. . Use the accelerator to get to the higher To begin using ACC again, press RES+ up speed. Briefly press and release SET– and briefly. release the accelerator pedal. The vehicle GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

256 Driving and Operating . Pressing RES+ when there is no longer a . If stopped with the brake applied, press Changing the gap setting automatically vehicle ahead or the vehicle ahead is or hold SET− until the desired set speed is changes the alert timing sensitivity (Far, pulling away and the brake is not applied displayed. Medium, or Near) for the Forward Collision with cause the ACC to resume. Selecting the Follow Distance Gap Alert (FCA) feature. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 267. When it is determined that there is no When a slower moving vehicle is detected vehicle ahead or the vehicle ahead is beyond ahead within the selected following gap, Alerting the Driver the selected following gap, then the vehicle ACC will adjust the vehicle's speed and speed will increase to the set speed. attempt to maintain the follow distance gap Reducing Speed While ACC Is at a Set Speed selected. If ACC is already activated, do one of the Press [ on the steering wheel to adjust following: the following gap. Each press cycles the gap . Use the brake to get to the desired lower button through three settings: Far, Medium, speed. Release the brake and press SET–. or Near. With Head-Up Display The vehicle will now cruise at the lower When pressed, the current gap setting speed. displays briefly on the instrument cluster . Press and hold SET– until the desired and HUD (if equipped). The gap setting will lower speed is reached, then release it. be maintained until it is changed. . To decrease the vehicle speed in smaller Since each gap setting corresponds to a increments, press SET− down briefly. For following time (Far, Medium, or Near), the each press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h following distance will vary based on vehicle Without Head-Up Display or (1 mph) slower. speed. The faster the vehicle speed, the . To decrease the vehicle speed in larger further back your vehicle will follow a If ACC is engaged, driver action may be increments, hold SET−. While holding SET vehicle detected ahead. Consider traffic and required when ACC cannot apply sufficient −, the vehicle speed decreases to the next weather conditions when selecting the braking because of approaching a vehicle 5 km/h (5 mph) step, then continues to following gap. The range of selectable gaps too rapidly. decrease by 5 km/h (5 mph) at a time. may not be appropriate for all drivers and When this condition occurs, the collision The set speed can also be decreased while driving conditions. alert symbol will flash on the windshield. the vehicle is stopped. Either eight beeps will sound from the front, GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 257 or both sides of the Safety Alert Seat (if come on. The automatic braking may feel or equipped) will pulse five times. See sound different than if the brakes were Warning (Continued) “Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle applied manually. This is normal. vehicle it has never detected moving. This 0 Personalization 125 Passing a Vehicle While Using ACC can occur in stop-and-go traffic or when a 0 vehicle suddenly appears due to a vehicle See Defensive Driving 214. If the set speed is high enough, and the left ahead changing lanes. Your vehicle may Approaching and Following a Vehicle turn signal is used to pass a vehicle ahead not stop and could cause a crash. Use in the selected following gap, ACC may assist by gradually accelerating the vehicle caution when using ACC. Your complete prior to the lane change. attention is always required while driving and you should be ready to take action { Warning and apply the brakes. When using ACC to pass a vehicle or Irregular Objects Affecting ACC perform a lane change, the following The vehicle ahead indicator is in the ACC may have difficulty detecting the distance to the vehicle being passed may instrument cluster and HUD, if equipped. following objects: It only displays when a vehicle is detected be reduced. ACC may not apply sufficient acceleration or braking when passing a . Vehicles with cargo extending from the in your vehicle’s path moving in the same back end. direction. If this symbol is not displaying, vehicle or performing a lane change. ACC will not respond to or brake for vehicles Always be ready to manually accelerate . Non-standard shaped vehicles, such as ahead. or brake to complete the pass or lane vehicle transport, vehicles with a side car change. fitted, or horse carriages. ACC automatically slows the vehicle down . Objects that are close to the front of your and adjusts vehicle speed to follow a Stationary or Very Slow-Moving Objects vehicle. detected vehicle ahead at the selected following gap. The vehicle speed increases or ACC Automatically Disengages { Warning decreases to follow a detected vehicle in ACC may automatically disengage and the front of your vehicle when that vehicle is ACC may not detect and react to stopped driver will need to manually apply the traveling slower than your vehicle set speed. or slow-moving vehicles ahead of you. For brakes to slow the vehicle if: It may apply limited braking, if necessary. example, the system may not brake for a . The sensors are blocked. When braking is active, the brake lamps will (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

258 Driving and Operating . The Traction Control System (TCS) or and “Adaptive Cruise Go Notifier” in StabiliTrak/ESC system has activated or “Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle { Warning been disabled. Personalization 0 125. Leaving the vehicle without placing it in . There is a fault in the system. When the vehicle ahead drives away, press P (Park) can be dangerous. Do not leave . The radar falsely reports blockage when RES+ or the accelerator pedal to resume the vehicle while it is being held at a driving in a desert or remote area with ACC. If stopped for more than two minutes stop by ACC. Always place the vehicle in no other vehicles or roadside objects. or if the driver door is opened and the P (Park) and turn off the ignition before A DIC message may display to indicate driver seat belt is unbuckled, the ACC leaving the vehicle. that ACC is temporarily unavailable. automatically applies the Electric Parking The ACC indicator will turn white when ACC Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle. The EPB ACC Override is no longer active. status light will turn on. See Electric Parking If using the accelerator pedal while ACC is Brake 0 240. In some cases, when ACC is temporarily active, the ACC indicator turns blue on the unavailable, regular cruise control may be A DIC warning message may display instrument cluster indicating ACC braking indicating to shift to P (Park) before exiting will not occur. ACC will resume operation used. See “Switching Between ACC and 0 Regular Cruise Control” previously in this the vehicle. See Vehicle Messages 124. when the accelerator pedal is not being section. Always consider driving conditions pressed. before using either cruise control system. { Warning { Warning Notification to Resume ACC If ACC has stopped the vehicle, and if ACC is disengaged, turned off, or canceled, the The ACC will not automatically apply the ACC will maintain a follow gap behind a vehicle will no longer be held at a stop. brakes if your foot is resting on the detected vehicle and slow your vehicle to a The vehicle can move. When ACC is accelerator pedal. You could crash into a stop behind that vehicle. holding the vehicle at a stop, always be vehicle ahead of you. If the stopped vehicle ahead has driven prepared to manually apply the brakes. away and ACC has not resumed, the vehicle ahead indicator will flash as a reminder to check traffic ahead before proceeding. In addition, the left and right sides of the Safety Alert Seat will pulse three times, or three beeps will sound. See ”Alert Type” GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 259 Curves in the Road ACC automatically slows the vehicle down ACC may occasionally provide an alert and/ while navigating the curve and may increase or braking that is considered unnecessary. { Warning speed out of the curve, but will not exceed It could respond to vehicles in different the set speed. lanes or stationary objects when entering or On curves, ACC may not detect a vehicle exiting a curve. This is normal operation. ahead in your lane. You could be startled The vehicle does not need service. if the vehicle accelerates up to the set speed, especially when following a vehicle Other Vehicle Lane Changes exiting or entering exit ramps. You could lose control of the vehicle or crash. Do not use ACC while driving on an entrance or exit ramp. Always be ready to use the brakes if necessary.

When following a vehicle and entering a { Warning curve, ACC may not detect the vehicle ahead and accelerate to the set speed. When this On curves, ACC may respond to a vehicle happens, the vehicle ahead indicator will not ACC will not detect a vehicle ahead until it in another lane, or may not have time to appear. react to a vehicle in your lane. You could is completely in the lane. The brakes may crash into a vehicle ahead of you, or lose need to be manually applied. control of your vehicle. Give extra Objects Not Directly in Front of Your Vehicle attention in curves and be ready to use The detection of objects in front of the the brakes if necessary. Select an vehicle may not be possible if: appropriate speed while driving in curves. . The vehicle or object ahead is not within ACC may operate differently in a sharp your lane. curve. It may briefly reduce the vehicle . The vehicle ahead is shifted, not centered, speed if the curve is too sharp. or is shifted to one side of the lane. ACC may detect a vehicle that is not in your lane and apply the brakes. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

260 Driving and Operating Driving in Narrow Lanes Erasing Speed Memory If ACC will not operate, regular cruise control Vehicles in adjacent traffic lanes or roadside The ACC set speed is erased from memory if may be available. See “Switching Between ACC and Regular Cruise Control” previously objects may be incorrectly detected when J is pressed or if the ignition is turned off. located along the roadway. in this section. Always consider driving Weather Conditions Affecting ACC conditions before using either cruise control Do Not Use ACC on Hills and When Towing a system. Trailer System operation may be limited under snow, heavy rain, or road spray conditions. For cleaning instructions, see “Washing the Vehicle” under Exterior Care 0 374. Accessory Installations and Vehicle Modifications Driver Assistance Systems Do not install or place any object around the front camera windshield area that would This vehicle may have features that work obstruct the front camera view. together to help avoid crashes or reduce crash damage while driving, backing, and Do not install objects on top of the vehicle parking. Read this entire section before that overhang and obstruct the front using these systems. camera, such as a , , or other Do not use ACC when driving on steep hills items that can be transported on a roof rack or when towing a trailer. ACC will not detect system. See Roof Rack System 0 92. { Warning a vehicle in the lane while driving on steep Do not rely on the Driver Assistance hills. Do not modify the hood, headlamps, or fog lamps, as this may limit the camera’s ability Systems. These systems do not replace Disengaging ACC to detect an object. the need for paying attention and driving safely. You may not hear or feel alerts or There are three ways to disengage ACC: Cleaning the Sensing System warnings provided by these systems. . Step lightly on the brake pedal. The camera sensor on the windshield behind Failure to use proper care when driving . Press *. the rearview mirror, and the sensors on the may result in injury, death, or vehicle 0 . Press J. front of the vehicle can become blocked by damage. See Defensive Driving 214. snow, ice, dirt, mud, or debris. This area (Continued) needs to be cleaned for ACC to operate properly. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 261 Audible or Safety Alert Seat Warning (Continued) Some driver assistance features alert the Under many conditions, these systems driver of obstacles by beeping. To change will not: the volume of the warning chime, see . Detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists, “Comfort and Convenience” under Vehicle or animals. Personalization 0 125. . Detect vehicles or objects outside the If equipped with the Safety Alert Seat, the area monitored by the system. driver seat cushion may provide a vibrating pulse alert instead of beeping. To change . Work at all driving speeds. this, see “Collision/Detection Systems” under . Warn you or provide you with enough Vehicle Personalization 0 125. time to avoid a crash. Cleaning . Work under poor visibility or bad weather conditions. Depending on vehicle options, keep these areas of the vehicle clean to ensure the best . Work if the detection sensor is not driver assistance feature performance. Driver cleaned or is covered by ice, snow, Information Center (DIC) messages may mud, or dirt. display when the systems are unavailable or . Work if the detection sensor is blocked. covered up, such as with a sticker, magnet, or metal plate. . Work if the area surrounding the detection sensor is damaged or not properly repaired. Complete attention is always required . Front and rear bumpers and the area while driving, and you should be ready to below the bumpers take action and apply the brakes and/or . Front grille and headlamps steer the vehicle to avoid crashes. . Front camera lens in the front grille or near the front emblem GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

262 Driving and Operating . Front side and rear side panels the vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) after . Outside of the windshield in front of the a short delay. To return to the previous rearview mirror screen sooner, press Home or Back on the . Side camera lens on the bottom of the infotainment system, shift into P (Park), outside mirrors or reach a vehicle speed of approximately 12 km/h (8 mph) while in D (Drive). The rear . Rear side corner bumpers vision camera is above the license plate. . Rear Vision Camera above the license plate Radio Frequency 1. View Displayed by the Camera This vehicle may be equipped with driver 2. Corners of the Rear Bumper assistance systems that operate using radio frequency. See Radio Frequency Statement Displayed images may be farther or closer 0 406. than they appear. The area displayed is limited and objects that are close to either Assistance Systems for Parking or corner of the bumper or under the bumper Backing do not display. A warning triangle may display to show If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera (RVC), that RPA or RCTA has detected an object. Rear Park Assist (RPA), Front Park Assist This triangle changes from amber to red and (FPA), Surround Vision, and Rear Cross Traffic 1. View Displayed by the Camera increases in size the closer the object. Alert (RCTA) may help the driver park or avoid objects. Always check around the { Warning vehicle when parking or backing. The camera(s) do not display children, Rear Vision Camera (RVC) pedestrians, bicyclists, crossing traffic, When the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse), animals, or any other object outside of the RVC displays an image of the area the cameras’ field of view, below the behind the vehicle in the infotainment bumper, or under the vehicle. Shown display. The previous screen displays when (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 263

Warning (Continued) { Warning distances may be different from actual The Surround Vision cameras have blind distances. Do not drive or park the spots and will not display all objects near vehicle using only these camera(s). the corners of the vehicle. Folding outside Always check behind and around the mirrors that are out of position may not vehicle before driving. Failure to use display surround view correctly. Always proper care may result in injury, death, check around the vehicle when parking or or vehicle damage. backing. 1. Views Displayed by the Surround Surround Vision Vision Cameras If equipped, Surround Vision displays an 2. Area Not Shown image of the area surrounding the vehicle, Camera Views along with the front or rear camera views in the infotainment display. The front camera is in the grille or near the front emblem, the side cameras are on the bottom of the outside rearview mirrors, and the rear camera is above the license plate. The Surround Vision system can be accessed 1. Views Displayed by the Surround by selecting CAMERA in the infotainment Vision Cameras display or when the vehicle is shifted into 2. Area Not Shown R (Reverse). To return to the previous screen sooner, press any button on the infotainment system, shift into P (Park), or reach a vehicle speed of approximately 12 km/h (8 mph). Touch the camera view buttons along the bottom of the infotainment display. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

264 Driving and Operating Front/Rear Standard View : Displays an will toggle between forward and rearward Hitch Guidance image of the area in front or behind the views. Park Assist and RCTA are not available If equipped, the feature displays a single, vehicle. Touch Front/Rear Standard View on when Bowl view is active. centered guideline on the camera display to the infotainment display when a camera Side Forward/Rearward View : Displays a assist with aligning a vehicles hitch ball with view is active. Touching the button multiple view that shows objects next to the front or a trailer coupler. Select the trailer guidance times will toggle between front and rear rear sides of the vehicle. Touch Side line button, then align the trailer guidance camera views. Forward/Rearward View on the infotainment line over the trailer coupler. Continuously If equipped, the front view camera also display when a camera view is active. steer the vehicle to keep the guidance line displays when the Park Assist system Touching the button multiple times will centered on the coupler when backing. RVC detects an object within 30 cm (12 in). toggle between forward and rearward views. Park Assist overlays will not display when Front/Rear Junction View : Displays a front Park Assist and RCTA overlays are not the trailer guidance line is active. Hitch or rear cross traffic view that shows objects available when Side Forward/Rearward view Guidance is only available in Standard View. directly to the left and right of the front or is active. To check the trailer when in a forward gear back of the vehicle. Touch Junction View on Hitch View : If equipped, assists while above 12 km/h (8 mph), touch CAMERA on the infotainment display when a camera connecting to a trailer. Displays a zoomed-in the infotainment display to view the rear view is active. Touching the button multiple view of the hitch to help align the vehicle’s camera. Touch X to exit the view or it will times will toggle between front and rear hitch ball with the trailer coupler. Shifting be removed automatically after camera views. into P (Park) while in this view will eight seconds. Front/Rear Overhead View : Displays a Front automatically engage the Electric Parking or Rear Overhead View of the vehicle. Brake (EPB). { Warning Touching the button will toggle between the Guidance Lines : Displays available Use Hitch Guidance only to help back the two views. guidelines. The horizontal markings vehicle to a trailer hitch or, when Front/Rear Bowl View : Displays a view of represent distance from the vehicle. traveling above 12 km/h (8 mph), to the vehicle from either the front or the back Top Down View : Displays an image of the briefly check the status of your trailer. Do of the vehicle. Touch Bowl View on the area surrounding the vehicle, along with not use for any other purpose, such as infotainment display when a camera view is other views in the infotainment display. Top making lane change decisions. Before active. Touching the button multiple times Down can be enabled or disabled by making a lane change, always check the pressing the Top Down View button multiple (Continued) times. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 265 mud, dirt, snow, ice and slush and clean How the system works Warning (Continued) sensors after a wash in freezing The instrument cluster may have a Park mirrors and glance over your shoulder. temperatures. Assist display with bars that show distance Improper use could result in serious to object, driving direction, and object injury to you or others. { Warning location information for the Park Assist The Park Assist System is no substitute system. As the object gets closer, more bars Park Assist for careful and attentive driving. The Park light up and the bars change color from The vehicle may be equipped with the Rear Assist system does not detect children, yellow to amber to red. Park Assist (RPA) and Front Park Assist (FPA). pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, or objects When an object is very close to the vehicle The Park Assist system may provide located below the bumper or that are too rear (<0.6m (2 ft)), five beeps will sound assistance to driver while backing up and close or too far from the vehicle. It is not from the rear followed by a continuous parking. Park Assist uses ultrasonic sensors available at speeds greater than 11 km/h beep from the rear, or both sides of the in the bumper to measure the distance (7 mph). To prevent injury, death, Safety Alert Seat will pulse five times. When between the vehicle and objects. The system or vehicle damage, even with Park Assist, an object is very close to the vehicle front calculates the distance between vehicle and always check the area around the vehicle (<0.3m (1 ft)), a continuous beep will sound object via measuring the time it takes for and check all mirrors before moving from the front, or both sides of the Safety the ultrasonic waves to bounce back from forward or backing. Alert Seat will pulse five times. Beeps for the object. Park Assist works only at speeds FPA are higher pitched than for RPA. up to about 11 Km/h (7 mph). An illuminated indicater light in the parking system is Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) ready to operate. The sensors on the If equipped, when the vehicle is shifted into bumpers may detect objects up to 1.8m R (Reverse), RCTA displays a red warning (6 ft) behind and 1.25m (4 ft) in front of the triangle with a left or right pointing arrow vehicle within a one 25 cm (10) high off the to warn of traffic coming from the left or ground and below bumper level. These right. This system detects objects coming detection distances may be shorter during from up to 20 m (65 ft) from the left or warmer or humid weather. Blocked sensors right side of the vehicle. When an object is will not detect objects and can also cause detected, either three beeps sound from the false detections. Keep the sensors clean of GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

266 Driving and Operating left or right or three Safety Alert Seat pulses some models, select the guidance lines display, along with seven beeps from the occur on the left or right side, depending on button on the infotainment display to turn rear, or if equipped, seven pulses from both the direction of the detected vehicle. them on or off. sides of the driver seat. Use caution while backing up when towing Rear Pedestrian Alert a trailer, as the RCTA detection zones that { Warning extend out from the back of the vehicle do Under certain conditions, this feature can Rear Pedestrian Alert does not not move further back when a trailer is provide alerts for a pedestrian within the automatically brake the vehicle. It also towed. system’s range directly behind the vehicle. does not provide an alert unless it This feature only works in R (Reverse) below Turning the Features On or Off detects a pedestrian, and it may not 12 km/h (8 mph), and detects pedestrians up detect all pedestrians if: X to 8 m (26 ft) away during daytime driving. The button located in the customizing . The pedestrian is not directly behind menu is used to turn on or off the Park During nighttime driving, feature performance is very limited. the vehicle, fully visible to the Rear Assist. Vision Camera (RVC), or standing Front and Rear Park Assist can be set to Off, upright. On, or On with Towbar through vehicle . The pedestrian is part of a group. personalization. See “Park Assist” under Vehicle Personalization 0 125. If Park Assist is . The pedestrian is a child. turned off through vehicle personalization, . Visibility is poor, including nighttime the Park Assist button will be disabled. To conditions, fog, rain, or snow. Rear Pedestrian Alert Indicator turn the Park Assist on again, select On in . The RVC is blocked by dirt, snow, vehicle personalization. The On with Towbar When a pedestrian is detected within the or ice. setting allows for Park Assist to work system’s range directly behind the vehicle, . The RVC, taillamps, or back-up lamps properly with an attached trailer hitch. Turn this symbol flashes amber on the off Park Assist when towing a trailer. are not cleaned or in proper working infotainment display, along with two beeps condition. To turn the RPA symbols, guidance lines, from the rear, or if equipped, two pulses or Rear Cross Traffic Alert on or off, see Rear from both sides of the driver seat. When a . The vehicle is not in R (Reverse). Camera and Collision/Detection Systems pedestrian is detected close to the vehicle, (Continued) under Vehicle Personalization 0 125. On the symbol flashes red on the infotainment GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 267

Warning (Continued) Forward Collision Alert (FCA) Warning (Continued) System To help avoid death or injury, always warning at all. FCA does not warn of check for pedestrians around the vehicle If equipped, the FCA system may help to pedestrians, animals, signs, guardrails, before backing up. Be ready to take avoid or reduce the harm caused by bridges, construction barrels, or other action and apply the brakes. See front-end crashes. When approaching a objects. Be ready to take action and Defensive Driving 0 214. Keep the RVC, vehicle ahead too quickly, FCA provides a apply the brakes. See Defensive Driving taillamps, and back-up lamps clean and in red flashing alert on the windshield and 0 214. good repair. rapidly beeps or pulses the driver seat. FCA also lights an amber visual alert if following FCA can be disabled with either the FCA Rear Pedestrian Alert can be set to Off or another vehicle much too closely. steering wheel control or, if equipped, Alert. See “Rear Pedestrian Detection” in FCA detects vehicles within a distance of through vehicle personalization. See “Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle approximately 60 m (197 ft) and operates at “Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle Personalization 0 125. If equipped, alerts can speeds above 8 km/h (5 mph). If the vehicle Personalization 0 125. be set to beeps or seat pulses. See “Alert has Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), it can Type” in “Collision/Detection Systems” under detect vehicles to distances of approximately Detecting the Vehicle Ahead Vehicle Personalization 0 125. 110 m (360 ft) and operates at all speeds. See Adaptive Cruise Control (Advanced) Assistance Systems for Driving 0 252. If equipped, when driving the vehicle in a forward gear, Forward Collision Alert (FCA), { Warning Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB), Lane Keep FCA is a warning system and does not Assist (LKA), Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA), apply the brakes. When approaching a FCA warnings will not occur unless the FCA Lane Change Alert (LCA), and/or Automatic slower-moving or stopped vehicle ahead system detects a vehicle ahead. When a Emergency Braking (AEB) can help to avoid a too rapidly, or when following a vehicle vehicle is detected, the vehicle ahead crash or reduce crash damage. too closely, FCA may not provide a indicator will display green. Vehicles may warning with enough time to help avoid not be detected on curves, highway exit a crash. It also may not provide any ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility; or if a (Continued) vehicle ahead is partially blocked by GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

268 Driving and Operating pedestrians or other objects. FCA will not The vehicle-ahead indicator will display detect another vehicle ahead until it is amber when you are following a vehicle completely in the driving lane. ahead much too closely.

{ Warning Selecting the Alert Timing FCA does not provide a warning to help The Collision Alert control is on the steering avoid a crash, unless it detects a vehicle. Without Head-Up Display wheel. Press [ / 3 to set the FCA FCA may not detect a vehicle ahead if timing to Far, Medium, Near, or on some When your vehicle approaches another the FCA sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, vehicles, Off. The first button press shows detected vehicle too rapidly, the red FCA or ice, or if the windshield is damaged. the current setting on the DIC. Additional display will flash on the windshield. Also, button presses will change this setting. The It may also not detect a vehicle on eight rapid high-pitched beeps will sound chosen setting will remain until it is winding or hilly roads, or in conditions from the front, or both sides of the Safety changed and will affect the timing of both that can limit visibility such as fog, rain, Alert Seat will pulse five times. When this the Collision Alert and the Tailgating Alert or snow, or if the headlamps or Collision Alert occurs, the brake system may features. The timing of both alerts will vary windshield are not cleaned or in proper prepare for driver braking to occur more based on vehicle speed. The faster the condition. Keep the windshield, rapidly which can cause a brief, mild vehicle speed, the farther away the alert will headlamps, and FCA sensors clean and in deceleration. Continue to apply the brake occur. Consider traffic and weather good repair. pedal as needed. Cruise control may be conditions when selecting the alert timing. disengaged when the Collision Alert occurs. The range of selectable alert timing may not Collision Alert Tailgating Alert be appropriate for all drivers and driving conditions. If your vehicle is equipped with Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC), changing the FCA timing setting automatically changes the ACC following gap setting (Far, Medium, or Near). With Head-Up Display GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 269 Following Distance Indicator Automatic Emergency { Warning The following distance to a moving vehicle Braking (AEB) ahead in your path is indicated in following AEB is an emergency crash preparation If the vehicle has Forward Collision Alert time in seconds on the Driver Information feature and is not designed to avoid (FCA), it also has AEB, which includes Center (DIC). See Driver Information Center crashes. Do not rely on AEB to brake the (DIC) 0 119. The minimum following time is Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA). When the vehicle. AEB will not brake outside of its system detects a vehicle ahead in your path 0.5 seconds away. If there is no vehicle operating speed range and only responds that is traveling in the same direction that detected ahead, or the vehicle ahead is out to detected vehicles. you may be about to crash into, it can of sensor range, dashes will be displayed. provide a boost to braking or automatically AEB may not: Unnecessary Alerts brake the vehicle. This can help avoid or . Detect a vehicle ahead on winding or lessen the severity of crashes when driving hilly roads. FCA may provide unnecessary alerts for in a forward gear. Depending on the turning vehicles, vehicles in other lanes, situation, the vehicle may automatically . Detect all vehicles, especially vehicles objects that are not vehicles, or shadows. brake moderately or hard. This automatic with a trailer, tractors, muddy These alerts are normal operation and the emergency braking can only occur if a vehicles, etc. vehicle does not need service. vehicle is detected. This is shown by the FCA . Detect a vehicle when weather limits Cleaning the System vehicle ahead indicator being lit. See visibility, such as in fog, rain, or snow. Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 267. If the FCA system does not seem to operate . Detect a vehicle ahead if it is partially properly, this may correct the issue: The system works when driving in a forward blocked by pedestrians or other gear between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h objects. . Clean the outside of the windshield in (50 mph), or on vehicles with Adaptive front of the rearview mirror. Complete attention is always required Cruise Control (ACC), above 4 km/h (2 mph). while driving, and you should be ready to . Clean the entire front of the vehicle. It can detect vehicles up to approximately take action and apply the brakes and/or . Clean the headlamps. 60 m (197 ft). steer the vehicle to avoid crashes. For cleaning instructions, see “Washing the Vehicle” under Exterior Care 0 374. System operation may also be limited under snow, heavy rain, or road spray conditions. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

270 Driving and Operating AEB may slow the vehicle to a complete { Warning Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) stop to try to avoid a potential crash. The System vehicle will only hold at a stop briefly. IBA may increase vehicle braking in A firm press of the accelerator pedal will situations when it may not be necessary. If equipped, the FPB system may help avoid also release AEB. You could block the flow of traffic. If this or reduce the harm caused by front-end occurs, take your foot off the brake pedal crashes with nearby pedestrians when { Warning and then apply the brakes as needed. driving in a forward gear. FPB displays an AEB may automatically brake the vehicle amber indicator, ~, when a nearby suddenly in situations where it is AEB and IBA can be disabled through vehicle pedestrian is detected ahead. When unexpected and undesired. It could personalization. See “Collision/Detection approaching a detected pedestrian too respond to a turning vehicle ahead, Systems” under Vehicle Personalization quickly, FPB provides a red flashing alert on 0 the windshield and rapidly beeps or pulses guardrails, signs, and other non-moving 125. the driver seat. FPB can provide a boost to objects. To override AEB, firmly press the { Warning braking or automatically brake the vehicle. accelerator pedal, if it is safe to do so. This system includes Intelligent Brake Assist Using AEB or IBA while towing a trailer (IBA), and the Automatic Emergency Braking Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) could cause you to lose control of the (AEB) system may also respond to IBA may activate when the brake pedal is vehicle and crash. Turn the system to pedestrians. See Automatic Emergency applied quickly by providing a boost to Alert or Off when towing a trailer. Braking (AEB) 0 269. braking based on the speed of approach and The FPB system can detect and alert to distance to a vehicle ahead. A system unavailable message may display if: pedestrians in a forward gear at speeds between 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h Minor brake pedal pulsations or pedal . The front of the vehicle or windshield is (50 mph). During daytime driving, the movement during this time is normal and not clean. the brake pedal should continue to be system detects pedestrians up to a distance applied as needed. IBA will automatically . Heavy rain or snow is interfering with of approximately 40 m (131 ft). During disengage only when the brake pedal is object detection. nighttime driving, system performance is released. . There is a problem with the StabiliTrak/ very limited. Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system. The AEB system does not need service. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 271 Detecting the Pedestrian Ahead { Warning FPB does not provide an alert or automatically brake the vehicle, unless it detects a pedestrian. FPB may not detect pedestrians, including children: . When the pedestrian is not directly Without Head-Up Display ahead, fully visible, or standing FPB alerts and automatic braking will not When the vehicle approaches a pedestrian upright, or when part of a group. occur unless the FPB system detects a ahead too rapidly, the red FPB alert display . Due to poor visibility, including pedestrian. When a nearby pedestrian is will flash on the windshield. Eight rapid nighttime conditions, fog, rain, detected in front of the vehicle, the high-pitched beeps will sound from the or snow. pedestrian ahead indicator will display front, or both sides of the Safety Alert Seat . If the FPB sensor is blocked by dirt, amber. will pulse five times. When this Pedestrian snow, or ice. Alert occurs, the brake system may prepare Front Pedestrian Alert for driver braking to occur more rapidly . If the headlamps or windshield are not which can cause a brief, mild deceleration. cleaned or in proper condition. Continue to apply the brake pedal as Be ready to take action and apply the needed. Cruise control may be disengaged brakes. For more information, see when the Front Pedestrian Alert occurs. 0 Defensive Driving 214. Keep the Automatic Braking windshield, headlamps, and FPB sensor clean and in good repair. With Head-Up Display If FPB detects it is about to crash into a pedestrian directly ahead, and the brakes FPB can be set to Off, Alert, or Alert and have not been applied, FPB may Brake through vehicle personalization. See automatically brake moderately or brake “Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle hard. This can help to avoid some very low Personalization 0 125. speed pedestrian crashes or reduce pedestrian injury. FPB can automatically brake to detected pedestrians between GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

272 Driving and Operating 8 km/h (5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph). Lane Change Alert (LCA) Automatic braking levels may be reduced { Warning under certain conditions, such as higher Using the Front Pedestrian Braking If equipped, the LCA system is a lane-changing aid that assists drivers with speeds. system while towing a trailer could cause avoiding lane change crashes that occur with you to lose control of the vehicle and If this happens, Automatic Braking may moving vehicles in the side blind zone (or engage the Electric Parking Brake (EPB) to crash. Turn the system to Alert or Off spot) areas or with vehicles rapidly hold the vehicle at a stop. Release the EPB. when towing a trailer. approaching these areas from behind. The A firm press of the accelerator pedal will LCA warning display will light up in the also release Automatic Braking and the EPB. Cleaning the System corresponding outside mirror and will flash If FPB does not seem to operate properly, if the turn signal is on. { Warning cleaning the outside of the windshield in FPB may alert or automatically brake the front of the rearview mirror may correct the { Warning vehicle suddenly in situations where it is issue. LCA does not alert the driver to vehicles unexpected and undesired. It could falsely Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) outside of the system detection zones, alert or brake for objects similar in shape pedestrians, bicyclists, or animals. It may or size to pedestrians, including shadows. If equipped, the SBZA system is a not provide alerts when changing lanes This is normal operation and the vehicle lane-changing aid that assists drivers with under all driving conditions. Failure to use does not need service. To override avoiding crashes that occur with moving proper care when changing lanes may Automatic Braking, firmly press the vehicles in the side blind zone (or spot) result in injury, death, or vehicle damage. areas. When the vehicle is in a forward gear, accelerator pedal, if it is safe to do so. Before making a lane change, always the left or right side mirror display will light check mirrors, glance over your shoulder, up if a moving vehicle is detected in that Automatic Braking can be disabled through and use the turn signals. vehicle personalization. See “Front Pedestrian blind zone. If the turn signal is activated and Detection” in “Collision/Detection Systems” a vehicle is also detected on the same side, under Vehicle Personalization 0 125. the display will flash as an extra warning not to change lanes. Since this system is part of the Lane Change Alert (LCA) system, read the entire LCA section before using this feature. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 273 LCA Detection Zones side blind zone or rapidly approaching that “Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle zone from behind. A lit LCA symbol indicates Personalization 0 125. If LCA is disabled by it may be unsafe to change lanes. Before the driver, the LCA mirror displays will not making a lane change, check the LCA light up. display, check mirrors, glance over your shoulder, and use the turn signals. When the System Does Not Seem to Work Properly The LCA system requires some driving for the system to calibrate to maximum performance. This calibration may occur more quickly if the vehicle is driving on a 1. SBZA Detection Zone straight highway road with traffic and 2. LCA Detection Zone Left Outside Mirror Right Outside Mirror roadside objects (e.g., guardrails, barriers). Display Display The LCA sensor covers a zone of LCA displays may not come on when approximately one lane over from both passing a vehicle quickly, for a stopped sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m (11 ft). The When the vehicle is started, both outside vehicle, or when towing a trailer. The LCA height of the zone is approximately between mirror LCA displays will briefly come on to detection zones that extend back from the 0.5 m (1.5 ft) and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. indicate the system is operating. When the side of the vehicle do not move further back The Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) warning vehicle is in a forward gear, the left or right when a trailer is towed. Use caution while area starts at approximately the middle of outside mirror display will light up if a changing lanes when towing a trailer. LCA the vehicle and goes back 5 m (16 ft). Drivers moving vehicle is detected in the next lane may alert to objects attached to the vehicle, are also warned of vehicles rapidly over in that blind zone or rapidly such as a trailer, bicycle, or object extending approaching from up to 70 m (230 ft) behind approaching that zone. If the turn signal is out to either side of the vehicle. Attached the vehicle. activated in the same direction as a objects may also interfere with the detected vehicle, this display will flash as an detection of vehicles. This is normal system How the System Works extra warning not to change lanes. operation; the vehicle does not need service. The LCA symbol lights up in the outside LCA can be disabled through vehicle LCA may not always alert the driver to mirrors when the system detects a moving personalization. When you disable LCA, Side vehicles in the next lane over, especially in vehicle in the next lane over that is in the Blind Zone Alert is also disabled. See wet conditions or when driving on sharp GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

274 Driving and Operating curves. The system does not need to be 180 km/h (112 mph). It may assist by gently serviced. The system may light up due to turning the steering wheel if the vehicle Warning (Continued) guardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, and other approaches a detected lane marking. It may or ice; if they are not in proper non-moving objects. This is normal system also provide a Lane Departure Warning condition; or if the sun shines directly operation; the vehicle does not need service. (LDW) alert if the vehicle crosses a detected into the camera. lane marking. LKA can be overridden by LCA may not operate when the LCA sensors . Detect road edges. turning the steering wheel. This system is in the left or right corners of the rear . Detect lanes on winding or hilly roads. bumper are covered with mud, dirt, snow, not intended to keep the vehicle centered in ice, or slush, or in heavy rainstorms. For the lane. LKA will not assist and alert if the If LKA only detects lane markings on one cleaning instructions, see "Washing the turn signal is active in the direction of lane side of the road, it will only assist or Vehicle" under Exterior Care 0 374. If the DIC departure, or if it detects that you are provide an LDW alert when approaching still displays the system unavailable accelerating, braking, or actively steering. the lane on the side where it has message after cleaning both sides of the detected a lane marking. Even with LKA vehicle toward the rear corners of the { Warning and LDW, you must steer the vehicle. vehicle, see your dealer. The LKA system does not continuously Always keep your attention on the road If the LCA displays do not light up when steer the vehicle. It may not keep the and maintain proper vehicle position moving vehicles are in the side blind zone or vehicle in the lane or give a Lane within the lane, or vehicle damage, are rapidly approaching this zone and the Departure Warning (LDW) alert, even if a injury, or death could occur. Always keep system is clean, the system may need lane marking is detected. the windshield, headlamps, and camera service. Take the vehicle to your dealer. The LKA and LDW systems may not: sensors clean and in good repair. Do not use LKA in bad weather conditions or on Radio Frequency Information . Provide an alert or enough steering roads with unclear lane markings, such as assist to avoid a lane departure or See Radio Frequency Statement 0 406. construction zones. crash. Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . Detect lane markings under poor If equipped, LKA may help avoid crashes due weather or visibility conditions. This to unintentional lane departures. This can occur if the windshield or system uses a camera to detect lane headlamps are blocked by dirt, snow, markings between 60 km/h (37 mph) and (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 275 { Departure Warning (LDW) alert by flashing A camera blocked message may display if Warning A amber if the vehicle crosses a the camera is blocked. Some driver Using LKA while towing a trailer or on detected lane marking. Additionally, there assistance systems may have reduced slippery roads could cause loss of control may be three beeps, or the driver seat may performance or not work at all. An LKA or of the vehicle and a crash. Turn the pulse three times, on the right or left, LDW unavailable message may display if the system off. depending on the lane departure direction. systems are temporarily unavailable. This message could be due to a blocked camera. Take Steering How the System Works The LKA system does not need service. Clean The LKA system does not continuously steer the outside of the windshield behind the LKA uses a camera sensor installed on the the vehicle. If LKA does not detect active rearview mirror. windshield ahead of the rearview mirror to driver steering, an alert and chime may be LKA assistance and/or LDW alerts may occur detect lane markings. It may provide brief provided. Steer the vehicle to dismiss. LKA steering assist if it detects an unintended due to tar marks, shadows, cracks in the may become temporarily unavailable after road, temporary or construction lane lane departure. It may further provide an repeated take steering alerts. audible alert or the driver seat may pulse markings, or other road imperfections. This indicating that a lane marking has been When the System Does Not Seem to is normal system operation; the vehicle does crossed. Work Properly not need service. Turn LKA off if these conditions continue. To turn LKA on and off, press A to the The system performance may be left of the steering wheel. If equipped, the affected by: Fuel indicator light on the button comes on . Close vehicles ahead. when LKA is on and turns off when LKA is . Sudden lighting changes, such as when Top Tier Fuel disabled. driving through tunnels. GM recommends the use of TOP TIER When on, A is white, if equipped, . Banked roads. Detergent Gasoline to keep the engine clean, indicating that the system is not ready to . Roads with poor lane markings, such as reduce engine deposits, and maintain assist. A is green if LKA is ready to two-lane roads. optimal vehicle performance. Look for the assist. LKA may assist by gently turning the If the LKA system is not functioning TOP TIER Logo or see www.toptiergas.com steering wheel if the vehicle approaches a properly when lane markings are clearly for a list of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline detected lane marking. A is amber when visible, cleaning the windshield may help. marketers and applicable countries. assisting. It may also provide a Lane GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

276 Driving and Operating Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or FlexFuel. Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or FlexFuel. Do not use gasoline with ethanol levels Do not use gasoline with ethanol levels greater than 15% by volume. greater than 15% by volume. Recommended Fuel (6.2L Engine) Prohibited Fuels For diesel engine vehicles, see “Fuel for Caution Diesel Engines” in the Duramax diesel supplement. Do not use fuels with any of the following conditions; doing so may damage the vehicle and void its warranty: . For vehicles that are not FlexFuel, fuel Recommended Fuel (5.3L Engine) labeled greater than 15% ethanol by volume, such as mid-level ethanol For diesel engine vehicles, see “Fuel for blends (16–50% ethanol), E85, Diesel Engines” in the Duramax diesel Premium unleaded gasoline meeting ASTM or FlexFuel. supplement. specification D4814 with a posted octane rating of 93 — (R+M)/2 — is highly . Fuel with any amount of methanol, recommended for best performance and fuel methylal, ferrocene, and aniline. These economy. Unleaded gasoline with an octane fuels can corrode metal fuel system rated as low as 87 can be used. Using parts or damage plastic and rubber unleaded gasoline rated below 93 octane, parts. however, will lead to reduced acceleration . Fuel containing metals such as and fuel economy. If knocking occurs, use a methylcyclopentadienyl manganese Use regular unleaded gasoline meeting gasoline rated at 93 octane as soon as tricarbonyl (MMT), which can damage ASTM specification D4814 with a posted possible, otherwise, the engine could be the emissions control system and octane rating of 87 — (R+M)/2 — or higher. damaged. If heavy knocking is heard when spark plugs. Do not use gasoline with a posted octane using gasoline with a 93 octane rating, the (Continued) rating of less than 87, as this may cause engine needs service. engine knock and will lower fuel economy. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 277

Caution (Continued) Filling the Tank Warning (Continued) . Fuel with a posted octane rating of If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the . Keep children away from the fuel less than the recommended fuel. Using Duramax diesel supplement. pump and never let children this fuel will lower fuel economy and An arrow on the fuel gauge indicates which pump fuel. performance, and may decrease the side of the vehicle the fuel door is on. See life of the emissions catalyst. . Before touching the fill nozzle, touch a Fuel Gauge 0 105. metallic object to discharge static Fuels in Foreign Countries { electricity from your body. Warning . Fuel can spray out if the fill nozzle is The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post fuel Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn violently inserted too quickly. This spray can octane ratings in anti-knock index (AKI). For and can cause injury or death. happen if the tank is nearly full, and is fuel not to use in a foreign country, see more likely in hot weather. Insert the 0 Follow these guidelines to help avoid Prohibited Fuels 276. fill nozzle slowly and wait for any hiss injuries to you and others: noise to stop before beginning to Fuel Additives . Read and follow all the instructions on flow fuel. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is highly the fuel pump island. recommended for use with your vehicle. . Turn off the engine when refueling. If your country does not have TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline, add ACDelco Fuel . Keep sparks, flames, and smoking System Treatment Plus−Gasoline to the materials away from fuel. vehicle’s gasoline fuel tank at every oil . Do not leave the fuel pump change or 15 000 km (9,000 mi), whichever unattended. occurs first. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline and . Avoid using electronic devices while ACDelco Fuel System Treatment Plus refueling. −Gasoline will help keep your vehicle’s engine fuel deposit free and performing . Do not re-enter the vehicle while optimally. pumping fuel. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

278 Driving and Operating To open the fuel door, push and release the rearward center edge of the door. { Warning Warning (Continued) The capless refueling system does not have If a fire starts while you are refueling, do could cause a fire and you or others a fuel cap. Slowly and fully insert and latch not remove the nozzle. Shut off the flow could be badly burned and the vehicle the fill nozzle. of fuel by shutting off the pump or by could be damaged. notifying the station attendant. Leave the { Warning area immediately. 3. Remove and clean the funnel adapter and return it to the storage location. Overfilling the fuel tank by more than Filling the Tank with a Portable Gas Can three clicks of a standard fill nozzle may Filling a Portable Fuel Container cause: If the vehicle runs out of fuel and must be filled from a portable gas can: . Vehicle performance issues, including { Warning engine stalling and damage to the fuel Never fill a portable fuel container while system. it is in the vehicle. Static electricity . Fuel spills. discharge from the container can ignite . Potential fuel fires. the fuel vapor. You or others could be badly burned and the vehicle could be Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait five seconds damaged. To help avoid injury to you after you have finished pumping before 1. Locate the capless funnel adapter. and others: removing the nozzle. Clean fuel from 2. Insert and latch the funnel into the . Dispense fuel only into approved painted surfaces as soon as possible. See capless fuel system. containers. Exterior Care 0 374. { Warning . Do not fill a container while it is inside a vehicle, in a vehicle's trunk, in Attempting to refuel without using the a pickup bed, or on any surface other funnel adapter may cause fuel spillage than the ground. and damage the capless fuel system. This (Continued) (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 279 Driving Characteristics and The following information has many Warning (Continued) time-tested, important trailering tips and . Bring the fill nozzle in contact with Towing Tips safety rules. Many of these are important the inside of the fill opening before for your safety and that of your passengers. operating the nozzle. Maintain contact { Warning Read this section carefully before pulling a until filling is complete. You can lose control when towing a trailer. . Keep sparks, flames, and smoking trailer if the correct equipment is not When towing a trailer: materials away from fuel. used or the vehicle is not driven properly. . Become familiar with and follow all state . Avoid using electronic devices while For example, if the trailer is too heavy or and local laws that apply to trailer pumping fuel. the trailer brakes are inadequate for the towing. These requirements vary from load, the vehicle may not stop as state to state. Trailer Towing expected. You and others could be . State laws may require the use of seriously injured. The vehicle may also be extended side view mirrors. Even if not General Towing Information damaged, and the repairs would not be required, you should install extended side covered by the vehicle warranty. Pull a view mirrors if your visibility is limited or Only use towing equipment that has been trailer only if all the steps in this section restricted while towing. designed for the vehicle. Contact your dealer have been followed. Ask your dealer for . Do not tow a trailer during the first or trailering dealer for assistance with advice and information about towing a 800 km (500 mi) of vehicle use to prevent preparing the vehicle to tow a trailer. Read trailer with the vehicle. damage to the engine, axle, or other the entire section before towing a trailer. parts. To tow a disabled vehicle, see Towing the Driving with a Trailer . It is recommended to perform the first oil 0 Vehicle 370. To tow the vehicle behind Trailering is different than just driving the change before heavy towing. another vehicle such as a motor home, see vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in . During the first 800 km (500 mi) of trailer Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 371. handling, acceleration, braking, durability, towing, do not drive over 80 km/h and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering (50 mph) and do not make starts at full takes correct equipment, and it has to be throttle. used properly. . Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Tow/Haul Mode is recommended for heavier trailers. See Tow/Haul Mode 0 235. If the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

280 Driving and Operating transmission downshifts too often, a that extend out from the back of the vehicle The trailer structure, the tires, and the lower gear may be selected using Manual do not move further back when a trailer is brakes must be all be rated to carry the Mode. See Manual Mode 0 235. towed. intended cargo. Inadequate trailer If equipped, the following driver assistance equipment can cause the combination to features should be turned off when towing { Warning operate in an unexpected or unsafe manner. Before driving, inspect all trailer hitch parts a trailer: When towing a trailer, exhaust gases and attachments, safety chains, electrical . Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) may collect at the rear of the vehicle and connectors, lamps, tires, and mirrors. See . Super Cruise Control enter if the liftgate, trunk/hatch, Towing Equipment 0 286. If the trailer has . Lane Keep Assist (LKA) or rear-most window is open. electric brakes, start the combination . Park Assist When towing a trailer: moving and then manually apply the trailer . Automatic Parking Assist (APA) brake controller to check the trailer brakes . Do not drive with the liftgate, trunk/ work. During the trip, occasionally check . Reverse Automatic Braking (RAB) hatch, or rear-most window open. that the cargo and trailer are secure and If equipped, the following driver assistance . Fully open the air outlets on or under that the lamps and any trailer brakes are features should be turned to alert or off the instrument panel. working. when towing a trailer: . Also adjust the climate control system Towing with a Stability Control System . Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) to a setting that brings in only outside . Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) air. See “Climate Control Systems” in When towing, the stability control system might be heard. The system reacts to . Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) the Index. vehicle movement caused by the trailer, If equipped with Lane Change Alert (LCA), For more information about carbon which mainly occurs during cornering. This is 0 the LCA detection zones that extend back monoxide, see Engine Exhaust 231. normal when towing heavier trailers. from the side of the vehicle do not move further back when a trailer is towed. Use Towing a trailer requires experience. The Following Distance combination of the vehicle and trailer is caution while changing lanes when towing a Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle longer and not as responsive as the vehicle trailer. ahead as you would when driving without a itself. Get used to the handling and braking trailer. This can help to avoid heavy braking If equipped with Rear Cross Traffic Alert of the combination by driving on a level and sudden turns. (RCTA), use caution while backing up when road surface before driving on public roads. towing a trailer, as the RCTA detection zones GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 281 Passing Make wider turns than normal when towing, Parking on Hills so trailer will not go over soft shoulders, More passing distance is needed when over curbs, or strike road signs, trees, towing a trailer. The combination of the { Warning or other objects. Always signal turns well in vehicle and trailer will not accelerate as advance. Do not steer or brake suddenly. To prevent serious injury or death, quickly and is much longer than the vehicle always park your vehicle and trailer on a alone. It is necessary to go much farther Driving on Grades level surface when possible. beyond the passed vehicle before returning Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear to the lane. Pass on level roadways. Avoid When parking your vehicle and your trailer passing on hills if possible. before starting down a long or steep downhill grade. If the transmission is not on a hill: Backing Up shifted down, the brakes may overheat and 1. Press the brake pedal, but do not shift result in reduced braking efficiency. into P (Park) yet. Turn the wheels into Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with the curb if facing downhill or into traffic one hand. To move the trailer to the left, The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). Shift the if facing uphill. move that hand to the left. To move the transmission to a lower gear if the trailer to the right, move that hand to the transmission shifts too often under heavy 2. Have someone place chocks under the right. Always back up slowly and, if possible, loads and/or hilly conditions. trailer wheels. have someone guide you. When towing at higher altitudes, engine 3. When the wheel chocks are in place, gradually release the brake pedal to Making Turns coolant will boil at a lower temperature than at lower altitudes. If the engine is allow the chocks to absorb the load of the trailer. Caution turned off immediately after towing at high altitude on steep uphill grades, the vehicle 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then apply the Turn more slowly and make wider arcs could show signs similar to engine parking brake and shift into P (Park). when towing a trailer to prevent damage overheating. To avoid this, let the engine 5. Release the brake pedal. to your vehicle. Making very sharp turns run, preferably on level ground, with the could cause the trailer to contact the transmission in P (Park) for a few minutes Leaving After Parking on a Hill vehicle. before turning the engine off. If the 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal. overheat warning comes on, see Engine . Start the engine. Overheating 0 321. . Shift into a gear. . Release the parking brake. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

282 Driving and Operating 2. Let up on the brake pedal. 5. Gradually release the brake pedal to Warning (Continued) 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of allow the chocks to absorb the load of the chocks. . Do not move the vehicle if someone is the trailer. in the path of the trailer. Some parts 4. Stop and have someone pick up and 6. Reapply the brake pedal. Then apply the of the trailer might be underwater and parking brake and shift into P (Park). store the chocks. not visible to people who are assisting 7. Release the brake pedal. Launching and Retrieving a Boat in launching the boat. Pulling the Trailer from the Water Backing the Trailer into the Water Disconnect the wiring to the trailer before 1. Press and hold the brake pedal. backing the trailer into the water to prevent { Warning damage to the electrical circuits on the 2. Start the engine and shift into a gear. . Have all passengers get out of the trailer. Reconnect the wiring to the trailer 3. Release the parking brake. vehicle before backing onto the sloped after removing the trailer from the water. 4. Let up on the brake pedal. If the trailer has electric brakes that can part of the ramp. Lower the driver and 5. Drive slowly until the tires are clear of function when the trailer is submerged, it passenger side windows before the chocks. backing onto the ramp. This will might help to leave the electrical trailer provide a means of escape in the connector attached to maintain trailer brake 6. Stop and have someone pick up and unlikely event the vehicle slides into functionality while on the boat ramp. store the chocks. the water. To back the trailer into the water: 7. Slowly pull the trailer from the water. . If the boat launch surface is slippery, 1. If equipped, place the vehicle in 8. Once the vehicle and trailer have been have the driver remain in the vehicle four-wheel-drive high. driven from the sloped part of the boat with the brake pedal applied while the ramp, the vehicle can be shifted from 2. Slowly back down the boat ramp until boat is being launched. The boat four-wheel-drive high. Shift into the drive the boat is floating, but no further than launch can be especially slippery at mode that is appropriate for the road necessary. low tide when part of the ramp was conditions. previously submerged at high tide. Do 3. Press and hold the brake pedal, but do not back onto the ramp to launch the not shift into P (Park) yet. boat if you are not sure the vehicle 4. Have someone place chocks under the can maintain traction. front wheels of the vehicle. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 283

Caution Caution Safe trailering requires monitoring the weight, speed, altitude, road grades, outside If the vehicle tires begin to spin and the Towing a trailer improperly can damage temperature, and how frequently the vehicle vehicle begins to slide toward the water, the vehicle and result in costly repairs is used to tow a trailer. remove your foot from the accelerator not covered by the vehicle warranty. To pedal and apply the brake pedal. Seek tow a trailer correctly, follow the Trailer Weight Ratings help to have the vehicle towed up directions in this section and see your When towing a trailer, the combined weight the ramp. dealer for important information about of the vehicle, vehicle contents, trailer, and towing a trailer with the vehicle. trailer contents must be below all of the Maintenance when Trailer Towing maximum weight ratings for the vehicle, Trailering is different than just driving the including: The vehicle needs service more often when vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in used to tow trailers. See Maintenance . GCWR: Gross Combined Weight Rating handling, acceleration, braking, durability, Schedule 0 383. It is especially important to . GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering check the automatic transmission fluid, takes correct equipment, and it has to be . Maximum Trailer Weight Rating engine oil, axle lubricant, belts, cooling used properly. . GAWR-RR: Gross Axle Weight Rating-Rear system, and brake system before and during . Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating each trip. The following information has many time-tested, important trailering tips and See “Weight-Distributing Hitch and Check periodically that all nuts and bolts on safety rules. Many of these are important Adjustment” under Towing Equipment 0 286 the trailer hitch are tight. for your safety and that of your passengers. to determine if equalizer bars are required Engine Cooling when Trailer Towing Read this section carefully before pulling a to obtain the maximum trailer weight trailer. rating. The cooling system may temporarily overheat during severe operating conditions. See “Trailer Brakes” under Towing Trailer Weight 0 See Engine Overheating 0 321. Equipment 286 to determine if brakes are { required based on your trailer's weight. Trailer Towing Warning Never exceed the towing capacity for If equipped with a diesel engine, see the your vehicle. Duramax diesel supplement. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

284 Driving and Operating The only way to be sure the weight is not the GCWR for your vehicle. The GCWR for exceeding any of these ratings is to weigh the vehicle is on the Trailering Information the tow vehicle and trailer combination, Label. fully loaded for the trip, getting individual To check that the weight of the vehicle and weights for each of these items. trailer are within the GCWR for the vehicle, A trailering information label on the B-pillar follow these steps: shows tow rating information for the 1. Start with the "curb weight" from the vehicle. Trailering Information Label. { 2. Add the weight of the trailer loaded with Warning cargo and ready for the trip. You and others could be seriously injured 3. Add the weight of all passengers. or killed if the trailer is too heavy or the 4. Add the weight of all cargo in the trailer brakes are inadequate for the load. Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) vehicle. The vehicle may be damaged, and the For information about the vehicle's 5. Add the weight of hitch hardware such repairs would not be covered by the maximum load capacity, see Vehicle Load as a draw bar, ball, load equalizer bars, vehicle warranty. Limits 0 222. When calculating the GVWR or sway bars. with a trailer attached, the trailer tongue Only tow a trailer if all the steps in this 6. Add the weight of any accessories or section have been followed. Ask your weight must be included as part of the aftermarket equipment added to the weight the vehicle is carrying. dealer for advice and information about vehicle. towing a trailer. Maximum Trailer Weight The resulting weight cannot exceed the Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR) GCWR value on the Trailering Information The maximum trailer weight rating is Label. calculated assuming the tow vehicle has a GCWR is the total allowable weight of the driver, a front seat passenger, and all The gross combined weight can also be completely loaded vehicle and trailer required trailering equipment. This value confirmed by weighing the truck and trailer including any fuel, passengers, cargo, represents the heaviest trailer the vehicle on a public scale. The truck and trailer equipment, and accessories. Do not exceed can tow, but it may be necessary to reduce should be loaded for the trip with passengers and cargo. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 285 the trailer weight to stay within the GCWR, Trailer Load Balance GVWR, maximum trailer tongue load, The correct trailer load balance must be or GAWR-RR for the vehicle. maintained to ensure trailer stability. Use the Tow Rating Guide (my.gmc.com/ Incorrect load balance is a leading cause of learn) to determine how much the trailer trailer sway. can weigh, based on the vehicle model and options. Weights listed apply for conventional trailers trailers unless otherwise noted. A step bumper trailer hitch can only support a total trailer weight up to 2 271 kg (5,000 lb). If a trailer hitch ball is added to The Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating the step bumper, check the hitch ball rating for a conventional trailer hitch is shown on to be sure it is higher than the total trailer the Trailering Information Label. weight. Do not exceed a maximum trailer tongue Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating weight of 567 kg (1,250 lb) for a conventional trailer hitch. The Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating The trailer tongue weight (1) should be 10– is the allowable trailer tongue weight that The trailer tongue weight contributes to the 15% of the total loaded trailer weight (2). the vehicle can support using a conventional Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW). GVW includes Some specific trailer types, such as boat trailer hitch. It may be necessary to reduce the curb weight of your vehicle, any trailers, fall outside of this range. Always the overall trailer weight to stay within the passengers, cargo, equipment and the trailer refer to the trailer owner’s manual for the maximum trailer tongue weight rating while tongue weight. Vehicle options, passengers, recommended trailer tongue weight for each still maintaining the correct trailer load cargo, and equipment reduce the maximum trailer. Never exceed the maximum loads for balance. allowable tongue weight the vehicle can the vehicle, hitch, and trailer. carry, which also reduces the maximum allowable trailer weight. The trailer load balance percentage is calculated as: weight (1) divided by weight (2) times 100. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

286 Driving and Operating After loading the trailer, separately weigh Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating Towing Equipment the trailer and then the trailer tongue and (GAWR-RR) calculate the trailer load balance percentage Hitches to see if the weights and distribution are The GAWR-RR is the total weight that can be supported by the rear axle of the vehicle. Do Always use the correct hitch equipment for appropriate for your vehicle. If the trailer your vehicle. Crosswinds, large trucks going weight is too high, it may be possible to not exceed the GAWR-RR for the vehicle, with the tow vehicle and trailer fully loaded by, and rough roads can affect the trailer transfer some of the cargo into your vehicle. and the hitch. If the trailer tongue weight is too high or for the trip including the weight of the too low, it may be possible to rearrange trailer tongue. If using a weight-distributing Proper hitch equipment for your vehicle some of the cargo inside of the trailer. hitch, do not exceed the GAWR-RR before helps maintain control of the vehicle-trailer applying the weight distribution spring bars. combination. Many trailers can be towed Do not exceed the maximum allowable using a weight-carrying hitch which has a tongue weight for your vehicle. Use the coupler latched to the hitch ball, or a tow shortest hitch extension available to position eye latched to a pintle hook. Other trailers the hitch ball closer to your vehicle. This will may require a weight-distributing hitch that help reduce the effect of the trailer tongue uses spring bars to distribute the trailer weight on the trailer hitch and the rear axle. tongue weight between your vehicle and If a cargo carrier is used in the trailer hitch trailer axles. See “Maximum Trailer Tongue receiver, choose a carrier that positions the Weight Rating” under Trailer Towing 0 283 load as close to the vehicle as possible. for weight limits with various hitch types. Make sure the total weight, including the Never attach rental hitches or other carrier, is no more than half of the bumper-type hitches. Only use maximum allowable tongue weight for the frame-mounted hitches that do not attach to vehicle or 227 kg (500 lb), whichever is less. the bumper. The GAWR-RR for the vehicle is on the Trailering Information Label. Ask your dealer for trailering information or assistance. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 287 Hitch Cover To reinstall hitch cover: Consider using mechanical sway controls 1. Hold cover at a 45 degree angle to the with any trailer. Ask a trailering professional vehicle and push the upper tabs into the about sway controls or refer to the trailer slots in the bumper. manufacturer's recommendations and instructions. 2. Push the bottom of the cover forward until the lower tabs line up with the Weight-Distributing Hitch and lower slots. Adjustment 3. Snap the hitch cover into place by A weight-distributing hitch may be useful pushing the upper corners forward (1). with some trailers. Use the following 4. Reinstall the two fasteners on the lower guidelines to determine if a tabs (2). weight-distributing hitch should be used.

To remove hitch cover, if equipped: 1. Remove the two fasteners on the lower tabs (2). 2. Pull the lower edge of the cover to about a 45 degree angle. 3. Pull the cover upward to disengage the upper attachments (1). GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

288 Driving and Operating

Vehicle Series Trailer Weight Weight-Distributing Hitch Usage Hitch Distribution 1500 Up to 3 175 kg (7,000 lb) Optional Refer to trailer manufacturer’s recommendation 1500 Over 3 175 kg (7,000 lb) Required 50%

Towing 5. Install and adjust the tension in the 1. Position the truck so that the trailer is weight distributing bars per the ready to connect (Keep trailer detached). manufacturers’ recommendations so that the height of the front fender is 2. Measure the height of the top of the approximately H2- [(H2-H1)/2] (half way front wheel opening at the fender to the between the two measured ride heights). ground (H1). 6. Visually inspect the trailer and weight 3. Attach the vehicle to the trailer, do not distributing hitch to ensure that the attach weight distribution bars at manufacturers’ recommendations have this time. been met. 4. Measure the height of the top of the front wheel opening on the fender to the ground (H2). 1. Front of Vehicle 2. H1/H2 Body to Ground Distance GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 289

Measurement Height Example 1500 (mm) 7. Install and adjust the tension in the weight distributing bars per the H1 1000 manufacturers’ recommendations so H2 1050 thatthe height of the front fender is approximately H2- [(H2-H1)/3] (1/3 H2-H1 50 between the two measured ride heights, (H2-H1)/2 25 below the secondary ride height {H2}). 8. Disable air suspension air suspension H2- [(H2-H1)/2] 1025 "Service Mode." 9. Air suspension will automatically adjust ride height following step 8. Towing with the Four Corner Air Suspension 4. Measure the height of the top of the System front wheel opening at the fender to the 10. Visually inspect the trailer and weight-distributing hitch to ensure that 1. Adjust the vehicle air suspension to ground (H1). the manufacturers’ recommendations "Normal Ground Clearance Height." 5. Attach the vehicle to the trailer, do not have been met. 2. Position the truck so that the trailer is attach weight distribution bars at ready to connect (Keep trailer detached). this time. 3. Enable air suspension ‘Service Mode’ in 6. Measure the height of the top of the the center infotainment screen under front wheel opening on the fender to Settings/Vehicle/Suspension. the ground (H2). GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

290 Driving and Operating

Measurement Height Example 1500 (mm) H1 1 000 H2 1 060 H2−H1 60 (H2−H1)/3 20 H2−[(H2−H1)/3] 1 040

Tires from the hitch. Always leave just enough attempt to tap into your vehicle's hydraulic . Do not tow a trailer while using a slack so the combination can turn. Never brake system. If you do, both the vehicle compact spare tire on the vehicle. allow safety chains to drag on the ground. anti-lock brakes and the trailer brakes may not function, which could result in a crash. . Tires must be properly inflated to support Trailer Brakes loads while towing a trailer. See Tires Trailer Wiring Harness 0 338 for instructions on proper tire Loaded trailers over 900 kg (2,000 lb) must inflation. be equipped with brake systems and with The seven-pin trailer connector is mounted brakes for each axle. Trailer braking in the bumper. This connector can be Safety Chains equipment conforming to Canadian plugged into a seven-pin universal Standards Association (CSA) requirement heavy-duty trailer connector available Always attach chains between the vehicle CAN3-D313, or its equivalent, is through your dealer. and the trailer, and attach the chains to the recommended. holes on the trailer hitch platform. Use only a round, seven-wire connector with Instructions about safety chains may be State or local regulations may require flat blade terminals meeting SAE J2863 provided by the hitch manufacturer or by trailers to have their own braking system if specifications for proper electrical the trailer manufacturer. the loaded weight of the trailer exceeds connectivity. certain minimums that can vary from state Cross the safety chains under the tongue of The seven-wire harness contains the to state. Read and follow the instructions for the trailer to help prevent the tongue from following trailer circuits: the trailer brakes so they are installed, contacting the road if it becomes separated adjusted, and maintained properly. Never . Yellow/Grey: Left Stop/Turn Signal GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 291 . Green/Violet: Right Stop/Turn Signal Trailer Lamps . through rolling terrain . Grey/Brown: Taillamps Always check all trailer lamps are working at . in stop-and-go traffic . White: Ground the beginning of each trip, and periodically . in busy parking lots . White/Green: Back-up Lamps on longer trips. Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul Mode . Red/Green: Battery Feed Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer when lightly loaded or not towing will not . Dark Blue: Trailer Brake cause damage; however, it is not When properly connected, the trailer turn recommended and may result in unpleasant To help charge a remote (non-vehicle) signals should will illuminate to indicate the engine and transmission driving battery change drive mode to Tow Haul. vehicle is turning, changing lanes, characteristics and reduced fuel economy. If the trailer is too light for Tow/Haul Mode, or stopping. When towing a trailer, the turn on the headlamps to help charge the arrows on the instrument cluster will Integrated Trailer Brake Control System battery. illuminate even if the trailer is not properly The vehicle may have an Integrated Trailer Electric Brake Control Wiring Provisions connected or the bulbs are burned out. Brake Control (ITBC) system for use with Tow/Haul Mode electric trailer brakes or most electric over These wiring provisions are included with hydraulic trailer brake systems. These the vehicle as part of the trailer wiring For instructions on how to enter Tow/Haul instructions apply to both types of electric package. These provisions are for an electric mode, see Tow/Haul Mode 0 235. trailer brakes. brake controller. Tow/Haul assists when pulling a heavy The harness should be installed by your trailer or a large or heavy load. dealer or a qualified service center. Tow/Haul Mode is designed to be most Refer to the aftermarket electric trailer brake effective when the vehicle and trailer controller owner's manual to determine wire combined weight is at least 75% of the color coding of the electric trailer brake vehicle's Gross Combined Weight Rating controller. The wire colors on the brake (GCWR). See “Maximum Trailer Weight” controller may be different from the vehicle. This symbol is on the Trailer Brake Control under Trailer Towing 0 283. Panel on vehicles with an ITBC system. The Tow/Haul Mode is most useful when towing power output to the trailer brakes is a heavy trailer or carrying a large or proportional to the amount of vehicle heavy load: GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

292 Driving and Operating braking. This available power output to the The ITBC control panel is on the instrument trailer brakes can be adjusted to a wide { Warning panel to the left of the steering column. The range of trailering situations. Connecting a trailer that has an air brake control panel allows adjustment to the The ITBC system is integrated with the system may result in reduced or amount of output, referred to as Trailer vehicle’s brake, anti-lock brake, and complete loss of trailer braking, including Gain, available to the trailer brakes and StabiliTrak systems. In trailering conditions increased stopping distance or trailer allows manual application of the trailer that cause the vehicle’s anti-lock brake or instability which could result in serious brakes. Use the ITBC control panel and the StabiliTrak systems to activate, power sent injury, death, or property damage. Only DIC trailer brake display page to adjust and display power output to the trailer brakes. to the trailer's brakes will be automatically use the ITBC system with electric or adjusted to minimize trailer wheel lock-up. electric over hydraulic trailer brake Trailer Brake DIC Display Page This does not imply that the trailer has systems. The ITBC display page indicates: StabiliTrak. . Trailer Gain setting Trailer Brake Control Panel If the vehicle’s brake, anti-lock brake, . Output to the trailer brakes or StabiliTrak systems are not functioning properly, the ITBC system may not function . Trailer connection fully or at all. Make sure all of these . System operational status. systems are fully operational to allow the To display: ITBC system to function properly. . Scroll through the DIC menu pages The ITBC system is powered through the . Press a Trailer Gain (+) or (−) button vehicle's electrical system. Turning the . Activate the Manual Trailer Brake Apply ignition off will also turn off the ITBC Lever system. The ITBC system is fully functional only when the ignition is in ON/RUN. TRAILER GAIN: Press a Trailer Gain button to recall the current Trailer Gain setting. Each press and release of the gain buttons will then change 1. Manual Trailer Brake Apply Lever the Trailer Gain setting. Press the Trailer 2. Trailer Symbol Gain (+) or (−) to adjust. Press and hold to 3. Trailer Gain Adjustment Buttons continuously adjust the Trailer Gain. To turn GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 293 the output to the trailer off, adjust the Manual Trailer Brake Apply Lever and free of traffic at about 32 to Trailer Gain setting to 0.0. This setting can Slide this lever left to apply the trailer’s 40 km/h (20 to 25 mph) and fully apply be adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with a trailer electric brakes independent of the vehicle’s the Manual Trailer Brake apply lever. connected or disconnected. brakes. Use this lever to adjust Trailer Gain Note TRAILER OUTPUT: This displays anytime a to achieve the proper power output to the Adjusting Trailer Gain at speeds lower than trailer with electric brakes is connected. trailer brakes. The trailer's and the vehicle's 32 to 40 km/h (20 to 25 mph) may result in Output to the trailer brakes is based on the brake lamps will come on when either an incorrect gain setting. amount of vehicle braking present and vehicle brakes or manual trailer brakes are 2. Adjust the Trailer Gain, using the Trailer relative to the Trailer Gain setting. Output is applied and properly connected. Gain adjustment buttons, to just below displayed from 0 to 100% for each gain Trailer Gain Adjustment Procedure the point of trailer wheel lock-up, setting. Trailer Gain should be set for a specific indicated by trailer wheel squeal or tire The Trailer Output will indicate “------” on trailering condition and it must be smoke when a trailer wheel locks. the Trailer Brake Display Page whenever the readjusted anytime vehicle loading, trailer Note following occur: loading, or road surface conditions change. Trailer wheel lock-up may not occur if . No trailer is connected. towing a heavily loaded trailer. In this case, . A trailer without electric brakes is { Warning adjust the Trailer Gain to the highest connected, no DIC message will display Trailer brakes that are over-gained or allowable setting for the towing condition. . A trailer with electric brakes has become under-gained may not stop the vehicle 3. Readjust Trailer Gain any time vehicle disconnected, a CHECK TRAILER WIRING and the trailer as intended and can result loading, trailer loading, or road surface message displays on the DIC in a crash. Always follow the instructions conditions change or if trailer wheel . There is a fault present in the wiring to to set the Trailer Gain for the proper lock-up is noticed at any time while the trailer brakes, a CHECK TRAILER trailer stopping performance. towing. WIRING message displays on the DIC Other ITBC-Related DIC Messages . The ITBC system is not working due to a To adjust Trailer Gain for each towing TRAILER CONNECTED: This message will fault, a SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM condition: message displays in the DIC briefly display when a trailer with electric 1. Drive the vehicle with the trailer brakes is first connected to the vehicle. This attached on a level road surface message will automatically turn off in about representative of the towing condition GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

294 Driving and Operating 10 seconds. This message can be To determine whether the electrical fault is wiring connection to the trailer and turn the acknowledged before it automatically on the vehicle side or trailer side of the ignition back on. If either of these messages turns off. trailer wiring harness connection: continues, either the vehicle or trailer needs CHECK TRAILER WIRING: This message will 1. Disconnect the trailer wiring harness service. display if: from the vehicle. A GM dealer may be able to diagnose and . The ITBC system first determines 2. Turn the ignition off. repair problems with the trailer. However, connection to a trailer with electric brakes 3. Wait 10 seconds, then turn the ignition any diagnosis and repair of the trailer is not and then the trailer harness becomes back to RUN. covered under the vehicle warranty. Contact disconnected the vehicle. your trailer dealer for assistance with trailer 4. If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING message repairs and trailer warranty information. If the disconnect occurs while the vehicle reappears, the electrical fault is on the is stationary, this message will vehicle side. Trailer Sway Control (TSC) automatically turn off in about If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING message 30 seconds. This message will also turn Vehicles with StabiliTrak have a Trailer Sway only reappears when connecting the off if it is acknowledged or if the trailer Control (TSC) feature. Trailer sway is trailer wiring harness to the vehicle, the harness is reconnected. unintended side-to-side motion of a trailer electrical fault is on the trailer side. If the disconnect occurs while the vehicle while towing. If the vehicle is towing a is moving, this message will continue SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM: This trailer and the TSC detects that sway is until the ignition is turned off. This message will display when there is a increasing, the vehicle brakes are selectively message will also turn off if it is problem with the ITBC system. If this applied at each wheel, to help reduce acknowledged or if the trailer harness is message continues over multiple ignition excessive trailer sway. If equipped with the reconnected. cycles, there is a problem with the ITBC Integrated Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system. Have the vehicle serviced. system, and the trailer has an electric brake . There is an electrical fault in the wiring to system, StabiliTrak may also apply the If either the CHECK TRAILER WIRING or the trailer brakes. This message will trailer brakes. continue as long as there is an electrical SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM message fault in the trailer wiring. This message displays while driving, the ITBC system may will also turn off if it is acknowledged. not be fully functional or may not function at all. When traffic conditions allow, carefully pull the vehicle over to the side of the road and turn the ignition off. Check the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 295 of these aftermarket devices on vehicle Warning (Continued) handling or trailer brake performance is not If the trailer begins to sway, reduce known. vehicle speed by gradually removing your foot from the accelerator. Then pull over { Warning to check the trailer and vehicle to help Use of aftermarket electronic trailer sway correct possible causes, including an control devices could result in reduced improperly or overloaded trailer, trailer brake performance, loss of trailer unrestrained cargo, improper trailer hitch brakes, or other malfunctions, and result configuration, or improperly inflated or in a crash. You or others could be incorrect vehicle or trailer tires. See seriously injured or killed. Before using Towing Equipment 0 286 for trailer one of these devices: ratings and hitch setup recommendations. If TSC is enabled, the Traction Control . Ask the device or trailer manufacturer System (TCS)/StabiliTrak warning light will if the device has been thoroughly flash on the instrument cluster. Reduce Aftermarket Electronic Trailer Sway tested for compatibility with the vehicle speed by gradually removing your Control Devices make, model, and year of your vehicle foot from the accelerator. If trailer sway Some trailers may come equipped with an and any optional equipment installed continues, StabiliTrak can reduce engine electronic device designed to reduce or on your vehicle. torque to help slow the vehicle. TSC will not control trailer sway. Aftermarket equipment function if StabiliTrak is turned off. See . Before driving, check the trailer brakes manufacturers also offer similar devices that are working properly, if equipped. Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control connect to the wiring between the trailer 0 242. Drive the vehicle with the trailer and the vehicle. These devices may interfere attached on a level road surface that with the vehicle’s trailer brake systems or { Warning is free of traffic at about 32-40 km/h other systems, including integrated (20-25 mph) and fully apply the Trailer sway can result in a crash and in anti-sway systems, if equipped. Messages manual trailer brake apply lever. Also, serious injury or death, even if the related to trailer connections or trailer check the trailer brake lamps and vehicle is equipped with TSC. brakes could appear on the DIC. The effects other lamps are functioning correctly. (Continued) (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

296 Driving and Operating Trailer tires deteriorate over time. The trailer 2. The brake lights turn on for about Warning (Continued) tire sidewall will show the week and year two seconds. . If the trailer brakes are not operating the tire was manufactured. Many trailer tire 3. The left turn signal light flashes three properly at any time, or if a DIC manufacturers recommend replacing tires times. message indicates problems with the more than six years old. trailer connections or trailer brakes, 4. The right turn signal light flashes three Overloading is another leading cause of times. carefully pull the vehicle over to the trailer tire blow-outs. Never load your trailer side of the road when traffic 5. The reverse lights turn on for about with more weight than the tires are two seconds. conditions allow. designed to support. The load rating is located on the trailer tire sidewall. 6. Steps 2–5 repeat for approximately Trailer Tires one minute and 45 seconds, or until the Always know the maximum speed rating for test deactivates. Special Trailer (ST) tires differ from vehicle the trailer tires before driving. This may be tires. Trailer tires are designed with stiff significantly lower than the vehicle tire Touch Stop to stop the test. The test will sidewalls to help prevent sway and to speed rating. The speed rating may be on automatically end after one minute and support heavy loads. These features can the trailer tire sidewall. If the speed rating is 45 seconds. make it difficult to determine if the trailer not shown, the default trailer tire speed The sequence also deactivates when any of tire pressures are low only based on a visual rating is 105 km/h (65 mph). the following occur: inspection. . The ignition is turned off. Always check all trailer tire pressures before Trailering App . The transmission is shifted out of P (Park). each trip when the tires are cool. Low trailer Trailer Lights App tire pressure is a leading cause of trailer tire . The brake pedal is pressed. blow-outs. If equipped, the Trailer Lights App is on the . The turn signal is activated. Home Page of the infotainment display. If the vehicle is equipped with a trailer tire . The hazard warning lights are activated. pressure monitoring system, see the trailer Touch Start to cycle the trailer lamps on and Trailering App tire pressure monitoring system description off to determine if they are working. The and the trailering app. test follows this sequence: If equipped, the Trailering App is on the Home Page of the infotainment display. 1. The running lights turn on first and remain on throughout the sequence. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 297 If equipped this feature allows profiles for dismiss the pop- up. Shifting the vehicle A pop-up will indicate the import was connected trailers to be created to view from P (Park) will select Guest Trailer as the successful. Touch OK to return to the trailer status, to store and track trailer usage active Trailer Profile and will dismiss the list and select the trailer profile. The Tow/ information, and to set up towing assistance pop-up. Haul Mode reminder, Brake Gain Setting and features. Create a Trailer Profile Trailer Tire Pressure sensor learning, if equipped, do not import. The Trailering App Preview will appear when 1. Touch Create Profile on the trailer the Trailering App is opened for the first detection pop-up or touch + Add Trailer Trailer Feature Setup time from the Home Page. Touch GET Profile in the Trailering App. STARTED in the Trailering App to go into Tow/Haul Mode Reminder 2. Create a name for the trailer. the app. To turn the Tow/Haul Mode Reminder 3. Select the trailer type. When a trailer is electrically connected and setting on, touch Yes. To turn it off, a trailer profile has not been created, there 4. Select Save Profile. touch No. will be an option to create a profile, use a A pop-up will indicate the setup is complete. Trailer Tire Pressure Setup guest profile, or select Accessory/No trailer. Touch DONE to complete the process or After the pop-up is displayed three times, If the Trailer Tire Pressure Monitoring touch TRAILER FEATURE SETUP to set up the System (TTPMS) is detected, touch the Tire Don’t Remind Me will display and touching Tow/Haul Mode reminder, Trailer Tire that will turn off the trailer detection Pressure Monitoring icon to set up tire Pressure Monitoring System, if equipped, pressure monitoring.Touch Yes to set up the pop-up. To turn the Trailer Detection Alert maintenance reminders, or towing on, select ON in the Settings tab. sensors or touch No to return to the assistance, if equipped. previous screen. When a trailer is electrically connected and Import a Trailer Profile after a Trailer Profile has been created, the A trailer must be electrically connected to trailer detection pop-up will appear with a A trailer profile saved to an OnStar account the vehicle before starting the list of all of the custom Trailer Profiles made can be imported to the vehicle. sensor-to-vehicle learn process. on the vehicle. To load an existing Trailer 1. Touch + Add Trailer Profile in the After selecting Start from the Learn Sensors Profile, select one of the Trailer Profiles Trailering App screen, use the Tool Method or the Manual listed, or load the Guest Trailer Profile by 2. Touch Import Profile on the pop-up. Method (described below) to learn each tire sensor, during which the current tire number selecting GUEST TRAILER. Touching 3. Select a trailer profile from the list. Accessory/No trailer will select Accessory/No will be highlighted. trailer as the active Trailer Profile and will 4. Touch IMPORT. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

298 Driving and Operating Each sensor has a minimum of two minutes tire sidewalls. Make sure to re-adjust tire Maintenance Reminders to learn, shown by a timer. After a sensor is pressure to the recommended level when To set up maintenance reminders, touch the learned, a checkmark appears next to the the process is complete. Trailer Maintenance icon. Select Yes to set tire, the vehicle horn will sound, the Sensor Learning Steps up the maintenance reminders for the vehicle’s brake lamps will flash, and all Trailer Profile. Follow the on-screen prompts. working trailer lamps will flash. It then To complete the sensor-to-vehicle learn The maximum number of reminders is 50. moves to the next sensor. process: Select No to return to the previous screen. To cancel the process touch Stop. 1. Touch Start on the Learn Sensors screen. The horn chirps twice and the Learning Trailer Side Blind Zone Alert Setup The recommended tire pressure must be Active screen appears on the Trailer dimensions must be in range to entered for the trailer tires. This allows the infotainment display. vehicle to alert when the tire pressure is enable this feature. 2. Start with the driver side front high or low. . Trailer Length: 300 cm (118.1 in) – trailer tire. 1200 cm (472.4 in). Measure from center TTPMS must learn the location of the 3. Activate the tool near the valve stem or installed tire sensors to show correct air of coupler to furthest rear point on the adjust the air pressure of this tire until trailer. pressure and temperature for each tire. To the horn chirps and all working vehicle set up, use one of the following options or and trailer lights flash. If trailer dimensions are out of range, this see a tire or trailer dealer for service. The feature will be unavailable. learning process must be repeated when the The process stops without saving the trailer tires are rotated or replaced. See sensor locations if this step takes more Status View “Editing a Trailer Profile” later in this section than two minutes. The Status view shows: for tire pressure sensor relearn information. 4. Move to the next tire and repeat Step 3 . Vehicle for each sensor. The horn chirps twice Tool Method: A TTPMS activation tool can . Connections when all sensors are completed. be purchased separately to learn the sensor . Tires locations. 5. Return to the vehicle to complete the setup. . Maintenance Manual Method: Without the tool, the air Upon entry, the most recent items will be pressure can be increased or decreased in shown. Select MORE to view all options. each tire for 10 seconds. Do not exceed the maximum inflation pressure found on the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 299 Vehicle Connections System on the infotainment screen. The Trailer Detection Alert setting must be enabled for the alert to display when a trailer is connected. When a trailer is connected and the ignition is off, the Trailering App System will periodically pulse the lighting circuits of the trailer to verify it is still connected. The trailer lights may periodically flash as a result of this trailer connection detection. These flashes may be more visible in dark ambient light environments. The flashing or flickering lights are a normal condition and the Trailering App System has built-in protections to prevent the battery from 1. Transmission Fluid Temperature 1. Light Test Start Button draining. When Theft Alert is also enabled 2. Average Fuel Economy with Trailer 2. Trailer Electrical Diagnostics the frequency and pattern of this flashing Profile Connections No Faults Detected will change. Average Fuel Economy If all of the trailer connections are detected Connection Problem Touch to view the average fuel economy of (Running Lights, Left Turn Signal Light, Right If any of the trailer connections are not the vehicle while the Trailer Profile is active. Turn Signal Light, Reverse Lights, and Electric detected, a message about the connection Transmission Temperature Brakes, if equipped), the view will issue will appear on the Driver Information display OK. Center (DIC). The infotainment display will View the temperature of the transmission Trailer Connections Status also show the connection issue in the fluid by looking at the graphic. The graphic Connection Status view. will indicate a dangerous level if the When a trailer is connected, the Trailering temperature is at 130 °C–150 °C (270 °F– App System detects the trailer connection Connection Trailer Lighting Faults Detected 300 °F). using the Stop/Turn Signal lighting circuits The Trailering App System monitors for and alerts the driver by requesting a trailer electrical faults on the trailer lights. profile setup through the Trailering App A message about the lighting issue will GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

300 Driving and Operating appear on the DIC. The infotainment display 2. The brake lights turn on for about Tires will also show the lighting issue in the two seconds. Connection Status view. Repair your trailer 3. The left turn signal light flashes three lights if needed. A trailer lighting issue is times. not covered by your GM warranty. 4. The right turn signal light flashes three Diagnose View times. Touch Diagnose to see more information 5. The reverse lights turn on for about about the connection problem. two seconds. This view will display the names of the 6. Steps 2–5 repeat for approximately trailer connector pins, a graphic of the trailer one minute and 45 seconds, or until the connector, and a graphic of the back of the test deactivates. trailer. Touch Stop to stop the test. The test will Any connector pin that failed will be amber automatically end after one minute and color, and the location of the corresponding 45 seconds. 1. Trailer Tire Pressure/Temperature connection will be highlighted on the The sequence also deactivates when any of Tire Pressure and Temperature graphic of the back of the trailer. the following occur: If the TTPMS sensor-to-vehicle learn process The Running Lights connection may not . The ignition is turned off. was completed, the status view will display detect partial outages. Activate the light test . The transmission is shifted out of P (Park). the current tire pressure and temperature of to check all trailer lamps. See “Light Test” . The brake pedal is pressed. the trailer tires related to the active Trailer following. . The turn signal is activated. Profile. If a tire’s pressure is low or high, the Light Test . The hazard warning lights are activated. color of the pressure value will be amber. Touch Start Light Test to cycle the trailer If a sensor malfunctions, the values are lights on and off to determine if they are dashed lines. If the screen displays “Service working. The test follows this sequence: Tire Pressure Monitoring System”, the vehicle needs to be taken to a dealer for 1. The running lights turn on first and service. remain on throughout the sequence. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 301 Maintenance . Touch Remind Me Later to delay the . Connections reminder. The Trailer Status view displays mileage . Touch X next to Upcoming Alerts (90%) information. Touch to edit, and follow the to dismiss the alert. It will not appear on-screen prompts. Mileage and fuel again. economy will reset after the trailer . Touch X next to Maintenance Due (100%) disconnects. to delay the alert to the next ignition cycle. Accessory/No Trailer Status View Always follow all of the maintenance If the Accessory/No Trailer profile is active, instructions that came with your trailer. trailer status information is not available. Checklist View This view shows the recommended steps to take before towing a trailer. 1. List of Maintenance Reminders Touch the box next to each item if that step 2. Add a New Maintenance Reminder has been completed. The Maintenance Status view displays Touch p to access a detailed view of reminders. Touch a reminder to edit. each step. Within each detailed view, touch Touch + New Maintenance Reminder to go Next and Previous to navigate between to the Select New Reminder view. steps. The progress bar turns yellow when the Touch Clear All to clear the completed maintenance item reaches 90% complete. statuses from all items in the current checklist. The progress bar turns red when the Guest Trailer Status View maintenance item reaches 100% complete. Touch the Guest Trailer Profile for the status Maintenance Notifications views. . Touch Service Complete to reset the The Guest Trailer Profile Status view shows: maintenance reminder. . Vehicle GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

302 Driving and Operating Custom Checklist Items All personalization features are based on the No Trailer Connected settings for each driver in vehicle For each of the Trailer Profile checklists, When there is no trailer connected, Trailer personalization. The list of Trailer Profiles is there is an option to create custom items to Profiles cannot be activated but most based on vehicle personalization settings. view in the checklist. The custom item will options can be edited. appear at the bottom of the checklist. Guest Trailer Trailer Brake Gain Memory Guest Trailer and No Trailer Connected If the Guest Trailer Profile is the active The system can memorize the brake gain Trailer Profile, trailer detection, connections If Guest Trailer Profile is active or if no setting of a Trailer Profile or a Guest Trailer status, theft, and the Tow/Haul reminder Profile. When a Trailer Profile or Guest trailer is connected, the checklist will show alerts can be sent. The system will not track all of the checklists associated with Custom Trailer Profile is selected, and a brake gain total mileage or fuel economy, but the setting is set for that Trailer Profile, a quick Trailer Profiles in addition to default system will track trip mileage and fuel checklists. notice will appear to indicate that the economy if the Guest Trailer Profile is active. system has recalled that profile’s brake gain Trailers View The Trailer Tire Pressure Monitoring System setting. or maintenance reminders cannot be set up Touch the Trailers tab to view, activate, for a Guest Trailer Profile. The Guest Trailer If a Trailer Profile is already active and the create, edit, or delete Trailer Profiles. Profile cannot be edited. brake gain setting had been set for that Trailer Profile, the quick notice will trigger If a trailer is connected, touch the Trailer Touch p to learn more about the Guest whenever the ignition is turned on. Profile name to activate a Trailer Profile. Trailer option. If there was an error in setting the brake There can be up to five Custom Trailer Accessory/No Trailer gain for a Trailer Profile, there will be a Profiles on the vehicle. If the Accessory/No Trailer Profile is active, notification. This pop-up will not appear if The Custom Trailer Profiles and Guest Trailer alerts will not be sent and the system will the Guest Trailer Profile is active or if there are in order of the most frequently used. not track mileage or fuel economy. The is no trailer connected. The Accessory/No Trailer profile is shown Trailer Tire Pressure Monitoring System or Trailer brake gain should be set for a specific below the Custom Trailer Profiles and Guest maintenance reminders cannot be set up for trailering condition and must be adjusted Trailer Profile. the Accessory/No Trailer Profile. The anytime vehicle loading, trailer loading, Accessory/No Trailer profile cannot be or road surface conditions change. edited. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 303 Editing a Trailer Profile Tire Pressure Setup On the Learn Sensors screen. Touch Relearn to overwrite the current sensors and begin Trailer Profile View Touch to set up the Trailer Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TTPMS) for the Trailer the relearning process. See “Trailer Tire Touch to edit any of the following options Profile. See “Trailer Tire Pressure Setup” Pressure Setup” previously in this section. in the Trailer Profile view: previously in this section for details on the On the Learn Sensors screen, touch Next to . Trailer Name setup. Also, touch Tire Pressure Setup if the go to the Edit Recommended Tire Pressure . Towing Assistance Setup, if equipped trailer tires were rotated or if the tire screen. . Tire Pressure Setup, if equipped pressure sensors in the tires were replaced On the Edit Recommended Tire Pressure . Trailer Maintenance for this Trailer Profile. The vehicle will need screen, touch a number on the keypad to to relearn the tire sensors and their . Edit Mileage change the locations. . Reset Average Fuel Economy Recommended Tire Pressure for the trailer’s If TTPMS had been set up previously, the Touch Save to save the new value to the tires. This will change the number at which Select Number of Sensors screen will appear the vehicle displays alerts related to trailer Trailer Profile. Touching Back will still save after touching Tire Pressure Setup. If the the previously entered information. tire pressure. Touch Done to return to the number of sensors has changed, select the Trailer Profile view. Trailer Name number and touch Next. Touch to edit the Trailer Profile’s name. Use If a new number of sensors is selected, the Trailer Maintenance at least one character and no spaces. Relearn Sensors pop-up will appear. Touch Touch to view a list of maintenance Touch Save. Cancel to go back or touch Relearn to reminders for the Trailer Profile. overwrite the current sensors and begin the Towing Assistance Setup relearning process. See “Trailer Tire Pressure Touch a reminder to view, reset, delete, A trailer should be connected to complete Setup” previously in this section. or edit it. this portion of profile setup. If number of sensors has not changed, touch Reset Reminder Touch to set up towing assistance features Next and the Learn sensors screen will Touch Maintenance Complete in the for the Trailer Profile. See "Towing appear. reminder view to reset the reminder. On the Assistance" for details on the setup. pop-up, touch Reset to reset the time and mileage values for the reminder. Touch Cancel to return to the previous view and nothing will change. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

304 Driving and Operating Edit Reminder Effect on Maintenance Reminders Settings View Touch to edit the mileage or time settings If the mileage is reset or changed, and Within the Trailering App, touch the Settings for the reminder. Touch Save to save the mileage has already accumulated, any tab to modify the following settings: new settings to the Trailer Profile. maintenance reminders that have been set . Trailer Detection Alert up will be adjusted accordingly. Delete Reminder . Maintenance Alerts Touch to delete the maintenance reminder. Reset Average Fuel Economy . Theft Alert On the pop-up, touch Delete to delete the Touch to reset the average fuel economy for . Tow/Haul Mode Reminder reminder or touch Cancel to return to the the Trailer Profile. Touch Reset to change, previous view and nothing will change. or touch Cancel to go back to the Trailer Detection Alert New Maintenance Reminder previous view. The Trailer Detection Alert setting will be on Delete/Remove Trailer by default. Turn it off to disable the Trailer Touch + New Maintenance Reminder to set Detection pop-up from displaying when a up a new reminder. Suggested reminders Touch to remove the Trailer Profile and all trailer is connected. The Guest Trailer Profile that were previously set will have of its settings. will become the active Trailer Profile, unless checkmarks next to them. Suggested On the pop-up, touch Remove to remove the another Trailer Profile is selected manually reminders that have not been set will have Trailer Profile from the vehicle. Touch Cancel through the Trailering App. If this setting is empty boxes next to them. The maximum to dismiss the pop-up and return to the disabled while a Custom Trailer Profile is number of reminders is 50. previous view. active, that Trailer Profile will remain the Edit Mileage active profile until the trailer is Remove will be displayed if there is a disconnected. Touch to edit the Trailer Profile’s mileage. connected OnStar plan active with the Touch Reset to reset trailer mileage to zero, vehicle. Removing a trailer profile will Maintenance Alerts or enter a new value and touch Save. remove the profile from the vehicle but the Touch Maintenance Alerts to view the Touching back will return to the Trailer profile will still be associated with the user Maintenance Alerts settings page. These Profile view. account. However, if there is not a alerts are based on the Trailer Profile, so the connected OnStar plan then the remove settings for each Trailer Profile must be button will read DELETE and the profile will turned on or off. Touch a profile to view be deleted permanently more information or adjust the setting for that profile. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Driving and Operating 305 The setting will be on by default for each connected service plan and the smartphone If Tow/Haul Mode is on and this setting is profile. All Maintenance Alerts for that active number has been added to the account for on for a Trailer Profile, the reminder will not Trailer Profile will be received. this notification. appear when the Trailer Profile is active. Turn a setting off to not receive any of the If the setting is turned off for a given Trailer Maintenance Alerts when that Trailer Profile Profile, the smartphone will not receive this Conversions and Add-Ons is active. security notification even if the Trailer Profile is active. Add-On Electrical Equipment Theft Alert A theft alert can be set if a trailer is Tow/Haul Mode Reminder { Warning connected and the alert is enabled. When This is a reminder to turn on the Tow/Haul The Data Link Connector (DLC) is used for the trailer is disconnected and the vehicle is Mode when towing a trailer. See Tow/Haul 0 vehicle service and Emission Inspection/ off, an alarm will sound. Mode 235. Maintenance testing. See Malfunction Touch Theft Alert in Settings to view the Touch Tow/Haul Mode Reminder in Settings Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 110. Theft Alert settings page. These alerts are to view the Tow/Haul Mode Reminder A device connected to the DLC — such as based on the Trailer Profile, so the settings settings page. These alerts are based on the an aftermarket fleet or driver-behavior for each Trailer Profile must be turned on or Trailer Profile, so the settings for each tracking device — may interfere with off. Touch a profile to view more Trailer Profile must be turned on or off. vehicle systems. This could affect vehicle information or adjust the setting for that Touch a profile to view more information or operation and cause a crash. Such devices profile. to adjust the setting for that profile. may also access information stored in the This setting will be off by default for each This setting will default to OFF for each vehicle’s systems. Trailer Profile, including the Guest Trailer Trailer Profile, including the Guest Trailer Profile. Profile. Caution A smartphone will receive a notification that If Tow/Haul Mode is off and this setting is the trailer related to the selected Trailer on for a Trailer Profile, each time the Some electrical equipment can damage Profile is disconnected from the vehicle, ignition is turned on a reminder will appear the vehicle or cause components to not if the setting is on for the active Trailer to turn on Tow/Haul Mode when the Trailer work and would not be covered by the Profile, the vehicle has an OnStar or Profile is active. vehicle warranty. Always check with your dealer before adding electrical equipment. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

306 Driving and Operating

Warning Certain mobile radio equipment, like amplifiers and antennas used for two-way communication, can interfere with some vehicle systems. Always ensure this equipment is supplied with proper local grounding. Follow all of the instructions that came with the equipment and see your GM dealer for additional mobile radio installation instructions.

Add-on equipment can drain the vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the vehicle is not operating. The vehicle has an airbag system. Before attempting to add anything electrical to the vehicle, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 69 and Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 70. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Vehicle Care 307 Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Tire Pressure Monitor System ...... 346 Vehicle Care Check ...... 327 Tire Pressure Monitor Operation ...... 347 Wiper Blade Replacement ...... 328 Tire Inspection ...... 349 General Information Glass Replacement ...... 329 Tire Rotation ...... 349 General Information ...... 308 Windshield Replacement ...... 329 When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 350 California Proposition 65 Warning . . . . . 308 Gas Strut(s) ...... 329 Buying New Tires ...... 351 California Perchlorate Materials Different Size Tires and Wheels ...... 352 Requirements ...... 308 Headlamp Aiming Uniform Tire Quality Grading ...... 353 Accessories and Modifications ...... 308 Front Headlamp Aiming ...... 330 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 354 Vehicle Checks Bulb Replacement Wheel Replacement ...... 354 Doing Your Own Service Work ...... 309 LED Lighting ...... 330 Tire Chains ...... 355 Hood ...... 309 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 355 Engine Compartment Overview ...... 311 Electrical System Tire Changing ...... 356 Engine Oil ...... 314 Electrical System Overload ...... 330 Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 366 Engine Oil Life System ...... 315 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ...... 331 Engine Compartment Fuse Block ...... 331 Jump Starting Automatic Transmission Fluid ...... 316 Jump Starting - North America ...... 367 Engine Air Filter Life System ...... 317 Instrument Panel Fuse Block ...... 334 Engine Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 317 Rear Compartment Fuse Block ...... 336 Towing the Vehicle Cooling System ...... 318 Wheels and Tires Towing the Vehicle ...... 370 Engine Overheating ...... 321 Tires ...... 338 Recreational Vehicle Towing ...... 371 Engine Fan ...... 323 All-Season Tires ...... 339 Washer Fluid ...... 323 Appearance Care Winter Tires ...... 339 Exterior Care ...... 374 Brakes ...... 323 Low-Profile Tires ...... 339 Brake Pad Life System ...... 324 Interior Care ...... 378 All-Terrain Tires ...... 340 Floor Mats ...... 381 Brake Fluid ...... 325 Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 340 Battery - North America ...... 326 Tire Designations ...... 341 Four-Wheel Drive ...... 326 Tire Terminology and Definitions ...... 342 Front Axle ...... 327 Tire Pressure ...... 344 Rear Axle ...... 327 Tire Pressure for High-Speed Operation ...... 345 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

308 Vehicle Care

General Information Warning (Continued) Accessories and Modifications For service and parts needs, visit your cancer and birth defects or other Adding non-dealer accessories or making modifications to the vehicle can affect dealer. You will receive genuine GM parts reproductive harm. Engine exhaust, many vehicle performance and safety, including and GM-trained and supported service parts and systems, many fluids, and people. such things as airbags, braking, stability, some component wear by-products ride and handling, emissions systems, Genuine GM parts have one of these marks: contain and/or emit these chemicals. For aerodynamics, durability, and electronic more information go to systems like antilock brakes, traction control, www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ and stability control. These accessories or passenger-vehicle. modifications could even cause malfunction or damage not covered by the vehicle See Battery - North America 0 326 and warranty. Jump Starting - North America 0 367 and the back cover. Damage to suspension components caused by modifying vehicle height outside of California Perchlorate Materials factory settings will not be covered by the Requirements vehicle warranty. Damage to vehicle components resulting Certain types of automotive applications, from modifications or the installation or use such as airbag initiators, seat belt of non-GM certified parts, including control pretensioners, and lithium batteries California Proposition 65 Warning module or software modifications, is not contained in electronic keys, may contain covered under the terms of the vehicle perchlorate materials. Perchlorate Material – warranty and may affect remaining { Warning special handling may apply. See warranty coverage for affected parts. Most motor vehicles, including this one, www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ perchlorate. GM Accessories are designed to complement as well as many of its service parts and and function with other systems on the fluids, contain and/or emit chemicals vehicle. See your dealer to accessorize the known to the State of California to cause vehicle using genuine GM Accessories (Continued) installed by a dealer technician. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Vehicle Care 309 Also, see Adding Equipment to the This vehicle has an airbag system. Before Hood Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 70. attempting to do your own service work, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle { Warning 0 69. Vehicle Checks For vehicles with auto engine stop/start, If equipped with remote vehicle start, open turn the vehicle off before opening the Doing Your Own Service Work the hood before performing any service hood. If the vehicle is on, the engine will work to prevent remote starting the vehicle { Warning accidentally. See Remote Vehicle Start 0 14. start when the hood is opened. You or others could be injured. It can be dangerous to work on your Keep a record with all parts receipts and list vehicle if you do not have the proper the mileage and the date of any service knowledge, service manual, tools, work performed. See Maintenance Records { Warning 0 394. or parts. Always follow owner’s manual Components under the hood can get hot procedures and consult the service Caution from running the engine. To help avoid manual for your vehicle before doing any the risk of burning unprotected skin, service work. Even small amounts of contamination can cause damage to vehicle systems. Do not never touch these components until they If doing some of your own service work, use allow contaminants to contact the fluids, have cooled, and always use a glove or the proper service manual. It tells you much reservoir caps, or dipsticks. towel to avoid direct skin contact. more about how to service the vehicle than this manual can. To order the proper service Clear any snow from the hood before manual, see Publication Ordering opening. Information 0 405. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

310 Vehicle Care To open the hood: 3. After you have partially lifted the hood, { Warning 1. Pull the hood release lever with the the gas strut system will automatically lift the hood and hold it in the fully i symbol. It is on the lower left side Do not drive the vehicle if the hood is open position. of the instrument panel. not latched completely. The hood could To close the hood: open fully, block your vision, and cause a 1. Before closing the hood, be sure all filler crash. You or others could be injured. caps are on properly, and all tools are Always close the hood completely before removed. driving. 2. Pull the hood down until the gas strut The Driver Information Center (DIC) will system is no longer holding up the hood. display a message if the hood is not fully 3. Allow the hood to fall. Check to make closed, and the vehicle is moving. Stop and sure the hood is latched completely. turn off the vehicle, check the hood for Repeat this process with additional force obstructions, and close the hood again. if necessary. Check to see if the message still appears on the DIC.

2. Go to the front of the vehicle and locate the secondary release lever under the front center of the hood. Push the secondary hood release lever to the right to release. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Vehicle Care 311 Engine Compartment Overview

5.3L V8 Engine GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

312 Vehicle Care 1. Remote Negative (–) Location. See Jump 7. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When to Add Starting - North America 0 367. Engine Oil” under Engine Oil 0 314. 2. Positive (+) Terminal (Under Cover). See 8. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap. Jump Starting - North America 0 367. See Cooling System 0 318. 3. Battery - North America 0 326. 9. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 317. 4. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 331. 10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brake Fluid 0 5. Engine Oil Dipstick. See “Checking Engine 325. Oil” under Engine Oil 0 314. 11. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See 6. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of View). See “Adding Washer Fluid” under Washer 0 Cooling System 0 318. Fluid 323. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Vehicle Care 313

6.2L V8 Engine 1. Remote Negative (–) Location. See Jump 5. Engine Oil Dipstick. See “Checking Engine 8. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap. Starting - North America 0 367. Oil” under Engine Oil 0 314. See Cooling System 0 318. 2. Positive (+) Terminal (Under Cover). See 6. Engine Cooling Fans (Out of View). See 9. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 317. 0 0 Jump Starting - North America 367. Cooling System 318. 10. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brake Fluid 3. Battery - North America 0 326. 7. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When to Add 0 325. 0 4. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 331. Engine Oil” under Engine Oil 314. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

314 Vehicle Care 11. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See Checking Engine Oil dipstick, wipe it with a clean paper towel “Adding Washer Fluid” under Washer or cloth, then push it back in all the way. Check the engine oil level regularly, every Fluid 0 323. Remove it again, keeping the tip down, 650 km (400 mi), especially prior to a long and check the level. Engine Oil trip. The engine oil dipstick handle is a loop. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 311 for When to Add Engine Oil For diesel engine vehicles, see “Engine Oil” the location. in the Duramax diesel supplement. To ensure proper engine performance and { Warning long life, careful attention must be paid to The engine oil dipstick handle may be engine oil. Following these simple, but hot; it could burn you. Use a towel or important steps will help protect your glove to touch the dipstick handle. investment: . Use engine oil approved to the proper If a low oil Driver Information Center (DIC) If the oil is below the cross-hatched area at specification and of the proper viscosity message displays, check the oil level. the tip of the dipstick and the engine has grade. See “Selecting the Right Engine been off for at least 15 minutes, add 1 L (1 Oil” in this section. Follow these guidelines: qt) of the recommended oil and then . To get an accurate reading, park the . Check the engine oil level regularly and recheck the level. See “Selecting the Right maintain the proper oil level. See vehicle on level ground. Check the engine Engine Oil” later in this section for an “Checking Engine Oil” and “When to Add oil level after the engine has been off for explanation of what kind of oil to use. For Engine Oil” in this section. at least two hours. Checking the engine engine oil crankcase capacity, see Capacities oil level on steep grades or too soon after and Specifications 0 395. . Change the engine oil at the appropriate 0 engine shutoff can result in incorrect time. See Engine Oil Life System 315. readings. Accuracy improves when Caution . Always dispose of engine oil properly. See checking a cold engine prior to starting. Do not add too much oil. Oil levels above “What to Do with Used Oil” in this Remove the dipstick and check the level. section. or below the acceptable operating range . If unable to wait two hours, the engine shown on the dipstick are harmful to the must be off for at least 15 minutes if the engine. If the oil level is above the engine is warm, or at least 30 minutes if operating range (i.e., the engine has so the engine is not warm. Pull out the (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Vehicle Care 315

Caution (Continued) Engine oil system flushes are not recommended and could cause engine much oil that the oil level gets above the damage not covered by the vehicle cross-hatched area that shows the proper warranty. operating range), the engine could be damaged. Drain the excess oil or limit What to Do with Used Oil driving of the vehicle, and seek a service Used engine oil contains certain elements professional to remove the excess oil. Caution that can be unhealthy for your skin and could even cause cancer. Do not let used oil 0 Failure to use the recommended engine See Engine Compartment Overview 311 for oil or equivalent can result in engine stay on your skin for very long. Clean your the location of the engine oil fill cap. skin and nails with soap and water, or a damage not covered by the vehicle good hand cleaner. Wash or properly Add enough oil to put the level somewhere warranty. in the proper operating range. Push the dispose of clothing or rags containing used engine oil. See the manufacturer's warnings dipstick all the way back in when through. Viscosity Grade about the use and disposal of oil products. Use SAE 0W-20 viscosity grade engine oil. Selecting the Right Engine Oil Used oil can be a threat to the environment. Selecting the right engine oil depends on When selecting an oil of the appropriate If you change your own oil, be sure to drain both the proper oil specification and viscosity grade, it is recommended to select all the oil from the filter before disposal. viscosity grade. See Recommended Fluids an oil of the correct specification. See Never dispose of oil by putting it in the and Lubricants 0 392. “Specification” earlier in this section. trash or pouring it on the ground, into sewers, or into streams or bodies of water. Specification Engine Oil Additives/Engine Oil Flushes Recycle it by taking it to a place that Use full synthetic engine oils that meet the Do not add anything to the oil. The collects used oil. dexos1 specification. Engine oils that have recommended oils meeting the dexos1 been approved by GM as meeting the specification are all that is needed for good Engine Oil Life System dexos1 specification are marked with the performance and engine protection. dexos1 approved logo. When to Change Engine Oil This vehicle has a computer system that indicates when to change the engine oil and filter. This is based on a combination of GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

316 Vehicle Care factors which include engine revolutions, If the system is ever reset accidentally, the 3. If the display changes to 100%, the engine temperature, and miles driven. Based oil must be changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) system is reset. on driving conditions, the mileage at which since the last oil change. Remember to reset If the vehicle has a CHANGE ENGINE OIL an oil change is indicated can vary the oil life system whenever the oil is SOON message and it comes back on when considerably. For the oil life system to work changed. the vehicle is started and/or the oil properly, the system must be reset every How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System life percentage is near 0%, the engine oil time the oil is changed. life system has not been reset. Repeat the On some vehicles, when the system has Reset the system whenever the engine oil is procedure. calculated that oil life has been diminished, changed so that the system can calculate a CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message comes the next engine oil change. Always reset the Automatic Transmission Fluid on to indicate that an oil change is engine oil life to 100% after every oil necessary. Change the oil as soon as change. It will not reset itself. To reset the When to Check and Change Automatic possible within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). engine oil life system: Transmission Fluid It is possible that, if driving under the best 1. Display the oil life percentage on the It is usually not necessary to check the conditions, the oil life system might indicate DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC) transmission fluid level. The only reason for that an oil change is not necessary for up to 0 119. fluid loss is a transmission leak or a year. The engine oil and filter must be 2. Press the thumbwheel on the steering overheated transmission. This vehicle is not changed at least once a year and, at this wheel, or the trip odometer reset stem if equipped with a transmission fluid level time, the system must be reset. For vehicles the vehicle does not have DIC controls, dipstick. There is a special procedure for without the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON for several seconds. When the checking and changing the transmission fluid message, an oil change is needed when the confirmation message displays, select in these vehicles. Because this procedure is REMAINING OIL LIFE percentage is near 0%. YES. The oil life will change to 100%. difficult, this should be done at the dealer. Your dealer has trained service people who Contact the dealer for additional information will perform this work and reset the system. The oil life system can also be reset as or the procedure can be found in the service It is also important to check the oil regularly follows: manual. See Publication Ordering over the course of an oil drain interval and 1. Display the oil life percentage on the Information 0 405. keep it at the proper level. DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 119. 2. Fully press the accelerator pedal slowly three times within five seconds. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Vehicle Care 317

Caution When the DIC displays a message to replace When to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner/ the engine air filter soon, replace the engine Filter Use of the incorrect automatic air filter at the earliest convenience. transmission fluid may damage the If the vehicle is not equipped with the The system must be reset after the engine vehicle, and the damage may not be engine air filter life system see Maintenance air filter is changed. 0 covered by the vehicle warranty. Always Schedule 383 for intervals on inspecting use the correct automatic transmission If the DIC displays a message to check the and replacing the engine air cleaner filter. fluid. See Recommended Fluids and engine air filter system, see your dealer. How to Inspect/Replace the Engine Air Lubricants 0 392. How to Reset the Engine Air Filter Life Cleaner/Filter System Change the fluid and filter at the scheduled Do not start the engine or have the engine maintenance intervals listed in Maintenance To reset: running with the engine air cleaner/filter housing open. Before removing the engine Schedule 0 383. Be sure to use the 1. Place the vehicle in P (Park). transmission fluid listed in Recommended air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine 2. Display the Air Filter Life on the DIC. See Fluids and Lubricants 0 392. air cleaner/filter housing and nearby Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 119. components are free of dirt and debris. Do Engine Air Filter Life System 3. Press the thumbwheel on the steering not clean the engine air cleaner/filter or wheel to move to the Reset/Disable components with water or compressed air. If equipped, this feature provides the engine display area. Select Reset then press the To inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/ air filter’s remaining life and best timing for thumbwheel for several seconds. a change. The timing to change an engine filter: air filter depends on driving and 4. Press the thumbwheel to confirm the environmental conditions. reset. When to Change the Engine Air Filter Engine Air Cleaner/Filter When the Driver Information Center (DIC) The engine air cleaner/filter is on the driver displays a message to replace the engine air side of the engine compartment. See Engine filter at the next oil change, follow this Compartment Overview 0 311. timing. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

318 Vehicle Care 3. Lower the cover, slide it into the The cooling system allows the engine to assembly, then secure with the three maintain the correct working temperature. screws. 4. If equipped, reset the engine air filter life system after replacing the engine air filter. See Engine Air Filter Life System 0 317.

{ Warning Operating the engine with the air cleaner/filter off can cause you or others to be burned. Use caution when working 5.3L V8 Engine Shown, 6.2L V8 Engine Similar on the engine. Do not start the engine or 1. Remove the three screws, tilt the cover, drive the vehicle with the air cleaner/ and slide it out of the assembly. filter off, as flames may be present if the 5.3L V8 Engine engine backfires. { Warning 1. Engine Electric Cooling Fans (Out of View) If part replacement is necessary, the part Caution 2. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap must be replaced with one of the same part number or with an equivalent part. If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt can Use of a replacement part without the easily get into the engine, which could same fit, form, and function may result damage it. Always have the air cleaner/ in personal injury or damage to the filter in place when driving. vehicle. Cooling System 2. Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/ If the vehicle has the Duramax diesel filter. engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Vehicle Care 319

{ Warning Warning (Continued) Do not touch heater, radiator, a/c pipes the wrong mixture, the engine could get or hoses, or other engine parts. They can too hot but there would not be an be very hot and can burn you. Do not overheat warning. The engine could catch run the engine if there is a leak; all fire and you or others could be burned. coolant could leak out. That could cause an engine fire and can burn you. Fix any Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable leak before driving the vehicle. water and DEX-COOL coolant. This mixture: . Gives freezing protection down to −37 °C Engine Coolant (−34 °F), outside temperature. The cooling system in the vehicle is filled . Gives boiling protection up to 129 °C 6.2L V8 Engine with DEX-COOL engine coolant. This coolant (265 °F), engine temperature. is designed to remain in the vehicle for . Protects against rust and corrosion. 1. Engine Electric Cooling Fans (Out 5 years or 240 000 km (150,000 mi), . Will not damage aluminum parts. of View) whichever occurs first. 2. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap . Helps keep the proper engine The following explains the cooling system temperature. { Warning and how to check and add coolant when it is low. If there is a problem with engine Caution An underhood electric fan can start up overheating, see Engine Overheating 0 321. Do not use anything other than a mix of even when the engine is not running and What to Use DEX-COOL coolant that meets GM can cause injury. Keep hands, clothing, Standard GMW3420 and clean, drinkable and tools away from any underhood water. Anything else can cause damage { Warning electric fan. to the engine cooling system and the Plain water, or other liquids such as vehicle, which would not be covered by alcohol, can boil before the proper the vehicle warranty. coolant mixture will. With plain water or (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

320 Vehicle Care Never dispose of engine coolant by putting Check to see if coolant is visible in the it in the trash, or by pouring it on the coolant surge tank. If the coolant inside the { Warning ground, or into sewers, streams, or bodies of coolant surge tank is boiling, wait until it Plain water, or other liquids such as water. Have the coolant changed by an cools down. The coolant level should be at alcohol, can boil before the proper authorized service center, familiar with legal or above the indicated mark. If it is not, coolant mixture will. With plain water or requirements regarding used coolant there may be a leak in the cooling system. the wrong mixture, the engine could get disposal. This will help protect the If coolant is visible but the coolant level is too hot but there would not be an environment and your health. not at or above the indicated mark, see the overheat warning. The engine could catch Checking Coolant following sections on how to add coolant to fire and you or others could be burned. the coolant surge tank following. The coolant surge tank is in the engine compartment on the driver side of the How to Add Coolant to the Coolant { Warning vehicle. See Engine Compartment Overview Surge Tank 0 311. Steam and scalding liquids from a hot If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see cooling system are under pressure. The vehicle must be on a level surface when “Cooling System” in the Duramax diesel Turning the pressure cap, even a little, checking the coolant level. supplement for the proper coolant fill can cause them to come out at high procedure. speed and you could be burned. Never { Warning turn the cap when the cooling system, including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait Spilling coolant on hot engine parts can for the cooling system and pressure cap burn you. Coolant contains ethylene to cool. glycol and it will burn if the engine parts are hot enough.

5.3L V8 Engine Shown, 6.2L V8 Engine Similar GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Vehicle Care 321

Caution 4. With the coolant surge tank pressure cap Engine Overheating off, start the engine and let it run until Failure to follow the specific coolant fill the engine coolant temperature gauge Caution procedure could cause the engine to indicates approximately 90 °C (195 °F). overheat and could cause system Do not run the engine if there is a leak By this time, the coolant level inside the in the engine cooling system. This can damage. If coolant is not visible in the coolant surge tank may be lower. If the surge tank, contact your dealer. cause a loss of all coolant and can level is lower, add more of the proper damage the system and vehicle. Have mixture to the coolant surge tank until any leaks fixed right away. If no coolant is visible in the surge tank, add the level reaches the indicated mark. coolant. 5. Replace the pressure cap tightly. The vehicle has several indicators to warn of 6. Verify coolant level after the engine is engine overheating. shut off and the coolant is cold. There is a coolant temperature gauge and a If necessary, repeat coolant fill procedure engine coolant temperature warning light in Steps 1–6. the vehicle's instrument cluster. See Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 107 and Caution Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light 1. Remove the coolant surge tank pressure If the pressure cap is not tightly installed, 0 115. cap when the cooling system, including coolant loss and engine damage may In addition, there are ENGINE OVERHEATED the coolant surge tank pressure cap and occur. Be sure the cap is properly and upper radiator hose, is no longer hot. STOP ENGINE, ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE tightly secured. ENGINE, and ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED Turn the pressure cap slowly messages in the Driver Information counterclockwise about one full turn. If a Center (DIC). hiss is heard, wait for that to stop. A hiss means there is still some If the decision is made not to lift the hood pressure left. when this warning appears, get service help right away. See Roadside Assistance Program 2. Keep turning the pressure cap slowly, 0 and remove it. 401. 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with the proper mixture to the full cold mark. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

322 Vehicle Care If the decision is made to lift the hood, If No Steam is Coming from the Engine If the engine coolant temperature gauge is make sure the vehicle is parked on a level Compartment no longer in the overheat zone or an surface. overheat warning no longer displays, the The ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE or vehicle can be driven. Continue to drive the Check to see if the engine cooling fan(s) are the ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE running. If the engine is overheating, the vehicle slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a message, along with a low coolant safe vehicle distance from the vehicle in fans should be running. If they are not, do condition, can indicate a serious problem. not continue to run the engine. Have the front. If the warning does not come back on, vehicle serviced. If there is an engine overheat warning, but continue to drive normally and have the no steam is seen or heard, the problem may cooling system checked for proper fill and If Steam is Coming from the Engine not be too serious. Sometimes the engine function. Compartment can get a little too hot when the vehicle: If the warning continues, pull over, stop, and . Climbs a long hill on a hot day. park the vehicle right away. { Warning . Stops after high-speed driving. If there is still no sign of steam and the Steam and scalding liquids from a hot . Idles for long periods in traffic. vehicle is equipped with an engine driven cooling system are under pressure. . Tows a trailer; see Trailer Towing 0 283. cooling fan, push down the accelerator until Turning the pressure cap, even a little, If the ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE or the engine speed is about twice as fast as can cause them to come out at high the ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE normal idle speed for at least five minutes speed and you could be burned. Never message appears with no sign of steam, try while the vehicle is parked. If the warning is turn the cap when the cooling system, this for a minute or so: still there, turn off the engine and get everyone out of the vehicle until it including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait 1. Turn the air conditioning off. for the cooling system and pressure cap cools down. 2. Turn the heater on to the highest to cool. If there is no sign of steam, idle the engine temperature and to the highest fan for five minutes while parked. If the warning speed. Open the windows as necessary. is still displayed, turn off the engine until it 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off the cools down. road, shift to P (Park) or N (Neutral), and let the engine idle. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Vehicle Care 323

Engine Fan Adding Washer Fluid Caution (Continued) If the vehicle has electric cooling fans, the The vehicle has a low washer fluid message . Do not use engine coolant (antifreeze) fans may be heard spinning at low speed on the DIC that comes on when the washer in the windshield washer. It can during most everyday driving. The fans may fluid is low. The message is displayed for damage the windshield washer system turn off if no cooling is required. Under 15 seconds at the start of each ignition cycle. and paint. heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing, high When the WASHER FLUID LOW ADD FLUID message displays, washer fluid will need to . Do not mix water with ready-to-use outside temperatures, or operation of the air washer fluid. Water can cause the conditioning system, the fans may change be added to the windshield washer fluid reservoir. solution to freeze and damage the to high speed and an increase in fan noise washer fluid tank and other parts of may be heard. This is normal and indicates the washer system. that the cooling system is functioning properly. The fans will change to low speed . When using concentrated washer fluid, when additional cooling is no longer follow the manufacturer instructions required. for adding water. The electric engine cooling fans may run . Fill the washer fluid tank only three-quarters full when it is very cold. after the engine has been turned. off. This is Open the cap with the washer symbol on it. normal and no service is required. This allows for fluid expansion if Add washer fluid until the tank is full. See freezing occurs, which could damage 0 Engine Compartment Overview 311 for the tank if it is completely full. Washer Fluid reservoir location. What to Use Caution Brakes When windshield washer fluid needs to be . Do not use washer fluid that contains Disc brake pads have built-in wear indicators added, be sure to read the manufacturer's any type of water repellent coating. that make a high-pitched warning sound instructions before use. Use a fluid that has This can cause the wiper blades to when the brake pads are worn and new sufficient protection against freezing in an chatter or skip. pads are needed. The sound can come and area where the temperature may fall below (Continued) go or be heard all the time the vehicle is freezing. moving, except when applying the brake pedal firmly. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

324 Vehicle Care Brake Pedal Travel Brake pads should always be replaced as { Warning complete axle sets. See your dealer if the brake pedal does not The brake wear warning sound means return to normal height, or if there is a How to Reset the Brake Pad Life System that soon the brakes will not work well. rapid increase in pedal travel. This could be That could lead to a crash. When the a sign that brake service may be required. The system will automatically detect when brake wear warning sound is heard, have significantly worn brake pads are replaced. the vehicle serviced. Replacing Brake System Parts When the ignition is turned on after new pads and wear sensors are installed, a Always replace brake system parts with message will display. Follow the prompts to new, approved replacement parts. If this is reset the system. Caution not done, the brakes may not work Continuing to drive with worn-out brake properly. The braking performance expected The brake pad life system can also be pads could result in costly brake repair. can change in many other ways if the manually reset: wrong replacement brake parts are installed 1. Display Brake Pad Life on the DIC. See Some driving conditions or climates can or parts are improperly installed. Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 119. cause a brake squeal when the brakes are first applied or lightly applied. This does not Brake Pad Life System 2. Press the thumbwheel or the trip mean something is wrong with the brakes. odometer reset stem if the vehicle does When to Change Brake Pads not have DIC buttons. Select front or rear Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary pads as appropriate. to help prevent brake pulsation. When tires This vehicle has a system that estimates the remaining life of the front and rear brake 3. Select YES on the confirmation message, are rotated, inspect brake pads for wear and or press the trip odometer reset stem on evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper pads. Brake pad life is displayed in the Driver Information Center (DIC), along with a base level DIC. Repeat for pads on the sequence to torque specifications in other axle if they were also replaced. Capacities and Specifications 0 395. a percentage for each axle. The system must be reset every time the brake pads are How to Disable the Brake Pad Life Brake linings should always be replaced as changed. complete axle sets. System When the system has determined that the The brake pad life system can be turned off. brake pads need to be replaced, a message This may be necessary if aftermarket brake will display, which may include mileage pads without wear sensors are installed. remaining. When the system is turned off, the front GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Vehicle Care 325 and rear brake pad life percentages will not Checking Brake Fluid { Warning display. However, the built-in wear With the vehicle in P (Park) on a level indicators that make a high-pitched warning surface, the brake fluid level should be If too much brake fluid is added, it can sound when the brake pads are worn can between the minimum and maximum marks spill on the engine and burn, if the still determine when the pads should be engine is hot enough. You or others could 0 on the brake fluid reservoir. replaced. See Brakes 323. be burned, and the vehicle could be There are only two reasons why the brake damaged. Add brake fluid only when To turn off the brake pad life system: fluid level in the reservoir may go down: 1. Display Brake Pad Life on the DIC. See work is done on the brake hydraulic 0 . Normal brake lining wear. When new system. Driver Information Center (DIC) 119. linings are installed, the fluid level goes 2. Select DISABLE. back up. When the brake fluid falls to a low level, To turn the brake pad life system back on, . A fluid leak in the brake hydraulic system. the brake warning light comes on. See Brake follow the above steps but select ENABLE in Have the brake hydraulic system fixed. System Warning Light 0 111. Step 2. With a leak, the brakes will not work well. Brake fluid absorbs water over time which Brake Fluid degrades the effectiveness of the brake fluid. Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap Replace brake fluid at the specified intervals and the area around the cap before to prevent increased stopping distance. See removing it. Maintenance Schedule 0 383. Do not top off the brake fluid. Adding fluid What to Add does not correct a leak. If fluid is added when the linings are worn, there will be too Use only GM approved DOT 4 brake fluid much fluid when new brake linings are from a clean, sealed container. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 392. The brake master cylinder reservoir is filled installed. Add or remove fluid, as necessary, with GM approved DOT 4 brake fluid as only when work is done on the brake { indicated on the reservoir cap. See Engine hydraulic system. Warning Compartment Overview 0 311 for the The wrong or contaminated brake fluid location of the reservoir. could result in damage to the brake system. This could result in the loss of (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

326 Vehicle Care If available, use the AGM setting on the Vehicle Storage Warning (Continued) charger, to limit charge voltage to 14.8 volts. braking leading to a possible injury. Follow the charger manufacturer's { Warning instructions. Always use the proper GM approved Batteries have acid that can burn you and brake fluid. Stop/Start System gas that can explode. You can be badly This vehicle has a Stop/Start system to shut hurt if you are not careful. See Jump Caution off the engine to help conserve fuel. See Starting - North America 0 367 for tips on Stop/Start System 0 229. working around a battery without If brake fluid is spilled on the vehicle's getting hurt. painted surfaces, the paint finish can be { Warning damaged. Immediately wash off any Infrequent Usage: Remove the black, WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and painted surface. negative (−) cable from the battery to keep related accessories contain lead and lead the battery from running down. Battery - North America compounds, chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and Extended Storage: Remove the black, The original equipment battery is birth defects or other reproductive harm. negative (−) cable from the battery or use a maintenance free. Do not remove the cap Batteries also contain other chemicals battery trickle charger. and do not add fluid. known to the State of California to cause Four-Wheel Drive Refer to the replacement number shown on cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING. the original battery label when a new For more information go to Transfer Case battery is needed. See Engine Compartment www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ When to Check Lubricant Overview 0 311 for battery location. passenger-vehicle. 0 The vehicle has an Absorbed Glass Mat Refer to Maintenance Schedule 383 to 0 (AGM) 12-volt battery. Installation of a See California Proposition 65 Warning 308 determine when to check the lubricant. standard 12-volt battery will result in and the back cover. reduced 12-volt battery life. When using a 12-volt battery charger on the 12-volt AGM battery, some chargers have an AGM battery setting on the charger. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Vehicle Care 327 How to Check Lubricant What to Use indicate a problem. Have it inspected and Refer to Recommended Fluids and Lubricants repaired. This service can be complex. See 0 392 to determine what kind of lubricant your dealer. to use. Do not directly power wash the transfer case and/or front/rear axle output seals. Front Axle High pressure water can overcome the seals When to Check Lubricant and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of the transfer It is not necessary to regularly check the case and/or drive axles and should be front axle fluid unless a leak is suspected or replaced. an unusual noise is heard. A fluid loss could indicate a problem. Have it inspected and Park Brake and P (Park) repaired. This service can be complex. See Mechanism Check your dealer. 1. Fill Plug Do not directly power wash the transfer { Warning 2. Drain Plug case and/or front/rear axle output seals. High pressure water can overcome the seals When you are doing this check, the To get an accurate reading, the vehicle and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated vehicle could begin to move. You or should be on a level surface. fluid will decrease the life of the transfer others could be injured and property If the level is below the bottom of the fill case and/or drive axles and should be could be damaged. Make sure there is plug (1) hole, located on the transfer case, replaced. room in front of the vehicle in case it some lubricant will need to be added. Add begins to roll. Be ready to apply the enough lubricant to raise the level to the Rear Axle regular brake at once should the vehicle bottom of the fill plug (1) hole. Use care not When to Check Lubricant begin to move. to overtighten the plug. It is not necessary to regularly check the Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle When to Change Lubricant rear axle fluid unless a leak is suspected or facing downhill. Keeping your foot on the Refer to Maintenance Schedule 0 383 to an unusual noise is heard. A fluid loss could regular brake, set the parking brake. determine how often to change the lubricant. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

328 Vehicle Care . To check the parking brake's holding Front Wiper Blade Replacement Rear Wiper Blade Replacement ability: With the engine running and the transmission in N (Neutral), slowly remove To replace the wiper blade assembly: To replace the rear wiper blade: foot pressure from the regular brake 1. Pull the windshield wiper assembly away 1. With the rear wiper in the off position, pedal. Do this until the vehicle is held by from the windshield. open the liftglass to access the rear the parking brake only. wiper arm/blade. . To check the P (Park) mechanism's holding The rear wiper blade will not lock in a ability: With the engine running, shift to vertical position so use care when pulling P (Park). Then release the parking brake it away from the vehicle. followed by the regular brake. Contact your dealer if service is required. Wiper Blade Replacement Windshield wiper blades should be inspected for wear or cracking. For the proper type and size, see Maintenance Replacement Parts 0 393. 2. Press the button in the middle of the Caution wiper arm connector, and pull the wiper 2. Push the release lever (2) to disengage blade away from the arm connector. the hook and push the wiper arm (1) out Allowing the wiper arm to touch the of the blade assembly (3). windshield when no wiper blade is 3. Remove the wiper blade. installed could damage the windshield. 4. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper blade 3. Push the new blade assembly securely in the wiper arm hook until the release Any damage that occurs would not be replacement. lever clicks into place. covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not allow the wiper arm to touch the 4. Return the wiper arm and blade windshield. assembly to the rest position on the glass. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Vehicle Care 329 Glass Replacement Gas Strut(s) If the windshield or front side glass must be This vehicle is equipped with gas strut(s) to replaced, see your dealer to determine the provide assistance in lifting and holding correct replacement glass. open the hood/trunk/liftgate system in full open position. Windshield Replacement HUD System { Warning If the gas struts that hold open the hood, The windshield is part of the HUD system. trunk, and/or liftgate fail, you or others If the windshield must be replaced, get one that is designed for HUD or the HUD image could be seriously injured. Take the may look out of focus. vehicle to your dealer for service immediately. Visually inspect the gas Hood Driver Assistance Systems struts for signs of wear, cracks, or other If the windshield needs to be replaced and damage periodically. Check to make sure the vehicle is equipped with a front camera the hood/trunk/liftgate is held open with sensor for the Driver Assistance Systems, a enough force. If struts are failing to hold GM replacement windshield is the hood/trunk/liftgate, do not operate. recommended. The replacement windshield Have the vehicle serviced. must be installed according to GM specifications for proper alignment. If it is not, these systems may not work properly, Caution they may display messages, or they may Do not apply tape or hang any objects not work at all. See your dealer for proper from gas struts. Also do not push down windshield replacement. or pull on gas struts. This may cause damage to the vehicle. Trunk See Maintenance Schedule 0 383. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

330 Vehicle Care Bulb Replacement Headlamp Wiring An electrical overload may cause the lamps LED Lighting to go on and off, or in some cases to This vehicle has several LED lamps. For remain off. Have the headlamp wiring replacement of any LED lighting assembly, checked right away if the lamps go on and contact your dealer. off or remain off. Windshield Wipers Electrical System If the wiper motor overheats due to heavy snow or ice, the windshield wipers will stop Electrical System Overload until the motor cools and will then restart. The vehicle has fuses to protect against an Liftgate Although the circuit is protected from electrical system overload. Fuses also protect electrical overload, overload due to heavy power devices in the vehicle. snow or ice may cause wiper linkage Headlamp Aiming Replace a bad fuse with a new one of the damage. Always clear ice and heavy snow identical size and rating. from the windshield before using the Front Headlamp Aiming If there is a problem on the road and a fuse windshield wipers. Headlamp aim has been preset and should needs to be replaced, there are some spare If the overload is caused by an electrical need no further adjustment. fuses and a fuse puller in the left problem and not snow or ice, be sure to get instrument panel fuse block. The it fixed. If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, the same amperage fuse can also be borrowed. headlamp aim may be affected. Choose some feature of the vehicle that is If adjustment to the headlamps is necessary, not needed to use and replace it as soon as see your dealer. possible. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Vehicle Care 331 Fuses and Circuit Breakers To check a fuse, look at the silver-colored band inside the fuse. If the band is broken The wiring circuits in the vehicle are or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure to protected from short circuits by a replace a bad fuse with a new one of the combination of fuses and circuit breakers. identical size and rating. This greatly reduces the chance of damage caused by electrical problems. Fuses of the same amperage can be temporarily borrowed from another fuse { location, if a fuse goes out. Replace the fuse Danger as soon as possible. Fuses and circuit breakers are marked with their ampere rating. Do not exceed Engine Compartment Fuse Block the specified amperage rating when The engine compartment fuse block is in the replacing fuses and circuit breakers. Use engine compartment, on the driver side of Lift the cover to access the fuse block. of an oversized fuse or circuit breaker can the vehicle. result in a vehicle fire. You and others Caution could be seriously injured or killed. Spilling liquid on any electrical component on the vehicle may damage it. Always keep the covers on any electrical component. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

332 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage 1 – 4 – 8 – 2 – 6 ELM 7 9 ELM 5 3 – 7 ELM 4 10 ELM 6 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Vehicle Care 333

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage 11 Spare 33 Not R/C 56 SADS 12 – 34 – 57 Spare 13 Washer front 37 OBD body 58 Starter motor 14 Washer rear 38 MISC body 60 AFM 1 15 Rec 2 39 Upfitter 61 ALC main 16 Power sounder 40 MISC IP 62 ICCM/CVS/DEF 17 Spare 41 Trailer parking lamps 63 Trailer brake 19 DC/AC inverter 42 Right taillamp 65 AUX UEC 20 IECR 2 44 Trailer tow 66 Left cool fan motor 21 – 45 Secondary axle motor 67 AFM2 22 IECL 2 46 ECM ignition 68 ALC motor 24 EBCM 47 OBD engine 69 Starter pinion 25 REC 1 48 – 71 Cool fan motor lower 26 Camera wash 49 TCM 72 Right cool fan motor/ 27 Horn 50 A/C clutch Lower 28 Headlamp RT 51 TCCM 73 Left trailer stop turn lamp 29 Headlamp LT 52 Front wiper 74 TIM 2 30 ELM 3 53 – 75 DEFC 31 ELM 1 54 Left taillamps 76 ELEC RNG BDS 32 – 55 Trailer back up lamp GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

334 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Relays Usage Instrument Panel Fuse Block 78 ECM 5 – 79 – 18 DC/AC inverter 80 Cabin cool pump 17W 23 – 81 Right trailer stop 35 Park lamp turn lamp 36 Run/Crank 82 TIM 1 43 Secondary axle motor 83 FTZM 59 A/C clutch 84 Trailer battery 64 Starter motor 85 Engine 70 Starter pinion 86 ECM 77 Powertrain The right instrument panel fuse block access 87 Injector B even door is on the passenger side edge of the instrument panel. 88 02 B sensor Pull off the cover to access the fuse block. 89 02 A sensor 90 Injector A odd 91 ECM throttle control 92 Cool fan clutch AERO shutter GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Vehicle Care 335

Fuses Usage F2 Left door F3 UGDO/OHC/camera F4 BCM 2 F5 Displays F6 Front blower F8 Left door panel F10 Tilt/column lock F11 USB/DLC F12 CGM/onstar F14 Right door panel F17 Steering wheel control F18 AVM 1 F19 – F20 – F21 – F22 Heated wheel F23 – There are relays on the back of the fuse The vehicle may not be equipped with all of block. To access, press the tabs and remove the fuses, relays, and features shown. F24 – the fuse block. Fuses Usage F25 SEO/UPFITTER F1 Right door F26 USB/SEO RAP GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

336 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Rear Compartment Fuse Block F27 APO/RAP F53 – F28 Spare F54 Sunroof F30 SDM AOS F55 APO 3 F31 BCM 3 F56 DC/DC CNV BATT 1 F32 CSM/USB F57 DC/DC CNV BATT 2 F33 BCM 4 F58 Spare F34 Out of park F59 – F40 – K1 – F41 – K2 RAP/ACCY 1 F42 Electric park brake switch K4 RAP/ACCY 2 The rear compartment fuse block is behind the access panel on the left side of the F43 RSE K5 – compartment. F44 AVM 2 CBO1 APO1 Pull the panel out by grabbing the finger F45 Radio module CBO2 APO2 access slot at the rear edge. F46 BCM 1A F47 – F48 TCM F49 BCM 1 F50 DMS F51 – F52 – GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Vehicle Care 337

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage F02 WCM F20 Rear defogger F03 Heated seat module row 1 F21 – (Battery 1) F22 Rear HVAC display control F04 MSM driver F23 EOCM F05 – F24 Amp aux 3 F06 – F25 OBS DET F07 Amp aux 2 F26 RDCM F08 – F27 Amp aux 1 F09 SEO UPFTR 2 F28 VPM F10 Motor seatbelt passenger F29 – F11 Power folding seat row 2 F30 – F12 GBS F31 Amp F13 – F32 – F14 – F33 ICCM F15 Heated seat module row 1 F34 Heated seat module row 2 (Battery 2) F35 HFCR F16 RH CINCH latch F36 ELM The vehicle may not be equipped with all of F17 Memory seat module the fuses, relays, and features shown. passenger F37 – Fuses Usage F18 Rear wiper F38 Power slide console F01 RFA F19 Motor seatbelt driver F39 – GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

338 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued) F40 – Tires maintain the recommended F41 – pressure. Tire pressure should be Every new GM vehicle has high-quality checked when the tires are cold. F42 – tires made by a leading tire F43 UPA manufacturer. See the warranty manual . Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut, punctured, or broken by F44 – for information regarding the tire warranty and where to get service. For a sudden impact — such as when F45 AFL AHL additional information refer to the tire hitting a pothole. Keep tires at the F46 Rear HVAC blower motor manufacturer. recommended pressure. F47 LH CINCH latch . Worn or old tires can cause a { F48 Power seat recline module Warning crash. If the tread is badly worn, . Poorly maintained and improperly replace them. F49 Lift glass used tires are dangerous. . Replace any tires that have been F50 Driver power seat . Overloading the tires can cause damaged by impacts with F51 Power liftgate module overheating as a result of too potholes, curbs, etc. F52 Passenger power seat much flexing. There could be a . Improperly repaired tires can cause K53 – blowout and a serious crash. See a crash. Only the dealer or an Vehicle Load Limits 0 222. K54 – authorized tire service center . Underinflated tires pose the same should repair, replace, dismount, K55 L/GLASS danger as overloaded tires. The and mount the tires. resulting crash could cause serious (Continued) injury. Check all tires frequently to (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Vehicle Care 339 offer the same level of traction or Winter tires with the same speed rating as Warning (Continued) performance as winter tires on snow or the original equipment tires may not be . Do not spin the tires in excess of ice-covered roads. See Winter Tires 0 339. available for H, V, W, Y, and ZR speed rated 56 km/h (35 mph) on slippery tires. If winter tires with a lower speed surfaces such as snow, mud, ice, Winter Tires rating are chosen, never exceed the tire's etc. Excessive spinning may cause This vehicle was not originally equipped maximum speed capability. the tires to explode. with winter tires. Winter tires are designed for increased traction on snow and Low-Profile Tires See Tire Pressure for High-Speed ice-covered roads. Consider installing winter If the vehicle has 275/55R20 or 275/ Operation 0 345 for inflation pressure tires on the vehicle if frequent driving on ice 50R22 size tires, they are classified as adjustment for high-speed driving. or snow covered roads is expected. See your low-profile tires. dealer for details regarding winter tire All-Season Tires availability and proper tire selection. Also, Caution see Buying New Tires 0 351. This vehicle may come with all-season tires. Low-profile tires are more susceptible to These tires are designed to provide good With winter tires, there may be decreased damage from road hazards or curb impact overall performance on most road surfaces dry road traction, increased road noise, and than standard profile tires. Tire and/or and weather conditions. Original equipment shorter tread life. After changing to winter wheel assembly damage can occur when tires designed to GM's specific tire tires, be alert for changes in vehicle coming into contact with road hazards performance criteria have a TPC specification handling and braking. like potholes, or sharp edged objects, code molded onto the sidewall. Original If using winter tires: or when sliding into a curb. The warranty equipment all-season tires can be identified . Use tires of the same brand and tread does not cover this type of damage. Keep by the last two characters of this TPC code, type on all four wheel positions. tires set to the correct inflation pressure which will be “MS.” . Use only radial ply tires of the same size, and when possible, avoid contact with Consider installing winter tires on the load range, and speed rating as the curbs, potholes, and other road hazards. vehicle if frequent driving on snow or original equipment tires. ice-covered roads is expected. All-season tires provide adequate performance for most winter driving conditions, but they may not GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

340 Vehicle Care All-Terrain Tires (3) DOT (Department of Transportation) : The Department of This vehicle may have all-terrain or mud-terrain tires. These tires provide good Transportation (DOT) code indicates that performance on most road surfaces, weather the tire is in compliance with the U.S. conditions, and for off-road driving. See Department of Transportation Motor Off-Road Driving 0 216. Vehicle Safety Standards. The tread pattern on these tires may wear DOT Tire Date of Manufacture : The last more unevenly than other tires. Consider four digits of the Tire Identification rotating the tires more frequently than at Number indicate the tire manufactured 12 000 km (7,500 mi) intervals if irregular date. The first two digits represent the wear is noted when the tires are inspected. week and the last two digits, the year. See Tire Inspection 0 349. Passenger (P-Metric)/Spare Tire For example, the third week of the year 2020 would have a 4-digit DOT date of Tire Sidewall Labeling (1) Tire Size : The tire size is a 0320. Week 01 is the first full week (Sunday Useful information about a tire is combination of letters and numbers through Saturday) of each year. molded into the sidewall. The example used to define a particular tire's width, shows a typical passenger vehicle tire height, aspect ratio, construction type, (4) Tire Identification Number (TIN) : sidewall. and service description. See the "Tire The letters and numbers following the Size" illustration in this section. DOT code are the TIN. The TIN shows the manufacturer and plant code, tire (2) TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria size, and date the tire was Specification) : Original equipment tires manufactured. The TIN is molded onto designed to GM's specific tire both sides of the tire, although only performance criteria have a TPC one side may have the date of specification code molded onto the manufacture. sidewall. GM's TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety guidelines. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Vehicle Care 341 (5) Tire Ply Material : The type of cord Tire Designations (3) Aspect Ratio : A 2-digit number that and number of plies in the sidewall and indicates the tire height-to-width under the tread. Tire Size measurements. For example, if the tire (6) Uniform Tire Quality Grading The example shows a typical passenger size aspect ratio is 75, as shown in (UTQG) : Tire manufacturers are vehicle tire size. item (3) of the illustration, it would required to grade tires based on three mean that the tire's sidewall is performance factors: tread wear, 75 percent as high as it is wide. traction, and temperature resistance. (4) Construction Code : A letter code is For more information, see Uniform Tire used to indicate the type of ply Quality Grading 0 353. construction in the tire. The letter "R" means radial ply construction; the letter (7) Maximum Cold Inflation Load Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Limit : Maximum load that can be "D" means diagonal or bias ply carried and the maximum pressure (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : The construction. needed to support that load. For United States version of a metric tire (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of the information on recommended tire sizing system. The letter P as the first wheel in inches. pressure see Tire Pressure 0 344 and character in the tire size means a 0 (6) Service Description : These Vehicle Load Limits 222. passenger vehicle tire engineered to characters represent the load index and (8) Temporary Use Only : Only use a standards set by the U.S. Tire and Rim speed rating of the tire. The load index temporary spare tire until the road tire Association. represents the load carrying capacity a is repaired and replaced. This spare tire (2) Tire Width : The 3-digit number tire is certified to carry. The speed should not be driven on over 112 km/h indicates the tire section width in rating is the maximum speed a tire is (70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph) when millimeters from sidewall to sidewall. certified to carry a load. pulling a trailer, with the proper inflation pressure. See Full-Size Spare Tire 0 366. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

342 Vehicle Care Tire Terminology and Definitions Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in which GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight Rating. the plies are laid at alternate angles See Vehicle Load Limits 0 222. Air Pressure : The amount of air inside less than 90 degrees to the centerline GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight Rating the tire pressing outward on each of the tread. square inch of the tire. Air pressure is for the front axle. See Vehicle Load expressed in kPa (kilopascal) or psi Cold Tire Pressure : The amount of air Limits 0 222. (pounds per square inch). pressure in a tire, measured in kPa GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight Rating (kilopascal) or psi (pounds per square Accessory Weight : The combined for the rear axle. See Vehicle Load inch) before a tire has built up heat Limits 0 222. weight of optional accessories. Some from driving. See Tire Pressure 0 344. examples of optional accessories are Intended Outboard Sidewall : The side automatic transmission, power Curb Weight : The weight of a motor of an asymmetrical tire that must windows, power seats, and air vehicle with standard and optional always face outward when mounted on conditioning. equipment including the maximum a vehicle. capacity of fuel, oil, and coolant, but Aspect Ratio : The relationship of a without passengers and cargo. Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric unit for air tire's height to its width. pressure. DOT Markings : A code molded into the Belt : A rubber coated layer of cords sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A tire used between the plies and the tread. Cords is in compliance with the U.S. on light duty trucks and some may be made from steel or other Department of Transportation (DOT) multipurpose passenger vehicles. reinforcing materials. Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. The Load Index : An assigned number Bead : The tire bead contains steel DOT code includes the Tire Identification ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds wires wrapped by steel cords that hold Number (TIN), an alphanumeric to the load carrying capacity of a tire. the tire onto the rim. designator which can also identify the tire manufacturer, production plant, brand, and date of production. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Vehicle Care 343 Maximum Inflation Pressure : The that is higher or deeper than the same Traction : The friction between the tire maximum air pressure to which a cold moldings on the other sidewall of and the road surface. The amount of tire can be inflated. The maximum air the tire. grip provided. pressure is molded onto the sidewall. Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A tire used Tread : The portion of a tire that comes Maximum Load Rating : The load rating on passenger cars and some light duty into contact with the road. for a tire at the maximum permissible trucks and multipurpose vehicles. Treadwear Indicators : Narrow bands, inflation pressure for that tire. Recommended Inflation Pressure : sometimes called wear bars, that show Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight : The Vehicle manufacturer's recommended across the tread of a tire when only sum of curb weight, accessory weight, tire inflation pressure as shown on the 1.6 mm (1/16 in) of tread remains. See vehicle capacity weight, and production tire placard. See Tire Pressure 0 344 and When It Is Time for New Tires 0 350. 0 options weight. Vehicle Load Limits 222. UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Grading Normal Occupant Weight : The number Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in Standards) : A tire information system of occupants a vehicle is designed to which the ply cords that extend to the that provides consumers with ratings seat multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb). See beads are laid at 90 degrees to the for a tire's traction, temperature, and Vehicle Load Limits 0 222. centerline of the tread. treadwear. Ratings are determined by Occupant Distribution : Designated Rim : A metal support for a tire and tire manufacturers using government seating positions. upon which the tire beads are seated. testing procedures. The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire. Outward Facing Sidewall : The side of Sidewall : The portion of a tire between See Uniform Tire Quality Grading 0 353. an asymmetrical tire that has a the tread and the bead. particular side that faces outward when Vehicle Capacity Weight : The number Speed Rating : An alphanumeric code of designated seating positions mounted on a vehicle. The side of the assigned to a tire indicating the tire that contains a whitewall, bears multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb) plus the maximum speed at which a tire can rated cargo load. See Vehicle Load white lettering, or bears manufacturer, operate. 0 brand, and/or model name molding Limits 222. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

344 Vehicle Care Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire : For additional information regarding Warning (Continued) Load on an individual tire due to curb how much weight the vehicle can carry, weight, accessory weight, occupant . Premature or irregular wear. and an example of the Tire and Loading weight, and cargo weight. Information label, see Vehicle Load . Poor handling. 0 Vehicle Placard : A label permanently Limits 222. How the vehicle is loaded attached to a vehicle showing the . Reduced fuel economy. affects vehicle handling and ride vehicle capacity weight and the original Overinflated tires, or tires that have comfort. Never load the vehicle with equipment tire size and recommended too much air, can result in: more weight than it was designed to carry. inflation pressure. See “Tire and Loading . Unusual wear. Information Label” under Vehicle Load When to Check . Poor handling. Limits 0 222. . Rough ride. Check the pressure of the tires once a month or more. Tire Pressure . Needless damage from road Tires need the correct amount of air hazards. Do not forget the spare tire, if the pressure to operate effectively. vehicle has one. See Full-Size Spare Tire The Tire and Loading Information label 0 366 for additional information. on the vehicle indicates the original { Warning How to Check Neither tire underinflation nor equipment tires and the correct cold Use a good quality pocket-type gauge overinflation is good. Underinflated tire inflation pressures. The to check tire pressure. Proper tire tires, or tires that do not have recommended pressure is the minimum inflation cannot be determined by enough air, can result in: air pressure needed to support the vehicle's maximum load carrying looking at the tire. Check the tire . Tire overloading and overheating, capacity. inflation pressure when the tires are which could lead to a blowout. cold, meaning the vehicle has not been (Continued) driven for at least three hours or no more than 1.6 km (1 mi). GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Vehicle Care 345 Remove the valve cap from the tire Tire Pressure for High-Speed Vehicles with tire sizes listed in the High valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly Operation Speed Operation Inflation Pressures table onto the valve to get a pressure require inflation pressure adjustment when measurement. If the cold tire inflation driving the vehicle at speeds of 160 km/h { Warning (100 mph) or higher. Set the cold tire pressure matches the recommended inflation pressure to the corresponding value pressure on the Tire and Loading Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h (100 mph) or higher, puts additional in the table for the tire size on the vehicle. Information label, no further adjustment strain on tires. Sustained high-speed is necessary. If the inflation pressure is driving causes excessive heat buildup and low, add air until the recommended can cause sudden tire failure. This could pressure is reached. If the inflation cause a crash, and you or others could be pressure is high, press on the metal killed. Some high-speed rated tires require stem in the center of the tire valve to inflation pressure adjustment for release air. high-speed operation. When speed limits Re-check the tire pressure with the tire and road conditions allow the vehicle to gauge. be driven at high speeds, make sure the tires are rated for high-speed operation, Put the valve caps back on the valve are in excellent condition, and are set to stems to keep out dirt and moisture. the correct cold tire inflation pressure for Use only valve caps designed for the the vehicle load. vehicle by GM. TPMS sensors could be damaged and would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

346 Vehicle Care

High Speed Operation Inflation Pressures Tire Size Cold Inflation Pressure kPa (psi) 265/65R18 114T 240 kPa (35 psi) 275/55R20 113V (2WD) 270 kPa (39 psi) 275/55R20 113V (4WD) 260 kPa (38 psi) 275/60R20 115T 240 kPa (35 psi) 275/50R22 111H 270 kPa (39 psi)

Return the tires to the recommended cold on the vehicle placard or tire inflation failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel tire inflation pressure when high-speed pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect driving has ended. See Vehicle Load Limits different size than the size indicated on the the vehicle's handling and stopping ability. 0 222 and vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure 0 Please note that the TPMS is not a Tire Pressure 344. label, you should determine the proper tire substitute for proper tire maintenance, and inflation pressure for those tires.) Tire Pressure Monitor System it is the driver's responsibility to maintain As an added safety feature, your vehicle has correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation The Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) been equipped with a tire pressure has not reached the level to trigger uses radio and sensor technology to check monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure tire pressure levels. The TPMS sensors low tire pressure telltale when one or more telltale. monitor the air pressure in your tires and of your tires is significantly under-inflated. Your vehicle has also been equipped with a transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver Accordingly, when the low tire pressure TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when located in the vehicle. telltale illuminates, you should stop and the system is not operating properly. The Each tire, including the spare (if provided), check your tires as soon as possible, and TPMS malfunction indicator is combined should be checked monthly when cold and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving with the low tire pressure telltale. When the inflated to the inflation pressure on a significantly under-inflated tire causes system detects a malfunction, the telltale recommended by the vehicle manufacturer the tire to overheat and can lead to tire will flash for approximately one minute and GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Vehicle Care 347 then remain continuously illuminated. This the air pressure in the tires and transmit the The low tire pressure warning light may sequence will continue upon subsequent tire pressure readings to a receiver located come on in cool weather when the vehicle is vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction in the vehicle. first started, and then turn off as the vehicle exists. is driven. This could be an early indicator When the malfunction indicator is that the air pressure is getting low and illuminated, the system may not be able to needs to be inflated to the proper pressure. detect or signal low tire pressure as A Tire and Loading Information label shows intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for the size of the original equipment tires and a variety of reasons, including the the correct inflation pressure for the tires installation of replacement or alternate tires when they are cold. See Vehicle Load Limits When a low tire pressure condition is or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the 0 222, for an example of the Tire and detected, the TPMS illuminates the low tire TPMS from functioning properly. Always Loading Information label and its location. pressure warning light located on the check the TPMS malfunction telltale after Also see Tire Pressure 0 344. instrument cluster. If the warning light replacing one or more tires or wheels on comes on, stop as soon as possible and The TPMS can warn about a low tire your vehicle to ensure that the replacement inflate the tires to the recommended pressure condition but it does not replace or alternate tires and wheels allow the pressure shown on the Tire and Loading normal tire maintenance. See Tire Inspection TPMS to continue to function properly. Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits 0 349, Tire Rotation 0 349 and See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 347. 0 222. Tires 0 338. 0 See Radio Frequency Statement 406. A message to check the pressure in a Caution specific tire displays in the Driver Tire Pressure Monitor Operation Information Center (DIC). The low tire Tire sealant materials are not all the same. A non-approved tire sealant could This vehicle may have a Tire Pressure pressure warning light and the DIC warning Monitor System (TPMS). The TPMS is message come on at each ignition cycle damage the TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor designed to warn the driver when a low tire until the tires are inflated to the correct damage caused by using an incorrect tire pressure condition exists. TPMS sensors are inflation pressure. If the vehicle has DIC sealant is not covered by the vehicle mounted onto each tire and wheel buttons, tire pressure levels can be viewed. warranty. Always use only the GM assembly, excluding the spare tire and For additional information and details about approved tire sealant available through wheel assembly. The TPMS sensors monitor the DIC operation and displays, see Driver your dealer or included in the vehicle. Information Center (DIC) 0 119. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

348 Vehicle Care TPMS Malfunction Light and Message . One or more TPMS sensors are missing or When the low tire pressure warning light damaged. The malfunction light and the comes on: The TPMS will not function properly if one DIC message should go off when the 1. Park the vehicle in a safe, level place. or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or TPMS sensors are installed and the sensor inoperable. When the system detects a matching process is performed 2. Set the parking brake firmly. malfunction, the low tire pressure warning successfully. See your dealer for service. 3. Place the vehicle in P (Park). light flashes for about one minute and then stays on for the remainder of the ignition . Replacement tires or wheels do not match 4. Add air to the tire that is underinflated. cycle. A DIC warning message also displays. the original equipment tires or wheels. The turn signal lamp will flash. The malfunction light and DIC warning Tires and wheels other than those When the recommended pressure is message come on at each ignition cycle recommended could prevent the TPMS reached, the horn sounds once and the from functioning properly. See Buying turn signal lamp will stop flashing and until the problem is corrected. Some of the 0 conditions that can cause these to come New Tires 351. briefly turn solid. . Operating electronic devices or being near on are: Repeat these steps for all underinflated tires facilities using radio wave frequencies . One of the road tires has been replaced that have illuminated the low tire pressure similar to the TPMS could cause the TPMS with the spare tire. The spare tire does warning light. not have a TPMS sensor. The malfunction sensors to malfunction. light and the DIC message should go off If the TPMS is not functioning properly, it { Warning after the road tire is replaced and the cannot detect or signal a low tire pressure sensor matching process is performed condition. See your dealer for service if the Overinflating a tire could cause the tire successfully. See "TPMS Sensor Matching TPMS malfunction light and DIC message to rupture and you or others could be Process" later in this section. come on and stay on. injured. Do not exceed the maximum pressure listed on the tire sidewall. See . The TPMS sensor matching process was Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped) 0 not done or not completed successfully Tire Sidewall Labeling 340 and 0 after rotating the tires. The malfunction This feature provides visual and audible Vehicle Load Limits 222. light and the DIC message should go off alerts outside the vehicle to help when after successfully completing the sensor inflating an underinflated tire to the If the tire is overinflated by more than matching process. See "TPMS Sensor recommended cold tire pressure. 35 kPa (5 psi), the horn will sound multiple Matching Process" later in this section. times and the turn signal lamp will continue to flash for several seconds after filling stops. To release and correct the pressure, GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Vehicle Care 349 while the turn signal lamp is still flashing, If the tire fill alert does not operate due to Replace the tire if: briefly press the center of the valve stem. TPMS interference, move the vehicle about . The indicators at three or more When the recommended pressure is reached, 1 m (3 ft) back or forward and try again. the horn sounds once. If the tire fill alert feature is not working, places around the tire can be seen. . There is cord or fabric showing If the turn signal lamp does not flash within use a tire pressure gauge. through the tire's rubber. 15 seconds after starting to inflate the tire, TPMS Sensor Matching Process — Auto the tire fill alert has not been activated or is Learn Function . The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut, not working. or snagged deep enough to show Each TPMS sensor has a unique cord or fabric. If the hazard warning flashers are on, the identification code. The identification code tire fill alert visual feedback will not work needs to be matched to a new tire/wheel . The tire has a bump, bulge, or split. properly. position after rotating the tires or replacing . The tire has a puncture, cut, or other The TPMS will not activate the tire fill alert one or more of the TPMS sensors. When a damage that cannot be repaired well properly under the following conditions: tire is installed, the vehicle must be because of the size or location of the . There is interference from an external stationary for about 20 minutes before the damage. device or transmitter. system recalculates. The following relearn process takes up to 10 minutes, driving at a . The air pressure from the inflation device Tire Rotation minimum speed of 20 km/h (12 mph). is not sufficient to inflate the tire. A dash (-) or pressure value will display in Tires should be rotated every 12 000 km . There is a malfunction in the TPMS. the DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC) (7,500 mi). See Maintenance Schedule . There is a malfunction in the horn or turn 0 119. A warning message displays in the 0 383. signal lamps. DIC if a problem occurs during the relearn Tires are rotated to achieve a more process. . The identification code of the TPMS uniform wear for all tires. The first sensor is not registered to the system. rotation is the most important. . The battery of the TPMS sensor is low. Tire Inspection We recommend that the tires, including Anytime unusual wear is noticed, the spare tire, if the vehicle has one, be rotate the tires as soon as possible, inspected for signs of wear or damage check for proper tire inflation pressure, at least once a month. and check for damaged tires or wheels. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

350 Vehicle Care If the unusual wear continues after the the tires have been rotated. See Tire Lightly coat the inner diameter of the rotation, check the wheel alignment. Pressure 0 344 and wheel hub opening with wheel bearing See When It Is Time for New Tires Vehicle Load Limits 0 222. grease after a wheel change or tire 0 350 and rotation to prevent corrosion or rust 0 Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor System. Wheel Replacement 354. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation build-up. 0 347. { Warning Check that all wheel nuts are properly Do not apply grease to the wheel tightened. See “Wheel Nut Torque” mounting surface, wheel conical under Capacities and Specifications 0 seats, or the wheel nuts or bolts. 395. Grease applied to these areas could cause a wheel to become loose or { Warning come off, resulting in a crash. Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts to which it is fastened, can When It Is Time for New Tires cause wheel nuts to become loose over time. The wheel could come off Factors, such as maintenance, temperatures, driving speeds, vehicle loading, and road Use this rotation pattern when rotating and cause a crash. When changing a conditions affect the wear rate of the tires. the tires. wheel, remove any rust or dirt from Do not include the spare tire in the tire places where the wheel attaches to rotation. the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth or paper towel can be used; however, Adjust the front and rear tires to the use a scraper or wire brush later to recommended inflation pressure on the remove all rust or dirt. Tire and Loading Information label after GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Vehicle Care 351 four digits of the DOT Tire Identification Buying New Tires Number (TIN) molded into one side of the tire sidewall. The last four digits of the TIN GM has developed and matched specific indicate the tire manufactured date. The tires for the vehicle. The original first two digits represent the week and the equipment tires installed were designed last two digits, the year. For example, the to meet General Motors Tire third week of the year 2020 would have a Performance Criteria Specification (TPC 4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is the Spec) system rating. When replacement first full week (Sunday through Saturday) of tires are needed, GM strongly each year. recommends buying tires with the same Vehicle Storage TPC Spec rating. Tires age when stored normally mounted on GM's exclusive TPC Spec system Treadwear indicators are one way to tell a parked vehicle. Park a vehicle that will be considers over a dozen critical when it is time for new tires. Treadwear stored for at least a month in a cool, dry, indicators appear when the tires have only specifications that impact the overall clean area away from direct sunlight to slow performance of the vehicle, including 1.6 mm (1/16 in) or less of tread remaining. aging. This area should be free of grease, 0 See Tire Inspection 349 and gasoline, or other substances that can brake system performance, ride and 0 Tire Rotation 349 for additional deteriorate rubber. handling, traction control, and tire information. pressure monitoring performance. GM's Parking for an extended period can cause TPC Spec number is molded onto the The rubber in tires ages over time. This also flat spots on the tires that may result in applies to the spare tire, if the vehicle has vibrations while driving. When storing a tire's sidewall near the tire size. If the one, even if it is never used. Multiple factors vehicle for at least a month, remove the tires have an all-season tread design, including temperatures, loading conditions, tires or raise the vehicle to reduce the the TPC Spec number will be followed and inflation pressure maintenance affect weight from the tires. by MS for mud and snow. See Tire how fast aging takes place. GM recommends Sidewall Labeling 0 340 for additional that tires, including the spare if equipped, information. be replaced after six years, regardless of tread wear. To identify the age of a tire, use the tire manufacture date, which is the last GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

352 Vehicle Care GM recommends replacing worn tires in winter tires’ maximum speed capability complete sets of four. Uniform tread { Warning when using winter tires with a lower depth on all tires will help to maintain Mixing tires of different sizes (other speed rating. than those originally installed on the the performance of the vehicle. Braking If the vehicle tires must be replaced vehicle), brands, tread patterns, and handling performance may be with a tire that does not have a TPC or types may cause loss of control of adversely affected if all the tires are not Spec number, make sure they are the the vehicle, resulting in a crash or replaced at the same time. If proper same size, load range, speed rating, and other vehicle damage. Use the rotation and maintenance have been construction (radial) as the original correct size, brand, and type of tire done, all four tires should wear out at tires. about the same time. However, if it is on all wheels. necessary to replace only one axle set The Tire and Loading Information label of worn tires, place the new tires on indicates the original equipment tires the rear axle. See Tire Rotation 0 349. { Warning on the vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits Using bias-ply tires on the vehicle 0 222. { Warning may cause the wheel rim flanges to Different Size Tires and Wheels Tires could explode during improper develop cracks after many miles of service. Attempting to mount or driving. A tire and/or wheel could fail If wheels or tires are installed that are a suddenly and cause a crash. Use only different size than the original equipment dismount a tire could cause injury or wheels and tires, vehicle performance, death. Only your dealer or authorized radial-ply tires with the wheels on the vehicle. including its braking, ride and handling tire service center should mount or characteristics, stability, and resistance to dismount the tires. rollover may be affected. If the vehicle has Winter tires with the same speed rating electronic systems such as antilock brakes, as the original equipment tires may not rollover airbags, traction control, electronic be available for H, V, W, Y and ZR stability control, or All-Wheel Drive, the speed rated tires. Never exceed the performance of these systems can also be affected. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Vehicle Care 353 tires with nominal rim diameters of times as well on the government course { Warning 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), or to some as a tire graded 100. The relative If different sized wheels are used, there limited-production tires. performance of tires depends upon the may not be an acceptable level of actual conditions of their use, however, performance and safety if tires not While the tires available on General Motors passenger cars and light trucks and may depart significantly from the recommended for those wheels are norm due to variations in driving habits, selected. This increases the chance of a may vary with respect to these grades, they must also conform to federal service practices and differences in road crash and serious injury. Only use GM characteristics and climate. specific wheel and tire systems developed safety requirements and additional for the vehicle, and have them properly General Motors Tire Performance Traction Criteria (TPC) standards. installed by a GM certified technician. The traction grades, from highest to Quality grades can be found where See Buying New Tires 0 351 and lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those Accessories and Modifications 0 308. applicable on the tire sidewall between grades represent the tire's ability to tread shoulder and maximum section stop on wet pavement as measured Uniform Tire Quality Grading width. For example: under controlled conditions on specified The following information relates to the Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have system developed by the United States All Passenger Car Tires Must Conform to National Highway Traffic Safety poor traction performance. Warning: Federal Safety Requirements In Addition The traction grade assigned to this tire Administration (NHTSA), which grades To These Grades. tires by treadwear, traction, and is based on straight-ahead braking temperature performance. This applies Treadwear traction tests, and does not include only to vehicles sold in the United The treadwear grade is a comparative acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, States. The grades are molded on the rating based on the wear rate of the or peak traction characteristics. sidewalls of most passenger car tires. tire when tested under controlled The Uniform Tire Quality Grading conditions on a specified government (UTQG) system does not apply to deep test course. For example, a tire graded tread, winter tires, compact spare tires, 150 would wear one and one-half (1½) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

354 Vehicle Care Temperature Wheel Alignment and Tire Your dealer will know the kind of wheel that is needed. The temperature grades are A (the Balance Each new wheel should have the same highest), B, and C, representing the The tires and wheels were aligned and tire's resistance to the generation of load-carrying capacity, diameter, width, balanced at the factory to provide the offset, and be mounted the same way as heat and its ability to dissipate heat longest tire life and best overall the one it replaces. when tested under controlled conditions performance. Adjustments to wheel on a specified indoor laboratory test alignment and tire balancing are not Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel nuts, wheel. Sustained high temperature can necessary on a regular basis. Consider an or Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) alignment check if there is unusual tire wear sensors with new GM original equipment cause the material of the tire to parts. degenerate and reduce tire life, and or the vehicle is significantly pulling to one side or the other. Some slight pull to the excessive temperature can lead to left or right, depending on the crown of the { Warning sudden tire failure. The grade C road and/or other road surface variations Using the wrong replacement wheels, corresponds to a level of performance such as troughs or ruts, is normal. If the which all passenger car tires must meet wheel bolts, or wheel nuts can be vehicle is vibrating when driving on a dangerous. It could affect the braking and under the Federal Motor Safety smooth road, the tires and wheels may handling of the vehicle. Tires can lose air, need to be rebalanced. See your dealer for Standard No. 109. Grades B and A and cause loss of control, causing a crash. proper diagnosis. represent higher levels of performance Always use the correct wheel, wheel on the laboratory test wheel than the Wheel Replacement bolts, and wheel nuts for replacement. minimum required by law. Warning: The temperature grade for this tire is Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked, established for a tire that is properly or badly rusted or corroded. If wheel nuts Caution keep coming loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, inflated and not overloaded. Excessive The wrong wheel can also cause and wheel nuts should be replaced. If the problems with bearing life, brake cooling, speed, underinflation, or excessive wheel leaks air, replace it. Some aluminum loading, either separately or in wheels can be repaired. See your dealer if speedometer or odometer calibration, combination, can cause heat buildup any of these conditions exist. headlamp aim, bumper height, vehicle and possible tire failure. ground clearance, and tire or tire chain clearance to the body and chassis. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Vehicle Care 355 Used Replacement Wheels Warning (Continued) If a Tire Goes Flat { Warning drive slow and readjust or remove the It is unusual for a tire to blowout while driving, especially if the tires are maintained traction device if it is contacting the Replacing a wheel with a used one is properly. If air goes out of a tire, it is much vehicle. Do not spin the wheels. dangerous. How it has been used or how more likely to leak out slowly. But if there far it has been driven may be unknown. If traction devices are used, install them ever is a blowout, here are a few tips about It could fail suddenly and cause a crash. on the rear tires. what to expect and what to do: When replacing wheels, use a new GM If a front tire fails, the flat tire creates a original equipment wheel. Caution drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and Tire Chains If the vehicle is equipped with a tire size grip the steering wheel firmly. Steer to other than 275/60R20 or 275/50R22, use maintain lane position, and then gently { Warning tire chains only where legal and only brake to a stop, well off the road, when necessary. Use chains that are the if possible. If the vehicle has 275/60R20 or 275/50R22 proper size for the tires. Install them on size tires, do not use tire chains. There is A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts the tires of the rear axle. Do not use not enough clearance. Tire chains used on much like a skid and may require the same chains on the tires of the front axle. a vehicle without the proper amount of correction as used in a skid. Stop pressing Tighten them as tightly as possible with clearance can cause damage to the the accelerator pedal and steer to straighten the ends securely fastened. Drive slowly brakes, suspension, or other vehicle parts. the vehicle. It may be very bumpy and and follow the chain manufacturer's noisy. Gently brake to a stop, well off the The area damaged by the tire chains instructions. If the chains contact the road, if possible. could cause loss of control and a crash. vehicle, stop and retighten them. If the Use another type of traction device only contact continues, slow down until it { Warning if its manufacturer recommends it for the stops. Driving too fast or spinning the Driving on a flat tire will cause vehicle's tire size combination and road wheels with chains on will damage the permanent damage to the tire. conditions. Follow that manufacturer's vehicle. Re-inflating a tire after it has been driven instructions. To avoid vehicle damage, on while severely underinflated or flat (Continued) (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

356 Vehicle Care

Warning (Continued) { Warning may cause a blowout and a serious crash. Changing a tire can be dangerous. The Never attempt to re-inflate a tire that has vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over been driven on while severely or fall causing injury or death. Find a underinflated or flat. Have your dealer or level place to change the tire. To help an authorized tire service center repair or prevent the vehicle from moving: replace the flat tire as soon as possible. 1. Set the parking brake firmly.

2. Shift the vehicle to P (Park). 1. Wheel Block (If Equipped) { Warning 3. For vehicles with four-wheel drive 2. Flat Tire with an N (Neutral) transfer case Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to The following information explains how to position, be sure the transfer case is do maintenance or repairs is dangerous use the jack and change a tire. without the appropriate safety equipment in a drive gear — not in N (Neutral). and training. If a jack is provided with 4. Turn off the engine and do not Tire Changing the vehicle, it is designed only for restart while the vehicle is raised. Before changing a flat tire, see “Hands-Free changing a flat tire. If it is used for 5. Do not allow passengers to remain Operation” under Liftgate 0 18. anything else, you or others could be in the vehicle. badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips Removing the Spare Tire and Tools off the jack. If a jack is provided with the 6. Place wheel blocks, if equipped, on both sides of the tire at the opposite The equipment needed to change a flat tire vehicle, only use it for changing a corner of the tire being changed. is stored in the rear of the vehicle. The flat tire. jacking tools are under the load floor, When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), use the secured with velcro straps. The jack is If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and following example as a guide to assist in the behind a door in the trim panel on the wheel damage by driving slowly to a level placement of the wheel blocks (1), driver side. place, well off the road, if possible. Turn on if equipped. the hazard warning flashers. See Hazard Warning Flashers 0 136. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Vehicle Care 357

2. Turn the jack knob counterclockwise to Short Wheel Base Shown, Extended Wheel 1. Pull to open the trim panel door. release the jack and wheel blocks from Base Similar The third row driver side seat may the bracket. If equipped, remove the 3. Lift the load floor. Remove the jacking need to be folded to access the trim wheel blocks from the jack and place tools and place them near the tire panel door. the wheel blocks on both sides of the tire at the opposite corner of the tire being changed. being changed. See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 355 for more information on the placement of the wheel blocks. Place the jack and wheel blocks near the tire being changed. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

358 Vehicle Care Use the following tools: To access the spare tire, refer to the following graphics and instructions:

1. Open the hoist shaft access cover (3) on the bumper to access the spare tire 1. Jack lock (6). 2. Wheel Blocks 1. Hoist Assembly 2. To remove the spare tire lock (6), insert 3. Jack Handle 2. Hoist Shaft the mechanical key, turn it clockwise and 4. Jack Handle Extensions 3. Hoist Shaft Access Cover/Hole then pull it straight out. 5. Wheel Wrench 4. Jack Handle Extension 5. Wheel Wrench 6. Spare Tire Lock 7. Hoist End of Extension Tool 8. Hoist Shaft Access Hole 9. Spare Tire (Valve Stem Pointed Up) 10. Tire/Wheel Retainer 11. Hoist Cable GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Vehicle Care 359 4. Insert the open end of the extension (7) 7. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle with through the hole in the rear bumper (8) some slack in the cable to access the (hoist shaft access hole). tire/wheel retainer. Be sure the hoist end of the extension (7) connects to the hoist shaft. The ribbed square end of the extension is used to lower the spare tire. 5. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to lower the spare tire to the ground. Continue to turn the wheel wrench until the spare tire can be pulled out from under the vehicle. 3. Assemble the jack handle extensions (4) 6. Pull the spare tire out from under the Tilt the retainer and pull it and the cable and wheel wrench (5), as shown. vehicle. and spring through the center of the wheel. 8. Put the spare tire near the flat tire. Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the Spare Tire 1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 355 for more information. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

360 Vehicle Care

Caution Only raise the vehicle from the jacking locations shown. Raising the vehicle from the rear could damage the frame or other components. The damage may not be covered by the vehicle warranty.

2. If the vehicle has a center cap that covers the wheel fasteners, place the chisel end of the wheel wrench in the slot on the wheel and gently pry the 3. Use the wheel wrench to loosen all the cap out. wheel nuts. Turn the wheel wrench If the wheel has a bolt-on hub cap, counterclockwise to loosen the wheel loosen the plastic nut caps by turning nuts. Do not remove the wheel nuts yet. the wheel wrench counterclockwise. The plastic nut caps will be retained in the { Warning hub cap after it is removed from the wheel. To avoid personal injury and vehicle damage, disable the power assist steps Vehicle Jacking Locations before using a jack or placing an object under the vehicle. See Power Assist Steps 4. Position the jack lift head as shown, at the jacking location nearest the flat tire. 0 25. The jack must not be used in any other position. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Vehicle Care 361

{ Warning Getting under a vehicle when it is lifted on a jack is dangerous. If the vehicle slips off the jack, you could be badly injured or killed. Never get under a vehicle when it is supported only by a jack.

{ Warning Raising the vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can damage the vehicle and even make the vehicle fall. To help avoid personal injury and vehicle damage, be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle.

{ Warning The jack has a feature to limit its travel to prevent overextension. When the height limit is reached, an increase in Some Examples of Where Not to Jack resistance if felt when attempting to raise the jack farther. Raising the jack past the height limit can damage the jack pin and cause the jack to lock into an (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

362 Vehicle Care 8. Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel Warning (Continued) { Warning bolts, mounting surfaces, and spare overextended position or not lower fully. Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the wheel. Do not attempt to force the jack higher parts to which it is fastened, can 9. Place the spare tire on the once the height limit is reached. cause wheel nuts to become loose wheel-mounting surface. over time. The wheel could come off 5. Raise the vehicle by turning the wheel and cause a crash. When changing a { Warning wrench clockwise in the jack. Raise the vehicle far enough off the ground so wheel, remove any rust or dirt from Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts there is enough room for the spare tire places where the wheel attaches to because the nuts might come loose. The to fit under the wheel well. the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth vehicle's wheel could fall off, causing a or paper towel can be used; however, crash. use a scraper or wire brush later to remove all rust or dirt. 10. Reinstall the wheel nuts. Tighten each nut by hand. Then use the wheel wrench to tighten the nuts until the wheel is held against the hub. 11. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to lower the vehicle. Lower the jack completely.

6. Remove all of the wheel nuts. 7. Remove the flat tire. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Vehicle Care 363 . For bolt-on hub caps, line up the plastic Warning (Continued) nut caps with the wheel nuts and tighten accessory locking wheel nuts. See clockwise by hand to get them started. Capacities and Specifications 0 395 for Then tighten with the wheel wrench original equipment wheel nut torque until snug. specifications. Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools

Caution { Warning Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead Storing a jack, a tire, or other equipment to brake pulsation and rotor damage. To in the passenger compartment of the avoid expensive brake repairs, evenly vehicle could cause injury. In a sudden stop or collision, loose equipment could 12. Tighten the nuts firmly in a crisscross tighten the wheel nuts in the proper sequence as shown by turning the wheel sequence and to the proper torque strike someone. Store all these in the wrench clockwise. specification. See Capacities and proper place. Specifications 0 395 for the wheel nut { Warning torque specification. { Warning Wheel nuts that are improperly or When reinstalling the regular wheel and tire, Failure to follow these tire storage incorrectly tightened can cause the also reinstall either the center cap or the instructions carefully could result in wheels to become loose or come off. The bolt-on hub cap, depending on which one personal injury or property damage if the wheel nuts should be tightened with a the vehicle has. hoist cable fails or if the tire comes loose. torque wrench to the proper torque . For center caps, line up the tab on the Make sure the tire is stored securely specification after replacing. Follow the center cap with the slot in the wheel. The before driving. torque specification supplied by the cap only goes in one way. Place the cap aftermarket manufacturer when using on the wheel and press until it snaps into (Continued) place. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

364 Vehicle Care

Caution If the vehicle has 275/60R20 or 275/50R22 8. Hoist Shaft Access Hole size tires, the flat tire must be stored inside 9. Spare Tire (Valve Stem Pointed Up) Always store the spare tire or flat tire of the vehicle using the flat tire secure strap 10. Tire/Wheel Retainer with the valve stem pointed up. Stowing inside the glove box. See “Storing a Flat Tire 11. Hoist Cable a tire with the valve stem pointed down Inside of the Vehicle” later in this section. 1. Put the tire (9) on the ground at the rear could result in damage to the wheel. If the vehicle has 265/65R18 or 275/55R20 of the vehicle with the valve stem size tires, store the flat tire under the rear pointed up, and to the rear. Caution of the vehicle in the spare tire carrier. Refer 2. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle. Separate to the following graphics and instructions: The tire hoist is designed to be raised the tire/wheel retainer from the guide pin. Pull the pin through the center of and lowered with tension on the cable. the wheel. Tilt the retainer down If the hoist must be raised or lowered through the center wheel opening. without a tire attached, do so only by hand, and at a slow pace, to avoid Make sure the retainer is fully seated damaging the mechanism. Do not use across the underside of the wheel. power tools.

{ Warning An improperly stored spare tire could come loose and cause a crash. To avoid personal injury or property damage, always store the spare tire when the 1. Hoist Assembly vehicle is parked on a level surface. 2. Hoist Shaft 3. Hoist Shaft Access Cover/Hole 4. Jack Handle Extension 5. Wheel Wrench 6. Spare Tire Lock 3. Assemble the jack handle extensions (4) 7. Hoist End of Extension Tool and wheel wrench (5). GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Vehicle Care 365

Caution 6. Raise the tire fully against the underside of the vehicle by turning the wheel Use of an air wrench or other power wrench clockwise until you hear two tools with the hoist mechanism is not clicks or feel it skip twice. The cable recommended and could damage the cannot be overtightened. system. Use only the tools supplied with the hoist mechanism.

Correctly Stored

7. Make sure the tire is stored securely. Push, pull, and then try to turn the tire. If the tire moves, use the wheel wrench 4. Insert the open end of the extension (7) to tighten the cable. through the hole in the rear bumper (8) (hoist shaft access hole). Repeat this tightness check procedure when checking the spare tire pressure 5. Raise the tire part way upward. Make according to the scheduled maintenance sure the retainer is seated in the wheel information or any time the spare tire is opening. handled due to service of other Incorrectly Stored components. 8. Reinstall the spare tire lock. 9. Reinstall the hoist shaft access cover. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

366 Vehicle Care Storing the Tools folded down, the flat tire cannot be stored and must be left in a safe To store the tools: location, to be picked up at a later time. 1. Return the tools (wheel wrench, jack 3. Once there is sufficient space in the rear handle, and jack handle extensions) to of the vehicle, lift the flat tire and place the tool bag. Use the velcro straps to it on top of the load floor, with the secure the tool bag under the load floor valve stem pointed up. in the cargo area. 2. Position the jack and wheel blocks in the driver side trim panel over the wheelhouse. 3. Turn the jack knob clockwise until the jack is secured tight in the mounting 5. Route the hook end of the strap through bracket. Be sure to position the holes in the wheel, as shown. the base of the jack onto the pin in the 6. Attach the hook to the other cargo mounting bracket. tie-down in the rear of the vehicle. 4. Close the trim panel door. 7. Tighten the strap. Storing a Flat Tire Inside of the Vehicle Full-Size Spare Tire If the vehicle has 275/60R20 or 275/50R22 size tires, the flat tire must be stored inside 4. Remove the flat tire secure strap from If this vehicle came with a full-size spare of the vehicle in the cargo area using the the glove box and place the loop end of tire, it was fully inflated when new, flat tire secure strap inside the glove box. the strap through the cargo tie-down. however, it can lose air over time. Check the Place the hook end of the strap through inflation pressure regularly. See Tire Pressure 1. Store the tools. See “Storing the Tools” the loop and pull it until the strap is 0 344 and earlier in this section. fastened securely to the tie-down. Vehicle Load Limits 0 222 for information 2. If the vehicle has a short wheel base, the regarding proper tire inflation and loading third row seat must be folded down to the vehicle. For instructions on how to provide sufficient space to store the flat remove, install, or store a spare tire, see Tire tire. If the third row seat cannot be Changing 0 356. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Vehicle Care 367 If equipped with a temporary use full-size After installing the spare tire on the vehicle, If the vehicle's battery (or batteries) has run spare tire, it is indicated on the tire sidewall. stop as soon as possible and check that the down, you may want to use another vehicle See Tire Sidewall Labeling 0 340. This spare spare is correctly inflated. The spare tire is and some jumper cables to start your tire should not be driven on over 112 km/h made to perform well at speeds up to vehicle. Be sure to use the following steps (70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph) when 112 km/h (70 MPH) at the recommended to do it safely. pulling a trailer, at the proper inflation inflation pressure, so you can finish pressure. Repair and replace the road tire as your trip. { Warning soon as it is convenient, and stow the spare Have the damaged or flat road tire repaired WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and tire for future use. or replaced and installed back onto the related accessories contain lead and lead Caution vehicle as soon as possible so the spare tire compounds, chemicals known to the will be available in case it is needed again. State of California to cause cancer and If the vehicle has four-wheel drive and a Do not mix tires and wheels of difference birth defects or other reproductive harm. different size spare tire is installed, do sizes, because they will not fit. Keep the Batteries also contain other chemicals not drive in four-wheel drive until the flat spare tire and its wheel together. known to the State of California to cause tire is repaired and/or replaced. The If the vehicle has a spare tire that does not cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING. vehicle could be damaged and the repairs match the original road tires and wheels in For more information go to would not be covered by the warranty. size and type, do not include the spare in www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ Never use four-wheel drive when a the tire rotation. passenger-vehicle. different size spare tire is installed on the vehicle. Jump Starting See California Proposition 65 Warning 0 308 and the back cover. The vehicle may have a different size spare tire than the road tires originally installed Jump Starting - North America { Warning on the vehicle. This spare tire was developed For more information about the vehicle for use on this vehicle, so it is all right to battery, see Battery - North America 0 326. Batteries can hurt you. They can be drive on it. If the vehicle has four-wheel dangerous because: drive and a different size spare tire is . They contain acid that can burn you. installed, drive only in two-wheel drive. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

368 Vehicle Care The positive jump start connection for the Warning (Continued) discharged battery is under a cover. Slide . They contain gas that can explode or the cover to expose the terminal. ignite. 1. Check the other vehicle. It must have a . They contain enough electricity to 12-volt battery with a negative ground burn you. system. If you do not follow these steps exactly, Caution some or all of these things can hurt you. If the other vehicle does not have a 12-volt system with a negative ground, Caution both vehicles can be damaged. Only use a vehicle that has a 12-volt system with a Ignoring these steps could result in costly 5.3L V8 Shown, 6.2L V8 Similar damage to the vehicle that would not be negative ground for jump starting. covered by the vehicle warranty. Trying 1. Good Battery Positive Terminal 2. If you have a vehicle with a diesel to start the vehicle by pushing or pulling 2. Good Battery Negative Terminal engine with two batteries, you should it will not work, and it could damage the 3. Discharged Battery Remote Negative know before you begin that, especially in vehicle. Terminal cold weather, you may not be able to 4. Discharged Battery Remote Positive get enough power from a single battery Terminal in another vehicle to start your diesel engine. If your vehicle has more than The jump start positive post (1) and negative one battery, using the battery that is post (2) are on the battery of the vehicle closer to the starter will reduce electrical providing the jump start. resistance. This is located on the The jump start positive post (4) and the passenger side, in the rear of the engine negative grounding point (3) for the compartment. discharged battery are on the passenger side 3. Get the vehicles close enough so the of the vehicle. jumper cables can reach, but be sure the vehicles are not touching each other. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Vehicle Care 369 If they are, it could cause an unwanted not needed. This will avoid sparks and ground connection. You would not be help save both batteries. And it could { Warning able to start your vehicle, and the bad save the radio! Using a match near a battery can cause grounding could damage the electrical 5. Open the hood on the other vehicle and battery gas to explode. People have been systems. locate the positive (+) and negative (−) hurt doing this, and some have been To avoid the possibility of the vehicles terminal locations on that vehicle. blinded. Use a flashlight if you need rolling, set the parking brake firmly on The positive (+) terminal is under a red more light. both vehicles involved in the jump start plastic cover at the positive battery post. procedure. Put an automatic transmission Battery fluid contains acid that can burn To uncover the positive (+) terminal, you. Do not get it on you. If you in P (Park) or a manual transmission in open the red plastic cover. Neutral before setting the parking brake. accidentally get it in your eyes or on If you have a four-wheel-drive vehicle, be For more information on the location of your skin, flush the place with water and sure the transfer case is in a drive gear, the remote positive (+) and remote get medical help immediately. not in N (Neutral). negative (−) terminals, see Engine Compartment Overview 0 311. Caution { Warning { Warning If any accessories are left on or plugged Fans or other moving engine parts can in during the jump starting procedure, An electric fan can start up even when injure you badly. Keep your hands away they could be damaged. The repairs the engine is not running and can injure from moving parts once the engine is would not be covered by the vehicle you. Keep hands, clothing, and tools running. warranty. Whenever possible, turn off or away from any underhood electric fan. unplug all accessories on either vehicle 6. Check that the jumper cables do not when jump starting. have loose or missing insulation. If they do, you could get a shock. The vehicles 4. Turn the ignition off on both vehicles. could be damaged too. Unplug unnecessary accessories plugged Before you connect the cables, here are into the accessory power outlets. Turn some basic things you should know. off the radio and all the lamps that are Positive (+) will go to positive (+) or to a remote positive (+) terminal if the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

370 Vehicle Care vehicle has one. Negative (−) will go to a 11. Start the vehicle with the good battery Towing the Vehicle heavy, unpainted metal engine part or to and run the engine for a while. a remote negative (−) terminal if the 12. Try to start the vehicle that had the Caution vehicle has one. dead battery. If it will not start after a Incorrectly towing a disabled vehicle may Do not connect positive (+) to negative few tries, it probably needs service. cause damage. The damage would not be (−) or you will get a short that would damage the battery and maybe other Caution covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not lash or hook to suspension components. parts too. And do not connect the If the jumper cables are connected or Use the proper straps around the tires to negative (−) cable to the negative (−) removed in the wrong order, electrical secure the vehicle. Do not drag a locked terminal on the dead battery because shorting may occur and damage the wheel/tire. Use tire skates or dollies this can cause sparks. vehicle. The repairs would not be covered under any locked wheel/tire while 7. Connect one end of the red positive (+) by the vehicle warranty. Always connect loading the vehicle. Do not use a sling cable to the remote positive (+) terminal and remove the jumper cables in the type lift to tow the vehicle. This could of the vehicle with the discharged correct order, making sure that the cables damage the vehicle. battery. do not touch each other or other metal. 8. Do not let the other end touch metal. Connect it to the positive (+) terminal of Jumper Cable Removal Caution the good battery. Use a remote Reverse the sequence exactly when Improper use of the tow eye can damage positive (+) terminal if the vehicle removing the jumper cables. has one. the vehicle. If equipped, use the tow eye to load a disabled vehicle onto a flatbed 9. Connect one end of the black negative After starting the disabled vehicle and tow truck from a flat road surface, or to (−) cable to the negative (−) terminal of removing the jumper cables, allow it to idle the good battery. Use a remote negative for several minutes. move the vehicle a short distance. Use (−) terminal if the vehicle has one. caution and low speeds. The transmission must be in (N) Neutral when moving the Do not let the other end touch anything vehicle. until the next step. 10. Connect the other end of the negative (−) cable to the remote negative (−) terminal to the discharged battery. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Vehicle Care 371 GM recommends a flatbed tow truck to Recreational Vehicle Towing . Is the proper towing equipment going to transport a disabled vehicle. Use ramps to be used? See your dealer or trailering help reduce approach angles, if necessary. Recreational vehicle towing means towing professional for additional advice and A towed vehicle should have its drive wheels the vehicle behind another vehicle, such as a equipment recommendations. off the ground. Contact Roadside Assistance motor home. The two most common types . Is the vehicle ready to be towed? Just as or a professional towing service if the of recreational vehicle towing are dinghy preparing the vehicle for a long trip, disabled vehicle must be towed. and dolly towing. Dinghy towing is towing make sure the vehicle is prepared to be the vehicle with all four wheels on the towed. Front Attachment Points ground. Dolly towing is towing the vehicle with two wheels on the ground and two Caution wheels on a dolly. Use of a shield mounted in front of the Follow the tow vehicle manufacturer’s vehicle grille could restrict airflow and instructions. See your dealer or trailering cause damage to the transmission. The professional for additional advice and repairs would not be covered by the equipment recommendations. vehicle warranty. If using a shield, only Here are some important things to consider use one that attaches to the towing before recreational vehicle towing: vehicle. . Before towing the vehicle, become familiar with the local laws that apply to recreational vehicle towing. These laws may vary by region. The vehicle is equipped with specific . What is the towing capacity of the attachment points to be used to pull the towing vehicle? Be sure to read the tow vehicle onto a flatbed car carrier from a flat vehicle manufacturer's recommendations. road surface. Do not use these attachment . What is the distance that will be points to pull the vehicle from snow, mud traveled? Some vehicles have restrictions or sand. on how far and how long they can tow. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

372 Vehicle Care Dinghy Towing Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles To dinghy tow: Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles 1. Position the vehicle being towed behind the tow vehicle, facing forward and on a level surface. 2. Securely attach the vehicle being towed to the tow vehicle. 3. Apply the parking brake and start the engine. 4. Shift the transfer case to N (Neutral). See “Shifting into N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel Drive 0 236 for the proper procedure. Check that the vehicle is in N (Neutral) by shifting the transmission Only dinghy tow four-wheel-drive vehicles to R (Reverse) and then to D (Drive). with a two speed transfer case that has an There should be no movement of the Caution N (Neutral) and a 4n setting. vehicle while shifting. If the two-wheel-drive vehicle is towed 5. Shift the transmission to P (Park). with all four wheels on the ground, the { Warning Caution drivetrain components could be damaged. Shifting a four-wheel-drive vehicle's The repairs would not be covered by the transfer case into N (Neutral) can cause Failure to tow the vehicle with the vehicle warranty. the vehicle to roll even if the transmission in P (Park) can cause transmission is in P (Park). You or others damage to the transmission. Two-wheel-drive vehicles should not be could be injured. Set the parking brake towed with all four wheels on the ground. 6. Turn off the engine. before shifting the transfer case to N (Neutral). 7. Place the vehicle in ACC/ACCESSORY mode by pressing the start button without stepping on the brake pedal. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Vehicle Care 373

8. Release the parking brake only when you Caution 4. Start the engine and shift the transfer are confident it is secured to tow vehicle case out of N (Neutral) to 2 m. See and will not roll. Towing the vehicle with the parking “Shifting out of N (Neutral)” under 9. Disconnect the negative battery cable at brake set can damage it. Always release Four-Wheel Drive 0 236. See your dealer the battery and secure the nut and bolt. the parking brake prior to towing the if the transfer case cannot be shifted out Cover the negative battery post with a vehicle. of N (Neutral). non-conductive material to prevent any Disconnecting the Towed Vehicle 5. Check that the vehicle is in 2 m by contact with the negative battery shifting the transmission to R (Reverse) terminal. Before disconnecting the towed vehicle: and then to D (Drive). There should be Caution 1. Park on a level surface. movement of the vehicle while shifting. 2. Connect the battery. 6. Shift the transmission to P (Park) and Failure to disconnect the negative battery turn off the vehicle. cable or to have it contact the terminals 3. Apply the brake pedal. can cause damage to the vehicle. 7. Set the parking brake. { Warning 8. Release the parking brake. 10. Move the steering wheel to make sure The vehicle can roll when the brake pedal 9. Disconnect the vehicle from the tow the steering column is unlocked. is released. Always apply and hold the vehicle. brake pedal when setting the parking Caution 10. Reset any lost presets. brake. Make sure the parking brake is The outside temperature display will If the steering column is locked, vehicle fully engaged before releasing the brake damage may occur. default to 0 °C (32 °F) but will reset with pedal. normal usage. 11. Rock the vehicle to make sure the parking brake is not set and transfer case is in N (Neutral). GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

374 Vehicle Care

Dolly Towing Caution Caution Do not tow this vehicle with two wheels Do not use petroleum-based, acidic, on the ground, or vehicle damage could or abrasive cleaning agents as they can occur. This damage would not be covered damage the vehicle's paint, metal, by the vehicle warranty. or plastic parts. If damage occurs, it would not be covered by the vehicle Dolly towing this vehicle is not allowed with warranty. Approved cleaning products can either the front or the rear tires on the be obtained from your dealer. Follow all ground for two-wheel drive or four-wheel manufacturer directions regarding correct drive, regardless of transfer case. product usage, necessary safety precautions, and appropriate disposal of Appearance Care any vehicle care product. Exterior Care Caution Locks Avoid using high-pressure washes closer Locks are lubricated at the factory. Use a than 30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the de-icing agent only when absolutely vehicle. Use of power washers exceeding necessary, and have the locks greased after 8 274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result in using. See Recommended Fluids and damage or removal of paint and decals. Lubricants 0 392. Washing the Vehicle If using an automatic car wash, follow the car wash instructions. The windshield wiper To preserve the vehicle's finish, wash it and rear window wiper, if equipped, must often and out of direct sunlight. be off. Remove any accessories that may be damaged or interfere with the car wash equipment. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Vehicle Care 375 . Spray nozzle with a 40 degree wide angle Rinse the vehicle well, before washing and Caution after, to remove all cleaning agents spray pattern or wider must be used. completely. If they are allowed to dry on . Nozzle must be kept at least 30 cm (1 ft) Machine compounding or aggressive the surface, they could stain. away from all surfaces. polishing on a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish may damage it. Use only Dry the finish with a soft, clean chamois or Finish Care an all-cotton towel to avoid surface non-abrasive waxes and polishes that are scratches and water spotting. Application of aftermarket clearcoat sealant/ made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish wax materials is not recommended. on the vehicle. Cleaning Underhood Components If painted surfaces are damaged, see your To keep the paint finish looking new, keep Caution dealer to have the damage assessed and repaired. Foreign materials such as calcium the vehicle garaged or covered whenever Do not power wash any component chloride and other salts, ice melting agents, possible. under the hood that has this e road oil and tar, tree sap, bird droppings, Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Moldings symbol. chemicals from industrial chimneys, etc., can damage the vehicle's finish if they remain Caution This could cause damage that would not on painted surfaces. Wash the vehicle as Failure to clean and protect the bright be covered by the vehicle warranty. soon as possible. If necessary, use non-abrasive cleaners that are marked safe metal moldings can result in a hazy Solvents or aggressive cleaners may harm for painted surfaces to remove foreign white finish or pitting. This damage underhood components. The usages of these matter. would not be covered by the vehicle chemicals should be avoided. warranty. Occasional hand waxing or mild polishing Recommend water only. should be done to remove residue from the The bright metal moldings on the vehicle A pressure washer may be used, but care paint finish. See your dealer for approved are aluminum, chrome or stainless steel. To must be utilized. The following criteria must cleaning products. prevent damage always follow these be followed: Do not apply waxes or polishes to uncoated cleaning instructions: . Water pressure must be kept below plastic, vinyl, rubber, decals, simulated . Be sure the molding is cool to the touch 14,000 KPa (2,000 PSI). wood, or flat paint as damage can occur. before applying any cleaning solution. . Water temperature must be below 80 °C (180 °F). GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

376 Vehicle Care . Use only approved cleaning solutions for . Washer fluids and other cleaning agents Shutter System aluminum, chrome or stainless steel. in higher concentrations than suggested Some cleaners are highly acidic or contain by the manufacturer. alkaline substances and can damage the . Solvents, alcohols, fuels, or other harsh moldings. cleaners. . Always dilute a concentrated cleaner . Ice scrapers or other hard items. according to the manufacturer’s . Aftermarket appearance caps or covers instructions. while the lamps are illuminated, due to . Do not use cleaners that are not intended excessive heat generated. for automotive use. . Use a nonabrasive wax on the vehicle Caution after washing to protect and extend the Failure to clean lamps properly can cause molding finish. damage to the lamp cover that would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, The vehicle may have a shutter system Emblems, Decals, and Stripes designed to help improve fuel economy. Use only lukewarm or cold water, a soft Caution Keep the shutter system clear of debris, snow and ice. If the check engine light is cloth, and a car washing soap to clean Using wax on low gloss black finish exterior lamps, lenses, emblems, decals, and activated, please check to see if the shutter stripes can increase the gloss level and system is clear of debris, snow or ice. stripes. Follow instructions under "Washing create a non-uniform finish. Clean low the Vehicle" previously in this section. gloss stripes with soap and water only. Windshield and Wiper Blades Lamp covers are made of plastic, and some Clean the outside of the windshield with have a UV protective coating. Do not clean Air Intakes glass cleaner. or wipe them when dry. Clear debris from the air intakes, between Clean rubber blades using a lint-free cloth or Do not use any of the following on lamp the hood and windshield, when washing the paper towel soaked with windshield washer covers: vehicle. fluid or a mild detergent. Wash the . Abrasive or caustic agents. windshield thoroughly when cleaning the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Vehicle Care 377

blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and a buildup Caution (Continued) Caution (Continued) of vehicle wash/wax treatments may cause wiper streaking. tire dressing, always wipe off any or brushes. Use only GM approved overspray from all painted surfaces on cleaners. Do not drive the vehicle through Replace the wiper blades if they are worn or damaged. Damage can be caused by the vehicle. an automatic car wash that uses silicon extreme dusty conditions, sand, salt, heat, carbide tire/wheel cleaning brushes. sun, snow, and ice. Wheels and Wheel Trim Damage could occur and the repairs Use a soft, clean cloth with mild soap and would not be covered by the vehicle Weatherstrips water to clean the wheels. After rinsing warranty. Apply weatherstrip lubricant on thoroughly with clean water, dry with a weatherstrips to make them last longer, seal soft, clean towel. A wax may then be Brake System better, and not stick or squeak. Lubricate applied. Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for weatherstrips at least once a year. Hot, dry proper hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, climates may require more frequent Caution chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake pads for wear application. Black marks from rubber Chrome wheels and chrome wheel trim and rotors for surface condition. Inspect material on painted surfaces can be removed may be damaged if the vehicle is not drum brake linings/shoes for wear or cracks. by rubbing with a clean cloth. See washed after driving on roads that have Inspect all other brake parts. Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 392. been sprayed with magnesium chloride or Steering, Suspension, and Chassis calcium chloride. These are used on roads Tires Components for conditions such as dust and ice. Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to clean Always wash the chrome with soap and Visually inspect steering, suspension, and the tires. water after exposure. chassis components for damaged, loose, or missing parts or signs of wear at least Caution once a year. Using petroleum-based tire dressing Caution Inspect power steering for proper products on the vehicle may damage the To avoid surface damage on wheels and attachment, connections, binding, leaks, paint finish and/or tires. When applying a wheel trim, do not use strong soaps, cracks, chafing, etc. (Continued) chemicals, abrasive polishes, cleaners, (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

378 Vehicle Care Visually check constant velocity joint boots At least twice a year, spring and fall, use Finish Damage and axle seals for leaks. plain water to flush any corrosive materials Quickly repair minor chips and scratches from the underbody. Take care to Lubricate the outer tie rod ends at least with touch-up materials available from your thoroughly clean any areas where mud and every other oil change. dealer to avoid corrosion. Larger areas of other debris can collect. If equipped with finish damage can be corrected in your Control arm ball joints are maintenance-free. power assist steps, extend them and then dealer's body and paint shop. use a high pressure wash to clean all joints Caution and gaps. Chemical Paint Spotting Lubrication of applicable steering/ Do not directly pressure wash the transfer Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack suspension points should not be done case and/or front/rear axle output seals. painted vehicle surfaces causing blotchy, unless the temperature is −12 °C (10 °F) or High pressure water can overcome the seals ring-shaped discolorations, and small, higher, or damage could result. and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated irregular dark spots etched into the paint fluid will decrease the life of the transfer surface. See “Finish Care” previously in this Body Component Lubrication case and/or axles and should be replaced. section. Lubricate all key lock cylinders, hood hinges, Sheet Metal Damage liftgate hinges, steel fuel door hinge and Interior Care power assist step hinges, unless the If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet To prevent dirt particle abrasions, regularly components are plastic. Applying silicone metal repair or replacement, make sure the clean the vehicle's interior. Immediately grease on weatherstrips with a clean cloth body repair shop applies anti-corrosion remove any soils. Newspapers or dark will make them last longer, seal better, and material to parts repaired or replaced to garments can transfer color to the vehicle’s not stick or squeak. restore corrosion protection. interior. Underbody Maintenance Original manufacturer replacement parts will Use a soft bristle brush to remove dust from provide the corrosion protection while knobs and crevices on the instrument Caution maintaining the vehicle warranty. cluster. Using a mild soap solution, Avoid pressure washing the vehicle frame. immediately remove hand lotions, Use of high-pressure washers can result sunscreen, and insect repellent from all in removal of corrosion protection and interior surfaces or permanent damage may possible vehicle damage. result. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Vehicle Care 379 Use cleaners specifically designed for the . Do not heavily saturate the upholstery Coated Moldings surfaces being cleaned to prevent when cleaning. Coated moldings should be cleaned. permanent damage. Apply all cleaners . Do not use solvents or cleaners containing directly to the cleaning cloth. Do not spray solvents. . When lightly soiled, wipe with a sponge cleaners on any switches or controls. or soft, lint-free cloth dampened with Remove cleaners quickly. Interior Glass water. . When heavily soiled, use warm soapy Before using cleaners, read and follow all To clean, use a terry cloth fabric dampened water. safety instructions on the label. While with water. Wipe droplets left behind with a cleaning the interior, open the doors and clean dry cloth. If necessary, use a Fabric/Carpet/Suede windows to get proper ventilation. commercial glass cleaner after cleaning with plain water. Start by vacuuming the surface using a soft To prevent damage, do not clean the brush attachment. If a rotating vacuum interior using the following cleaners or Caution brush attachment is being used, only use it techniques: To prevent scratching, never use abrasive on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, gently . Never use a razor or any other sharp remove as much of the soil as possible: cleaners on automotive glass. Abrasive object to remove soil from any interior cleaners or aggressive cleaning may . Gently blot liquids with a paper towel. surface. damage the rear window defogger. Continue blotting until no more soil can . Never use a brush with stiff bristles. be removed. . Never rub any surface aggressively or Cleaning the windshield with water during . For solid soils, remove as much as with too much pressure. the first three to six months of ownership possible prior to vacuuming. . Do not use laundry detergents or will reduce tendency to fog. To clean: dishwashing soaps with degreasers. For 1. Saturate a clean, lint-free colorfast cloth liquid cleaners, use approximately Speaker Covers with water. Microfiber cloth is 20 drops per 3.8 L (1 gal) of water. Vacuum around a speaker cover gently, so recommended to prevent lint transfer to A concentrated soap solution will create that the speaker will not be damaged. Clean the fabric or carpet. streaks and attract dirt. Do not use spots with water and mild soap. solutions that contain strong or 2. Remove excess moisture by gently caustic soap. wringing until water does not drip from the cleaning cloth. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

380 Vehicle Care

3. Start on the outside edge of the soil and or solvents. Periodically hand wash the Caution (Continued) gently rub toward the center. Fold the microfiber cloth separately, using mild soap. cleaning cloth to a clean area frequently Do not use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse them to dry naturally. Never use heat, to prevent forcing the soil in to the thoroughly and air dry before next use. steam, or spot removers. Do not use fabric. cleaners that contain silicone or 4. Continue gently rubbing the soiled area Caution wax-based products. Cleaners containing until there is no longer any color Do not attach a device with a suction cup these solvents can permanently change transfer from the soil to the cleaning to the display. This may cause damage the appearance and feel of leather or soft cloth. and would not be covered by the vehicle trim, and are not recommended. 5. If the soil is not completely removed, warranty. use a mild soap solution followed only Do not use cleaners that increase gloss, by plain water. Instrument Panel, Leather, Vinyl, Other especially on the instrument panel. Reflected Plastic Surfaces, Low Gloss Paint glare can decrease visibility through the If the soil is not completely removed, it may windshield under certain conditions. be necessary to use a commercial upholstery Surfaces, and Natural Open Pore Wood cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small hidden Surfaces Caution area for colorfastness before using a Use a soft microfiber cloth dampened with Use of air fresheners may cause commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter. water to remove dust and loose dirt. For a permanent damage to plastics and If ring formation occurs, clean the entire more thorough cleaning, use a soft painted surfaces. If an air freshener fabric or carpet. microfiber cloth dampened with a mild soap comes in contact with any plastic or After cleaning, use a paper towel to blot solution. painted surface in the vehicle, blot excess moisture. Caution immediately and clean with a soft cloth dampened with a mild soap solution. Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle Soaking or saturating leather, especially Information and Radio Displays Damage caused by air fresheners would perforated leather, as well as other not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss surfaces interior surfaces, may cause permanent or vehicle displays. First, use a soft bristle damage. Wipe excess moisture from brush to remove dirt that can scratch the these surfaces after cleaning and allow surface. Then gently clean by rubbing with a (Continued) microfiber cloth. Never use window cleaners GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Vehicle Care 381 Cargo Cover and Convenience Net Removing and Replacing the Floor Mats Warning (Continued) If equipped, wash with warm water and Pull up on the rear of the driver side floor mild detergent. Do not use chlorine bleach. cause a crash and injury. Make sure the mat to unlock each retainer and remove. Rinse with cold water, and then dry floor mat does not interfere with the completely. pedals. Care of Seat Belts Use the following guidelines for proper floor Keep belts clean and dry. mat usage: . The original equipment floor mats were { Warning designed for your vehicle. If the floor mats need replacing, it is recommended Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing. that GM certified floor mats be It may severely weaken the webbing. In purchased. Non-GM floor mats may not a crash, they might not be able to fit properly and may interfere with the provide adequate protection. Clean and pedals. Always check that the floor mats rinse seat belt webbing only with mild do not interfere with the pedals. soap and lukewarm water. Allow the . Do not use a floor mat if the vehicle is Reinstall by lining up the floor mat retainer webbing to dry. not equipped with a floor mat retainer on openings over the carpet retainers and the driver side floor. snapping into position. Floor Mats . Use the floor mat with the correct side Make sure the floor mat is properly secured up. Do not turn it over. in place. { Warning . Do not place anything on top of the driver side floor mat. Verify the floor mat does not interfere with If a floor mat is the wrong size or is not the pedals. properly installed, it can interfere with . Use only a single floor mat on the the pedals. Interference with the pedals driver side. can cause unintended acceleration and/or . Do not place one floor mat on top of increased stopping distance which can another. (Continued) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

382 Service and Maintenance General Information Your dealer recognizes the importance of Service and Maintenance providing competitively priced maintenance This maintenance section applies to vehicles and repair services. With trained technicians, General Information with a gasoline engine. For diesel engine the dealer is the place for routine General Information ...... 382 vehicles, see "Maintenance Schedule" in the maintenance such as oil changes and tire Maintenance Schedule Duramax diesel supplement. rotations and additional maintenance items Maintenance Schedule ...... 383 Your vehicle is an important investment. like tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper blades. This section describes the required Caution Special Application Services maintenance for the vehicle. Follow this Special Application Services ...... 389 schedule to help protect against major repair Damage caused by improper maintenance Additional Maintenance and Care expenses resulting from neglect or can lead to costly repairs and may not be Additional Maintenance and Care . . . . . 389 inadequate maintenance. It may also help to covered by the vehicle warranty. maintain the value of the vehicle if it is Maintenance intervals, checks, Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and sold. It is the responsibility of the owner to inspections, recommended fluids, and Parts have all required maintenance performed. lubricants are important to keep the Recommended Fluids and Your dealer has trained technicians who can vehicle in good working condition. Lubricants ...... 392 perform required maintenance using genuine Do not have chemical flushes that are not Maintenance Replacement Parts ...... 393 replacement parts. They have up-to-date approved by GM performed on the Maintenance Records tools and equipment for fast and accurate vehicle. The use of flushes, solvents, Maintenance Records ...... 394 diagnostics. Many dealers have extended cleaners, or lubricants that are not evening and Saturday hours, courtesy approved by GM could damage the transportation, and online scheduling to assist with service needs. vehicle, requiring expensive repairs that are not covered by the vehicle warranty. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Service and Maintenance 383 The Tire Rotation and Required Services are The Additional Required Services - Severe are Maintenance Schedule the responsibility of the vehicle owner. It is for vehicles that are: recommended to have your dealer perform . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic in hot Owner Checks and Services these services every 12 000 km/7,500 mi. weather Proper vehicle maintenance helps to keep Check the engine oil level. See Engine Oil . Mainly driven in hilly or mountainous 0 314. the vehicle in good working condition, terrain improves fuel economy, and reduces vehicle Once a Month . Frequently towing a trailer emissions. . Check the tire inflation pressures, . Used for high speed or competitive including the spare. See Tire Pressure Because of the way people use vehicles, driving maintenance needs vary. There may need to 0 344. . Used for taxi, police, or delivery service be more frequent checks and services. The . Inspect the tires for wear. See Tire Additional Required Services - Normal are for Refer to the information in the Maintenance Inspection 0 349. vehicles that: Schedule Additional Required Services - . Check the windshield washer fluid level. . Carry passengers and cargo within Severe chart. See Washer Fluid 0 323. recommended limits on the Tire and Loading Information label. See Vehicle { Warning Engine Oil Change 0 Load Limits 222. Performing maintenance work can be When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON . Are driven on reasonable road surfaces dangerous and can cause serious injury. message displays, have the engine oil and within legal driving limits. Perform maintenance work only if the filter changed within the next 1 000 km/ . Use the recommended fuel. See required information, proper tools, and 600 mi. If driven under the best conditions, Recommended Fuel (5.3L Engine) 0 276 or equipment are available. If they are not, the engine oil life system may not indicate Recommended Fuel (6.2L Engine) 0 276. see your dealer to have a trained the need for vehicle service for up to a year. The engine oil and filter must be changed at Refer to the information in the Maintenance technician do the work. See Doing Your 0 least once a year and the oil life system Schedule Additional Required Services - Own Service Work 309. must be reset. Your trained dealer technician Normal chart. can perform this work. If the engine oil life system is reset accidentally, service the vehicle within 5 000 km/3,000 mi since the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

384 Service and Maintenance last service. Reset the oil life system when Air Conditioning Desiccant (Replace Every . If equipped with the engine air filter life the oil is changed. See Engine Oil Life Seven Years) system, check the air filter System 0 315. life percentage. If necessary, replace the The air conditioning system requires engine air filter and reset the engine air Engine Air Filter Change maintenance every seven years. This service filter life system. See Engine Air Filter Life requires replacement of the desiccant to When the REPLACE AT NEXT OIL CHANGE System 0 317. If the vehicle is not help the longevity and efficient operation of message displays, the engine air filter equipped with the engine air filter life the air conditioning system. This service can should be replaced at the next engine oil system, inspect the engine air cleaner be complex. See your dealer. change. When the REPLACE ENGINE AIR filter. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 317. FILTER SOON message displays, the engine Tire Rotation and Required Services . Check engine coolant level. See Cooling air filter should be replaced at the earliest Every 12 000 km/7,500 mi System 0 318. convenience. Reset the engine air filter life . Check windshield washer fluid level. See Rotate the tires, if recommended for the system after the engine air filter is replaced. Washer Fluid 0 323. See Engine Air Filter Life System 0 317. vehicle, and perform the following services. See Tire Rotation 0 349. . Check tire inflation pressures, including the spare. See Tire Pressure 0 344. Extended Idle Use . Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. If needed, change engine . Inspect tire wear. See Tire Inspection When the vehicle is used in a way that 0 requires extended idle time, one hour of use oil and filter, and reset oil life system. 349. shall be deemed the same as 53 km (33 mi). See Engine Oil 0 314 and . Visually check for fluid leaks. See Driver Information Center (DIC) 0 119 for Engine Oil Life System 0 315. . Inspect brake system. See Exterior Care hourmeter. 0 374. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Service and Maintenance 385 . Visually inspect steering, suspension, and . Check restraint system components. See . Visually inspect gas strut for signs of chassis components for damage, including Safety System Check 0 59. wear, cracks, or other damage. Check the cracks or tears in the rubber boots, loose . Visually inspect fuel system for damage hold open ability of the strut. If the hold or missing parts, or signs of wear at least or leaks. open is low, service the gas strut. See Gas once a year. See Exterior Care 0 374. Strut(s) 0 329. . Visually inspect exhaust system and Lubricate the suspension and steering nearby heat shields for loose or damaged . Inspect sunroof track and seal, components at least every other oil parts. if equipped. See Sunroof 0 35. change (if equipped with grease fittings). . Lubricate body components. See Exterior . Verify spare tire key lock operation and . Inspect power steering for proper Care 0 374. lubricate as needed. See Tire Changing attachment, connections, binding, leaks, 0 356. cracks, chafing, etc. . Check parking brake and automatic transmission park mechanism. See Park . Visually inspect the spare tire to ensure . Visually inspect halfshafts and drive Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check that it is tightly stowed under the vehicle. shafts for excessive wear, lubricant leaks, 0 327. Push, pull, and try to turn the tire. If the and/or damage including: tube dents or spare tire moves, tighten as necessary. . Check accelerator pedal for damage, high cracks, constant velocity joint or universal See Tire Changing 0 356. joint looseness, cracked or missing boots, effort, or binding. Replace if needed. loose or missing boot clamps, center bearing excessive looseness, loose or missing fasteners, and axle seal leaks. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

386 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Schedule Additional 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 168 000 km/105,000 mi Required Services - Normal 240 000 km/150,000 mi Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter, @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ if needed. Check engine air filter life percentage and status. Change engine air filter, if needed. Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @ Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @ If the vehicle is not equipped with the engine air filter life @ @ @ system, replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with 4WD. (4) @ Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots. @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @ Replace brake fluid. (7) Replace front and rear wiper blades. (8) @@@@@@@@@@ Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. (9) @ @ Replace air conditioning desiccant. (10) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Service and Maintenance 387 Footnotes — Maintenance Schedule (3) Or every four years, whichever comes (6) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. Additional Required Services - Normal first. If driving in dusty conditions, inspect Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, (1) Or every two years, whichever comes the filter at each oil change or more often or damage; replace, if needed. as needed. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter first. More frequent passenger compartment 0 (7) Replace brake fluid every five years. See air filter replacement may be needed if 317. Brake Fluid 0 325. driving in areas with heavy traffic, poor air (4) Do not directly power wash the transfer (8) Or every 12 months, whichever comes quality, high dust levels, or environmental case and/or front/rear axle output seals. first. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 328. allergens. Passenger compartment air filter High pressure water can overcome the seals replacement may also be needed if there is and contaminate the transfer case fluid. (9) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. reduced airflow, window fogging, or odors. Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of See Gas Strut(s) 0 329. Your GM dealer can help determine when to the transfer case and/or axles and should be (10) Replace air conditioning desiccant every replace the filter. replaced. seven years. (2) Visually check all fuel and vapor lines (5) Or every five years, whichever comes and hoses for proper attachment, first. See Cooling System 0 318. connection, routing, and condition. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

388 Service and Maintenance

Maintenance Schedule Additional 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 168 000 km/105,000 mi Required Services - Severe 240 000 km/150,000 mi Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter, @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ if needed. Check engine air filter life percentage and status. Change engine air filter, if needed. Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @ Inspect evaporative control system. (2) @ @ @ If the vehicle is not equipped with the engine air filter life @ @ @ system, replace engine air cleaner filter. (3) Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @ Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with 4WD. (4) @ @ @ Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots. @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @ Replace brake fluid. (7) Replace front and rear wiper blades. (8) @@@@@@@@@@ Replace hood and/or body lift support gas struts. (9) @ @ Replace air conditioning desiccant. (10)

Footnotes — Maintenance Schedule driving in areas with heavy traffic, poor air reduced airflow, window fogging, or odors. Additional Required Services - Severe quality, high dust levels, or environmental Your GM dealer can help determine when to (1) Or every two years, whichever comes allergens. Passenger compartment air filter replace the filter. first. More frequent passenger compartment replacement may also be needed if there is air filter replacement may be needed if GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Service and Maintenance 389 (2) Visually check all fuel and vapor lines (10) Replace air conditioning desiccant every The following list is intended to explain the and hoses for proper attachment, seven years. services and conditions to look for that may connection, routing, and condition. indicate services are required. (3) Or every four years, whichever comes Special Application Services Battery first. If driving in dusty conditions, inspect . Severe Commercial Use Vehicles Only: The 12-volt battery supplies power to start the filter at each oil change or more often Lubricate chassis components every oil the engine and operate any additional as needed. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter change. electrical accessories. 0 317. . Have underbody flushing service . To avoid break-down or failure to start (4) Do not directly power wash the transfer performed. See "Underbody Maintenance" the vehicle, maintain a battery with full case and/or front/rear axle output seals. in Exterior Care 0 374. cranking power. High pressure water can overcome the seals . Trained dealer technicians have the and contaminate the transfer case fluid. Additional Maintenance diagnostic equipment to test the battery Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of and ensure that the connections and the transfer case and/or axles and should be and Care cables are corrosion-free. replaced. Your vehicle is an important investment and Belts (5) Or every five years, whichever comes caring for it properly may help to avoid first. See Cooling System 0 318. future costly repairs. To maintain vehicle . Belts may need replacing if they squeak or show signs of cracking or splitting. (6) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. performance, additional maintenance services may be required. . Trained dealer technicians have access to Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, tools and equipment to inspect the belts or damage; replace, if needed. It is recommended that your dealer perform and recommend adjustment or (7) Replace brake fluid every five years. See these services — their trained dealer replacement when necessary. Brake Fluid 0 325. technicians know your vehicle best. Your dealer can also perform a thorough (8) Or every 12 months, whichever comes assessment with a multi-point inspection to first. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 328. recommend when your vehicle may need (9) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. attention. See Gas Strut(s) 0 329. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

390 Service and Maintenance Brakes Hoses . As part of the multi-point inspection, trained dealer technicians can visually Brakes stop the vehicle and are crucial to Hoses transport fluids and should be inspect the shocks and struts for signs of safe driving. regularly inspected to ensure that there are leaking, blown seals, or damage, and can no cracks or leaks. With a multi-point . Signs of brake wear may include chirping, advise when service is needed. grinding, or squealing noises, or difficulty inspection, your dealer can inspect the hoses stopping. and advise if replacement is needed. Tires . Trained dealer technicians have access to Lamps Tires need to be properly inflated, rotated, and balanced. Maintaining the tires can save tools and equipment to inspect the brakes Properly working headlamps, taillamps, and money and fuel, and can reduce the risk of and recommend quality parts engineered brake lamps are important to see and be tire failure. for the vehicle. seen on the road. . Signs that the tires need to be replaced Fluids . Signs that the headlamps need attention include three or more visible treadwear include dimming, failure to light, cracking, Proper fluid levels and approved fluids indicators; cord or fabric showing through or damage. The brake lamps need to be protect the vehicle’s systems and the rubber; cracks or cuts in the tread or checked periodically to ensure that they components. See Recommended Fluids and sidewall; or a bulge or split in the tire. Lubricants 0 392 for GM approved fluids. light when braking. . Trained dealer technicians can inspect and . With a multi-point inspection, your dealer . Engine oil and windshield washer fluid recommend the right tires. Your dealer can check the lamps and note any levels should be checked at every fuel fill. can also provide tire/wheel balancing concerns. . Instrument cluster lights may come on to services to ensure smooth vehicle indicate that fluids may be low and need Shocks and Struts operation at all speeds. Your dealer sells to be filled. Shocks and struts help aid in control for a and services name brand tires. smoother ride. . Signs of wear may include steering wheel vibration, bounce/sway while braking, longer stopping distance, or uneven tire wear. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Service and Maintenance 391 Vehicle Care Windshield Wiper Blades To help keep the vehicle looking like new, For safety, appearance, and the best Wiper blades need to be cleaned and kept in vehicle care products are available from your viewing, keep the windshield clean and good condition to provide a clear view. dealer. For information on how to clean and clear. . Signs of wear include streaking, skipping protect the vehicle’s interior and exterior, . Signs of damage include scratches, cracks, across the windshield, and worn or split see Interior Care 0 378 and and chips. rubber. Exterior Care 0 374. . Trained dealer technicians can inspect the . Trained dealer technicians can check the Wheel Alignment windshield and recommend proper wiper blades and replace them when Wheel alignment is critical for ensuring that replacement if needed. needed. the tires deliver optimal wear and performance. . Signs that the alignment may need to be adjusted include pulling, improper vehicle handling, or unusual tire wear. . Your dealer has the required equipment to ensure proper wheel alignment. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

392 Service and Maintenance Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants This maintenance section applies to vehicles with a gasoline engine. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see “Recommended Fluids and Lubricants” in the Duramax diesel supplement. Fluids and lubricants identified below by name or specification, including fluids or lubricants not listed here, can be obtained from your dealer. Usage Fluid/Lubricant Automatic Transmission DEXRON ULV Automatic Transmission Fluid. Chassis Lubrication Lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL Coolant. See Cooling System 0 318. Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 314. Front Axle (4WD Only) and Rear Axle. See your dealer. Hydraulic Brake System DOT 4 Hydraulic Brake Fluid. Key Lock Cylinders, Hood Hinges, Body Door Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube. See your dealer. Hinge Pins, Power Assist Steps, Liftgate Hinge, and Fuel Door Hinge Transfer Case (4WD Only) See your dealer. Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip lubricant. See your dealer. Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection requirements. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Service and Maintenance 393 Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 84121219 A3244C With high capacity air cleaner 84121217 A3246C Without high capacity air cleaner Engine Oil Filter 12690385 PF63E Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13508023 CF185 Spark Plugs 12622441 41-114 Wiper Blades 84278338 — Driver Side – 55 cm (22 in) 84278338 — Passenger Side – 55 cm (22 in) 84215609 — Rear– 30 cm (12 in) GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

394 Service and Maintenance Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts. Date Odometer Reading Serviced By Services Performed GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Technical Data 395 Technical Data Vehicle Identification Service Parts Identification There may be a large barcode on the Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification certification label on the center pillar that Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) . . . 395 Number (VIN) you can scan for the following information: Service Parts Identification ...... 395 . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Vehicle Data . Model designation Capacities and Specifications ...... 395 . Paint information Engine Drive Belt Routing ...... 397 . Production options If there is not a large barcode on this label, then you will find this same information on This legal identifier is in the front corner of a label inside of the glove box. the instrument panel, on the driver side of the vehicle. It can be seen through the Vehicle Data windshield from outside. The Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) also appears on Capacities and Specifications the Vehicle Certification label and certificates of title and registration. The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Engine Identification Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 392. The eighth character in the VIN is the If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the engine code. This code identifies the Duramax diesel supplement. vehicle's engine, specifications, and replacement parts. See “Engine Specifications” under Capacities and Specifications 0 395 for the vehicle's engine code. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

396 Technical Data

Capacities Application Metric English Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Engine Cooling System* 14.8 L 15.6 qt 5.3L V8 Engine 14.3 L 15.1 qt 6.2L V8 Engine Engine Oil with Filter 7.6 L 8.0 qt Fuel Tank 90.8 L 24.0 gal Short Wheelbase 106.0 L 28.0 gal Long Wheelbase Transfer Case Fluid 1.5 L 1.6 qt Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling. *Engine cooling system capacity values are based on the entire cooling system and its components. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Technical Data 397 Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Spark Plug Gap 5.3L V8 Engine (L84) D 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–0.043 in) 6.2L V8 Engine (L87) L 0.95–1.10 mm (0.037–0.043 in) Spark plug gaps are preset by the manufacturer. Re-gapping the spark plug is not recommended and can damage the spark plug.

Engine Drive Belt Routing If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement.

5.3L and 6.2L Engines GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

398 Customer Information Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy Customer Information Customer Information Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy . . . 407 Cybersecurity ...... 407 Customer Satisfaction Procedure Customer Information Event Data Recorders ...... 408 Customer Satisfaction Procedure ...... 398 OnStar ...... 408 Your satisfaction and goodwill are important Customer Assistance Offices ...... 400 Infotainment System ...... 409 to your dealer and to GMC. Normally, any Customer Assistance for Text concerns with the sales transaction or the Telephone (TTY) Users ...... 400 operation of the vehicle will be resolved by Online Owner Center ...... 400 your dealer's sales or service departments. GM Mobility Reimbursement Sometimes, however, despite the best Program ...... 401 intentions of all concerned, Roadside Assistance Program ...... 401 misunderstandings can occur. If your concern Scheduling Service Appointments . . . . . 402 has not been resolved to your satisfaction, Courtesy Transportation Program . . . . . 403 the following steps should be taken: Collision Damage Repair ...... 404 Publication Ordering Information ...... 405 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern with a Radio Frequency Statement ...... 406 member of dealership management. Normally, concerns can be quickly resolved Reporting Safety Defects at that level. If the matter has already been Reporting Safety Defects to the United reviewed with the sales, service, or parts States Government ...... 406 manager, contact the owner of your Reporting Safety Defects to the dealership or the general manager. Canadian Government ...... 407 STEP TWO : If after contacting a member of Reporting Safety Defects to General dealership management, it appears your Motors ...... 407 concern cannot be resolved by your dealership without further help, in the U.S., call 1-800-462-8782. In Canada, call General Motors of Canada Customer Care Centre at 1-800-263-3777 (English), or 1-800-263-7854 (French). GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Customer Information 399 We encourage you to call the toll-free automotive disputes regarding vehicle STEP THREE — Canadian Owners : In the number in order to give your inquiry repairs or the interpretation of the New event that you do not feel your concerns prompt attention. Have the following Vehicle Limited Warranty. Although you have been addressed after following the information available to give the Customer may be required to resort to this informal procedure outlined in Steps One and Two, Assistance representative: dispute resolution program prior to filing a General Motors of Canada Company wants . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). This is court action, use of the program is free of you to be aware of its participation in a available from the vehicle registration or charge and your case will generally be heard no-charge Mediation/Arbitration Program. title, or the plate at the top left of the within 40 days. If you do not agree with the General Motors of Canada Company has instrument panel and visible through the decision given in your case, you may reject committed to binding arbitration of owner windshield. it and proceed with any other venue for disputes involving factory-related vehicle relief available to you. service claims. The program provides for the . Dealership name and location. review of the facts involved by an impartial . Vehicle delivery date and present mileage. You may contact the BBB Auto Line Program using the toll-free telephone number or third party arbiter, and may include an When contacting GMC, remember that your write them at the following address: informal hearing before the arbiter. The concern will likely be resolved at a dealer's program is designed so that the entire facility. That is why we suggest following BBB Auto Line Program dispute settlement process, from the time Step One first. BBB National Programs, Inc. you file your complaint to the final decision, 3033 Wilson Blvd. should be completed in about 70 days. We STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : Both General Suite 600 believe our impartial program offers Motors and your dealer are committed to Arlington, VA 22201 advantages over courts in most jurisdictions making sure you are completely satisfied because it is informal, quick, and free of with your new vehicle. However, if you Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 charge. continue to remain unsatisfied after http://www.bbb.org/council/ following the procedure outlined in programs-services/ For further information concerning eligibility Steps One and Two, you can file with the dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto Line This program is available in all 50 states and Plan (CAMVAP), call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, Program to enforce your rights. the of Columbia. Eligibility is limited or call the General Motors Customer Care Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), The BBB Auto Line Program is an by vehicle age, mileage, and other factors. 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write to: out-of-court program administered by the General Motors reserves the right to change BBB National Programs, Inc. to settle eligibility limitations and/or discontinue its participation in this program. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

400 Customer Information Mediation/Arbitration Program Canada Online Owner Center c/o Customer Care Centre General Motors of Canada Company General Motors of Canada Company The GMC Owner Center (U.S.) Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: Mail Code: CA1-163-005 CA1-163-005 my.gmc.com 1908 Colonel Sam Drive 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Learn more about your vehicle features, Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 shop for and manage your connected Your inquiry should be accompanied by the www.gmc.ca services and OnStar plans, and access Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). 1-800-263-3777 (English) diagnostic information specific to your vehicle. Customer Assistance Offices 1-800-263-7854 (French) 1-800-263-3830 (For Text Telephone Devices Membership Benefits GMC encourages customers to call the (TTYs)) E toll-free number for assistance. However, if a Roadside Assistance: 1-800-268-6800 : Download owner’s manuals and view customer wishes to write or e-mail GMC, the vehicle-specific how-to videos. Overseas letter should be addressed to: G : View maintenance schedules, alerts, and United States and Puerto Rico Please contact the local General Motors Vehicle Diagnostic Information. Schedule Business Unit. service appointments. GMC Customer Assistance Center P.O. Box 33172 Customer Assistance for Text I : View service records from your Detroit, MI 48232-5172 Telephone (TTY) Users dealership and add your own. D www.gmc.com To assist customers who are deaf, hard of : Select a dealer and view locations, 1-800-GMC-8782 (1-800-462-8782) hearing, or speech-impaired and who use maps, phone numbers, and hours. 1-888-889-2438 (For Text Telephone devices Text Telephones (TTYs), GMC has TTY r : Track your vehicle’s warranty (TTYs)) equipment available at its Customer information. Roadside Assistance: 1-888-881-3302 Assistance Center. Any TTY user in the U.S. J : View active recalls by Vehicle From U.S. Virgin Islands: can communicate with GMC by dialing: 1-888-889-2438. TTY users in Canada can dial Identification Number (VIN). See Vehicle 1-800-496-9994 1-800-263-3830. Identification Number (VIN) 0 395. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Customer Information 401 H : Manage your profile and payment adaptive equipment required for the vehicle, . Location of the vehicle information. View your GM Rewards Card such as hand controls or a wheelchair/ . Model, year, color, and license plate earnings and My GMC Rewards points. scooter lift for the vehicle. number of the vehicle F : Chat live with online help To learn about the GM Mobility program, . Odometer reading, Vehicle Identification representatives. see www.gmmobility.com or call the GM Number (VIN), and delivery date of the Mobility Assistance Center at 1-800-323-9935. vehicle Visit my.gmc.com and create an account Text Telephone (TTY) users, call . Description of the problem today. 1-800-833-9935. Coverage GMC Owner Centre (Canada) General Motors of Canada also has a mygmccanada.ca Mobility program. See www.gm.ca or call Services are provided for the duration of the 1-800-GM-DRIVE (800-463-7483) for details. vehicle's powertrain warranty. Visit the GMC Owner Centre at TTY users call 1-800-263-3830. mygmccanada.ca (English) or In the U.S., anyone driving the vehicle is my.gmccanada.ca (French) to access similar Roadside Assistance Program covered. In Canada, a person driving the benefits to the U.S. site. vehicle without permission from the owner For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call is not covered. GM Mobility Reimbursement 1-888-881-3302; (Text Telephone (TTY): Roadside Assistance is not a part of the New Program 1-888-889-2438). Vehicle Limited Warranty. General Motors For Canadian-purchased vehicles, call North America and GMC reserve the right to 1-800-268-6800. make any changes or discontinue the Roadside Assistance program at any time Service is available 24 hours a day, 365 days without notification. a year. General Motors North America and GMC Calling for Assistance reserve the right to limit services or When calling Roadside Assistance, have the payment to an owner or driver if they This program is available to qualified following information ready: decide the claims are made too often, or the applicants for cost reimbursement, up to same type of claim is made many times. . Your name, home address, and home certain limits, of eligible aftermarket telephone number . Telephone number of your location GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

402 Customer Information Services Provided warranty period. Items considered are . Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance: . Emergency Fuel Delivery: Delivery of reasonable and customary hotel, meals, Must be over 150 km from where your enough fuel for the vehicle to get to the rental car, or a vehicle being delivered trip was started to qualify. nearest service station. back to the customer, up to 500 miles. Pre-authorization, original detailed receipts, and a copy of the repair orders . Lock-Out Service: Service to unlock the Services Not Included in Roadside are required. Once authorization has been vehicle if you are locked out. A remote Assistance received, the Roadside Assistance advisor unlock may be available if you have . Impound towing caused by violation of will help to make arrangements and OnStar. For security reasons, the driver any laws explain how to receive payment. must present identification before this service is given. . Legal fines . Alternative Service: If assistance cannot . Mounting, dismounting, or changing of be provided right away, the Roadside . Emergency Tow from a Public Road or Assistance advisor may give permission to Highway: Tow to the nearest GMC dealer snow tires, chains, or other traction devices get local emergency road service. You will for warranty service, or if the vehicle was receive payment, up to $100, after in a crash and cannot be driven. Service is not provided if a vehicle is in an sending the original receipt to Roadside Assistance is not given when the vehicle area that is not accessible to the service Assistance. Mechanical failures may be is stuck in the sand, mud, or snow. vehicle or is not a regularly traveled or covered, however any cost for parts and . Flat Tire Change: Service to change a flat maintained public road, which includes ice labor for repairs not covered by the tire with the spare tire. The spare tire, and winter roads. Off-road use is not warranty are the owner’s responsibility. if equipped, must be in good condition covered. and properly inflated. It is the owner's Scheduling Service Appointments responsibility for the repair or Services Specific to Canadian-Purchased When the vehicle requires warranty service, replacement of the tire if it is not covered Vehicles contact your dealer and request an by the warranty. . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement is up to 7 L. Diesel fuel delivery may be restricted. appointment. By scheduling a service . Battery Jump Start: Service to jump start appointment and advising the service a dead battery. Propane and other fuels are not provided through this service. consultant of your transportation needs, . Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance: your dealer can help minimize your If your trip is interrupted due to a . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle registration is inconvenience. warranty event, incidental expenses may required. be reimbursed within the Powertrain GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Customer Information 403 If the vehicle cannot be scheduled into the Owner Assistance Information” furnished Courtesy Rental Vehicle service department immediately, keep with each new vehicle provides detailed For an overnight warranty repair, the dealer driving it until it can be scheduled for warranty coverage information. may provide an available courtesy rental service, unless, of course, the problem is Transportation Options vehicle or provide for reimbursement of a safety related. If it is, please call your rental vehicle. Reimbursement is limited and dealership, let them know this, and ask for Warranty service can generally be must be supported by original receipts as instructions. completed while you wait. However, if you well as a signed and completed rental If your dealer requests you to bring the are unable to do so, your dealer may offer agreement and meet state/provincial, local, vehicle for service, you are urged to do so the following transportation options: and rental vehicle provider requirements. as early in the work day as possible to Shuttle Service Requirements vary and may include allow for same-day repair. minimum age requirements, insurance This includes one-way or round-trip shuttle coverage, credit card, etc. Additional fees Courtesy Transportation Program service within reasonable time and distance such as fuel, rental vehicle insurance, taxes, parameters of your dealer's area. To enhance your ownership experience, we levies, usage fees, excessive mileage, and our participating dealers are proud to Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement or rental usage beyond the completion of offer Courtesy Transportation, a customer If overnight warranty repairs are needed, the repair are also your responsibility. support program for vehicles with the and public transportation is used, the It may not be possible to provide a like Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty Coverage expense must be supported by original vehicle as a courtesy rental. period in Canada), extended powertrain, receipts and within the maximum amount and/or hybrid-specific warranties in both the allowed by GM. If U.S. customers arrange Additional Program Information U.S. and Canada. their own transportation, limited All program options, such as shuttle service, Several Courtesy Transportation options are reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses may not be available at every dealer. available to assist in reducing inconvenience may be available. Claim amounts should Contact your dealer for specific availability. when warranty repairs are required. reflect actual costs and be supported by original receipts. See your dealer for General Motors reserves the right to Courtesy Transportation is not a part of the information. unilaterally modify, change, or discontinue New Vehicle Limited Warranty. A separate Courtesy Transportation at any time and to manual entitled “Limited Warranty and resolve all questions of claim eligibility pursuant to the terms and conditions described herein at its sole discretion. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

404 Customer Information Collision Damage Repair appearance and safety performance; Insuring the Vehicle however, the history of these parts is not Protect your investment in the GM vehicle If the vehicle is involved in a collision and it known. Such parts are not covered by the with comprehensive and collision insurance is damaged, have the damage repaired by a GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any coverage. There are significant differences in qualified technician using the proper related failures are not covered by that the quality of coverage afforded by various equipment and quality replacement parts. warranty. Poorly performed collision repairs diminish insurance policy terms. Many insurance the vehicle resale value, and safety Aftermarket collision parts are also available. policies provide reduced protection to the performance can be compromised in These are made by companies other than GM vehicle by limiting compensation for subsequent collisions. GM and may not have been tested for the damage repairs through the use of vehicle. As a result, these parts may fit aftermarket collision parts. Some insurance Collision Parts poorly, exhibit premature durability/ companies will not specify aftermarket Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts corrosion problems, and may not perform collision parts. When purchasing insurance, made with the same materials and properly in subsequent collisions. we recommend that you ensure that the construction methods as the parts with Aftermarket parts are not covered by the vehicle will be repaired with GM original which the vehicle was originally built. GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any equipment collision parts. If such insurance Genuine GM Collision parts are the best vehicle failure related to such parts is not coverage is not available from your current choice to ensure that the vehicle's designed covered by that warranty. insurance carrier, consider switching to another insurance carrier. appearance, durability, and safety are Repair Facility preserved. The use of Genuine GM parts can If the vehicle is leased, the leasing company help maintain the GM New Vehicle Limited GM also recommends that you choose a may require you to have insurance that Warranty. collision repair facility that meets your ensures repairs with Genuine GM Original needs before you ever need collision repairs. Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) parts or Recycled original equipment parts may also Your dealer may have a collision repair be used for repair. These parts are typically Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts. center with GM-trained technicians and Read the lease carefully, as you may be removed from vehicles that were total losses state-of-the-art equipment, or be able to in prior crashes. In most cases, the parts charged at the end of the lease for poor recommend a collision repair center that has quality repairs. being recycled are from undamaged sections GM-trained technicians and comparable of the vehicle. A recycled original equipment equipment. GM part may be an acceptable choice to maintain the vehicle's originally designed GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Customer Information 405 If a Crash Occurs Choose a reputable repair facility that uses vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts, quality replacement parts. See “Collision even if your insurance coverage does not If there has been an injury, call emergency Parts” earlier in this section. pay the full cost. services for help. Do not leave the scene of a crash until all matters have been taken If the airbag has inflated, see What Will You If another party's insurance company is care of. Move the vehicle only if its position See after an Airbag Inflates? 0 65. paying for the repairs, you are not obligated puts you in danger, or you are instructed to to accept a repair valuation based on that move it by a police officer. Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair insurance company's collision policy repair Process limits, as you have no contractual limits Give only the necessary information to with that company. In such cases, you can police and other parties involved in the In the event that the vehicle requires have control of the repair and parts choices crash. damage repairs, GM recommends that you take an active role in its repair. If you have as long as the cost stays within reasonable For emergency towing see Roadside a pre-determined repair facility of choice, limits. Assistance Program 0 401. take the vehicle there, or have it towed Publication Ordering Information Gather the following information: there. Specify to the facility that any . Driver name, address, and telephone required replacement collision parts be Service Manuals number original equipment parts, either new Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM Service manuals have the diagnosis and . Driver license number parts. Remember, recycled parts will not be repair information on the engine, . Owner name, address, and telephone covered by the GM vehicle warranty. transmission, axle, suspension, brakes, number electrical system, steering system, body, etc. Insurance pays the bill for the repair, but . Vehicle license plate number you must live with the repair. Depending on Customer Literature . Vehicle make, model, and model year your policy limits, your insurance company Owner’s manuals are written specifically for . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) may initially value the repair using owners and are intended to provide basic aftermarket parts. Discuss this with the . Insurance company and policy number operational information about the vehicle. repair professional, and insist on Genuine . General description of the damage to the The owner’s manual includes the GM parts. Remember, if the vehicle is other vehicle Maintenance Schedule for all models. leased, you may be obligated to have the GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

406 Customer Information Customer literature publications available for Science and Economic Development (ISED) If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it purchase include owner’s manuals, warranty Canada's license-exempt RSS(s) / RSP-100 / may open an investigation, and if it manuals, and portfolios. Portfolios include an ICES-GEN. finds that a safety defect exists in a owner’s manual, warranty manual, Operation is subject to the following two group of vehicles, it may order a recall if applicable, and zip lock bag or pouch. conditions: and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA Current and Past Models 1. The device may not cause harmful cannot become involved in individual Service manuals and customer literature are interference. problems between you, your dealer, available for many current and past model 2. The device must accept any interference or General Motors. year GM vehicles. received, including interference that may To contact NHTSA, you may call the cause undesired operation of the device. To order, call 1-800-551-4123 Monday–Friday, Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m. eastern time Changes or modifications to any of these 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go systems by other than an authorized service For credit card orders only (VISA, to http://www.safercar.gov; or facility could void authorization to use this write to: MasterCard, or Discover), see Helm, Inc. at: equipment. www.helminc.com. Administrator, NHTSA To order by mail, write to: Reporting Safety Defects 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. Helm, Incorporated Washington, D.C. 20590 Attention: Customer Service Reporting Safety Defects to the You can also obtain other information 47911 Halyard Drive United States Government about motor vehicle safety from Plymouth, MI 48170 If you believe that your vehicle has a http://www.safercar.gov. Make checks payable in U.S. funds. defect which could cause a crash or Radio Frequency Statement could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National This vehicle uses license-exempt transmitters Highway Traffic Safety Administration / receivers / systems that operate on a radio frequency that complies with Part 15/ (NHTSA) in addition to notifying General Part 18 of the Federal Communications Motors. Commission (FCC) rules and with Innovation, GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Customer Information 407 Reporting Safety Defects to the GMC Customer Assistance Center store data to help the dealer technician P.O. Box 33172 service the vehicle or to help GM improve Canadian Government Detroit, MI 48232-5172 safety or features. Some modules may also If you live in Canada, and you believe In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 (English) or store data about how the vehicle is that the vehicle has a safety defect, 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write: operated, such as rate of fuel consumption or average speed. These modules may retain notify Transport Canada immediately, General Motors of Canada Company and notify General Motors of Canada personal preferences, such as radio presets, Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: seat positions, and temperature settings. Company. Call Transport Canada at CA1-163-005 1-800-333-0510; go to: 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Cybersecurity Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English) GM collects information about the use of www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French) In Mexico, call 800-466-0812 or your vehicle including operational and safety 800-466-0801. related information. We collect this or write to: In other and information to provide, evaluate, improve, Transport Canada Countries, call 52-555-901-2369. and troubleshoot our products and services Motor Vehicle Safety Directorate and to develop new products and services. Defect Investigations and Recalls The protection of vehicle electronics systems Vehicle Data Recording and and customer data from unauthorized Division Privacy outside electronic access or control is 80 Noel Street important to GM. GM maintains appropriate Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 The vehicle has a number of computers that security standards, practices, guidelines and record information about the vehicle’s controls aimed at defending the vehicle and Reporting Safety Defects to performance and how it is driven or used. the vehicle service ecosystem against General Motors For example, the vehicle uses computer unauthorized electronic access, detecting modules to monitor and control engine and possible malicious activity in related In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport transmission performance, to monitor the networks, and responding to suspected Canada) in a situation like this, notify conditions for airbag deployment and cybersecurity incidents in a timely, General Motors. deploy them in a crash, and, if equipped, to coordinated and effective manner. Security In the U.S., call 1-800-462-8782, or write: provide antilock braking to help the driver incidents could impact your safety or control the vehicle. These modules may compromise your private data. To minimize GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

408 Customer Information security risks, please do not connect your . How far (if at all) the driver was GM will not access these data or share it vehicle electronic systems to unauthorized depressing the accelerator and/or brake with others except: with the consent of the devices or connect your vehicle to any pedal; and, vehicle owner or, if the vehicle is leased, unknown or untrusted networks (such as . How fast the vehicle was traveling. with the consent of the lessee; in response Bluetooth, WIFI or similar technology). In to an official request by police or similar the event you suspect any security incident These data can help provide a better government office; as part of GM's defense impacting your data or the safe operation of understanding of the circumstances in which of litigation through the discovery process; your vehicle, please stop operating your crashes and injuries occur. or, as required by law. Data that GM collects vehicle and contact your dealer. Note or receives may also be used for GM EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only research needs or may be made available to Event Data Recorders if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no others for research purposes, where a need This vehicle is equipped with an event data data are recorded by the EDR under normal is shown and the data is not tied to a recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR driving conditions and no personal data specific vehicle or vehicle owner. is to record, in certain crash or near (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) crash-like situations, such as an air bag are recorded. However, other parties, such OnStar deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data as law enforcement, could combine the EDR If the vehicle is equipped with OnStar and that will assist in understanding how a data with the type of personally identifying has an active service plan, additional data vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is data routinely acquired during a crash may be collected and transmitted through designed to record data related to vehicle investigation. the OnStar system. This includes information dynamics and safety systems for a short To read data recorded by an EDR, special about the vehicle’s operation; collisions period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. equipment is required, and access to the involving the vehicle; the use of the vehicle The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to and its features, including infotainment; and such data as: the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such the location and approximate GPS speed of . How various systems in your vehicle were as law enforcement, that have the special the vehicle. Refer to the OnStar Terms and operating; equipment, can read the information if they Conditions and Privacy Statement on the OnStar website. . Whether or not the driver and passenger have access to the vehicle or the EDR. safety belts were buckled/fastened; See OnStar Additional Information 0 411. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Customer Information 409 Infotainment System If the vehicle is equipped with a navigation system as part of the infotainment system, use of the system may result in the storage of destinations, addresses, telephone numbers, and other trip information. See the infotainment section for information on stored data and for deletion instructions. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

410 OnStar OnStar Overview The OnStar system status light is next to OnStar the OnStar buttons. If the status light is: OnStar Overview . Solid Green: System is ready. OnStar Overview ...... 410 . Flashing Green: On a call. . Red: Indicates a problem. OnStar Services Q Emergency ...... 411 . Off: System is off. Press twice to Security ...... 411 speak with an OnStar Advisor. Q OnStar Additional Information = Voice Command Button Press or call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an Advisor. OnStar Additional Information ...... 411 Q Blue OnStar Button Functionality of the Voice Command button > Red Emergency Button may vary by vehicle and region. This vehicle may be equipped with a Press = to: comprehensive, in-vehicle system that can . Open the OnStar app on the infotainment connect to an OnStar Advisor for Emergency, display. See the infotainment manual for Security, Navigation, Connections, and information on how to use the Diagnostics Services. OnStar services may OnStar app. require a paid service plan and data plan. OnStar requires the vehicle battery and Or electrical system, cellular service, and GPS . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation voice satellite signals to be available and commands. operating. OnStar acts as a link to existing . Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi hotspot emergency service providers. OnStar may name or SSID and password, if equipped. collect information about you and your Q vehicle, including location information. See Press to connect to an Advisor to: OnStar User Terms, Privacy Statement, and . Verify account information or update Software Terms for more details including contact information. system limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.) . Get driving directions. or www.onstar.ca (Canada). GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

OnStar 411 . Receive a Diagnostic check of the vehicle's With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially trained Theft Alarm Notification key operating systems. Advisors are available 24 hours a day, 7 days If equipped, if the doors are locked and the a week, to provide a central point of . Receive Roadside Assistance. vehicle alarm sounds, a notification by text, contact, assistance, and information during a . Manage Wi-Fi Settings, if equipped. e-mail, or phone call will be sent. If the crisis. Press > to get a priority connection to an vehicle is stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work With Roadside Assistance, Advisors can OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to: with authorities to recover the vehicle. locate a nearby service provider to help with . Get help for an emergency. a flat tire, a battery jump, or an empty OnStar Additional . Be a Good Samaritan or respond to an gas tank. AMBER Alert. Information . Get assistance in severe weather or other Security In-Vehicle Audio Messages crisis situations and find evacuation If equipped, OnStar provides these services: routes. . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance, OnStar Audio messages may play important Advisors can use GPS to pinpoint the information at the following times: OnStar Services vehicle and help authorities quickly . Prior to vehicle purchase. Press Q to set recover it. up an account. Emergency . With Remote Ignition Block, if equipped, . After change in ownership and at Emergency Services require an active safety OnStar can block the engine from being 90 days. and security plan. With Automatic Crash restarted. Transferring Service Response, built-in sensors can automatically . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown, alert a specially trained OnStar Advisor who if equipped, OnStar can work with law Press Q to request account transfer is immediately connected in to the vehicle enforcement to gradually slow the eligibility information. The Advisor can to help. vehicle down. cancel or change account information. Press > for a priority connection to an Selling/Transferring the Vehicle OnStar Advisor who can contact emergency service providers, direct them to your exact Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) location, and relay important information. immediately to terminate your OnStar or connected services if the vehicle is disposed of, sold, transferred, or if the lease ends. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

412 OnStar Reactivation for Subsequent Owners technology compatible with OnStar or . Provide directions to the closest hospital connected services. Service involving location or pharmacy in urgent situations. Press Q and follow the prompts to speak to information about the vehicle cannot work an Advisor as soon as possible. The Advisor unless GPS signals are available, TTY Users will update vehicle records and explain unobstructed, and compatible with the OnStar has the ability to communicate to OnStar or connected service options. OnStar hardware. OnStar or connected deaf, hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired How OnStar Service Works services may not work if the OnStar customers while in the vehicle. The available equipment is not properly installed or it has dealer-installed TTY system can provide Automatic Crash Response, Emergency not been properly maintained. If equipment in-vehicle access to all OnStar services, Services, Crisis Assist, Stolen Vehicle or software is added, connected, except Virtual Advisor and OnStar Assistance, Remote Services, and Roadside or modified, OnStar or connected services Turn-by-Turn Navigation. Assistance are available on most vehicles. may not work. Other problems beyond the If equipped, TTY mode can be turned on or Not all OnStar services are available control of OnStar — such as hills, tall off by touching Settings, then Apps, and everywhere or on all vehicles. For more buildings, tunnels, weather, electrical system then Phone. When TTY mode is on, phone information, a full description of OnStar design and architecture of the vehicle, calls can be made or received with OnStar services, system limitations, and OnStar User damage to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless using the infotainment display. Terms, Privacy Statement, and Software phone network congestion or jamming — Terms: may prevent service. OnStar Personal Identification . Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827). See Radio Frequency Statement 0 406. Number (PIN) . See www.onstar.com (U.S.). Services for People with Disabilities A PIN is needed to access some OnStar . See www.onstar.ca (Canada). services. The PIN will need to be changed . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080. Advisors provide services to help with the first time when speaking with an . Press Q to speak with an Advisor. physical disabilities and medical conditions. Advisor. To change the OnStar PIN, contact an OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or calling OnStar or connected services cannot work Press Q to help: 1-888-4ONSTAR. unless the vehicle is in a place where OnStar . Locate a gas station with an attendant to has an agreement with a wireless service pump gas. Warranty provider for service in that area. The . Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., that meets OnStar equipment may be warranted as part wireless service provider must also have accessibility needs. coverage, network capacity, reception, and of the vehicle warranty. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

OnStar 413 Languages A temporary loss of GPS can cause loss of Add-on Electrical Equipment the ability to send a Turn-by-Turn The vehicle can be programmed to respond The OnStar system is integrated into the Navigation route. The Advisor may give a electrical architecture of the vehicle. Do not in multiple languages. Press Q and ask for verbal route or may ask for a call back after add any electrical equipment. See Add-On an Advisor. Advisors are available in English, the vehicle is driven into an open area. Spanish, and French. Available languages Electrical Equipment 0 305. Added electrical may vary by country. Cellular and GPS Antennas equipment may interfere with the operation of the OnStar system and cause it to not Potential Issues Cellular reception is required for OnStar to operate. send remote signals to the vehicle. Do not OnStar cannot perform Remote Door Unlock place items over or near the antenna to Vehicle Software Updates or Stolen Vehicle Assistance after the vehicle prevent blocking cellular and GPS signal OnStar or GM may remotely deliver has been off continuously for 10 days reception. without an ignition cycle. If the vehicle has software updates or changes to the vehicle not been started for 10 days, OnStar can Unable to Connect to OnStar Message without further notice or consent. These updates or changes may enhance or contact Roadside Assistance or a locksmith If there is limited cellular coverage or the to help gain access to the vehicle. maintain safety, security, or the operation cellular network has reached maximum of the vehicle or the vehicle systems. Global Positioning System (GPS) capacity, this message may come on. Press Software updates or changes may affect or . Obstruction of the GPS can occur in a Q to try the call again or try again after erase data or settings that are stored in the large city with tall buildings; in parking driving a few miles into another vehicle, such as saved navigation garages; around airports; in tunnels and cellular area. destinations or pre-set radio stations. underpasses; or in an area with very Vehicle and Power Issues Neither OnStar nor GM is responsible for dense trees. If GPS signals are not any affected or erased data or settings. available, the OnStar system should still OnStar services require a vehicle electrical These updates or changes may also collect operate to call OnStar. However, OnStar system, wireless service, and GPS satellite personal information. Such collection is could have difficulty identifying the exact technologies to be available and operating described in the OnStar privacy statement or location. for features to function properly. These separately disclosed at the time of . In emergency situations, OnStar can use systems may not operate if the battery is installation. These updates or changes may the last stored GPS location to send to discharged or disconnected. also cause a system to automatically emergency responders. communicate with GM servers to collect information about vehicle system status, GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

414 OnStar identify whether updates or changes are for a period of three years after our last available, or deliver updates or changes. An shipment of this product. This offer is valid active OnStar agreement constitutes consent to anyone in receipt of this information. to these software updates or changes and *Provided through LG Electronics Inc., who is agreement that either OnStar or GM may solely responsible for provisions of related remotely deliver them to the vehicle. OSS compliance. Privacy The complete OnStar Privacy Statement may be found at www.onstar.com (U.S.), or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We recommend that you review it. If you have any questions, call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) or press Q to speak with an Advisor. Users of wireless communications are cautioned that the privacy of any information sent via wireless cellular communications cannot be assured. Third parties may unlawfully intercept or access transmissions and private communications without consent. OnStar - Software Acknowledgements To obtain the source code under GPL, LGPL, MPL, and other open source licenses, that is contained in this product, please visit http://opensource.lge.com. In addition to the source code, all referred license terms, warranty disclaimers, and copyright notices are available for download. This offer is valid GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Connected Services 415 Connected Services 2. Say “Cancel route.” System responds: Connected Services “Do you want to cancel directions?” Connected Services Navigation 3. Say “Yes.” System responds: “OK, request completed, thank you, goodbye.” Navigation ...... 415 Navigation requires a specific OnStar or Connections ...... 416 connected service plan. Route Preview Diagnostics ...... 417 Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn directions 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar or have them sent to the vehicle’s ready,” then a tone. navigation screen, if equipped. 2. Say “Route preview.” System responds with the next three maneuvers. Turn-by-Turn Navigation Repeat 1. Press Q to connect to an Advisor. 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar 2. Request directions to be downloaded to ready,” then a tone. the vehicle. 2. Say “Repeat.” System responds with the 3. Follow the voice-guided commands. last direction given, then responds with Using Voice Commands During a “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Planned Route Get My Destination Functionality of the Voice Command button, 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar if equipped, may vary by vehicle and region. ready,” then a tone. For some vehicles, press = to open the 2. Say “Get my destination.” System OnStar app on the infotainment display. For responds with the address and distance other vehicles press = as follows. to the destination, then responds with Cancel Route “OnStar ready,” then a tone. 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar Send Destination to Vehicle ready,” then a tone. Directions can be sent to the vehicle’s navigation screen, if equipped. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

416 Connected Services Press Q, then ask the Advisor to download Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped) After initial set-up, your vehicle’s Wi-Fi directions to the vehicle’s navigation system, The vehicle may have a built-in Wi-Fi hotspot will connect automatically to your if equipped. After the call ends, the hotspot that provides access to the Internet mobile devices. Manage data usage by navigation screen will provide prompts to and web content at 4G LTE speed. Up to turning Wi-Fi on or off on your mobile begin driving directions. Routes that are sent seven mobile devices can be connected. device, using the myGMC mobile app, or by to the navigation screen can only be A data plan is required. Use the in-vehicle contacting an OnStar Advisor. On some canceled through the navigation system. controls only when it is safe to do so. vehicles, Wi-Fi can also be managed from the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca 1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot information, (Canada). press = to open the OnStar app on the MyGMC Mobile App (If Available) infotainment display, then select Wi-Fi Download the myGMC mobile app to Connections Hotspot. On some vehicles, touch Wi-Fi compatible Apple and Android smartphones. The following services help with staying or Wi-Fi Settings on the screen. GMC users can access the following services connected. 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display the Wi-Fi from a smartphone: For coverage maps, see www.onstar.com hotspot name (SSID), password, and on . Remotely start/stop the vehicle, (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada). some vehicles, the connection type (no if factory-equipped. Internet connection, 3G, 4G, 4G LTE), and . Lock/unlock doors, if equipped with Ensuring Security signal quality (poor, good, excellent). The automatic locks. . Change the default passwords for the LTE icon shows connection to Wi-Fi. It is . Activate the horn and lamps. Wi-Fi hotspot and myGMC mobile possible that the icon may not illuminate . Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil life, application. Make these passwords even though the vehicle has an active or tire pressure, if factory-equipped with different from each other and use a connection. the Tire Pressure Monitor System. combination of letters and numbers to 3. To change the SSID or password, press increase the security. . Send destinations to the vehicle. Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR to connect . Change the default name of the SSID . Locate the vehicle on a map (U.S. with an Advisor. On some vehicles, the (Service Set Identifier). This is your market only). SSID and password can be changed in network’s name that is visible to other the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot on/off, wireless devices. Choose a unique name manage settings, and monitor data and avoid family names or vehicle consumption, if equipped. descriptions. . Locate a dealer and schedule service. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./ Canada/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Connected Services 417 . Request roadside assistance. Diagnostics . Set a parking reminder with pin drop, take a photo, make a note, and set a By monitoring and reporting on the vehicle's timer. key systems, OnStar Advanced Diagnostics, if equipped, provides a way to keep up on . Connect with GMC on social media. maintenance. Capabilities vary by model. Features are subject to change. For myGMC See www.onstar.com for details and system mobile app information and compatibility, limitations. Features are subject to change. see my.gmc.com. For updates on feature capabilities, see An active OnStar or connected service plan my.gmc.com. Message and data rates may may be required. A compatible device, apply. factory-installed remote start, and power locks are required. Data rates apply. See www.onstar.com for details and system limitations. Remote Services Contact an OnStar Advisor to unlock the doors or sound the horn and flash the lamps. Marketplace OnStar Advisors can provide offers from restaurants and retailers on your route, help locate hotels, or book a room. These services vary by market. GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Cana- da/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

418 Index A Airbag System (cont'd) Index Accessories and Modifications ...... 308 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 62 Accessory Power ...... 229 Airbags Adaptive Cruise Control ...... 252 Adding Equipment to the Vehicle ...... 70 Add-On Electrical Equipment ...... 305 Passenger Status Indicator ...... 109 Additional Information Readiness Light ...... 108 OnStar ...... 411 Servicing Airbag-Equipped Vehicles ...... 69 Additional Maintenance and Care ...... 389 System Check ...... 60 Adjustments Alarm Lumbar, Front Seats ...... 40 Vehicle Security ...... 25 Agreements Alert Trademarks and License ...... 195 Lane Change ...... 272 Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine ...... 317 Rear Pedestrian ...... 266 Air Conditioning ...... 204, 207 Side Blind Zone (SBZA) ...... 272 Air Filter All-Season Tires ...... 339 Life System ...... 317 All-Terrain Tires ...... 340 Air Filter, Passenger Compartment ...... 209 AM-FM Radio ...... 147 Air Suspension Antenna Four Corner ...... 248 Multi-band ...... 150 Air Vents ...... 208 Antilock Brake System (ABS) ...... 240 Airbag System Warning Light ...... 112 Check ...... 70 Appearance Care How Does an Airbag Restrain? ...... 64 Exterior ...... 374 Passenger Sensing System ...... 66 Interior ...... 378 What Makes an Airbag Inflate? ...... 64 Apple CarPlay and Android Auto ...... 185 What Will You See after an Airbag Armrest Storage ...... 89 Inflates? ...... 65 Assistance Program, Roadside ...... 401 When Should an Airbag Inflate? ...... 63 Assistance Systems for Driving ...... 267 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Cana- da/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Index 419 Assistance Systems for Parking and Bluetooth California Proposition Backing ...... 262 Overview ...... 180, 181 65 Warning ...... 308, 326, 367, Audio Bluetooth Audio ...... 153 Back Cover Bluetooth ...... 153 Brake Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... 2 Auto Stop Electric Boost ...... 240 Capacities and Specifications ...... 395 Stop/Start System ...... 229 Parking, Electric ...... 240 Carbon Monoxide Automatic System Warning Light ...... 111 Engine Exhaust ...... 231 Dimming Mirrors ...... 30 Brake Pad Life System ...... 324 Liftgate ...... 18 Door Locks ...... 17 Brakes ...... 323 Winter Driving ...... 221 Emergency Braking (AEB) ...... 269 Antilock ...... 240 Cargo Headlamp System ...... 135 Assist ...... 241 Tie-Downs ...... 92 Transmission ...... 232 Fluid ...... 325 Caution, Danger, and Warning ...... 2 Transmission Fluid ...... 316 Pad Life System ...... 324 Center Console Storage ...... 90 Automatic Transmission Braking ...... 214 Chains, Tire ...... 355 Manual Mode ...... 235 Automatic Emergency (AEB) ...... 269 Charging Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices ...... 150 Braking System Wireless ...... 100 Axle, Front ...... 327 Front Pedestrian (FPB) ...... 270 Charging System Light ...... 110 Axle, Rear ...... 327 Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 226 Check B Bulb Replacement Engine Light (Malfunction Indicator) . . . 110 Headlamp Aiming ...... 330 Child Restraints Battery Buying New Tires ...... 351 Infants and Young Children ...... 72 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver ...... 140 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Load Management ...... 139 C Children ...... 77 Power Protection ...... 140 Calibration ...... 98 Older Children ...... 71 Battery - North America ...... 326, 367 California Securing ...... 83, 85, 87 Blade Replacement, Wiper ...... 328 Perchlorate Materials Systems ...... 74 Requirements ...... 308 Circuit Breakers ...... 331 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Cana- da/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

420 Index Cleaning Coolant Defensive Driving ...... 214 Exterior Care ...... 374 Engine Temperature Gauge ...... 107 Delayed Locking ...... 17 Interior Care ...... 378 Engine Temperature Warning Light . . . . . 115 Destination ...... 167 Climate Control Systems Cooling ...... 204, 207 Diagnostics Dual Automatic ...... 204 Cooling System ...... 318 Connected Services ...... 417 Rear ...... 207 Courtesy Transportation Program ...... 403 Distracted Driving ...... 213 Clock ...... 99 Coverage Explanations ...... 175 Dome Lamps ...... 138 Cluster, Instrument ...... 103 Cruise Control ...... 251 Door Collision Damage Repair ...... 404 Light ...... 118 Ajar Light ...... 119 Compartments Cruise Control, Adaptive ...... 252 Delayed Locking ...... 17 Storage ...... 88 Cupholders ...... 88 Locks ...... 15 Compass ...... 98 Customer Assistance ...... 400 Power Locks ...... 16 Connected Services Offices ...... 400 Drive Belt Routing, Engine ...... 397 Connections ...... 416 Text Telephone (TTY) Users ...... 400 Driver Diagnostics ...... 417 Customer Information Teen ...... 192 Navigation ...... 415 Publications Ordering Information . . . . . 405 Driver Assistance Systems ...... 260 Connections Customer Satisfaction Procedure ...... 398 Driver Information Center (DIC) ...... 119 Connected Services ...... 416 Cybersecurity ...... 407 Driver Mode Control ...... 245 Control D Driver Mode Control Light ...... 115 Hill Descent ...... 244 Driving Damage Repair, Collision ...... 404 Traction and Electronic Stability ...... 242 Assistance Systems ...... 267 Danger, Warning, and Caution ...... 2 Control Light Better Fuel Economy ...... 213 Data Collection Hill Descent ...... 113 Characteristics and Towing Tips ...... 279 Infotainment System ...... 409 Control of a Vehicle ...... 214 Defensive ...... 214 OnStar ...... 408 Controls Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 220 Data Recorders, Event ...... 408 Steering Wheel ...... 143 If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 221 Database Coverage Explanations ...... 175 Convenience Net ...... 92 Impaired ...... 214 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 135 Convex Mirrors ...... 28 Loss of Control ...... 216 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Cana- da/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Index 421 Driving (cont'd) Engine (cont'd) F Off-Road ...... 216 Compartment Overview ...... 311 Fan Off-Road Recovery ...... 215 Coolant Temperature Gauge ...... 107 Engine ...... 323 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 222 Coolant Temperature Warning Light . . . . 115 Filter, Wet Roads ...... 219 Cooling System ...... 318 Engine Air Cleaner ...... 317 Winter ...... 221 Drive Belt Routing ...... 397 Flash-to-Pass ...... 135 Dual Automatic Climate Control Exhaust ...... 231 Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 136 System ...... 204 Fan ...... 323 Flat Tire ...... 355 Dynamic Fuel Management ...... 231 Oil Life System ...... 315 Changing ...... 356 E Oil Pressure Gauge ...... 106 Floor Console Storage ...... 91 Oil Pressure Light ...... 117 Electric Brake Boost ...... 240 Floor Mats ...... 381 Overheating ...... 321 Electric Parking Brake ...... 240 Fluid Power Messages ...... 124 Electric Parking Brake Light ...... 112 Automatic Transmission ...... 316 Running While Parked ...... 232 Electrical Equipment, Add-On ...... 305 Brakes ...... 325 Starting ...... 228 Electrical System Four-Wheel Drive Transfer Case ...... 236 Engine Air Filter Life System ...... 317 Engine Compartment Fuse Block ...... 331 Washer ...... 323 Entry Lighting ...... 139 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ...... 331 Fog Lamps ...... 137 Equipment, Towing ...... 286 Instrument Panel Fuse Block ...... 334 Folding Mirrors ...... 29 Event Data Recorders ...... 408 Overload ...... 330 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System . . . . 267 Exit Lighting ...... 139 Rear Compartment Fuse Block ...... 336 Four Corner Air Suspension Light ...... 116 Extended Parking ...... 231 Electronic Stability Control (ESC) Off Four Corner Air Suspension System ...... 248 Extender, Seat Belt ...... 59 Light ...... 115 Four-Wheel Drive ...... 236, 326 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 133 Emergency Four-Wheel-Drive Light ...... 113 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder ...... 135 OnStar ...... 411 Frequency Statement Exterior Lighting Battery Saver ...... 140 Engine Radio ...... 406 Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 317 Front Axle ...... 327 Check Light (Malfunction Indicator) . . . . 110 Front Fog Lamp Light ...... 118 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Cana- da/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

422 Index Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) Gauges Headlamps System ...... 270 Engine Coolant Temperature ...... 107 Aiming ...... 330 Front Seats Engine Oil Pressure ...... 106 Automatic ...... 135 Heated and Ventilated ...... 44 Fuel ...... 105 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 135 Fuel Odometer ...... 105 Flash-to-Pass ...... 135 Additives ...... 277 Speedometer ...... 105 High-Beam On Light ...... 118 Dynamic Management ...... 231 Tachometer ...... 105 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 135 Economy, Driving for Better ...... 213 Trip Odometer ...... 105 Lamps On Reminder ...... 118 Filling a Portable Fuel Container ...... 278 Voltmeter ...... 107 Heated Filling the Tank ...... 277 Warning Lights and Indicators ...... 102 Rear Seats ...... 45 Foreign Countries ...... 277 General Information Steering Wheel ...... 95 Gauge ...... 105 Service and Maintenance ...... 382 Heated and Ventilated Front Seats ...... 44 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 117 Towing ...... 279 Heated Mirrors ...... 30 Prohibited Fuels ...... 276 Vehicle Care ...... 308 Heating ...... 204, 207 Recommended ...... 276 Glass Replacement ...... 329 High-Beam On Light ...... 118 Top Tier ...... 275 Global Positioning System (GPS) ...... 173 High-Speed Operation ...... 345 Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 366 Glove Box ...... 88 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 220 Fuses GM Mobility Reimbursement Hill Descent Control (HDC) ...... 244 Engine Compartment Fuse Block ...... 331 Program ...... 401 Hill Descent Control Light ...... 113 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ...... 331 Guidance Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 242 Instrument Panel Fuse Block ...... 334 Problems with the Route ...... 174 Hood ...... 309 Rear Compartment Fuse Block ...... 336 H Horn ...... 96 How to Wear Seat Belts Properly ...... 55 G Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 136 HVAC ...... 204, 207 Garage Door Opener ...... 130 HD Radio Technology ...... 148 Programming ...... 130 Head Restraints ...... 37 Gas Strut(s) ...... 329 Head-up Display ...... 121 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Cana- da/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Index 423 I Lamps Lights (cont'd) If the System Needs Service ...... 174 Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 135 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Ignition Positions ...... 226 Dome ...... 138 Warning ...... 112 Immobilizer ...... 27 Exterior Controls ...... 133 Brake System Warning ...... 111 Indicator Exterior Lamps Off Reminder ...... 135 Charging System ...... 110 Pedestrian Ahead ...... 114 Exterior Lighting Battery Saver ...... 140 Check Engine (Malfunction Vehicle Ahead ...... 113 Malfunction Indicator (Check Indicator) ...... 110 Infants and Young Children, Restraints . . . . .72 Engine) ...... 110 Cruise Control ...... 118 Information On Reminder ...... 118 Door Ajar ...... 119 Publication Ordering ...... 405 Reading ...... 138 Driver Mode Control ...... 115 Infotainment System ...... 409 Lane Change Alert (LCA) ...... 272 Electric Parking Brake ...... 112 Rear Seat ...... 155 Lane Keep Assist (LKA) ...... 274 Electronic Stability Control Instrument Cluster ...... 103 Lane Keep Assist Light ...... 113 (ESC), Off ...... 115 Instrument Panel Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 56 Engine Coolant Temperature Storage Area ...... 88 LATCH System Warning ...... 115 Instrument Panel Overview ...... 4 Replacing Parts after a Crash ...... 83 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 117 Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 30 LATCH, Lower Anchors and Tethers for Flash-to-Pass ...... 135 Introduction ...... 1, 141 Children ...... 77 Four Corner Air Suspension ...... 116 LED Lighting ...... 330 Four-Wheel-Drive ...... 113 J Liftgate ...... 18 Front Fog Lamp ...... 118 Jump Starting - North America ...... 367 Lighting High-Beam On ...... 118 K Entry ...... 139 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 135 Keyless Entry Exit ...... 139 Hill Descent Control ...... 113 Remote (RKE) System ...... 8 Illumination Control ...... 138 Lane Keep Assist ...... 113 Keys...... 7 LED ...... 330 Low Fuel Warning ...... 117 L Lights Seat Belt Reminders ...... 108 Airbag Readiness ...... 108 Security ...... 117 Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 340 Service Electric Parking Brake ...... 112 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Cana- da/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

424 Index Lights (cont'd) Maintenance Schedule (cont'd) Mode (cont'd) Tire Pressure ...... 116 Recommended Fluids and Driver Control ...... 245 Traction Off ...... 114 Lubricants ...... 392 Monitor System, Tire Pressure ...... 346 Lock Transfer Case ...... 236 Multi-band Antenna ...... 150 Steering Column ...... 27 Malfunction Indicator Lamp ...... 110 N Locking Rear Axle ...... 248 Manual Mode ...... 235 Navigation Locks Map Data Updates ...... 174 Connected Services ...... 415 Automatic Door ...... 17 Maps ...... 166 Destination ...... 167 Delayed Locking ...... 17 Media Using the System ...... 163 Door ...... 15 Avoiding Untrusted Devices ...... 150 Navigation Symbols ...... 166 Lockout Protection ...... 17 Memory Seats ...... 41 Net, Convenience ...... 92 Power Door ...... 16 Messages New Vehicle Break-In ...... 226 Safety ...... 18 Engine Power ...... 124 Loss of Control ...... 216 Vehicle ...... 124 O Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 117 Vehicle Speed ...... 125 Odometer ...... 105 Low-Profile Tires ...... 339 Mirror Trip ...... 105 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Rear Camera ...... 30 Off-Road ...... 216 Children (LATCH System) ...... 77 Mirrors Driving ...... 216 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 40 Automatic Dimming ...... 30 Recovery ...... 215 Front Seats ...... 40 Automatic Dimming Rearview ...... 30 Oil Engine ...... 314 M Convex ...... 28 Folding ...... 29 Engine Oil Life System ...... 315 Magnetic Ride Control ...... 247 Heated ...... 30 Engine Oil Pressure Gauge ...... 106 Maintenance Manual Rearview ...... 30 Pressure Light ...... 117 Records ...... 394 Power ...... 28 Older Children, Restraints ...... 71 Maintenance and Care Tilt in Reverse ...... 30 Online Owner Center ...... 400 Additional ...... 389 Mirrors, Interior Rearview ...... 30 OnStar ...... 408 Maintenance Schedule ...... 383 Mode ...... 245 OnStar Additional Information ...... 411 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Cana- da/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Index 425 OnStar Emergency ...... 411 Perchlorate Materials Requirements, Proposition 65 Warning, OnStar Overview ...... 410 California ...... 308 California ...... 308, 326, 367, OnStar Security ...... 411 Personalization Back Cover OnStar System ...... 154, 173 Vehicle ...... 125 Publication Ordering Information ...... 405 Operation Phone R Fog Lamps ...... 137 Apple CarPlay and Android Auto ...... 185 Radio Outlets Bluetooth ...... 180, 181 HD Radio Technology ...... 148 Power ...... 99 Port Radio Data System (RDS) ...... 149 Overheating, Engine ...... 321 USB ...... 150 Radio Frequency Statement ...... 406 Overview ...... 142 Positioning Radio Reception ...... 150 Instrument Panel ...... 4 Vehicle ...... 174 Radios Power P AM-FM Radio ...... 147 Door Locks ...... 16 Park Satellite ...... 149 Mirrors ...... 28 Shifting Into ...... 230 Reading Lamps ...... 138 Outlets ...... 99 Shifting Out of ...... 230 Rear Axle ...... 327 Protection, Battery ...... 140 Park Assist ...... 262 Locking ...... 248 Retained Accessory (RAP) ...... 229 Parking Rear Camera Mirror ...... 30 Seat Adjustment ...... 40 Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Rear Climate Control System ...... 207 Windows ...... 33 Check ...... 327 Rear Pedestrian Alert ...... 266 Power Assist Steps ...... 25 Extended ...... 231 Rear Seat Infotainment (RSI) System ...... 155 Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts ...... 59 Over Things That Burn ...... 231 Rear Seats ...... 45 Privacy Parking or Backing Heated ...... 45 Vehicle Data Recording ...... 407 Assistance Systems ...... 262 Rear Storage ...... 89 Problems with Route Guidance ...... 174 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator ...... 109 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) ...... 262 Program Passenger Compartment Air Filter ...... 209 Rear Window Washer/Wiper ...... 97 Courtesy Transportation ...... 403 Passenger Sensing System ...... 66 Rearview Mirrors ...... 30 Prohibited Fuels ...... 276 Pedestrian Ahead Indicator ...... 114 Automatic Dimming ...... 30 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Cana- da/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

426 Index Reclining Seatbacks ...... 41 Restraints Seat Belts (cont'd) Recognition Where to Put ...... 76 How to Wear Seat Belts Properly ...... 55 Voice ...... 175 Retained Accessory Power (RAP) ...... 229 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 56 Recommended Reverse Tilt Mirrors ...... 30 Reminders ...... 108 Fuel ...... 276 Ride Control Systems Replacing after a Crash ...... 60 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . 392 Magnetic ...... 247 Use During Pregnancy ...... 59 Records Roads Seats Maintenance ...... 394 Driving, Wet ...... 219 Head Restraints ...... 37 Recreational Vehicle Towing ...... 371 Roadside Assistance Program ...... 401 Heated and Ventilated Front ...... 44 Reimbursement Program, GM Roof Heated, Rear ...... 45 Mobility ...... 401 Sunroof ...... 35 Lumbar Adjustment, Front ...... 40 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System ...... 8 Roof Rack System ...... 92 Memory ...... 41 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 14 Rotation, Tires ...... 349 Power Adjustment, Front ...... 40 Replacement Routing, Engine Drive Belt ...... 397 Rear ...... 45 Glass ...... 329 Running the Vehicle While Parked ...... 232 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 41 Second Row ...... 46 Replacement Parts S Airbags ...... 71 Third Row Seat ...... 50 Safety Defects Reporting Maintenance ...... 393 Second Row Seats ...... 46 Canadian Government ...... 407 Replacing Airbag System ...... 71 Securing Child Restraints ...... 83, 85, 87 General Motors ...... 407 Replacing LATCH System Parts after a Security U.S. Government ...... 406 Crash ...... 83 Light ...... 117 Safety Locks ...... 18 Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after OnStar ...... 411 Safety System Check ...... 59 a Crash ...... 60 Vehicle ...... 25 Satellite Radio ...... 149 Reporting Safety Defects Vehicle Alarm ...... 25 Scheduling Appointments ...... 402 Canadian Government ...... 407 Service ...... 210 Seat Belts ...... 54 General Motors ...... 407 Accessories and Modifications ...... 308 Care ...... 60 U.S. Government ...... 406 Doing Your Own Work ...... 309 Extender ...... 59 Maintenance Records ...... 394 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Cana- da/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Index 427 Service (cont'd) Steps System (cont'd) Maintenance, General Information . . . . . 382 Power Assist ...... 25 OnStar ...... 173 Parts Identification ...... 395 Stop/Start System ...... 229 Rear Seat Infotainment (RSI) ...... 155 Scheduling Appointments ...... 402 Storage Roof Rack ...... 92 Service Electric Parking Brake Light ...... 112 Rear ...... 89 Systems Services Storage Areas Driver Assistance ...... 260 Special Application ...... 389 Armrest ...... 89 T Servicing System ...... 174 Center Console ...... 90 Tachometer ...... 105 Servicing the Airbag ...... 69 Convenience Net ...... 92 Teen Driver ...... 192 Settings ...... 186 Floor Console ...... 91 Text Telephone (TTY) Users ...... 400 Shifting Glove Box ...... 88 Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 27 Into Park ...... 230 Instrument Panel ...... 88 Immobilizer ...... 27 Out of Park ...... 230 Roof Rack System ...... 92 Third-Row Seats ...... 50 Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) ...... 272 Storage Compartments ...... 88 Time ...... 99 Signals, Turn and Lane-Change ...... 137 Struts Tires ...... 338 Software Updates ...... 147 Gas ...... 329 All-Season ...... 339 Special Application Services ...... 389 Stuck Vehicle ...... 221 All-Terrain ...... 340 Specifications and Capacities ...... 395 Sun Visors ...... 35 Buying New Tires ...... 351 Speedometer ...... 105 Sunroof ...... 35 Chains ...... 355 Start Assist, Hill ...... 242 Symbols ...... 2 Changing ...... 356 Start Vehicle, Remote ...... 14 Navigation ...... 166 Designations ...... 341 Starting the Engine ...... 228 System Different Size ...... 352 Steering ...... 215 Brake Pad Life ...... 324 Full-Size Spare ...... 366 Heated Wheel ...... 95 Engine Air Filter Life ...... 317 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 355 Wheel Adjustment ...... 95 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) ...... 267 Inspection ...... 349 Wheel Controls ...... 95 Four Corner Air Suspension ...... 248 Low Profile ...... 339 Steering Column Lock ...... 27 Global Positioning ...... 173 Pressure ...... 344, 345 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 143 Infotainment ...... 409 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Cana- da/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

428 Index Tires (cont'd) Trailer V Pressure Light ...... 116 Sway Control (TSC) ...... 294 Vehicle Pressure Monitor Operation ...... 347 Towing ...... 283 Alarm System ...... 25 Pressure Monitor System ...... 346 Trailer Towing Canadian Owners ...... 2 Rotation ...... 349 App ...... 296 Control ...... 214 Sidewall Labeling ...... 340 Trailering App ...... 296 Identification Number (VIN) ...... 395 Terminology and Definitions ...... 342 Transfer Case ...... 236 Load Limits ...... 222 Uniform Tire Quality Grading ...... 353 Transmission Messages ...... 124 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 354 Automatic ...... 232 Personalization ...... 125 Wheel Replacement ...... 354 Fluid, Automatic ...... 316 Remote Start ...... 14 When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 350 Transportation Program, Courtesy ...... 403 Security ...... 25 Winter ...... 339 Trip Odometer ...... 105 Speed Messages ...... 125 Top Tier Fuel ...... 275 Turn and Lane-Change Signals ...... 137 Towing ...... 370 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 235 U Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 113 Towing Uniform Tire Quality Grading ...... 353 Vehicle Care Driving Characteristics ...... 279 Universal Remote System ...... 130 Tire Pressure ...... 344 Equipment ...... 286 Operation ...... 132 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy ...... 407 General Information ...... 279 Programming ...... 130 Vehicle Positioning ...... 174 Recreational Vehicle ...... 371 Updates Vehicle Security Trailer ...... 283 Map Data ...... 174 Steering Column Lock ...... 27 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) ...... 294 Software ...... 147 Ventilation, Air ...... 208 Vehicle ...... 370 USB Port ...... 150 Visors ...... 35 Traction Using the Navigation System ...... 163 Voice Recognition ...... 175 Off Light ...... 114 Using the System ...... 144 Voltmeter Gauge ...... 107 Traction Control/Electronic Stability Using This Manual ...... 2 W Control ...... 242 Warning Trademarks and License Agreements . . . . . 195 Brake System Light ...... 111 GMC Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Cana- da/Mexico-13690468) - 2021 - CRC - 2/12/20

Index 429 Warning (cont'd) Caution and Danger ...... 2 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators ...... 102 Warnings Hazard Flashers ...... 136 Washer Fluid ...... 323 Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance ...... 354 Different Size ...... 352 Replacement ...... 354 When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 350 Where to Put the Restraint ...... 76 Windows ...... 33 Power ...... 33 Windshield Replacement ...... 329 Wiper/Washer ...... 96 Winter Driving ...... 221 Winter Tires ...... 339 Wiper Blade Replacement ...... 328 Wipers Rear Washer ...... 97 Wireless Charging ...... 100 21_GMC_Yukon_XL_Denali_COV_en_US_84266976A_2020FEB02.ai 1 1/14/2020 11:10:39 AM 2021 Yukon/YukonXL/Denali

C

M

Y

CM

MY United States: Canada:

CY Customer Assistance: Customer Assistance: Yukon/Yukon XL/Denali CMY 1-800-462-8782 1-800-263-3777

K Roadside Assistance: Roadside Assistance: Canada Owner’s Manual 1-888-881-3302 1-800-268-6800 Connected Services and OnStar: 1-888-4-ONSTAR

gmc.com (U.S.) 84266976 A gmccanada.ca (Canada)